ML16166A059: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
Created page by program invented by StriderTol
Created page by program invented by StriderTol
Line 16: Line 16:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:IPEC E ME RGENCY PLAN DISTRIBUTION LIST Page 1 of 2 LOCATION COPY HOLDER ADDRESS NUMBER OF COPIES IP3 CONTROL ROOM DELIVERED BY IP3 53FT. CCR 1 COPY OF ALL EP'S DOCUMENTS IP3 SHIFT MANAGER DELIVERED BY IP3 53FT. ELEVATION 1 COPY OF ALL EP'S DOCUMENTS IP2 CONTROL ROOM DELIVERED BY IP2 53FT. CCR 1 COPY OF ALL EP'S DOCUMENTS IPEC TSC DELIVERED BY IP2 53FT. ELEVATION 1 COPY OF ALL EP'S DOCUMENTS IP2 SIMULATOR DELIVERED BY IP2 SIMULATOR BLDG. 1 COPY OF ALL EP'S DOCUMENTS IP2 SIMULATOR  
{{#Wiki_filter:IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN DISTRIBUTION LIST Page 1 of 2 LOCATION             COPY HOLDER             ADDRESS                 NUMBER OF COPIES DELIVERED BY IP3 CONTROL ROOM                                       IP3 53FT. CCR             1 COPY OF ALL EP'S DOCUMENTS DELIVERED BY IP3 SHIFT MANAGER                                 IP3 53FT. ELEVATION           1 COPY OF ALL EP'S DOCUMENTS DELIVERED BY IP2 CONTROL ROOM                                       IP2 53FT. CCR             1 COPY OF ALL EP'S DOCUMENTS DELIVERED BY IPEC TSC                                           IP2 53FT. ELEVATION           1 COPY OF ALL EP'S DOCUMENTS DELIVERED BY IP2 SIMULATOR                                     IP2 SIMULATOR BLDG.             1 COPY OF ALL EP'S DOCUMENTS DELIVERED BY IP2 SIMULATOR - CLASSROOM 4                       IP2 SIMULATOR BLDG.             1 COPY OF ALL EP'S DOCUMENTS DELIVERED BY                                     3 COPIES OF ALL EP'S IP2 SIMULATOR - CLASSROOM 5                      IP2 SIMULATOR BLDG .
-CLASSROOM 4 DELIVERED BY IP2 SIMULATOR BLDG. 1 COPY OF ALL EP'S DOCUMENTS IP2 SIMULATOR
NRC RESIDENT INSPECTOR DOCUMENTS NRC           IP2 88FT. ELEVATION           1 COPY
-CLASSROOM 5 DELIVERED BY IP2 SIMULATOR BLDG. 3 COPIES OF ALL EP'S DOCUMENTS EXCEPT E-PLAN --NRC RESIDENT INSPECTOR NRC IP2 88FT. ELEVATION 1 COPY OF ALL EP'S , -NRC -ROCKVILLE , MD 1 COPY OF ALL EP'S AND DOC CONTROL DESK ----. OFFSITE GENERAL RECORDS ADDRESS ---EXCEPT IP-EP-115 1 COPY On ALL EP'S AND NRC STEVE BARR OFFSITE GENERAL RECORDS EXCEPT IP-EP-115 1 COPY OF ALL EP'S AND NRC DEPUTY DIRECTOR OFFSITE GENERAL RECORDS EXCEPT IP-EP-115 1 COPY OF THE FOLLOWING:
                                                                                          --
NEW YORK STATE OEM TED FISCH OFFSITE E-PLAN , IP-EP-115 , 120 , 210 , 250,310, 340,360 , 410 , 420 , 430, 620 & IP-1055 WESTCHESTER COUNTY OEM DENNIS DELBORGO OFFSITE 1 COPY OF E-PLAN , IP-EP-310  
EXCEPT E-PLAN OF ALL EP'S
& 340 ROCKLAND COUNTY FIRE AND NICHOLAS LONGO OFFSITE 1 COPY OF E-PLAN , EMERGENCY SERVICES IP-EP-3 10 & 34 0 ORANGE COUNTY EMERGENCY SHANNON FISHER OFFSITE 1 COPY OF E-PLAN , SERVICES CENTER IP-EP-310 & 340 PUTNAM COUNTY BUREAU OF EFFEC Tl 1-6 0PY c I F E-PLAN , EMERGENCY SERVICES ANTHONY SUTION < FFSITE IP-EP-3 10 & 340 "'"'
                                                                                        ,
* I . ... ... J H Ii L I ftX4 DATE
1 COPY OF ALL EP'S AND DOC CONTROL DESK
-::-::;:-Entergy Indian Point Energy Center Document Control 450 Broadway Buchanan, NY 10511 TO: DISTRIBUTION CONTROLLED DOCUMENT TRANSMITTAL DATE: June 6, 2016 FROM: IPEC DOCUMENT CONTROL -3Ro FLOOR ADMIN BLDG PHONE#: 914-254-6835 TRANSMITIAL#:
                      -  -  NRC - ROCKVILLE , MD ADDRESS
EP-16-0011 The Document(s) identified below are forwarded for use. Please review to verify receipt, incorporate the document(s) into your controlled document file , properly disposition superseded , voided, or inactive document(s).
                                                  ---. OFFSITE
Sign and return the receipt acknowledgement below within ten (10) working days. AFFECTED DOCUMENT:
                                                                      ---         GENERAL RECORDS EXCEPT IP-EP-115 1 COPY On ALL EP'S AND NRC                             STEVE BARR               OFFSITE                 GENERAL RECORDS EXCEPT IP-EP-115 1 COPY OF ALL EP'S AND NRC                         DEPUTY DIRECTOR             OFFSITE                 GENERAL RECORDS EXCEPT IP-EP-115 1 COPY OF THE FOLLOWING:
IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURES DOC# REV# TITLE INSTRUCTIONS THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE(S), DRAWING (S) HA VE BEEN REVISIED, PLEASE REMOVE YOUR CURRENT COPY AND REPLACE WITH ATTACHED UPDATED PROCEDURE:
E-PLAN , IP-EP-115, 120, NEW YORK STATE OEM                TED FISCH              OFFSITE 210, 250,310, 340,360, 410, 420, 430, 620 & IP-1055 1 COPY OF E-PLAN, WESTCHESTER COUNTY OEM      DENNIS DELBORGO              OFFSITE IP-EP-310 & 340 ROCKLAND COUNTY FIRE AND                                                         1 COPY OF E-PLAN, NICHOLAS LONGO              OFFSITE EMERGENCY SERVICES                                                                   IP-EP-3 10 & 340 ORANGE COUNTY EMERGENCY                                                           1 COPY OF E-PLAN ,
I IP-EP-120 REV.11 IP-EP-21-0--REV.21 IP-EP-220 REV.19 IP-EP-230 REV.15 IP-EP-410 REV.12 EFFECT\VE JU \ 4 20\6 DATE ***********PLEASE NOTE EFFECTIVE DATE***********
SHANNON FISHER              OFFSITE SERVICES CENTER                                                                     IP-EP-310 & 340 PUTNAM COUNTY BUREAU OF ANTHONY SUTION EFFEC Tl1 -6 0PY cI F E-PLAN ,
RECEIPT OF THE ABOVE LISTED DOCUMENT(S)
                                                          < FFSITE EMERGENCY SERVICES                                                                   IP-EP-3 10 & 340
IS HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGED.
                                                                    "'"'
I CERTIFY THAT ALL SUPERSEDED , VOID , OR INACTIVE COPIES OF THE ABOVE LISTED DOCUMENT(S)
* I.
IN MY POSSESSION HAVE BEEN REMOVED FROM USE AND ALL UPDATES HAVE BEEN PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH EFFECTIVE DAT (IF APPLICABLE)
                                                                              ... ...
AS SHOWN ON THE DOCUMENT(S). NAME (PRINT) SIGNATURE DATE COPY LOCATION
                                                                                  ~
.. ,** ,_. ATTACHMEfllT 9.1 SHEET1 OF4 Procedure/Document Number:
J H   Ii   L   I ftX45 DATE                           N~f:-
Equipment/facility/Other:
 
Indian Point Energy Center Title: Central Control Room
  ~
* 10CfR50.54(q)
  -::-: ;:- Entergy Indian Point Energy Center                                 CONTROLLED DOCUMENT Document Control                                                       TRANSMITTAL 450 Broadway Buchanan, NY 10511 TO:         DISTRIBUTION                                                     DATE: June 6, 2016 FROM: IPEC DOCUMENT CONTROL - 3Ro FLOOR ADMIN BLDG                             PHONE#: 914-254-6835 TRANSMITIAL#:         EP-16-0011 The Document(s) identified below are forwarded for use. Please review to verify receipt, incorporate the document(s) into your controlled document file, properly disposition superseded, voided, or inactive document(s).
SCREENING Revision:
Sign and return the receipt acknowledgement below within ten (10) working days.
21 Part I. Descriptlon of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan):
AFFECTED DOCUMENT:                 IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURES DOC#           REV#                         TITLE                                       INSTRUCTIONS THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE(S), DRAWING (S) HA VE BEEN REVISIED, PLEASE REMOVE YOUR CURRENT COPY AND REPLACE WITH ATTACHED UPDATED PROCEDURE:
* Refer to Revision Matrix for Revision 21. Part ii. Activity Previously Reviewed?
I 1>:-1ro-:T1-~~~~
Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or Alert and Notification System Design Report? Jf YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and ensure the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the proposed change is documented below: Justification:
EFFECT\VE IP-EP-120 REV.11 JU \ 4 20\6 IP-EP-21-0 --REV.21 DATE IP-EP-220 REV.19 IP-EP-230 REV.15 IP-EP-410 REV.12
                                ***********PLEASE NOTE EFFECTIVE DATE***********
RECEIPT OF THE ABOVE LISTED DOCUMENT(S) IS HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGED. I CERTIFY THAT ALL SUPERSEDED, VOID, OR INACTIVE COPIES OF THE ABOVE LISTED DOCUMENT(S) IN MY POSSESSION HAVE BEEN REMOVED FROM USE AND ALL UPDATES HAVE BEEN PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH EFFECTIVE DAT (IF APPLICABLE) AS SHOWN ON THE DOCUMENT(S).                                                             ~~
NAME (PRINT)               SIGNATURE                 DATE                     COPY LOCATION
 
ATTACHMEfllT 9.1                                                                     10CfR50.54(q)        SCREENING SHEET1 OF4 Procedure/Document Number:               IP-EP~210                  Revision:    21 Equipment/facility/Other: Indian Point Energy Center Title: Central Control Room
* Part I. Descriptlon of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan):
* Refer to Revision Matrix for Revision 21.
Part ii. Activity Previously Reviewed?                                                         YES                NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or               50.54(q)(3)      Continue to Evaluation ls    next part Alert and Notification System Design Report?                                               NOT required.
Enter Jf YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and                     jusllflcatlon ensure the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the                       below and complete Pl:ll'I proposed change is documented below:                                                       VI.
Justification:
D Bounding document attached (optJonal}
D Bounding document attached (optJonal}
Part Ill. Applicablllty of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes YES NO 50.54(q)(3)
Part Ill. Applicablllty of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activity.(Refer .to EN-Ll-100)
Continue to Evaluation ls next part NOT required.
NOTE: For example, whEm a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to
Enter jusllflcatlon below and complete Pl:ll'I VI. Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activity.(Refer .to EN-Ll-100)
            .other docu111ents which ha)le a different change control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3) s .
NOTE: For example, whEm a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to .other docu111ents which ha)le a different change control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3) s . A BIUTY CONCLUSION il!J If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50,54(q)(3)
A             BIUTY CONCLUSION il!J If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50,54(q)(3) Screening.
Screening.
D On'e-or more i:ontrolling.change processes are selected, however, some portion of the adivity involves the emerge~cy plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening for that portion of the activity. Identify the applicable contromng change processes below.
D On'e-or more i:ontrolling.change processes are selected, however, some portion of the adivity involves the plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50.54(q)(3)
0   One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity. 50.54(q)(3)
Screening for that portion of the activity.
Evaluation Is NOT re uired. Ide                   chan e recesses below and com tete Part VI.
Identify the applicable contromng change processes below. 0 One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity.
CONTROLLING CHANGE PRO
50.54(q)(3)
.. ,** ,_. 10.. &#xa2;.F-R 50.54q only:
Evaluation Is NOT re uired. Ide chan e recesses below and com tete Part VI. CONTROLLING CHANGE PRO 10.. &#xa2;.F-R 50.54q only:
P~rtav.:EditOrlal Change                                                                       YES              NO 50.54(q){3)      Continue to next
Change
* ls lliis activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph       Evaluation is    part numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent?                           NOT required.
* ls lliis activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent?
* Justlflcatlon:                                                                       Enter justification and Change #1 ls an editorial change. No further evaluation is required for this         complete Pan change.                                                                             VL "No" Is selected because remaining changes are non-editorial and require               \
* Justlflcatlon:
further screening.
Change #1 ls an editorial change. No further evaluation is required for this change. YES NO 50.54(q){3)
EN-EP-305 REV 3
Continue to next Evaluation is part NOT required.
 
Enter justification and complete Pan VL "No" Is selected because remaining changes are non-editorial and require \ further screening.
ATTACHMENT 9.1                                                                         10CFR5G.54(q) SCREENING SHEET20F4 Procedure/Document Number: IP*EP-210                                       I Revision:   21 Equipment/Facility/Other: Indian Point Energy Center Title: Central Control Room Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in bracketsl Does this activity affect anv of the folloWina. including proaram elements from NUREG-0654/FEMA REP-1 Section II?
EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 SHEET20F4 10CFR5G.54(q)
                                                                                            -
SCREENING Procedure/Document Number: IP*EP-210 I Revision:
: 1. Responsibility for emergency re~ponse is assigned. [1]                                                             D
21 Equipment/Facility/Other:
: 2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (2417             D staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1]
Indian Point Energy Center Title: Central Control Room Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in bracketsl Does this activity affect anv of the folloWina.
: 3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response regponsibilities are staffed and assigned. [2]                 D
including proaram elements from NUREG-0654/FEMA REP-1 Section II? 1. Responsibility for emergency is assigned.
: 4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained. [2]                             D
[1] -D 2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (2417 D staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1] 3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response regponsibilities are staffed and assigned.
: 5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3)                                       0
[2] D 4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained.
: 6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [3]                     D
[2] D 5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3) 0 6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [3] D 7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4] D 8. Procedures for notification of State .and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of the 0 declared emergency within 15 1T1inu1es after declaration of an emergency and providing notifications.
: 7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4]                                     D
{5] 9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt instructions to the public within the plume exposure pathway. [5] 0 10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-10, Gulde for Evaluation of Alert and LI Notification System!i:for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report !i!nd supporting letter. [5] ' 11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response organizations.
: 8. Procedures for notification of State .and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of the       0 declared emergency within 15 1T1inu1es after declaration of an emergency and providing f~llow*up notifications. {5]
[6] LI 12. Systems are for prompt communication to emergency response personnel.
: 9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt instructions to           0 the public within the plume exposure pathway. [5]
[6)' -* LI 13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the publfc on a periodic basis within the plume u .. exposure pathway planning zone (EPZ). [7J
: 10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-10, Gulde for Evaluation of Alert and                     LI Notification System!i:for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report !i!nd supporting FEMA~approval letter. [5]
* 14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established.
                                                                                              '
[7J LJ 15.
: 11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response organizations. [6]             LI
facilities are maintained to support emergency response.
: 12. Systems are ~stablished for prompt communication to emergency response personnel. [6)'               -*           LI
[8] LI 16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response.
: 13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the publfc on a periodic basis within the plume           u
[BJ LI 17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactive releases are in use. [9] u 18. Arange of publicPA'Rs is available for implementation during emergencies.
  .. exposure pathway ~mergency planning zone (EPZ). [7J                                                   *
[10] LJ 19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are available to LI support the fonnulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities.
: 14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established. [7J                             LJ
[1 O] 20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including those LJ for hostile action events.[1 OJ EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATIACHMENT9.1 SHEET30F4 1 OCFR50.54(q)
: 15. A~equate    facilities are maintained to support emergency response. [8]                                       LI
SCREENING Procedure/Document Number: IP*EP-210 I Revision:
: 16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response. [BJ                                               LI
21 Equipment/facility/Other:
: 17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactive releases are in use. [9]                             u
Indian Point Energy Center Title: Central Control Room 21. The resources for; controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established.
: 18. Arange of publicPA'Rs is available for implementation during emergencies. [10]                                     LJ
(11] LI 22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals.
: 19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are available to           LI support the fonnulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities. [1 O]
[12] LI 23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed.
: 20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including those         LJ for hostile action events.[1 OJ EN-EP-305 REV 3
[13] LI 24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program areas) is LI established.
 
[14] 25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, maintain, and u demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses.
ATIACHMENT9.1                                                                         1OCFR50.54(q)     SCREENING SHEET30F4 Procedure/Document Number: IP*EP-210                                     I Revision:   21 Equipment/facility/Other: Indian Point Energy Center Title: Central Control Room
[14] 26. Identified weaknesses are corrected.
: 21. The resources for; controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established. (11]                       LI
[14] LI 27. Training is provided to emergency responders.
: 22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals. [12]                                   LI
[15] u 28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established.
: 23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed. [13]                                                                       LI
(16] u 29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. [16J LI APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION 181 If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3)
: 24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program areas) is               LI established. [14]
Evaluation is NOT required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Part VI. D If any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3)
: 25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, maintain, and             u demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses. [14]
Evaluation.
: 26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. [14]                                                                               LI
BASIS FOR CONCLUSION: . . .. ... Clumges 2, 3, 4: 9, 11, .12;*'t&deg;3i  
: 27. Training is provided to emergency responders. [15]                                                                       u
-
: 28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. (16]                                           u
to reflect new fleet standardized form numbers and include.the new fleet standardized form numbers corresponding to the equivalent IPEC form numbers. These changes do not change the meaning or-intent of a description, do not change facilities or equipment, and do not change a process related to a planning stand_;;ird These cha.nges do not require a change to thi: IPEC Emergency Plan .. No further evaluation is required for.
: 29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. [16J                           LI APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION 181 If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Part VI.
changes .. . . Changes 5, 5 and 8 -Corrected procedure errors regarding position title: OSC p.osition is Operations Support position versus Operations  
D   If any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation.
*coordinator.
BASIS FOR CONCLUSION:
These changes do not change the meaning or intent of a description, do not change facilities or equipment, and do not change a process related to a planning standard element. These chan'"ges do* not require a _change to the Emergency Plan. No further evaluation Is required for these changes. Change 7 -Addition of cla.rifyiog guidance to Shift Manager/ED regarding requesting NPO O.SC. Jhis change does* riot change thrifmeaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process related*tO' a plann,ing standard element. This change does not require a change to the IPEC Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change. . Change 10 -Addition of clarifying guidance to On-Shift RP Technician regarding conducting applicable briefings and form completion for issuance of KL This guidance ensures alignment with Shift Manager/ED guidance.
              . . ..                                                                                             ...
This change does not change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment.
Clumges 2, 3, 4: 9, 11, .12;*'t&deg;3i 14and1~ - Revi~d to reflect new fleet standardized form numbers and include.the new fleet standardized form numbers corresponding to the equivalent IPEC form numbers. These changes do not change the meaning or-intent of a description, do not change facilities or equipment, and do not change a process related to a planning stand_;;ird el~ment: These cha.nges do not require a change to thi: IPEC Emergency Plan .. No further evaluation is required for. ~~e_se changes..                                                                       ..
and does not change a process related to a planning standard element. This change does not require a change to the JPEC Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change. Proposed changes to IP-EP-210, Central Control Room, Revision 21, have been reviewed to establish affect to planning standards or program elements in Part V of this form. it has been conch.u.ied that there ls no affect and no further evaluation is required and the changes do not require a change to the JPEC Emergency Plan. EN.:.EP-305 REV 3
                                                                                                                          ~
*r \ I ATTACHMENT9,1 SHEET40F4 Equipmentlfacllity/Other.
Changes 5, 5 and 8 - Corrected procedure errors regarding position title: OSC p.osition is Operations Support position versus Operations *coordinator. These changes do not change the meaning or intent of a description, do not change facilities or equipment, and do not change a process related to a planning standard element. These chan'"ges do* not require a _change to the W~C Emergency Plan. No further evaluation Is required for these changes.
Indian Point Energy Center Tltie: Central Control Room Part VI. Signatures:
Change 7 -Addition of cla.rifyiog guidance to Shift Manager/ED regarding requesting NPO te~msJrq111 O.SC. Jhis change does* riot change thrifmeaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process related*tO' a plann,ing standard element. This change does not require a change to the IPEC Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.                                                   .
Preparer Name (Print) Anthony .E. Ambrose Sr. Emergency Planner (Optional)
Change 10 - Addition of clarifying guidance to On-Shift RP Technician regarding conducting applicable briefings and form completion for issuance of KL This guidance ensures alignment with Shift Manager/ED guidance. This change does not change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment. and does not change a process related to a planning standard element. This change does not require a change to the JPEC Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change.
Reviewer Name (Print) Reviewer Name (P,rint) John P. Standridge Nuclear EP Project Manager Approver Name (Print) Lori A. Glander EP Manager or designee .... .. * .. *.*-.' ------* -.. .-... 10CFR50.54(q)
Proposed changes to IP-EP-210, Central Control Room, Revision 21, have been reviewed to establish affect to planning standards or program elements in Part V of this form. it has been conch.u.ied that there ls no affect and no further evaluation is required and the changes do not require a change to the JPEC Emergency Plan.
SCREENING Revision:
EN.:.EP-305 REV 3
21 !
 
* EN-EP-305 REV 3 IPEC IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE PREPARATION, REVIEW, AND APPROVAL -AD-i 02 Rev: i 0 Page 34of40 ATTACHMENT 10.2 iPEC PROCEDURE REVIEW AND APPROVAL (Page i of 1) Procedure Title: Central Control Room Procedure No: *iP-EP*210 Existing Rev: 20 NewAev: 21 0 Converted To IPEC, Replaces:
ATTACHMENT9,1                                               10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET40F4 Revision: 21 Equipmentlfacllity/Other. Indian Point Energy Center Tltie: Central Control Room Part VI. Signatures:
CJ NEW PROCEDURE D GENERAL REVISION OPARTIAL REVISION !ID EDITORIAL REVISION D VOID PROCEDURE D SUPERSEDED Unit i Procedure No: Unit 2 Procedure No: Unit 3 Procedure No: D EDITORIAL Temporary Procedure Change (enter Step Number In Revision Summary} 0 ADVANCE Temporary Procedure Change D CONDITIONAL Temporary Procedure Change Terminating Condition:--------
Preparer Name (Print)
0 RAPID REVISION Document in Microsoft Word: 0 VOID DRN/fPC No(s):  
Anthony .E. Ambrose Sr. Emergency Planner (Optional) Reviewer Name (Print)
!!! Yes D No Revision Summary 0 Refer to revision matrix . . ' . Implementation Requirements Implementation Plan? D Yes 0. Ni? Formal 0 Yes 01\!o APO Dept: Emergency Planning Writer (Print Name/ Ext/ Sign}: Anthon E. Ambrose I Review and Approval (Per Attactiment 10.1, IP Review And Approval R ii'ements)
Reviewer Name (P,rint)
* 1. lil Technical Reviewer:
John P. Standridge Nuclear EP Project Manager Approver Name (Print)
Rebecca Martin I 2. 0 Cross-Disciplinary Reviewers:
Lori A. Glander EP Manager or designee
Dept: * *
                                                  *.*-.'
* __ ...........
                                          ---- --* - ..   .-
__ _.,.,,,..,.....,..,.,..-_,,,.,,.,..._..,.......,.,,,...,....,.._
  \
_________
*r  I
_ . . -* (Print Name/ Signature/
                                                        ...
Date) Dept:------. (Print Name/ Signature/
                              .... .. *..
Data) 3. APO Responsibilities:
                                                                                                    !
::Lo,,.,r"'"i
* EN-EP-305 REV 3
=G""!a""'n""de..,,r..,,/
 
______
IPEC IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE                                                                                       -AD-i 02   Rev: i 0 PREPARATION, REVIEW, AND APPROVAL                                                                                      Page 34of40 ATTACHMENT 10.2                                                                           iPEC PROCEDURE REVIEW AND APPROVAL (Page i of 1)
<Prlnt Name/ Signature/
Procedure Title: Central Control Room Procedure No: *iP-EP*210 Existing Rev:                           20             NewAev:         21 0 Converted To IPEC, Replaces:
Date) D PAD required and is complete (PAD Approver and Reviewer qualifications have been verified) 0 Previous exclusion from further ll-100 Review is still valid D PAD not required due to type of change 4. 0 Non-Intent Determination Complete: (Pr!nt Name/ Signature/
CJ NEW PROCEDURE                         Unit i Procedure No:                                 D EDITORIAL Temporary Procedure Change (enter Step Number In Revision Summary}
Date) NO change of purpose or scope NO reduction In the level of nuclear safely or canceling of a procedure, unless requirements are !ncorpomled Into another procedum or the need for the procedure was ellmlnated via an altemate process to less reslrlctive acceptance cliterla to steps previously Identified as commitment steps dev!a!!on from the Quality Assurance Program Manual
D GENERAL REVISION Unit 2 Procedure No:                                  0 ADVANCE Temporary Procedure Change OPARTIAL REVISION D CONDITIONAL Temporary Procedure Change
!hat may result in devialions from Technical Speciflcalions, FSAR, plant design requirements, or previously made commitments
!ID EDITORIAL REVISION                                                                        Terminating Condition:--------
: 5. CJ On-Shift Shift Manager/CRS:.
D VOID PROCEDURE                        Unit 3 Procedure No:
________
D    SUPERSEDED 0 RAPID REVISION                        Document in Microsoft Word:
{Prlnt Name/ Signature/
                                                        !!! Yes           D No                 0 VOID DRN/fPC No(s): ---~--
Date) 6. 0 UserValidation:
Revision Summary                    0 Refer to revision matrix.
User: ____________
                                . ' .
Validator:
Implementation Requirements Implementation Plan? D Yes 0. Ni? Formal Tr~ining? 0 Yes 01\!o APO Dept: Emergency Planning                                 Writer (Print Name/ Ext/ Sign}: Anthon E. Ambrose I Review and Approval (Per Attactiment 10.1, IP                               Review And Approval R                   ii'ements)
___________
*1. lil   Technical Reviewer:           Rebecca Martin I
_ 7. D Special Handling Requirements Understood:
: 2. 0       Cross-Disciplinary Reviewers:
_ (Pr!nt Name/ Signature/
Dept:             * * * ~~vjewer: _ _..........._ __.,.,,,..,.....,..,.,..-_,,,.,,.,..._..,.......,.,,,...,....,..__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Data)
                                                                      . . -*         (Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
Emergency Planning Document Change Checklist Form (All sections must be completed, N/A or place a check on the line where applicable) . Section 1 Doc/Procedure Type: (circle one) Administrative/
Dept:------ Reviewer:-----.,....,,,,...,....,...,.,-__,..,..,......,........,.,,,....,-,------'-------
Implementing I EPLAN Doc/Procedure No: IP-EP-210 C/A: Yes =X_._No No. IP3-2016*233 CA-4 Due ' Date:_S/15/16_
                                                                                    . (Print Name/ Signature/ Data)
* Doc/Procedure Title: Central Control Room Rev No: Rev Distribution Date: ..._...6/14/16
: 3. APO Responsibilities: ::Lo,,.,r"'"i=G""!a""'n""de..,,r..,,/_ _ _ _ _ _-=,..,....,..,,.,..___,..,,,.,......,........,~,...,...----------
__ _ Reason for EPDCC: Revision _..._X,,___
                                                                                      <Prlnt Name/ Signature/ Date)
Cancel __ Date of EPDCC: _ 4/4/16_. Section2 Change Description
D PAD required and is complete (PAD Approver and Reviewer qualifications have been verified) 0 Previous exclusion from further ll-100 Review is still valid D PAD not required due to type of change
: 1. Originator:
: 4. 0      Non-Intent Determination Complete: -----=-~:-:----:-:=-:--.....,....._,.,,,.....,....,...-----------
______________________
(Pr!nt Name/ Signature/ Date)
_ 2. Class of Change: Technical Correction_
NO change of purpose or scope                                              ~change to less reslrlctive acceptance cliterla NO reduction In the level of nuclear safely                                ~change to steps previously Identified as commitment steps
New Commitment
        ~voiding or canceling of a procedure, unless requirements                  ~ dev!a!!on from the Quality Assurance Program Manual are !ncorpomled Into another procedum or the need for the                  ~change !hat may result in devialions from Technical Speciflcalions, procedure was ellmlnated via an altemate process                            FSAR, plant design requirements, or previously made commitments
__ Other _X __ 3. Page numbers affected and reason for change: Refer to revision matrix. 4. Emergency Planning Documents Affected:  
: 5. CJ    On-Shift Shift Manager/CRS:. ________-==-:-:---,.,,,.,.-~-=:-:--:--------
""'N"""on""'e,.__
{Prlnt Name/ Signature/ Date)
________ ....._ ___ _ 5. Emergency Planning Procedures f,\ffected . .:..;: N ...... o.,,..n""e'---------------
: 6. 0      UserValidation: User:____________ Validator:_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
: 6.  
: 7. D      Special Handling Requirements Understood:_ _.,,,...,...,..,,.,...__,.,,,.,...._..,.......,,.,,,...,,-,--------
(Pr!nt Name/ Signature/ Data)
 
Emergency Planning Document Change Checklist Form (All sections must be completed, N/A or place a check on the line where applicable) .
Section 1 Doc/Procedure Type: (circle one) Administrative/ Implementing I EPLAN Doc/Procedure No: IP-EP-210 C/A: Yes =X_._No ~_CIA No. IP3-2016*233 CA-4                                      Due
  ' Date:_S/15/16_
* Doc/Procedure Title: Central Control Room Rev No: Rev Distribution Date: ..._...6/14/16_ __
Reason for EPDCC: ~--- Revision _..._X,,___ Cancel __ Date of EPDCC: _4/4/16_.
Section2 Change Description
: 1.      Originator: ,..A""'nt....,h""'on~v.....,A'""m"""""bro=se....________________________
: 2.      Class of Change:                    Technical Correction_ New Commitment__ Other _X _ _
: 3.      Page numbers affected and reason for change: Refer to revision matrix.
: 4.      Emergency Planning Documents Affected: ""'N"""on""'e,.__________.....__ _ __
: 5.     Emergency Planning Procedures f,\ffected..:..;:N                       ......o.,,..n""e'---------------
: 6.    


==References:==
==References:==
Othe'. Proce\:hJre(s} #~                                            Regulatory Document .. _ _ _ __
Other: _ _ _ _.....,;.._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _,___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
: 7.      Reviewed training requirements with depiartment training coordinator NIA_*_date _ __
: 8.      The following are complete,                  *. .
or are not app1ica.1e  .
and are so marked.
Tech Review* NIA                        50.54q-2L, ENN-Ll-100 NIA                      PL-155 _.oLa_
SMM*AD-102 _lL Manager approv~I ~SAC n/a
: 9. Both table of contents and transmittals are complete_ _ _ _ _ date - - - - - - -
: 10. Approved doc/procedure delivered to Document Control for distribution                                    date._ __
: 11. Position Binders updated if applicable                                                              date _ _ _ __
i 2. Copy of EPDCC and document/procedure placed in EP file_ _ _ _ _ _ _........____
Sheet 1of1
Revision Matrix for IP-EP...21 O "Central Control Room" Revision 21 Number    Existing Condition                  Proposed                              Editorial Change? Affect on 50.47 Planning Std.?
Ccmdition
#1        Rev20                                Rev 21                                YES              NO - This is an editorial change to the revision number and effective date.
#2        Page 13 of 44                        Page 13 of 44                        NO                NO Attachment 9. i                      Attachment 9.1                                          Form revision to Fleet Standard Form. Thif? change does not Step 2.2, C., 3.:                    Step 2.2, C., 3.:                                      change the meaning or intent of a (Form EP-B)                          (Form EP-4-AU/EP-6)                                    description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process related to a plannina standard element.
#3                                            Page 13 of 44                        NO                NO Attachment 9.1                  ' ..'                  Form revision to fleet Standard Step.2.2, c., 5.,1~:                                    Form. This change does not Added (1. Utilize Form EP                            change the meaning or intent of a All!EP-65 to document date,                            description, does not change time and name of personnel                              facilities or equipment, and does
                                                                                "
m.gesting Kl.)
                                                ;            . :~  ... . *-<?,
not change a process related to a plannirm standard element
#4        Page 15 of 44                      *Page 15 of 44' *              "      NO                NO Attachment 9.1                      Attachment 9. i                                        Form revision to Fleet Standard Step2.5, A (Form EP-9)
                                            . Step 2.5, A.    ':'
(Form EP-2-ALLJEP*9)
Form. This change does not change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process related to a olannirm standard element.
#5        Page 17 of 44                        Page 17 of 44                        NO                NO - corrected procedure error Attachment 9.1                      Attachment 9. 'l                                        regarding position title. This Step 3.6                            Step3.6                                                change does not change the Coordinate in-Plant team activities  Coordinate In-Plant team                                meaning or intent of a with Operations Coordinator/OSC      activi~ies with Operations Support                      description, does not change Manager                              positioi1/0SC Manager                                  facilities or equipment, and does not change a process related to a p!armina standard element.
Page 1of4
Revision Matrix        .,
for IP..EP-21 O ''Central Control Room" Revision 21 .
  #6      Page 18 of 44                      Page 18 of 44                                NO NO - corrected procedure error Attachment 9.1                      Attachment 9.1                                  regarding position title. This Step 3.6.A/B/C                      Step 3.6.AIB/C                                  change does not change the
          *......Operations Coordinator...*  **..*..Operations Support                      meaning or intent of a position ..*.                                  description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process related to a olannin!'.l standard element.
  #7                                          Page 18 of 44                                NO NO Attachment 9. i                                Added clarifying guidance for Added:* sub-step 1. to 3.6, A.:                Shift Manager/ED when (1. CCR should request      two        requesting NPO teams from NPO teams, one for                  osc. This change does not nuclear side tasking and            change the meaning or intent of a one for conventional side          description,* does not change tasking. Ensure that                facilities or equipment, and does
                                                        , OSC OPS Support                    not change a process related to a position is updated as to          planning standard element.
their tasking and status.}
  #8      Page 32 of 44                      Page 32 of 44                                NO NO - corrected procedure error Attachment 9.4                      Attachment 9.4                                  regarding.position title. This Slep 2.1, B/C.:                    Step 2.1, B/C.:                                change does not change the
          *......Operations Coordinator***.    ., .....Operati~ris Support                    meaning or intent of a
                                              ~osition ....
                                                                            ..                description, does not change I
                                                                                -  *'' .
facilities or equipment, and does
                                                                                      , .. not change a process related to a
                                                                          ..                  planning standard element.
                                              ~:*.'.
                                                                          ..        *:
                                                                          .,,        I
                                                                    .. ,.
IJ,'
                                                                              .,
  #9      Page32 of 44                        Page 32 of 44                              NO NO Attachment 9.4                      Attachment 9.4                                  Form revision to Fleet Standard Step 2.1, D.:                      Step 2.1, 0.:                                  Form. This change does not
    '
(Form EP-10)                        '(Form EP-3-ALLJEP-10)                          change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process related to a olannino standard element.
Page2of4
Revision Matrix for IP-EP...21 O "Central Control Room" Revision 21
#10                                    Page35 of 44                      NO NO Attachment 9.5.                      Added clarifying guidance for On-Added: Step 2. i, D.:                Shift RP Technician to align with
                                      !f radiological conditions warrant    Shift Manager/ED guidance in AND requested by Shift                Attachment 9.1. This change Manager/ED. issue Kl to control      does not change the meaning or room personnel.                      intent of a description, does not
                                          .1. Conduct applicable            change facilities or equipment.
radiological and/or Kl      and does not change a process briefings to CCR .          related to a planning standard personnel..                  element..
: 2. Utilize Form EP-8*
ALUEP-65 to document date, time and name of personnel_ ingesting Kl.
Page35 of 44                Page 35 of. 44                    NO NO Attachment 9.5              Attachment 9.5                        Fann revision to Fleet Standard Step 2.2                    Step 2.2                              Form. This change does not (Form EP-10)                (Form EP-3-ALIJEP-iO}                change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process related to a planning standard element.
#12      Page37 of 44                  Page 37 of 44                    NO NO Attachment 9.6              :Attachment 9.6                        Form revision to Fleet Standard Step 2.1                * *step 2.1 .. .. . * ~ .~                Form. This change does not (Form EP-10)              .(Form  .
EP-3~ALUEP~:IO):
                                                      ...  .        .      change the meaning or intent of a
                                                              ....          description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process related to a planninri standard element.
#13      Page 40 of 44      , , :: *Page 40 ol 44 **                    NO NO Attachment 9. 7              Attachment 9.1                        Form revision to Fleet Standard Step 1.3, A.:              . Step 1.3, A.:*            :.        Form. This change does not
{Form EP-47)                {Form EP-7-ALUEP-47)                  change th~ meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process related to a planning standard element.
Page 3of4


Othe'. Proce\:hJre(s} Regulatory Document .. ____ _ Other: ____ .....,;..
Revision Matrix for IP EP-21 O "Central Control Room" Revision 21 00
_________
                              ,.
,__ ___________
#14      Page40 of 44                 Page 40 of 44 .              NO NO Attachment 9. 7            . Attachment 9.7                  Form revision to Fleet Standard Step 1.3, B.:               Step 1.3, B.:                   Form. This change does not (Form EP-47)                 (Fonn EP-7-ALL/EP-47)           change the meaning or intent at a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process related to a olanninCJ standard element.
_ 7. Reviewed training requirements with depiartment training coordinator NIA_* _date __ _ 8. The following are complete, or are not app1ica.1e and are so marked. *. . . Tech Review* NIA 50.54q-2L, ENN-Ll-100 NIA PL-155 _.oLa_ SMM*AD-102
#15     Page40 of 44                 Page 40 of 44                 NO NO Attachment 9.7              Attachment 9.7                  Fonn revision to Fleet Standard Step 2.1, A.:              *Step 2.1, A.:                   Form. This change does not (Form EP-47)                 (Fann EP-7-ALLIEP-47)   "        change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process related to a olannino standard element.
_lL Manager n/a 9. Both table of contents and transmittals are complete _____ date -------10. Approved doc/procedure delivered to Document Control for distribution date. __ _ 11. Position Binders updated if applicable date ____ _ i 2. Copy of EPDCC and document/procedure placed in EP file _______ ........ ___ _ Sheet 1of1 Revision Matrix for IP-EP ... 21 O "Central Control Room" Revision 21 Number Existing Condition Proposed Editorial Change? Affect on 50.47 Planning Std.? Ccmdition
                                      ~ .. .   ..   .
#1 Rev20 Rev 21 YES NO -This is an editorial change to the revision number and effective date. #2 Page 13 of 44 Page 13 of 44 NO NO Attachment
                                        ".     ',.*. **' .
: 9. i Attachment 9.1 Form revision to Fleet Standard Step 2.2, C., 3.: Step 2.2, C., 3.: Form. Thif? change does not change the meaning or intent of a (Form EP-B) (Form EP-4-AU/EP-6) description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process related to a plannina standard element. #3 Page 13 of 44 NO NO Attachment 9.1 ' Form revision to fleet Standard ' .. Step.2.2, c.,
                                *''   *.~*   '             .-~- .
Form. This change does not Added (1. Utilize Form EP-8-change the meaning or intent of a All!EP-65 to document date, description, does not change time and name of personnel " facilities or equipment, and does m.gesting Kl.) not change a process related to a ; . ... . * -<?, plannirm standard element #4 Page 15 of 44 *Page 15 of 44' * " NO NO Attachment 9.1 Attachment
Page4of4
: 9. i Form revision to Fleet Standard Step2.5, A . Step 2.5, A. ':' Form. This change does not (Form EP-9) (Form EP-2-ALLJEP*9) change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process related to a olannirm standard element. #5 Page 17 of 44 Page 17 of 44 NO NO -corrected procedure error Attachment 9.1 Attachment
: 9. 'l regarding position title. This Step 3.6 Step3.6 change does not change the Coordinate in-Plant team activities Coordinate In-Plant team meaning or intent of a with Operations Coordinator/OSC with Operations Support description, does not change Manager positioi1/0SC Manager facilities or equipment, and does not change a process related to a p!armina standard element. Page 1of4 Revision Matrix for IP .. EP-21 O ''Central Control Room" Revision 21 . . , #6 Page 18 of 44 Page 18 of 44 NO NO -corrected procedure error Attachment 9.1 Attachment 9.1 regarding position title. This Step 3.6.A/B/C Step 3.6.AIB/C change does not change the *...... Operations Coordinator
...* **..*.. Operations Support meaning or intent of a position ..*. description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process related to a olannin!'.l standard element. #7 Page 18 of 44 NO NO Attachment
: 9. i Added clarifying guidance for Added:* sub-step 1. to 3.6, A.: Shift Manager/ED when (1. CCR should request two requesting NPO teams from NPO teams, one for osc. This change does not nuclear side tasking and change the meaning or intent of a one for conventional side description,*
does not change tasking. Ensure that facilities or equipment, and does , OSC OPS Support not change a process related to a position is updated as to planning standard element. their tasking and status.} #8 Page 32 of 44 Page 32 of 44 NO NO -corrected procedure error Attachment 9.4 Attachment 9.4 regarding.position title. This Slep 2.1, B/C.: Step 2.1, B/C.: change does not change the *...... Operations Coordinator
***. ., .....
Support meaning or intent of a I
.... .. -description, does not change *'' . facilities or equipment, and does , .. not change a process related to a .. planning standard element.
.. *: I IJ,' .,, .. , . ., #9 Page32 of 44 Page 32 of 44 NO NO Attachment 9.4 Attachment 9.4 Form revision to Fleet Standard ' Step 2.1, D.: Step 2.1, 0.: Form. This change does not (Form EP-10) '(Form EP-3-ALLJEP-10) change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process related to a olannino standard element. Page2of4 
#10 #12 #13 Page 3of4 Revision Matrix for IP-EP ... 21 O "Central Control Room" Revision 21 Page35 of 44 Attachment 9.5 Step 2.2 (Form EP-10) Page37 of 44 Attachment 9.6 Step 2.1 (Form EP-10) Page 40 of 44 Attachment
: 9. 7 Step 1.3, A.: {Form EP-47) Page35 of 44 Attachment


===9.5. Added===
ATTACHMENT 9.1                                                                           10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 1 OF 3 Procechare/Oocument Number: IP-EP-230                               I Revision:   15 EquipmentJFacillty/Other: Indian Point Energy Center Title: Operations Support Center Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan):
Step 2. i, D.: !f radiological conditions warrant AND requested by Shift Manager/ED.
: 1. Page 15.*Att. 9.5 section 1.2 D changed sheet number 9 to sheet number 6 Part II. Activity Previously Reviewed?                                                         DYES               12$1 NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or                   50.54(q){3)       Continue to Evaluation is      next part Alert and Notification System Design Report?                                                   NOT required.
issue Kl to control room personnel.
Enter If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and                       justllicallon ensure the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the                           below and complete Part proposed change is documented below:                                                           VI.
.1. Conduct applicable radiological and/or Kl briefings to CCR . personnel
Justification:
.. 2. Utilize Form EP-8* ALUEP-65 to document date, time and name of personnel_
ingesting Kl. Page 35 of. 44 Attachment 9.5 Step 2.2 (Form EP-3-ALIJEP-iO}
Page 37 of 44 :Attachment 9.6 * *step 2.1 . . .. .. * . . (Form . . . . . . , , :: *Page 40 ol 44 ** Attachment 9.1 .. .. . Step 1.3, A.:* :. {Form EP-7-ALUEP-47)
NO NO NO NO NO Added clarifying guidance for Shift RP Technician to align with Shift Manager/ED guidance in Attachment 9.1. This change does not change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment.
and does not change a process related to a planning standard element..
NO Fann revision to Fleet Standard Form. This change does not change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process related to a planning standard element. NO Form revision to Fleet Standard Form. This change does not change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process related to a planninri standard element. NO Form revision to Fleet Standard Form. This change does not change meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process related to a planning standard element.
Revision Matrix for IP 00 EP-21 O "Central Control Room" Revision 21 #14 Page40 of 44 ,. Page 40 of 44 . NO NO Attachment
: 9. 7 . Attachment
: 9. 7 Form revision to Fleet Standard Step 1.3, B.: Step 1.3, B.: Form. This change does not (Form EP-47) (Fonn EP-7-ALL/EP-47) change the meaning or intent at a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process related to a olanninCJ standard element. #15 Page40 of 44 Page 40 of 44 NO NO Attachment 9.7 Attachment 9.7 Fonn revision to Fleet Standard Step 2.1, A.: *Step 2.1, A.: Form. This change does not (Form EP-47) (Fann EP-7-ALLIEP-47) " change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process related to a olannino standard element. . . . . . . ". ',.*. **' . *''
' . . Page4of4 ATTACHMENT 9.1 SHEET 1 OF 3 Procechare/Oocument Number: IP-EP-230 I Revision:
EquipmentJFacillty/Other:
Indian Point Energy Center Title: Operations Support Center 10CFR50.54(q)
SCREENING 15 Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan): 1. Page 15.*Att. 9.5 section 1.2 D changed sheet number 9 to sheet number 6 Part II. Activity Previously Reviewed?
DYES 12$1 NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or 50.54(q){3)
Continue to Alert and Notification System Design Report? Evaluation is next part NOT required.
Enter If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and justllicallon ensure the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the below and proposed change is documented below: complete Part VI. Justification:
O Bounding dowmentattached (optional)
O Bounding dowmentattached (optional)
Part Ill. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check If any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activity.(Refer to EN-U-100)
Part Ill. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check If any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activity.(Refer to EN-U-100)
NOTE: For example, when a design change !s the proposed actMty, consequential actions may include changes to. other documents which have a different change control process and are NOT to be induded in this 50.54{q)(3)
NOTE: For example, when a design change !s the proposed actMty, consequential actions may include changes to.
other documents which have a different change control process and are NOT to be induded in this 50.54{q)(3)
Screeninci.
Screeninci.
APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION 12?.l lf there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3)
APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION 12?.l lf there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening.
Screening.
D One or more controlling change processes are selected, however, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening for that portion of the activity. Identify the applicable controlling change processes below.
D One or more controlling change processes are selected, however, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50.54(q)(3)
D One or-more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity. 50.54(q)(3)
Screening for that portion of the activity.
Evaluation Is NOT         ed. ldentifv controllinq chancie processes below and complete Part VI.
Identify the applicable controlling change processes below. D One or-more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity.
CONTROLUN                 ANGE PROCESSES 10 CFR 50.54q only.
50.54(q)(3)
Part IV. editorial Change                                                                     IZJYES             UNO SO.S4{q){J)        Continue to nc~t :
Evaluation Is NOT ed. ldentifv controllinq chancie processes below and complete Part VI. CONTROLUN ANGE PROCESSES 10 CFR 50.54q only. Part IV. editorial Change IZJYES UNO Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph SO.S4{q){J)
Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph           Evnluntion is      pan*
Continue to
numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent?                             NOT r~-quircd, Justification:                                                                       Enter jtt~tiliClltion and Change 1 Is editorial. The Sheet number discussed In this section was incorrect               complete Part number and typographical change was made. This change updated the correct                     VL sheet number that was discussed In this step.
: Evnluntion is pan* numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent? NOT Justification:
EN-EP-305 REV 3
Enter and Change 1 Is editorial.
 
The Sheet number discussed In this section was incorrect complete Part number and typographical change was made. This change updated the correct VL sheet number that was discussed In this step. EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATIACHMENT 9.1 SHEET20F3 10CfR50.54(q)
ATIACHMENT 9.1                                                                       10CfR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET20F3 Procedure/Document Number: IP-EP-230                                     I Revision:   15 Equipmentlfacmty/Other: Indian Point Energy Center Title: 9perations Support. Center Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in brackets) Does this activity affect anv of the followino. indudino orooram elements from NUREG-0654/FEMA REP-1 Section 117
SCREENING Procedure/Document Number: IP-EP-230 I Revision:
: 1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned. [1]                                                             D
15 Equipmentlfacmty/Other:
: 2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (2417               0 staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1]
Indian Point Energy Center Title: 9perations Support. Center Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in brackets)
: 3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned. (2)               0
Does this activity affect anv of the followino.
: 4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained. (2]                           0
indudino orooram elements from NUREG-0654/FEMA REP-1 Section 117 1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned.
: 5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3]                                     0
[1] D 2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (2417 0 staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1] 3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned.
: 6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [3]                   0
(2) 0 4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained.
: 7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4]                                   D
(2] 0 5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3] 0 6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [3] 0 7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4] D 8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of the 0 declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications.
: 8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of the         0 declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications. [5]
[5] 9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt instructions to .o the public within the plume exposure pathway. (5) 10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-10, Guide for Evaluation of Alert and .. LJ Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA approval letter. (5] 11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response organizations.
: 9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt instructions to the public within the plume exposure pathway. (5)
[6] u 12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel.
                                                                                                                    .o
[6] u 13. Emergency preparedness infonnation is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the plume D exposure pathway emergency planning zone (EPZ). [1J 14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established.
: 10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-10, Guide for Evaluation of Alert and               .. LJ Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA approval letter. (5]
[7] u 15. Adequate facilities are maintained to support emergency response.
: 11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response organizations. [6]           u
[8] u 16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response.
: 12. Systems are established for prompt communication         to emergency response personnel. [6]                   u
[8] .,LJ 17. Methods, systems. and equipment for assessment of radioactive releases are in use. [9] *u 18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies.
: 13. Emergency preparedness infonnation is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the plume           D exposure pathway emergency planning zone (EPZ). [1J
[1 OJ :u* 19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are available to u support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities.
: 14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established. [7]                           u
[1 OJ 20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including those u for hostile action events.(1 OJ EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 SHEET30F3 10CFR50.54(q}
: 15. Adequate facilities are maintained to support emergency response. [8]                                             u
SCREENING Procedure/Document Number: IP-EP-230 I Revision:
: 16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response. [8]                                           .,LJ
15 EqulpmentJFaclllty/Other:
: 17. Methods, systems. and equipment for assessment of radioactive releases are in use. [9]                         *u
Indian Point Energy Center Title: Operations Support Center 21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established.
: 18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies. [1 OJ                               :u*
[11] u 22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured Individuals.
: 19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are available to           u support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities. [1 OJ
[12] u 23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed.
: 20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including those       u for hostile action events.(1 OJ EN-EP-305 REV 3
(13] u 24. A drill and exercise program {including radiological.
 
medical, health physics and other program areas) is u established.
ATTACHMENT       9.1                                                                 10CFR50.54(q}       SCREENING SHEET30F3 Procedure/Document Number: IP-EP-230                                     I Revision:   15 EqulpmentJFaclllty/Other: Indian Point Energy Center Title: Operations Support Center
(141 25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, maintain, and u demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process In order to identify weaknesses.
: 21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established. [11]                         u
{141 26. Identified weaknesses are corrected.
: 22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured Individuals. [12]                                   u
(14] u 27. Trainirig Is provided to emergency responders.
: 23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed. (13]                                                                       u
[15] u 28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established.
: 24. A drill and exercise program {including radiological. medical, health physics and other program areas) is               u established. (141
{16] u 29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. (16) u APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION 0 If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3}
: 25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, maintain, and             u demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process In order to identify weaknesses. {141
Evaluation is NOT required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Part VI. D If any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perfofTTl a 50.54(q)(3)
: 26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. (14]                                                                               u
Evaluation.
: 27. Trainirig Is provided to emergency responders. [15]                                                                     u
NIA -Editorial revisions.  
: 28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. {16]                                           u
.. .. Part VI. Signatures:
: 29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. (16)                           u APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION 0   If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3} Evaluation is NOT required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Part VI.
Preparer Name (Print) -.
D If any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perfofTTl a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation.
Data: 0(61//fo Rebecca A. Martin Sr. eP Project Manager .. (Optional)
NIA - Editorial revisions.                                  ..                                                                          ..
Reviewer Name (Print)
                                                                                                                                        ....
Signature Date: Reviewer Name {Print) Reviewer Signature  
                                                                                          ..
/1 Date: John P. Standridge Nuclear EP Project Manager ... Approver Name (Print) ;f) Appro*e. Slgnarure  
Part VI. Signatures:
,./ '-' Date: Lori A. Glander 7,.?(-(b EP Manager v EN-EP-305 REV 3 : ..... .. .. . ....
                                                  -.
IPEC IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE IP-SMM-AD-102 Rev: 10 PREPARATION, REVIEW, AND APPROVAL Page 34of40 ATTACHMENT 10.2 IPEC PROCEDURE REVIEW AND APPROVAL Procedure Title: Operations Support Center Procedure No: IP-EP*230 Existing Rev: 14 New Rev: 15 Procedme Activity {MARK Applicable}
                                                    ~:;~
D Converted To IPEC, Replaces:
Preparer Name (Print)                                                                                       Data:               :
D NEW PROCEDURE D GENERAL REVISION D PARTIAL REVISION li!l EDITORIAL REVISION D VOID PROCEDURE D SUPERSEDED Unit 1 Procedure No: Unit 2 Procedure No: Unit 3 Procedure No: D EDITORIAL Temporary Procedure Change (Enter Step Number in Revision Summary) D ADVANCE Temporary Procedure Change D CONDITIONAL Temporary Procedure Change Terminating Condition:  
Rebecca A. Martin                                                                                                             .....
/ D RAPID REVISION Document in Microsoft Word: D VOID DRNfTPC No(s): ------D Yes D No Revision Summary D NIA-See Revision Summary page. Editorial revision updated sheet number in attachment 9.5 step 1.20. lmplememtatit::m Requirements Implementation Plan? D Yes IE No Formal Training?
Sr. eP Project Manager         ..                                                                              0(61//fo              ..
0 Yes IENo Special Handling?
(Optional) Reviewer Name (Print)                               Revi~er  Signature                         Date:
D Yes rn:JNo RPO Dept: Emergency Planning Writer (Print Name/ Ext/ Sign): Rebecca A. Martin I I Review and Approval (Per Attachment
Reviewer Name {Print)                                           Reviewer Signature /1                     Date:
: 10. i, IPEC Review And Approval Requirements)
John P. Standridge Nuclear EP Project Manager ...                               &~J~          ~'
: 1. D Technical
s'/31/1~
__________
Approver Name (Print)                           ~Appro*e. Slgnarure , . / '-'                               Date:
_ (Print Name/ Slgnaturel Date) 2. 0 Cross-Disciplinary Reviewers:
Lori A. Glander EP Manager                        ;f)                                                                      7,.?(-(b v
Dept: Reviewer:
EN-EP-305 REV 3
Name/ Signature/
 
Date) Dept:------(Print Name/ Signature/
IPEC IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE                                                           IP-SMM-AD-102                 Rev: 10 PREPARATION, REVIEW, AND APPROVAL                                                                     Page 34of40 ATTACHMENT 10.2                                                             IPEC PROCEDURE REVIEW AND APPROVAL Procedure Title: Operations Support Center Procedure No: IP-EP*230                   Existing Rev: 14         New Rev:       15 Procedme Activity
Date)
{MARK Applicable}             D Converted To IPEC, Replaces:
__
D NEW PROCEDURE                       Unit 1 Procedure No:                      D EDITORIAL Temporary Procedure Change (Enter Step Number in Revision Summary)
{Print Name/ Signature/
D GENERAL REVISION Unit 2 Procedure No:                      D ADVANCE Temporary Procedure Change D PARTIAL REVISION D CONDITIONAL Temporary Procedure Change li!l EDITORIAL REVISION                                                          Terminating Condition:                            /
Date) D PAD required and is complete {P Approver and Reviewer qualifications have been verified)
D VOID PROCEDURE                      Unit 3 Procedure No:
IEPrevious exclusion from further U-100 Review is still valid D PAD not required due to type of change 4. D Non-Intent Determination Complete: (Print Name/ Signature/
D SUPERSEDED D RAPID REVISION                     Document in Microsoft Word:
Date) NO change of purpose or scope NO reduction in the level of nuclear safety NO voiding or canceling of a procedure, unless requirements are incorporated into another procedure or the need for the procedure was eliminated via an alternate process fiQ change to less restrictive acceptance criteria NO change lo steps previously identified as commitment steps NO deviation from the Quality Assurance Program Manual NQ* change that may result in deviations from Technical Specifications.
D Yes        D No                D VOID DRNfTPC No(s): - - - - - -
FSAR, plant design requirements, or previousiy made commilments
Revision Summary                   D NIA- See Revision Summary page.
: 5. D On-Shift Shiff Manager/CRS:
Editorial revision updated sheet number in attachment 9.5 step 1.20.
______
lmplememtatit::m Requirements Implementation Plan? D Yes IE No Formal Training? 0 Yes IENo Special Handling? D Yes rn:JNo RPO Dept: Emergency Planning                   Writer (Print Name/ Ext/ Sign): Rebecca A. Martin I                 I Jl~ ~~ Q,1/l~
{Prlnt Name/ Signature/
Review and Approval (Per Attachment 10. i, IPEC Review And Approval Requirements)
Date) 6. D UserValidation:
: 1. D     Technical   Reviewer-----------=~..,.,....__,..,,,.,...__,_.,.,,....,...,._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
User: __________
(Print Name/ Slgnaturel Date)
Validator.
: 2. 0    Cross-Disciplinary Reviewers:
_____________
Dept:                        Reviewer: ------..,.,=-=-'""""".....,...~-,,,_..,.,,,,...,...,,......----------
_ 7. CJ Special Handling Requirements Understood:_--=,_,__,...__,,..,,..,..-__,_,,__,_
                                                                        !Pr~nt Name/ Signature/ Date)
_________
Dept:------ R e v i e w e r : - - - - - - - - - - - - - = - - - - - - - - - - - -
_ (Print Name/ Signature/
(Print Name/ Signature/ Date) aRPORe~on~bW~E~L=o~M-G~~~n_d_e_rl_ _~~~-~~~~~-~~~'~3_,_,_r~~-----~    {Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
Date)
D PAD required and is complete {P                Approver and Reviewer qualifications have been verified)
Emergency Planning Document Change Checklist Form {All sections must be completed, NIA or place a check on the-line where applicable)
IEPrevious exclusion from further U-100 Review is still valid D PAD not required due to type of change
Section 1 Doc/Procedure Type: (circle one) Administrative I Implementing I EPLAN-Doc/Procedure No: IP EP 230 CIA: Yes _x_ No CIA No. 3L0-16-26 CA 12 Due Date: 05/27116 Doc/Procedure Title: Operations Sur.u2ort Center Rev No: 15 Rev Distribution Date: 06/14/16 Reason for EPDCC: New X Revision Cance! Date of EPDCC: 05125/16 Section 2 Change Description
: 4. D    Non-Intent Determination Complete: ----..,,.....,,.......,.-_,...,,..,..--_..,,,..._.,._..----------
: 1. Originator:
(Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
:...;R"""eb""'e""c""'ca""""'"A
NO change of purpose or scope                                  fiQ change to less restrictive acceptance criteria NO reduction in the level of nuclear safety                    NO change lo steps previously identified as commitment steps NO voiding or canceling of a procedure, unless requirements    NO deviation from the Quality Assurance Program Manual are incorporated into another procedure or the need for the    NQ* change that may result in deviations from Technical Specifications.
..... M ........ art .... i .... n_...._ ________________
procedure was eliminated via an alternate process              FSAR, plant design requirements, or previousiy made commilments
_ 2. Class of Change: Technical Correction
: 5. D    On-Shift Shiff Manager/CRS: _ _ _ _ _ _-=.,....,....,........,..,,,,_...........-~_,.....,.----------
*New Commitment_*
{Prlnt Name/ Signature/ Date)
_Other _,..;;..X,__
: 6. D    UserValidation: User: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Validator. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
__ 3. Page m;1mbers affected and.reason for change: Editorial Change; Update attachment 9.5 step
: 7. CJ    Special Handling Requirements Understood:_--=,_,__,...__,,..,,..,..-__,_,,__,__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
(Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
 
Emergency Planning Document Change Checklist Form
{All sections must be completed, NIA or place a check on the-line where applicable)
Section 1 Doc/Procedure Type: (circle one) Administrative I Implementing I EPLAN-Doc/Procedure No: IP EP 230                          CIA: Yes _x_                      No              CIA No. 3L0-16-26 CA 12 Due Date: 05/27116 Doc/Procedure Title: Operations Sur.u2ort Center                                      Rev No: 15 Rev Distribution Date: 06/14/16 Reason for EPDCC:                    New                          X          Revision                    Cance!  Date of EPDCC: 05125/16 Section 2 Change Description
: 1.      Originator: :...;R"""eb""'e""c""'ca""""'"A.....M
                                                                ........
art      n_....__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
                                                                        ....i....
: 2.      Class of Change:                        Technical Correction                                *New Commitment_*_Other _,..;;..X,____
: 3.       Page m;1mbers affected and.reason for change: Editorial Change; Update attachment 9.5 step
* 1.2.D to reference sheet 6. Sheet number was incorrect.
* 1.2.D to reference sheet 6. Sheet number was incorrect.
: 4. Emergency Planning Documents Affected:  
: 4.     Emergency Planning Documents Affected:....N                                   .....o.....n....e.....__ _~---------
.... N ..... o ..... n .... e....._ __
: 5.     Emergency Planning Procedures Affected:_!;.:.,P...:-E"""P__-"""23"""0....__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _.,.,...__
: 5. Emergency Planning Procedures Affected:_!;.:.,P...:-E"""P
: 8.    
__ -"""23"""0...._
________ .,.,... __ 8.  


==References:==
==References:==
Other Procedure(s) #NIA                                          Regulatory Document# NIA Other: ___________________________________
: 7.      Reviewed training requirements witl:H:lepartment training coordinator *_date: _____
      .8.      The following are complete, or <?fe not applicable and ;;m:r so marked.
Tech Review                                50.54q_X__ !:NN-Ll-100: NIA PL-155                                NIA    SMM-AD-102.JL Manager approval .....lL SRC NIA
: 9. Both table of contents and transmittals are complete______ d a t e - - - - - - -
: 10. Approved doc/procedure delivered to Document Control for distribution                                                    . date_ __
: 11. Position Binders updated if applicable:                                                                                  . date i2. Copy of EPDCC and document/procedure placed in EP file                                                                      date_ __
Sheet 1 of 1                                    Form EP-AD2-1 Rev, 0


Other Procedure(s)
ATTACHMENT 9.1                                                                           10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET1 OF3 Procedure/Document Number: IP-EP-220                               I Revision:     19 Equlpmentlf'acillty/Other: Indian Point Energy Center Title: Technical Support Center Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation oflhe emergency plan);
#NIA Regulatory Document#
: 1. Page 19, Alt 9.9 section 2 1 A changed sheet number 9 to sheet number 3 2,   Page 20, Alt 9.,9 section 2.4 A.1 changed sheet number 11 to sheet number 5 Part It Activity Previously Reviewed?                                                       LJYES           f2:g NO is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or                 50.54(q)(3)     Continue to Evaluation is    next part Alert and Notification System Design Report?                                                 NOT required.
NIA Other: __________________________________
Enter If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and                     justification ensure the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the                       below and proposed change is documented below:                                                       complete Part VI.
_ 7 . Reviewed training requirements witl:H:lepartment training coordinator
Justification:
*_date: ____ _ . 8. The following are complete, or <?fe not applicable and ;;m:r so marked. Tech Review 50.54q_X __ !:NN-Ll-100:
NIA PL-155 NIA SMM-AD-102.JL Manager approval .....lL SRC NIA 9. Both table of contents and transmittals are complete ______ date-------
: 10. Approved doc/procedure delivered to Document Control for distribution . date __ _ 11. Position Binders updated if applicable: . date i2. Copy of EPDCC and document/procedure placed in EP file date __ _ Sheet 1 of 1 Form EP-AD2-1 Rev, 0 ATTACHMENT 9.1 SHEET1 OF3 10CFR50.54(q)
SCREENING Procedure/Document Number: IP-EP-220 I Revision:
19 Equlpmentlf'acillty/Other:
Indian Point Energy Center Title: Technical Support Center Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation oflhe emergency plan); 1. Page 19, Alt 9.9 section 2 1 A changed sheet number 9 to sheet number 3 2, Page 20, Alt 9.,9 section 2.4 A.1 changed sheet number 11 to sheet number 5 Part It Activity Previously Reviewed?
LJYES f2:g NO is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or 50.54(q)(3)
Continue to Alert and Notification System Design Report? Evaluation is next part NOT required.
Enter If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and justification ensure the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the below and proposed change is documented below: complete Part VI. Justification:
D Bounding document attached (optional)
D Bounding document attached (optional)
Part Ill. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activily,(Refer to EN-Ll-100)
Part Ill. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activily,(Refer to EN-Ll-100)
NOTE; For example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have a different change.control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3)
NOTE; For example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have a different change.control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3)
Screenina, APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION I 1.81 If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(J)
Screenina, APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION                                                                     I 1.81 If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(J) Screening. *                     .
Screening.  
D One or more controlling change processes are selected, hoW?ver, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50.54(q){3) Screening for that portion of the activity. Identify the applicable controlling change processes below.
* . D One or more controlling change processes are selected, hoW?ver, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50.54(q){3)
D One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds.all aspects of the activity. 50.54(q)(3)
Screening for that portion of the activity.
Evaluation Is NOT reCJuired. ideniifv controllina chanae processes below and comolete Part VI.
Identify the applicable controlling change processes below. D One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds.all aspects of the activity.
CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES 10 CFR 50.54q only.
50.54(q)(3)
                                                            ..                             1.81YES         ONO Part IV. editorial Change 50.54(q)(3)     Continue to next Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, 'Paragraph        Evaluation is   part numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent?                           NOT required.
Evaluation Is NOT reCJuired.
Justlflcatlcm:                                                                       Emcr justification and 13oth change 1 and 2 are editorial. The Sheet numbers discussed in these two               ~'Ompkh: Part sections were Incorrect and typographical change was made. These changes                   VJ.
ideniifv controllina chanae processes below and comolete Part VI. CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES 10 CFR 50.54q only. Part IV. editorial Change .. 1.81YES ONO Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, 'Paragraph 50.54(q)(3)
updated the correct sheet number that was discussed In each step.
Continue to next Evaluation is part numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent? NOT required.
EN-EP-305 REV 3
Justlflcatlcm:
 
Emcr justification and 13oth change 1 and 2 are editorial.
ATTACHMENT 9.1                                                                             10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET2 OF3 Procedure/Document Number: iP-EP-220                                       I Revision:     19 Equipment/Facility/Other: Indian Point Energy Center Title: Technical Support Center Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in brackets) Does this activity affect anv of the rollowinQ, includinci oroaram elements from NUREG-0854/FEMA REP-1 Section II?
The Sheet numbers discussed in these two Part sections were Incorrect and typographical change was made. These changes VJ. updated the correct sheet number that was discussed In each step. EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 SHEET2 OF3 10CFR50.54(q)
: 1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned. [1)                                                               D
SCREENING Procedure/Document Number: iP-EP-220 I Revision:
: 2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (2417                   D staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1]
19 Equipment/Facility/Other:
: 3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned. (2]                 D
Indian Point Energy Center Title: Technical Support Center Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in brackets)
: 4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained. [2]                               D
Does this activity affect anv of the rollowinQ, includinci oroaram elements from NUREG-0854/FEMA REP-1 Section II? 1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned.
: 5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3]                                         D
[1) D 2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (2417 D staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1] 3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned.
: 6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF In accordance with the emergency plan. [3)                       D
(2] D 4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained.
: 7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4]                                       D
[2] D 5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3] D 6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF In accordance with the emergency plan. [3) D 7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4] D 8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of the D declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications.
: 8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of the           D declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications. (5)
(5) 9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt instructions to D the public within the plume exposure pathway. [5] . * *
: 9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt instructions to             D the public within the plume exposure pathway. [5]                             . **                  *
* 10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-:
: 10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-:10, quids for Evaluation .of Alert and                     u*
10, quids for Evaluation .of Alert and Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's ANS design u* report and supporting FEMA approval letter. {5] 11. Systems are established for prompt communication among emergency response organizations.
Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA~approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA approval letter. {5]
[6J u 12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel  
: 11. Systems are established for prompt communication among princip~ emergency response organizations. [6J               u
.. fPJ u 13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the plume u exposure pathway emergency planning zone {EPZ). [7] 14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established.
: 12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel..fPJ                               u
(7] u 15. Adequate facilities are maintained to support emergency response.
: 13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the plume             u exposure pathway emergency planning zone {EPZ). [7]
[8] u 16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency*
: 14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies           is established. (7]                     u
response.
: 15. Adequate facilities are maintained to support emergency response. [8]                                               u
[8] u 17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactive are in use. [9] u 18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies:
: 16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency* response. [8]                                                 u
(1 OJ ** --u 19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are available to u support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities.
: 17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactive rel~ases are in use. [9]                               u
{10J r 20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including those u for hostile action events.[1 O] EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 SHEET30F3 10CFR50.54(q)
: 18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies: (1 OJ ** - -                             u
SCREENING Procedure/Document Number: IP*EP-220 I Revision:
: 19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are available to             u support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities. {10J             r
19 Equipment/F aclllty/Other:
: 20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including those           u for hostile action events.[1 O]
Indian Point Energy Center ittia: Technical Support Center .21. Th.e .. resource.s for contromng radiological exposures for emergency workers are established.
EN-EP-305 REV 3
[11 l ... ,, u 22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals.
 
[12] u 23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed.
ATTACHMENT 9.1                                                                                 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET30F3 Procedure/Document Number: IP*EP-220                                   I Revision:         19 Equipment/Faclllty/Other: Indian Point Energy Center ittia: Technical Support Center
[131 u 24. A drill and exercise program (inctuding radiological, medical, health physics and other program areas) is u established.
.21. Th.e . resource.s for contromng radiological exposures for emergency workers are established. [11 l                         ...         ,,
[14] 25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, maintain, and u demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses.
u
(14) 26. Identified weaknesses are corrected.
: 22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals. [12]                                                     u
[14) / u 27. Training is provided to emergency responders.
: 23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed. [131                                                                                         u
[15] u 26. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established.
: 24. A drill and exercise program (inctuding radiological, medical, health physics and other program areas) is                                   u established. [14]
(16] LI 29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. (16] LI APPUCASILJTY CONCLUSION D If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3)
: 25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, maintain, and                                 u demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses. (14)
Evaluation is NOT required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Part VI. D If any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3)
: 26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. [14)                                                 /
Evaluation.
u
N/A .. Editorial revisions.  
: 27. Training is provided to emergency responders. [15]                                                                                         u
-. , ........ --,*, -. -*, . -,. . .. .. -, . ,. .,., .** , ,* Part VI. Signatures:
: 26. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. (16]                                                               LI
Preparer Name (Print)  
: 29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. (16]                                               LI APPUCASILJTY CONCLUSION D If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Part VI.
...
D If any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation.
Date:. .. Rebecca A. Martin Sr. EP Project Manager .. (Optional)
N/A .. Editorial revisions.                   -.                                   , ........
Reviewer Name (Prinl) Reviewer Signature Date: .. '' Reviewer Name (Print) Reviewer Signature/
                                                                                                --
5fa1f0 John P. Standridge . -Nuclear EP Project Manager Approver Name (Print)
                                      ,*,                                                                                 -.
J..* 'I Data; Lori A. Glander 7'3t>f (o EP Manager (/ EN-EP-305 REV 3 IPEC HMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE IP-SMM-AD-102 Rev: 10 PREPARATION, REVIEW, AND APPROVAL Page 34of40 ATTACHMENT 10.2 IPEC PRoceomu:
                                                                                          -
REVIEW AND APPROVAL (Page 1of1) Procedure Title: Technical Support Center Procedure No* IP-EP-220 Existing Rev* 18 New Rev* 19 ORN/EC No* DRN-16-00789 Procedure Procedure Change {MARK Applicable)
                                                                                                                  .
D Converted To lPEC, Replaces: (MARK Applicable) 0 NEW PROCEDURE Unit 1 Procedure No: D EDITORIAL Temporary Procedure Change 0 GENERAL REVISION (Enter Step Number in Revision Summary) 0 PARTIAL REVISION Unit 2 Procedure No: 0 ADVANCE Temporary Procedure Change 0 CONDITIONAL Temporary Procedure Change !ID EDITORIAL REVISION Terminating Condition:
                                                                                                                                        *,
0 VOID PROCEDURE Unit 3 Procedure No: 0 SUPERSEDED lfD RAPID REVISION Document in Microsoft Word:
                                                                                                                                    ~*-  ~.
* D VOID DRN!TPC No(s): 0 Yes 0 No Revision Summarv O N/A -See Revision Summary page. Editorial revision.
                                                                                          -                     ,.     . ..
updated Sheet number in attachment 9.9 step 2.1and2.4A1  
                                                                                                                    -
.. Umplementijfti@n Requirements implementation Plan? D Yes . IE No Formal Training?
                                                                                            ,   .           ,.
0 Yes !El No Special Handling?
                                                                                                  .,.,               .**
D* Yes t:ElNo . RPO Dept: Emergency Planning w_riter (Print Name/ Ext!
                                                                                                                    , ,*
:...I Review and Apprwal (Per Attachment 10.1, IPEC Review And Approval Requirements).
Part VI. Signatures:
: j. 1. O Technical Reviewer
Preparer Name (Print)
: 2. D Cross-Disciplinary Reviewers:
Rebecca A. Martin Sr. EP Project Manager (Optional) Reviewer Name (Prinl)
Dept (Print Name/ Signature#
                                                      .~=:~M ~~-.*
Date) Dept ______ (Prlnt Name/ Signature/
Reviewer Signature
Date) * (Print Name/ Signature/
                                                                                ..                    ..
Data) D PAD required and is complete (PAD Approver and Reviewer qualifications have been verified) fEIPrevious exclusion from further U-100 Review is still valid 0 PAD not required due to type of change 4. 0 Non-Intent Determination Complete:
                                                                                                        .. ''
-----=..,......,...,,.,_--=-=--__,,.,,,....,....,..-----------
Date:.
IPrlnt Name/ Signature/
Date:
Date) NO change of purpose or scope NO reduction in the level of nuclear safety NO voiding or canceling of a procedure, unless requirements are incorporated into another procedure or !he need for the procedure was eliminated via an alternate process NO cllange lo less restrictive acceptance criteria NO change to steps previously identified as commitment steps NO deviation from the Quality Assurance Program Manual NO change that may result in deviations from Technical Specifications.
                                                                                                                                    ..
FSAR, plant design requirements, or previously made commitments
                                                                                                                            --~L,-{{4' Reviewer Name (Print)                                       Reviewer Signature/
: 5. 0 On*Shift Shift Manager/CRS:
John P. Standridge Nuclear EP Project Manager
______ --:::--:-'.=-__,.,,,.,,...._,__...,."""'"'"...,-----------(Print Name( Signature/
                                                          ~/1/_
Date) 6. 0 User Validation:
:P-~,
User: ___________
J..*
Validator:
                                                                                            . -                          5fa1f0
______________
                                                                                      ~*
_ 7. O Special Handling Requirements Understood:
                                                                                            'I
_ __,,,,...,.......,....__, ....... ....,._..,,,_,...,..----------(Print Name/ Signature/
                                  /Iv-}~~'"'""''""
Date)
Approver Name (Print)                                                                                                      Data; Lori A. Glander EP Manager 7'3t>f(o
(/
EN-EP-305 REV 3
 
IPEC HMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE                                                                                 IP-SMM-AD-102                                       Rev: 10 PREPARATION, REVIEW, AND APPROVAL                                                                                                       Page 34of40 ATTACHMENT 10.2                                                                   IPEC PRoceomu: REVIEW AND APPROVAL (Page 1of1)
Procedure Title: Technical Support Center Procedure No* IP-EP-220                   Existing Rev* 18           New Rev*                   19           ORN/EC No*                           DRN-16-00789 Procedure Activi~                                                                                      Tem~orary                    Procedure Change
{MARK Applicable)             D Converted To lPEC, Replaces:                                                           (MARK Applicable) 0 NEW PROCEDURE                       Unit 1 Procedure No:                             D EDITORIAL Temporary Procedure Change (Enter Step Number in Revision Summary) 0 GENERAL REVISION Unit 2 Procedure No:                             0 ADVANCE Temporary Procedure Change 0 PARTIAL REVISION                                                                      0 CONDITIONAL Temporary Procedure Change
  !ID EDITORIAL REVISION                                                                   Terminating Condition:
Unit 3 Procedure No:
0 VOID PROCEDURE 0 SUPERSEDED lfD   RAPID REVISION                     Document in Microsoft Word:
0 Yes          0 No
* D VOID DRN!TPC No(s):
Revision Summarv                   O N/A - See Revision Summary page.
Editorial revision. updated Sheet number in attachment 9.9 step 2.1and2.4A1 ..
Umplementijfti@n Requirements implementation Plan? D Yes .IE No Formal Training? 0 Yes !El No Special Handling? D* Yes t:ElNo .
RPO Dept: Emergency Planning                     w_riter (Print Name/ Ext! Sign):_R=.=eb=.:e~c~c::::,a.;:.A.::.*.1.iM~a:o:;rt!!!in.!.._:...I_.....!.l..;:;:;.Jl::..J.....-..1...lU~~
Review and Apprwal (Per Attachment 10.1, IPEC Review And Approval Requirements).                                                                                  j.
: 1. O      Technical Reviewer
                                      -----~-~-~---(=P~rin-t~N~am-e~/~S~ig-na-t-ur-~~D~a-~~)~~-~--__,...,......~~---
: 2. D      Cross-Disciplinary Reviewers:
Dept                          Reviewer:-----......,.,,......,..-,..,..-.,.,..,.--------~-------
(Print Name/ Signature# Date)
Dept ______ Reviewer:------..,,,,...,....,..,.,..-~-.,..-~....,....,-~**"i-*-_,..--~-----
(Prlnt Name/ Signature/ Date)
* 3.RPORes~n~biliUe~~L~o~ri~G~~~n~d=er~/-~~~--~~~~~-~~~/~-~/~~~~~~~~~~    (Print Name/ Signature/ Data)
D PAD required and is complete (PAD Approver and Reviewer qualifications have been verified) fEIPrevious exclusion from further U-100 Review is still valid 0 PAD not required due to type of change
: 4. 0      Non-Intent Determination Complete:             -----=..,......,...,,.,_--=-=--__,,.,,,....,....,..-----------
IPrlnt Name/ Signature/ Date)
NO change of purpose or scope                                    NO cllange lo less restrictive acceptance criteria NO reduction in the level of nuclear safety                      NO change to steps previously identified as commitment steps NO voiding or canceling of a procedure, unless requirements      NO deviation from the Quality Assurance Program Manual are incorporated into another procedure or !he need for the      NO change that may result in deviations from Technical Specifications.
procedure was eliminated via an alternate process                FSAR, plant design requirements, or previously made commitments
: 5. 0      On*Shift Shift Manager/CRS: _ _ _ _ _ _--:::--:-'.=-__,.,,,.,,...._,__...,."""'"'"...,-----------
(Print Name( Signature/ Date)
: 6. 0    User Validation: User:_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Validator: _______________
: 7. O    Special Handling Requirements Understood:_ __,,,,...,.......,....__,...........,._..,,,_,...,..----------
(Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
 
Emergency Planning Document Change Checklist Form (All sections must be completed, NIA or place a check on the line where applicable)
Emergency Planning Document Change Checklist Form (All sections must be completed, NIA or place a check on the line where applicable)
Section 1 Doc/Procedure Type: (circle one) Administrative/
Section 1 Doc/Procedure Type: (circle one) Administrative/ lmptementing I EPlAN Doc/Procedure No: IP EP 220                       CIA: Yes _x_               No     C/A No. 3l0-16-26 CA 11 Due Date: 05/27116 Doc/Procedure Title: Technical SupgortCenter                               Rev No: 19 Rev Distribution Date: 06/14/16 Reason for EPDCC:                   New                   X           Revision       Cancel       Date of EPDCC: 05/25/16 Section 2 Change Description
lmptementing I EPlAN Doc/Procedure No: IP EP 220 CIA: Yes _x_ No C/A No. 3l0-16-26 CA 11 Due Date: 05/27116 Doc/Procedure Title: Technical SupgortCenter Rev No: 19 Rev Distribution Date: 06/14/16 Reason for EPDCC: New X Revision Cancel Date of EPDCC: 05/25/16 Section 2 Change Description
: 1.     Originator: _,R...
: 1. Originator:
eb....e..,.c....
_,R ... eb .... e..,.c .... c..,.a .... A ..... M==art ..... i .... n_._ _________________
c..,.a....
_ 2. Class of Change: Technical Correction New Commitment
A.....M==art
__ Other _ ... x..__ __ 3. Page numbers affected and reason for change: Editorial Change. Update attachment 9.9 step 2.1 to reference sheet 3 and step 2.4.A.1 to reference sheet 5. Sheet numbers were incorrect.
                                                            .....i....
: 4. Emergency Planning Documents Affected:  
n_.__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
.. N..,,o...,n  
: 2.     Class of Change:                     Technical Correction             New Commitment_ _ Other _ ...     x..____
... e ____________
: 3.     Page numbers affected and reason for change: Editorial Change. Update attachment 9.9 step 2.1 to reference sheet 3 and step 2.4.A.1 to reference sheet 5. Sheet numbers were incorrect.
_ 5. Emergency Planning Procedures Affected:_l  
: 4.     Emergency Planning Documents Affected:..N..,,o...,n...e_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
..... P ..... -E=P-* ... 22 ... 0..__ __________
: 5.     Emergency Planning Procedures Affected:_l.....P.....-E=P-*...             22...0..___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
_ 6.  
: 6.    


==References:==
==References:==
Other Procedure(s) #NIA                              Regulatory Document#. NIA Other: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
: 7.      Reviewed trqining requirements with department training coordinator _ .._date:_-__
: 8. The following are complete, or are not applicable and are so marked.                                              ., *.
TechRevlew_n/a_50.54q_X_ ENN.:LJ.100:N/A PL-155                                            .N/A  SMM*AD-102.JL Manager approval _L SRC NIA                                                                          -.
: 9. Both table of contents and transmittals are complete_________ date--------------
: 10. Approved doc/procedure delivered to Document Control for distribution                                  date_ __
: 11. Position Binders updated if applicable:                                                              . date
: 12. Copy of EPDCC and document/procedure placed in EP file                                                  date_ __
Sheet 1of1                            Form EP-AD2-1 Rev. 0


Other Procedure(s)
Sheet 1of3 ATTACHMENT 9.1                                                                           10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING Procedure/Document Number: IP*EP 120            0 I Revision:   11 EquipmentlFacility/Other: Indian Poim Energy Center (IPEC)
#NIA Regulatory Document#.
Title: Emergency Classification Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed Updated both Hot Conditions and Cold Conditions Note Section with the correct directions to contact the National Earthquake Information Center (NEIC).
NIA Other: __________________________
Part II. Activity Previously Reviewed?                                                       DYES                ~NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or                   50.54(q)(3)        Continue to Alert and Notification System Design Report?                                                 Evaluation Is -    next part NOT required.
_ 7. Reviewed trqining requirements with department training coordinator
Enter If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and                       justification ensure the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the                         below and complete Part proposed change is documented below:                                                         VI.
_ .. _date:_-__ 8. The following are complete, or are not applicable and are so marked. ., *. TechRevlew_n/a_50.54q_X_
Justification:
ENN.:LJ.100:N/A PL-155 .N/A SMM*AD-102.JL Manager approval _L SRC NIA -. 9. Both table of contents and transmittals are complete _________
date--------------
: 10. Approved doc/procedure delivered to Document Control for distribution date __ _ 11. Position Binders updated if applicable: . date 12. Copy of EPDCC and document/procedure placed in EP file date __ _ Sheet 1of1 Form EP-AD2-1 Rev. 0 Sheet 1of3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q)
SCREENING Procedure/Document Number: IP*EP 0 120 I Revision:
11 EquipmentlFacility/Other:
Indian Poim Energy Center (IPEC) Title: Emergency Classification Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed Updated both Hot Conditions and Cold Conditions Note Section with the correct directions to contact the National Earthquake Information Center (NEIC). Part II. Activity Previously Reviewed?
Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or Alert and Notification System Design Report? If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and ensure the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the proposed change is documented below: Justification:
O Bounding document attached (optional)
O Bounding document attached (optional)
Part Ill. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes DYES 50.54(q)(3)
Part Ill. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check if any other regulatory tjlange processes control the proposed actlvity.(Refer to EN*Ll-100)
Evaluation Is -NOT required.
NOTE: for example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have ~ l:fifferent chai:ige c9ntrol process and are NOT to be induded in this 50.54(q)(S)
Enter justification below and complete Part VI. Continue to next part Check if any other regulatory tjlange processes control the proposed actlvity.(Refer to EN*Ll-100)
Screening.                             -
NOTE: for example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have l:fifferent chai:ige c9ntrol process and are NOT to be induded in this 50.54(q)(S)
                                                      *- :*.
Screening.  
APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION 181 If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening.
-*-:*. APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION 181 If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3)
D One or more controlling change processes are selected, however. some portion of the activity Involves the emergency plan or affects lhe.implen:ientatlon of the.emergency plan: continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening for thal portion of the activity. Identify the applicable controlling change processes below.
Screening.
O One or more controlling change processe~are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity. 50.54(q}{3}
D One or more controlling change processes are selected, however. some portion of the activity Involves the emergency plan or affects lhe.implen:ientatlon of the.emergency plan: continue the 50.54(q)(3)
E11a!uat!on ls NOT required. Identify controlling cfia~ge*processes below ancl complete Part VI.
Screening for thal portion of the activity.
CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES 10 CFR 50.54(q)
Identify the applicable controlling change processes below. O One or more controlling change selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity.
Part IV. Editorial Change                                                                   LJYES                1a1 NO 50.54(q)(3)          Continue to next Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph           F.va!uation is      ir.irt numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent?                             NOT m1uired.
50.54(q}{3}
Enter Justification:                                                                               justi fi1.<1tion uml complete Purt VI.
E11a!uat!on ls NOT required.
      "NO" !s checked as there are non-editorial changes.
Identify controlling below ancl complete Part VI. CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES 10 CFR 50.54(q) Part IV. Editorial Change Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent? Justification: "NO" !s checked as there are non-editorial changes. LJYES 50.54(q)(3)
EN-EP-305 REV 3
F.va!uation is NOT m1uired. Enter justi fi1.<1tion uml complete Purt VI. 1a1 NO Continue to next ir.irt EN-EP-305 REV 3 Sheet 2 of 3 ATTACHMENT9.1 1 OCFR50.54(q)
 
SCREENING Procedure/Document Number: IP--EP-120 I Revision:
Sheet 2 of 3 ATTACHMENT9.1                                                                              1 OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING Procedure/Document Number: IP--EP-120                                I Revision:    11 Equipment/facility/Other: Indian Point Energy Center (IPEC)
11 Equipment/facility/Other:
Title: Emergency Classification Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47{b) planning standard function identified in brackets) Does this activity affect any of the following, induding program elements from NUREG-0854/FEMAREP-1 Section fl?
Indian Point Energy Center (IPEC) Title: Emergency Classification Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47{b) planning standard function identified in brackets)
: 1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned. (1]                                                        D
Does this activity affect any of the following, induding program elements from NUREG-0854/FEMAREP-1 Section fl? 1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned.
: 2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (2417 .         D staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1]
(1] D 2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (2417 . staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1] D 3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned.
: 3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned. [2)            D
[2) D 4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained.
: 4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained. [2}                        D
[2} D 5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3] D 6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [3J D 7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4] D 8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of the declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-D up notifications.
: 5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3]                                  D
[5] 9. Administrative and phys!cal means have been established for alerting and providing prompt D instructions to the public within the plume exposure pathway. [5] 10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-10, Guide for Evaluation of Alert and u Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA,approval letter. (5l 11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response u organizations.
: 6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [3J                D
[6) 12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel.
: 7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4]                                 D
{61 LJ 13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the u plume exposure pathway zone.(EPZ)_.
: 8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of          D the declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications. [5]
(7] 14. Coordinated dissemination of pi.tbliq information during emergencies is established.
: 9. Administrative and phys!cal means have been established for alerting and providing prompt                      D instructions to the public within the plume exposure pathway. [5]
[7] u 15. Adequate facilities are maintained to *support emergency response.
: 10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-10, Guide for Evaluation of Alert and               u Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA,approval letter. (5l
[8) u 16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response.
: 11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response                          u organizations. [6)
[8] u 17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactilie releases are in use. [9] u 18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies.
: 12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel. {61                        LJ
[10] u 19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are u available to support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities.
: 13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the            u plume exposure pathway enie~ge.ncyJ>lanning zone.(EPZ)_. (7]
[10} 20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including u those for hostile action events.[1 OJ 21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established.
: 14. Coordinated dissemination of pi.tbliq information during emergencies is established. [7]                      u
[1 i] LJ 22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals.
: 15. Adequate facilities are maintained to *support emergency response. [8)                                       u
[12) u 23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed.
: 16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response. [8]                                          u
[13] ' u 24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program u areas) is established.
: 17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactilie releases are in use. [9]                       u
[14} EN-EP-305 REV 3 Sheet 3 of 3 AiTACHMENT9.1 10CFR50.54(q)
: 18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies. [10]                               u
SCREENING Procedure/Document Number: IP$EP*120 I Revision:
: 19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are                   u available to support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities. [10}
11 Equipment/Facility/Other:
: 20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including         u those for hostile action events.[1 OJ
Indian Point Energy Center {IPEC) Title: Emergency Classiflcation
: 21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established. [1 i]             LJ
: 25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, maintain, and demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process In order to Identify weaknesses.
: 22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals. [12)                       u
[14] 26. Identified weaknesses are corrected.
: 23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed. [13]                   '
[14} 27. Training is provided to emergency responders.
u
[15] 28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established.
: 24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program             u areas) is established. [14}
[16] 29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. [161 APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION  
EN-EP-305 REV 3
-1&#xa3;1 If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3)
 
Evaluation is !iQ.I required; document the basis for condusion below and complete Part VI. . Q If any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3)
Sheet 3 of 3 AiTACHMENT9.1                                                                             10CFR50.54(q)     SCREENING Procedure/Document Number: IP$EP*120                                 I Revision:   11 Equipment/Facility/Other: Indian Point Energy Center {IPEC)                                                         -
Evaluation.
Title: Emergency Classiflcation
BASIS FOR CONCLUSION Updated Note 4 for both Hot and Cold conditions to provide correct directions for contactlpg the NEIC. This update does* not change the or Intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change ai' process. This changlif does not require a change to the IPEC Emergency Plan. No further evaluation Is required for this change
: 25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, maintain, and demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process In order to Identify weaknesses. [14]
* Part VI. Signatl .. mes: Preparer Name (Print) Rebecca A. Martin Sr. EP Project Manager (Optional)
: 26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. [14}
Reviewer Name (Print) Anthony E. Ambrose Reviewer Name (Print) John P. Standridge Nuclear EP Project Manager Approver Name (Print) Lori A. Glander EP Manager or designee ... EN-EP-305 REV 3 IPEC IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REVIEW, AND APPROVAL IP-SMM-AD-102 Rev: 1 Page 34of40 ATTACHMENT PROCEDURE REVIEW AND APPROVAL Procedure Title: Emergency Classification Procedure No* IP-EP-120 Existing Rev* 1 O New Rev* 11 DRN/EC No* DRN-16-00779 Procedure Activi!'l Temeora!jl Procedure Change (MARK Applicable)
: 27. Training is provided to emergency responders. [15]
D Converted To IPEC, Replaces:  
: 28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. [16]
!MARK Applicable) 0 NEW PROCEDURE Unit 1 Procedure No: D EDITORIAL Temporary Procedure Change 0 GENERAL REVISION (Enter Step Number In Revision Summary} IE PARTIAL REVISION Unit 2 Procedure No: D ADVANCE Temporary Procedure Change D CONDITIONAL Temporary Procedure Change 0 EDITORIAL REVISION Terminating Condition:
: 29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. [161 APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION 1&#xa3;1 If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is !iQ.I required; document the basis for condusion below and complete Part VI. .
0 VOID PROCEDURE Unit 3 Procedure No: 0 SUPERSEDED  
Q If any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation.
' 0 RAPID REVISION Document in Microsoft Word: D VOID DRN/TPC No(s): 0 Yes 0 No Revisiorn Summaav D NIA -See Revision SUmfTlant page. Updated both hot and cold condition note #4 to include update contact information for NElC. ,-, .-** -.: ** *v '* ' lmplemer11tatior11 Reguirements
BASIS FOR CONCLUSION Updated Note 4 for both Hot and Cold conditions to provide correct directions for contactlpg the NEIC. This update does* not change the mea~lf'!g or Intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change ai' process. This changlif does not require a change to the IPEC Emergency Plan. No further evaluation Is required for this change*
,,,._ ...... *, **.** Implementation Plan? D Yes tEJ No Formal Training?
                                                                                  ...
D Yes lfilNo Special Handling?
Part VI. Signatl.mes:
D Yes lfilNo RPO Dept Emergency Planning Writer {Print Name/ Ext/ Sign):....;R:...:.:::.eb:.::e::.::c::.::c;:::a..:.A.::.. .
Preparer Name (Print)
Rebecca A. Martin Sr. EP Project Manager (Optional) Reviewer Name (Print)
Anthony E. Ambrose Reviewer Name (Print)
John P. Standridge Nuclear EP Project Manager Approver Name (Print)
Lori A. Glander EP Manager or designee EN-EP-305 REV 3
 
IPEC IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE                                                                                                 IP-SMM-AD-102                                       Rev: 1 PREPARAT~ON, REVIEW, AND APPROVAL                                                                                                                        Page 34of40 ATTACHMENT                                                                                                     PROCEDURE REVIEW AND APPROVAL Procedure Title: Emergency Classification Procedure No* IP-EP-120                   Existing Rev* 1O                      New Rev*                     11         DRN/EC No*                                   DRN-16-00779 Procedure Activi!'l                                                                                                 Temeora!jl Procedure Change (MARK Applicable)             D Converted To IPEC, Replaces:                                                                             !MARK Applicable) 0 NEW PROCEDURE                       Unit 1 Procedure No:                                     D EDITORIAL Temporary Procedure Change (Enter Step Number In Revision Summary}
0 GENERAL REVISION D ADVANCE Temporary Procedure Change IE PARTIAL REVISION                   Unit 2 Procedure No:
D CONDITIONAL Temporary Procedure Change 0 EDITORIAL REVISION                                                                           Terminating Condition:
Unit 3 Procedure No:
0 VOID PROCEDURE 0 SUPERSEDED
                                                                                                          '
0 RAPID REVISION                     Document in Microsoft Word:
0 Yes                0 No                        D VOID DRN/TPC No(s):
Revisiorn Summaav                 D NIA - See Revision SUmfTlant page.
Updated both hot and cold condition note #4 to include update contact information for NElC.
                                                        ,-,                                   . - * * -.:                   **       *v     '*               '
                                                                                                  ......,,,._*, **.**
lmplemer11tatior11 Reguirements Implementation Plan? D Yes tEJ No Formal Training? D Yes lfilNo Special Handling? D Yes lfilNo RPO Dept Emergency Planning                     Writer {Print Name/ Ext/ Sign):....;R:...:.:::.eb:.::e::.::c::.::c;:::a..:.A.::... ..:.:M:.:.:a:::.rt~in""'-/_._,~..,.._+-""3..lll.~;.:o__.;;;;..::,_.,;:,;:.
Review and Approval (PerAttachment 10.1, !PEC Re
Review and Approval (PerAttachment 10.1, !PEC Re
* w And A *val Requ 1. IE Technical Reviewer Anthon Ambrose/ 2. D Cross-Disciplinary Reviewers:
* w And A                     *val Requ
Dept
: 1. IE     Technical Reviewer           Anthon Ambrose/
{Prlnt Date) * * ..... Dept:
: 2. D     Cross-Disciplinary Reviewers:
...,,,* **,....* (Prlnt Namersignaturet Date)'-*-. * . -,,-3. RPO Responsibilities: (Prlnt Name! Signature!
Dept                         Reviewer:------.....,...,.-~-.,..;,-,..;.._.,..-...,.,.,...,...,,.,....-'----------
Date)* 0 PAD required and is complete AD Approver and Reviewer qualifications have been verified) lfilPrevious exclusion from further Ll-100 Review is still valid 0 PAD not required due to type of change 4. D Non-Intent Determination Complete:
{Prlnt Namersig~ature/ Date) *
____ ..,,,_,,......,..,......-.,,.,---.....,-:,,....,-..,..-----------(Print Name/ Signature/
* Dept: ------Reviewer:-------:::..-.-~-***..,.'~.,..,,**,,,,.'. ., ,* ,. . *'.,......-:-::::.....,....,,.,-----------
Datel NO change of purpose or scope NO reduction in the level or nuclear safety NO voiding or canceling of a prqcedure, unless requirements are incorporated into another procedure or the need for the procedure was eliminated via an alternate process !iQ change to less restrictive aecep!ance criteria NO change to steps previously identified as commitment steps NO deviation from the Quality Assurance Program Manual tlQ change that may result In deviations from Technical Specifications, FSAR, plant design requirements, or previously made commitments
(Prlnt Namersignaturet Date)'-*- . *
: 5. D On-Shift:
                                                                                                                  .
Shift Manager/CRS:
                                                                                                                                                .....
______ (Prlnt Name/ Signature/
                                                                                                                                                      -       ,,-
Date) 6. D User Validation:
: 3. RPO Responsibilities: J,L.EO[!ri.:,G2.1!&#xa3;:!!an[!!d!!;e!!:!r/;__..4."""""..Dl.-1t.'!::=::::::,..,..,...,,.,...___,..,,,.,,..._...:.:..,..,,.__,..,.O::::...-"-:::.!.....J..~-----
User: ___________
(Prlnt Name! Signature! Date)*
: 7. 0 Special Handling Requirements Understood:
0 PAD required and is complete                   AD Approver and Reviewer qualifications have been verified) lfilPrevious exclusion from further Ll-100 Review is still valid 0 PAD not required due to type of change
_ _..,.,...,.....,...,.,...__,..,,..,___,.
: 4. D     Non-Intent Determination Complete: _ _ _ _..,,,_,,......,..,......-.,,.,---.....,-:,,....,-..,..-----------
___ ...,,,...,....,...
(Print Name/ Signature/ Datel NO change of purpose or scope                                               !iQ change to less restrictive aecep!ance criteria NO reduction in the level or nuclear safety                               NO change to steps previously identified as commitment steps NO voiding or canceling of a prqcedure, unless requirements               NO deviation from the Quality Assurance Program Manual are incorporated into another procedure or the need for the               tlQ change that may result In deviations from Technical Specifications, procedure was eliminated via an alternate process                          FSAR, plant design requirements, or previously made commitments
_________
: 5. D     On-Shift: Shift Manager/CRS: _ _ _ _ _ ___,.,,,..,.-,...,.,...,.._.,~-..,.___,-::-:-,------------
_ (Print Name/ Signature/
(Prlnt Name/ Signature/ Date)
Date)
: 6. D       User Validation: User: ___________ Validator:.~--------------
: 7. 0       Special Handling Requirements Understood:_ _..,.,...,.....,...,.,...__,..,,..,___,.___...,,,...,....,..._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
(Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
 
Emergency Planning Document Change Checklist Form (All sections must be completed, NIA or place a check on the line where applicable)
Emergency Planning Document Change Checklist Form (All sections must be completed, NIA or place a check on the line where applicable)
Section 'I Doc/Procedure Type: (circle one) Administrative/
Section 'I Doc/Procedure Type: (circle one) Administrative/ Implementing I EPLAN Doc/Procedure No: IP EP 120                               CIA: Yes _X_                     No   C/A No. 2-16-1125 CA 4 Due Date: 06101/16 Doc/Procedure Title: Emergencv Classification                                             Rev No: 11 Rev Distribution Date: 06/14/16 Reason for EPDCC:                         New                             X         Revision       Cancel       Date of EPDCC: 05131/16 Section 2 Change Description
Implementing I EPLAN Doc/Procedure No: IP EP 120 CIA: Yes _X_ No C/A No. 2-16-1125 CA 4 Due Date: 06101/16 Doc/Procedure Title: Emergencv Classification Rev No: 11 Rev Distribution Date: 06/14/16 Reason for EPDCC: New X Revision Cancel Date of EPDCC: 05131/16 Section 2 Change Description
: 1.     Originator: :...:R:.:::eb::..:e:.::c<=c=-a..:..A::.....""M""a"""rti"""n_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _....,..._ _ _ _ __
: 1. Originator:
: 2.     Class of Change:                               Technical Correction                   New Commitment__ Other ____     x___
:...:R:.:::eb::..:e:.::c<=c=-a..:..A::.....  
: 3.     Page numbers affected and reason for change: Updated both Hot and Cold condition Note section #4 with the correct directions to contact directions to contact NEIC.
""M""a"""rti"""n
: 4.     Emergency Planning Documents Affected: EAL Reference Manual AD13
____________
: 5.     Emergency Planning Procedures Affected: __l""P"'"'-E:=.;P_-,...12=0..__ _ _ _ _ __,...._ _ __
....,... _____ _ 2. Class of Change: Technical Correction New Commitment
: 6.    
__ Other ____ x __ _ 3. Page numbers affected and reason for change: Updated both Hot and Cold condition Note section #4 with the correct directions to contact directions to contact NEIC. 4. Emergency Planning Documents Affected:
EAL Reference Manual AD13 5. Emergency Planning Procedures Affected:
__ l""P"'"'-E:=.;P_-,...12=0.._
______ _,.... ___ _ 6.  


==References:==
==References:==
Other Procedure(s) # NIA -Regulatory Document# NIA Other: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
: 7.      Reviewed training requirements with department training coordinator --*_date: _ _ __
                                                                                                              .. *.
: a.      The following are complete, or are not applicable and are so marked.
Tech Review _nla_ 50.54q _X_ ENN-Ll-100: NIA PL.~155                                                      NIA  *SMM-AD-102 .JL Manager approval _lL SRC N/A
: 9. Both table of contents and transmittals are complete._ _ _ _ _ da"tt~*---------
: 10. Approved doc/procedure delivered to Document Control for distribution                                                date_ __
: 11. Position Binders updated if applicable:_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _. date _ _
: 12. Copy of EPDCC and document/procedure placed in EP file_ _ _ _ _ _ _date_ __
Sheet 1of1                            Form EP*AD2-1 Rev. 0


Other Procedure(s)  
ATTACHMENT 9.1                                                                            1OCF R50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET1 OF4
# NIA -Regulatory Document#
                                                                                                                          --
NIA Other: __________________________
Procedure/Document Number: IP-EP-410                               I Revision:   12 EquipmentlFacmty/Other: Indian Point Energy Center (IPEC)
_ 7. Reviewed training requirements with department training coordinator
Title: Protective Action Recommendations Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan): The activity being reviewed is a procedure revision to IP-EP-410, "Protective Action Recommendations" to incorporate:
--* _date: ___ _ .. *. a. The following are complete, or are not applicable and are so marked. Tech Review _nla_ 50.54q _X_ ENN-Ll-100:
* Refer to attached Revision Matrix fart II. Activity Previously Reviewed?                                                         DYES             181 NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or                   50.54(q)(3)     Continue lo Evaluation Is   next part Alert and Notification System Design Report?                                                   NOT required.
NIA NIA *SMM-AD-102 .JL Manager approval _lL SRC N/A 9. Both table of contents and transmittals are complete.
Enter If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and                       justification ensure the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the                         below and complete Part proposed change is documented below:                                                         VI.
_____
Justification:
: 10. Approved doc/procedure delivered to Document Control for distribution date __ _ 11. Position Binders updated if applicable:
0   Bounding document attached (optional)
_____________ . date __ 12. Copy of EPDCC and document/procedure placed in EP file _______ date __ _ Sheet 1of1 Form EP*AD2-1 Rev. 0 ATTACHMENT 9.1 SHEET1 OF4 Procedure/Document Number: IP-EP-410 I Revision:
Part   m. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes
12 EquipmentlFacmty/Other:
.Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activity.(Refer to EN-Ll-100)
Indian Point Energy Center (IPEC) Title: Protective Action Recommendations 1 OCF R50.54(q)
SCREENING
--Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan): The activity being reviewed is a procedure revision to IP-EP-410, "Protective Action Recommendations" to incorporate:
* Refer to attached Revision Matrix fart II. Activity Previously Reviewed?
DYES 181 NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or 50.54(q)(3)
Continue lo Evaluation Is next part Alert and Notification System Design Report? NOT required.
Enter If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and justification ensure the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the below and proposed change is documented below: complete Part VI. Justification:
0 Bounding document attached (optional)
Part m. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes . Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activity.(Refer to EN-Ll-100)
NOTE: For example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have a different change control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3)
NOTE: For example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have a different change control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3)
Screenina.
Screenina.
APPUCABILITY CONCLUSION l8l If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3)
APPUCABILITY CONCLUSION l8l If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening.
Screening.
0 One or more controlling change processes are selected, however, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan: continue the 50.54(q)(3} Screening for that portion of the activity. Identify lhe applicable controlling change processes below.
0 One or more controlling change processes are selected, however, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan: continue the 50.54(q)(3}
* D One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity. 50.54(q)(3)
Screening for that portion of the activity.
Evaluation is NOT reC1uired. Identify controllinQ chani:1e processes below and t:omolete Part VI.
Identify lhe applicable controlling change processes below.
CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES 10.CFR 50.54(q) ONlY Part IV. Editorial Change                                                                     DYES             !8lNO
* D One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity.
:m.54(q)(3)     Continue le> next Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph           Evnluntion is     pan numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent?                             NOT required.
50.54(q)(3)
Enter justification nnd complete Pnrl VI.
Evaluation is NOT reC1uired.
EN-EP-305 REV 3
Identify controllinQ chani:1e processes below and t:omolete Part VI. CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES 10.CFR 50.54(q) ONl Y Part IV. Editorial Change DYES !8lNO :m.54(q)(3)
 
Continue le> next Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph Evnluntion is pan numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent? NOT required.
ATTACHMENT 9.1                                                                             10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET20F4 Procedure/Document Number: IP-EP-410                                 I Revision: 12 Equipment/facility/Other: Indian Point Energy Center (IPEC)
Enter justification nnd complete Pnrl VI. EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 SHEET20F4 10CFR50.54(q)
Title: Protective Action Recommendations PartV. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in brackets} Does this activity affect any of the following, including program erements from NUREG*
SCREENING Procedure/Document Number: IP-EP-410 I Revision:
0654/FEMA REP-1 Section II?
12 Equipment/facility/Other:
: 1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned. [1]                                                         D
Indian Point Energy Center (IPEC) Title: Protective Action Recommendations PartV. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in brackets}
: 2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (24/7           D staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1]
Does this activity affect any of the following, including program erements from NUREG* 0654/FEMA REP-1 Section II? 1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned.
: 3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned. [2]           D
[1] D 2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (24/7 D staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1] 3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned.
: 4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained. [2]                       D
[2] D 4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained.
: 5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3]                                 0
[2] D 5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3] 0 6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [3] D 7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4] D a. Procedures for notlflcatlon of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of D the declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications.
: 6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [3]               D
[5] 9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt D lnstructls.ms to the public within the exposure pathway. (5) .. .. 1 o. *The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-1 o, Guide for Evaluation of Alert arid D Notification-Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA approval letter. [5] 11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response .u organizations.
: 7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4]                               D
[6] 12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel.
: a. Procedures for notlflcatlon of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of         D the declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications. [5]
[6] D 13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the u plume exposure pathway emergency planning zone (EPZ). (71 .. *14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established.
: 9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt                     D lnstructls.ms to the public within the plum~ exposure pathway. (5)                   ..
[7] D 15. Adequate facilities are maintained to support emergency response.
                                                                                        ..
[8] D 16. Adequate equipment Is maintained to support emergency response.
1o. *The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-1 o, Guide for Evaluation of Alert arid             D Notification-Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA approval letter. [5]
[8] u 17. Methods, systems, and equipmentfor as;sessment of radioactive releases are in use. (9] u 18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies.
: 11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response                         .u organizations. [6]
[10] IZI 19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are D available to support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and !ocal governmental authorities.
: 12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel. [6]                         D
[10] 20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including u those for hostile action events.(1 O] EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT9.1 SHEET30F4 10CfR50.54{q)
: 13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within..the           u plume exposure pathway emergency planning zone (EPZ). (71
SCREENING Procedure/Document Number: IP-El'-410 I Revision:
*14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established. [7]                       D
12 Equipment/facility/Other:
: 15. Adequate facilities are maintained to support emergency response. [8]                                         D
Indian Point Energy Center (IPEC) Title: Protective Action Recommendations
: 16. Adequate equipment Is maintained to support emergency response. [8]                                           u
: 21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established.
: 17. Methods, systems, and equipmentfor as;sessment of radioactive releases are in use. (9]                       u
[11] u 22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals.
: 18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies. [10]                               IZI
[12] LJ 23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed.
: 19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are                   D available to support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and !ocal governmental authorities. [10]
(13] D 24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program D areas) is established.
: 20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including         u those for hostile action events.(1 O]
[14] 25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, D maintain.
EN-EP-305 REV 3
and demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses.
 
[14] 26. Identified weaknesses are corrected.
ATTACHMENT9.1                                                                               10CfR50.54{q) SCREENING SHEET30F4 Procedure/Document Number: IP-El'-410                               I Revision:   12 Equipment/facility/Other: Indian Point Energy Center (IPEC)
[14] D 27. Training is provided to emergency responders.
Title: Protective Action Recommendations
[15] D 28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established.
: 21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established. [11]                 u
[16] 0 29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. [16] LJ .APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION 0 If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(g)(3)
: 22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals. [12]                           LJ
_Evaluation is NOT required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Pali VI. : -> . *:.. * * .* " . lZI If any Part V cri!eria-are checked, complete Part VI and perfonnil 50.54(q)(3)
: 23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed. (13]                                                               D
Evaluation;  
: 24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program                 D areas) is established. [14]
.. * .. BASIS FOR CONCUJSION  
: 25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop,                   D maintain. and demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses. [14]
.. Changes 1 and 2 -Changing the procedure revision and adding Attachment 9.5 to the TOC are considered editorial without a change of intent. No further evaluation is required for these changes. ' Emergency Plarming Element 1 a, in Part V of this form, is affected by change 3 identified on the revision matr.ix. A 10 CFR 50.M(q) will be performed to determine if the effectiveness of the IPEC.Ememency Plan is reduced and prior NRC aooroval is required.
: 26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. [14]                                                                       D
ATTACHMENT 9.1 SHEET4QF4 Procedura/Dccument Number. 11?-EP-410 Revision:
: 27. Training is provided to emergency responders. [15]                                                               D
12 Equ!pment/Faclllty/Other:
: 28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. [16]                                   0
Indian Point Energy Center (IPEC) Title: Protective Action Recommendations Part VI. Signatures:
: 29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. [16]                   LJ
Preparer Name (Print) Alain Grosjean (Optional)
.APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION 0 If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(g)(3) _Evaluation is NOT required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Pali VI. :                             -
Reviewer Name (Print) Reviewer Name (Print) John P. Standridge Nuclear EP Project Manager Approver Name (Print) Lori A. Glander EP Manager or designee *, *_...' . -.. . ... . : ...... Preparer Signature
            >     .     *:.. ~. * * .* " .
* Reviewer Signature
If .any lZI .        Part V cri!eria-are checked, complete Part VI and perfonnil 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation;
.:;..-:**.
* BASIS FOR CONCUJSION
10CFR50,54(q)
                                    ~                                ..
SCREENING Date: EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.2 SHEET1 OF3 ProcedureJDocument Number: IP-EP-410 I Revision:
                                                                                                    ..
12 equipment/Facility/Other:
Changes 1 and 2 - Changing the procedure revision and adding Attachment 9.5 to the TOC are considered editorial without a change of intent. No further evaluation is required for these changes.
Indian Point Energy Center (IPEC) Title: Protective Action Recommendations 10CFR50.54(q)
                                '
EVALUATION Part I. Description of Proposed Change: The activity being reviewed is a procedure revision to IP-EP-410, "Protective Action Recommendations" to incorporate:  
Emergency Plarming Element 1a, in Part V of this form, is affected by change 3 identified on the revision matr.ix. A 10 CFR 50.M(q) evaluat!o~ will be performed to determine if the effectiveness of the IPEC.Ememency Plan is reduced and prior NRC aooroval is required.
-Refer to attached Revision Matrix Part ii. Description and Review of licensing Basis Affected by the Proposed Change: Implementing Procedure IP-EP-410, Protective Action Recommendations, was previously screened out and excluded from future Process Applicability Determination (PAD) reviews in accordance with the criteria described in NEI 96-07 and EN-Ll-100.
 
This procedure revision does not (1) change the facility or procedures as described in the UFSAR or (2) create a test or equipment not described in the UFSAR and is governed under the Emergency Plan 10 CFR 50.54(q) review process in accordance with EN-EP-305. EP-410 is an Implementing procedure that provides guidance for determining recommended protective actions for offsite authorities.
ATTACHMENT 9.1                                                                                 10CFR50,54(q) SCREENING SHEET4QF4 Procedura/Dccument Number. 11?-EP-410                                     Revision: 12 Equ!pment/Faclllty/Other: Indian Point Energy Center (IPEC)
This procedure does not involve structures, systems or components controlled by 10 CFR 50.59 or 72.48 and does not have the potential to impact any of the LBDs on the PAD form, except for the Emergency Plan. All responses to the questions contained in sections Ill and IV of the PAD fonn were determined to be "no impact". Since this procedure does not contain any requirements that could affect any LBDs other tha.n the Emer.ssincy Plan and it is governed under 10 CFR 50.54(q).
Title: Protective Action Recommendations Part VI. Signatures:
this procedure may be excluded fron:i PAD process. All Se.ctions of the Indian Point Emergency Plan, including specifically Section J, Protective Response, and Section E, Notification Methods and Procedures, were thorouQhlv reviewed and-found that these J:;hanges do not affect the Emeraencv Plan. Part Ill. Describe How the Proposed Ctuinge CompBies with Relevant Emergency Preparedness Regulatlon(s) and Commrtment(s)
Preparer Name (Print)                                         Preparer Signature                      Date:
Made to the NRC: Previous Commitments to the NRC -The licensing Commitment Management System and NRC commitment section of IP-EP-410 were reviewed for potential NRC*commitment changes as a result of this procedure revision.
                                                            ~
There were no Identified conflicts with this procedure revision and the current listing of NRC commitments associated with this lmplen:u=!nting Procedure or the IPEC Emergency Plan. All current NRC commitments that relate to emergency response notifications and Protective Action Recommendations continue to be maintained and fulfilled under this procedure revision. . : . .., :. . . . . ' 10 CFR 50.47 (b) (10)...: Emergency Protective Actions: o A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies.
Alain Grosjean (Optional) Reviewer Name (Print)
Site Compliance:
* Reviewer Signature Reviewer Name (Print)
A range of protective actions has been developed.
John P. Standridge Nuclear EP Project Manager Approver Name (Print)
Part IV. Description of Emergency Plan Planning Standards, Functions and Program Elements Affected by the Proposed Change: Emergency Plan Planning Standard:
Lori A. Glander EP Manager or designee
10 CFR 50.47 {b)(10), Emergency Protective Actions Function:
                            *_...' ~~.* .
A range of public PARs are available for implementation during emergencies.
                                            ....... . ....
                      *,                  -              ~
                                        . :           *-~
                                                                                    .:;..-:**.
EN-EP-305 REV 3
 
ATTACHMENT 9.2                                                                   10CFR50.54(q) EVALUATION SHEET1 OF3 ProcedureJDocument Number: IP-EP-410                     I Revision: 12 equipment/Facility/Other: Indian Point Energy Center (IPEC)
Title: Protective Action Recommendations Part I. Description of Proposed Change: The activity being reviewed is a procedure revision to IP-EP-410, "Protective Action Recommendations" to incorporate:
          - Refer to attached Revision Matrix Part ii. Description and Review of licensing Basis Affected by the Proposed Change:
Implementing Procedure IP-EP-410, Protective Action Recommendations, was previously screened out and excluded from future Process Applicability Determination (PAD) reviews in accordance with the criteria described in NEI 96-07 and EN-Ll-100. This procedure revision does not (1) change the facility or procedures as described in the UFSAR or (2) create a test or equipment not described in the UFSAR and is governed under the Emergency Plan 10 CFR 50.54(q) review process in accordance with EN-EP-305. IP-EP-410 is an Implementing procedure that provides guidance for determining recommended protective actions for offsite authorities. This procedure does not involve structures, systems or components controlled by 10 CFR 50.59 or 72.48 and does not have the potential to impact any of the LBDs on the PAD form, except for the Emergency Plan. All responses to the questions contained in sections Ill and IV of the PAD fonn were determined to be "no impact". Since this procedure does not contain any requirements that could affect any LBDs other tha.n the Emer.ssincy Plan and it is governed under 10 CFR 50.54(q). this procedure may be excluded fron:i tfl~ PAD process. All Se.ctions of the Indian Point Emergency Plan, including specifically Section J, Protective Response, and Section E, Notification Methods and Procedures, were thorouQhlv reviewed and-found that these J:;hanges do not affect the Emeraencv Plan.
Part Ill. Describe How the Proposed Ctuinge CompBies with Relevant Emergency Preparedness Regulatlon(s) and Prevl~us Commrtment(s) Made to the NRC:
Previous Commitments to the NRC - The licensing Commitment Management System and NRC commitment section of IP-EP-410 were reviewed for potential NRC*commitment changes as a result of this procedure revision. There were no Identified conflicts with this procedure revision and the current listing of NRC commitments associated with this lmplen:u=!nting Procedure or the IPEC Emergency Plan. All current NRC commitments that relate to emergency response notifications and Protective Action Recommendations continue to be maintained and fulfilled under this procedure revision.
                        . : . .., :.       . ...
                                              ~        '
10 CFR 50.47 (b) (10)...: Emergency Protective Actions:
o   A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies.
Site Compliance: A range of protective actions has been developed.
Part IV. Description of Emergency Plan Planning Standards, Functions and Program Elements Affected by the Proposed Change:
Emergency Plan Planning Standard: 10 CFR 50.47 {b)(10), Emergency Protective Actions Function: A range of public PARs are available for implementation during emergencies.
Program Elements -Appendix E to 10 CFR Part 50 does not contain any supporting requirements.
Program Elements -Appendix E to 10 CFR Part 50 does not contain any supporting requirements.
Informing criteria appears in NUREG-0654 in Section 11.J. 7, and the IPEC Emergency Plan. EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATTACHMENT 9.2 SHEET20F3 Procedure/Document Number: IP-EP-410 I Revision:
Informing criteria appears in NUREG-0654 in Section 11.J. 7, and the IPEC Emergency Plan.
12 Equipment/Facility/Other:
EN-EP-305 REV 3
Indian Point energy Center (IPEC) Title: Protective Action Recommendations 10CFR50.54(q)
 
EVALUATION Part V. Description of Impact of the Proposed Change on the Effectiveness of Emergency Plan Functions:
ATTACHMENT 9.2                                                                       10CFR50.54(q) EVALUATION SHEET20F3 Procedure/Document Number: IP-EP-410                       I Revision: 12 Equipment/Facility/Other: Indian Point energy Center (IPEC)
Change 3 -Added Attachment 5.2, Wind Field Orientation  
Title: Protective Action Recommendations Part V. Description of Impact of the Proposed Change on the Effectiveness of Emergency Plan Functions:
-MIDAS vs. Plume Overlays The wind field orientation differs between MIDAS (Att. 9.2) and the Manual Method (Alt. 9.4) at certain wind speeds. Based on the recommendations of consulting meteorologists, the origin of the up and down valley flow for low wind speeds mis) was changed to the center of the Hudson River (the plume overlays isopleth's origin was the super heater stack.) This is more representative of the true met expectations.
Change 3 - Added Attachment 5.2, Wind Field Orientation - MIDAS vs. Plume Overlays The wind field orientation differs between MIDAS (Att. 9.2) and the Manual Method (Alt. 9.4) at certain wind speeds.
The origin change results in the down-valley plume range going from 340&deg; -101&deg; to 349&deg; -101&deg; for MIDAS. As a result. the cross valley plume goes from 210&deg; -339&deg; !Q 210&deg; -348&deg; for MIDAS. Change 3 -Analysis of Changes This text was deleted from the previou$ *reVisim.1-ro:*
Based on the recommendations of consulting meteorologists, the origin of the up and down valley flow for low wind speeds ~4 mis) was changed to the center of the Hudson River (the plume overlays isopleth's origin was the super heater stack.) This is more representative of the true met expectations.
It has .been reintroduced:
The origin change results in the down-valley plume range going from 340&deg; -101&deg; to 349&deg; -101&deg; for MIDAS.
info this revision to,explain why there is a difference.
As a result. the cross valley plume goes from 210&deg; - 339&deg; !Q 210&deg; - 348&deg; for MIDAS.
in compass cfegrees in tlie dov\tri valley and cross valley plumes between MIDAS and the Plume Overlay Selection Cliar.t. This explanation is needed to preserve the historical.
Change 3 -Analysis of Changes This text was deleted from the previou$ *reVisim.1-ro:* It has .been reintroduced: info this revision to,explain why there is a difference. in compass cfegrees in   tlie dov\tri valley and cross valley plumes between MIDAS and the Plume Overlay Selection Cliar.t. This explanation is needed to preserve the historical. reason for this wind field orientation difference. The cidditlon of this attachment is administrative in nature.
reason for this wind field orientation difference.
The proposed changes to IP-EP-410, Protective Action Recommendations, Revision 11, continue to meet the planning standards outlined in 10 CFR 50.47(b)(10), NUREG-0654 Section 11.J.7 and the IPEC Emergency Plan because the revision continues tQ facilitate the rapid and accurate determination of protective action recommendations for affected downwind areas, and does not diminish the ability and available resources for determining protective action recommendations. This revision does not require a change to the IPEC Emergency Plan or represent a reductiol') in ~ffectlveness to the IPEC Emergency Plan and can be incorporated without prior NRC approval.               *
The cidditlon of this attachment is administrative in nature. The proposed changes to IP-EP-410, Protective Action Recommendations, Revision 11, continue to meet the planning standards outlined in 10 CFR 50.47(b)(10), NUREG-0654 Section 11.J.7 and the IPEC Emergency Plan because the revision continues tQ facilitate the rapid and accurate determination of protective action recommendations for affected downwind areas, and does not diminish the ability and available resources for determining protective action recommendations.
* EN-EP-305 REV 3
This revision does not require a change to the IPEC Emergency Plan or represent a reductiol')
 
in to the IPEC Emergency Plan and can be incorporated without prior NRC approval.  
ATIACHMENT 9.2                                                             10CFR50.54(q)    EVALUATION SHeeT30F3 Procedure/Document Number: IP*EP-410                       Revision: 12 Equipment/Facility/Other: Indian Point Energy Center (IPEC)
*
Title: Protective Action Recommendations Part VI. Evaluation Conclusion Answer the foflowlng questions about the proposed change.
* EN-EP-305 REV 3 ATIACHMENT 9.2 SHeeT30F3 Procedure/Document Number: IP*EP-410 Revision:
: 1. Does the proposed change comply with 10 CFR 50.47(b) and 10 CFR 50 Appendix E?             [21YES0 NO
12 Equipment/Facility/Other:
: 2. Does the proposed change maintain the effectiveness of the emergency plan (i.e., no       !21YES 0 NO reduction in effectiveness)?
Indian Point Energy Center (IPEC) Title: Protective Action Recommendations Part VI. Evaluation Conclusion Answer the foflowlng questions about the proposed change. 10CFR50.54(q)
: 3. Does the proposed change constitute an emergency action level scheme change?               DYES 181 NO
EVALUATION
!f questions 1 or 2 are answered NO, or question 3 answered YES, reject the proposed change, modify the proposed change and perform a new evaluation or obtain prior NRC approval under provisions of 10 CFR 50.90. If questions 1 and 2 are answered YES, and question 3 answered NO, implement applicable change process(es). Refer to step 5.6[8].
: 1. Does the proposed change comply with 10 CFR 50.47(b) and 10 CFR 50 Appendix E? [21YES0 NO 2. Does the proposed change maintain the effectiveness of the emergency plan (i.e., no !21YES 0 NO reduction in effectiveness)?
Part Vil. Signatures Preparer Name (Print)                   . .  . Prep/ilf~r-~ignature                  -Date:
: 3. Does the proposed change constitute an emergency action level scheme change? DYES 181 NO !f questions 1 or 2 are answered NO, or question 3 answered YES, reject the proposed change, modify the proposed change and perform a new evaluation or obtain prior NRC approval under provisions of 10 CFR 50.90. If questions 1 and 2 are answered YES, and question 3 answered NO, implement applicable change process(es).
                                                              *~
Refer to step 5.6[8]. Part Vil. Signatures Preparer Name (Print) Alain Grosjean Senior Project Manager (Optional)
Alain Grosjean Senior Project Manager               :_.;-.~ *:.'~                .. ,
Reviewer Name (Print) Reviewer Name (Print) John P. Standridge Senior Project Manager Approver Name (Print) Lori A. Glander EP Manager or designee . . .  
(Optional) Reviewer Name (Print)               Review13r Signature Reviewer Name (Print)                                                                 Date:
.. , -Date: Review13r Signature Date: tf /!o/1& Date: t/
John P. Standridge Senior Project Manager                                                                 tf/!o/1&
I r Revision Matrix IP-EP ... 410, "Protective Action Recommendations", Rev. 12 location 1. Cover Paoe 2. TOC 3. NEW Page 10 1 Existing Condition Rev. 11 None None Proposed Condition Rev. 12 NEW Attachment 9.5 -Wind Field Orientation  
Approver Name (Print)                                                                 Date:
-MIDAS vs. Plume Overlavs NEW Attachment 9.5 Wind Field Orientation  
Lori A. Glander EP Manager or designee                                                                 t/ ~z1--/
-MIDAS vs. Plume Overlays The wind field orientation differs between MIDAS {Att. 9.2) and the Plume Overlays (Alt 9.4} at certain wind speeds. Based on the recommendations of consulting meteorologists, the . origin of the up and down VC!lley flow for low wind speeds (.::4 mis) was changed to the center !)f ,the Hudson River (the plume overlays* . isopleth's origin was the super . ;, . heater $tack.) This is more ' . '.
 
* rep.resentative Qf the true met expectations.  
~ Revision Matrix IP-EP. .410, "Protective Action Recommendations", Rev. 12 I
* * * * :}. .. : . '.. l, The:ongin results in the *., '.
r    location    Existing Condition Proposed Condition Editorial Chanae?
plurne range going
Impact on 50.41 pBanning standard?
* from 340&deg; -101&deg; to 349" -101" for MIDAS. -:-. . As a result, the cross valley plume goes from 210&deg; -339" to 210&deg; -348&deg; for MIDAS. Editorial Chanae? Yes Yes No Impact on 50.41 pBanning standard?
: 1. Cover Paoe  Rev. 11        Rev. 12                                   Yes      No
No No Yes iPEC IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE IP-SMM*AD*
: 2. TOC         None            NEW Attachment 9.5 - Wind Field           Yes      No Orientation - MIDAS vs. Plume Overlavs
102 Rev: 10 PREPARATION, REVIEW, AND APPROVAL Page 34 of 40 ATTACHMENT 10.2 IPEC PROCEDURE REVIEW AND APPROVAL Temgora!:J!
: 3. NEW Page 10 None            NEW Attachment 9.5                       No        Yes Wind Field Orientation - MIDAS vs. Plume Overlays The wind field orientation differs between MIDAS {Att. 9.2) and the Plume Overlays (Alt 9.4} at certain wind speeds.
Procedure Change (MARK Applicable) 0 Converted To IPEC, Replaces: (MARK Appllcable) 0 NEW PROCEDURE Unit 1 Procedure No: 0 EDITORIAL Temporary Procedure Change 0 GENERAL REVISION (Enter Step Number In Revision Summary) c:;viS'ARTIAL REVISION Unit 2 Procedure No: 0 ADVANCE Temporary Procedure Change ' 0 CONDITIONAL Temporary Procedure Change 0 EDITORIAL REVISION Ter"'!inating Condition:
Based on the recommendations of consulting meteorologists, the .
0 VOID PROCEDURE Unit 3 Procedure No: -D SUPERSEDED " 0 RAPID REVISION Document in Microsoft Word: 0 VOID DAN/TPC No(s): D Yes D No Revision Summary D NIA* See Revision Summary page. __
origin of the up and down VC!lley flow for low wind speeds (.::4 mis) was changed to the center !)f ,the Hudson River (the plume overlays*
t\M\,.\i,. . *' Implementation Implementation Plan? D Yes APO Dept \:.. -
                                . isopleth's origin was the super . ;, .
Writer (Print Name/ Ext/
heater $tack.) This is more ' . '.
Review and Approval (Per Attachment 10.1, IPEC Review And ApP, oval Requirement
* rep.resentative Qf the true met expectations.     *     *   **
< *
:}.             ..         :.   '. l, in The:ongin chang~ results the *., '.
* 1. [i/"rechnical Reviewer:  
dowri-~alley plurne range going
* * * . ?-::J /-/If 2. D Cross-Disciplinary Reviewers:
* from 340&deg; -101&deg; to 349" -101" for MIDAS.           -:-.           .
gnature/ Date) Dept: Reviewer:
As a result, the cross valley plume goes from 210&deg; - 339" to 210&deg; -
_____ _,,,,...,...,.=-...,_,..,,,,...__,.__,-=-....,...----'--...:__----(Print Date) : el lgnature/
348&deg; for MIDAS.
Oste} D PAO required and is complete (PAO Approver and Reviewer qualifications have been verified) exclusion lrom further Ll-100 Review is still valid O PAD not required due to type of change 4. D Non-intent Determination Complete:
1
_________
 
_ (Print Name/ Signature/
iPEC IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE                                                                 IP-SMM*AD* 102             Rev: 10 PREPARATION, REVIEW, AND APPROVAL                                                                               Page 34 of 40 ATTACHMENT 10.2                                                                     IPEC PROCEDURE REVIEW AND APPROVAL Pro~!,!1.1re ActMt~                                                                            Temgora!:J! Procedure Change (MARK Applicable)                 0 Converted To IPEC, Replaces:                                         (MARK Appllcable) 0 NEW PROCEDURE                           Unit 1 Procedure No:                         0 EDITORIAL Temporary Procedure Change (Enter Step Number In Revision Summary) 0 GENERAL REVISION Unit 2 Procedure No:                         0 ADVANCE Temporary Procedure Change c:;viS'ARTIAL REVISION                                                                  0 CONDITIONAL Temporary Procedure Change
Date) f::!Q change of purpose or scope f::!Q reduction In Iha level of nuclear safety f::!Q voiding or canceling of a procedure, unless requirements are Incorporated Into another procedure or !he need for the procedure was eliminated via an allemate process NQ change to less restrlct!ve acceptance criteria NO change to steps previously Identified as commitment steps tlQ deviation from the Quality Assurance Program Manual NO change !hat may result in devlnttons from Technical Specifications.
                                                  '
FSAR, plant design requirements, or previously made commitmenls
0 EDITORIAL REVISION                                                                     Ter"'!inating Condition:
: 5. 0 On-Shift Shift Manager/CRS:
Unit 3 Procedure No:
______ ...,.,,...,_,...,..,_""="__,.__,,..,,,....,....,,._
0 VOID PROCEDURE D SUPERSEDED                                                                             -                                              "
________ _ (Print Name/ Signature/
0 RAPID REVISION                           Document in Microsoft Word:
Date} 6. O User Validation:
D Yes        D No                    0 VOID DAN/TPC No(s):
User. __________
Revision Summary                       D NIA* See Revision Summary page.__
Validator:.
        ~'--          \\i\~\{\~                t\M\,.\i,.                                 . *'
__ ...,.. __________
Implementation         Regui~ments Implementation Plan? D Yes               ~
_ 7. 0 Special Handling Requirements Understood:._......_.,,,,,_,_...,...,., ____ ...,.... ___________
APO Dept           \:..-   ~ \...~                  Writer (Print Name/ Ext/ Sl9n):......11:..:.'!...:_.:i.;i=..;:.;:~~::+..!!i.:i~:&.
_ (Print Name/ Signature/
Review and Approval (Per Attachment 10.1, IPEC Review And ApP, oval Requirement                                            < *
Date) 
* 1. [i/"rechnical Reviewer:                              * *          *    .                                       ?-::J /-/If gnature/ Date)
-=-Entergy IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.1 IP-EP-AD2 Revision 1 Page 23 Emergency Planning Document Change Checklist (Form EP-AD2-1)
: 2. D        Cross-Disciplinary Reviewers:
Dept:                        Reviewer: _ _ _ _ __,,,,...,...,.=-...,_,..,,,,...__,.__,-=-....,...----'--...:__----
(Print Nam~ ~.k111ature/ Date) :
el lgnature/ Oste}
D PAO required and is complete (PAO Approver and Reviewer qualifications have been verified)
        ~evious exclusion lrom further Ll-100 Review is still valid O PAD not required due to type of change
: 4. D       Non-intent Determination Complete:             -----==-~,.,.........,,.,,.,.-..,....,_..,..,,,_..,.____________
(Print Name/ Signature/ Date) f::!Q change of purpose or scope                                    NQ change to less restrlct!ve acceptance criteria f::!Q reduction In Iha level of nuclear safety                      NO change to steps previously Identified as commitment steps f::!Q voiding or canceling of a procedure, unless requirements      tlQ deviation from the Quality Assurance Program Manual are Incorporated Into another procedure or !he need for the          NO change !hat may result in devlnttons from Technical Specifications.
procedure was eliminated via an allemate process                    FSAR, plant design requirements, or previously made commitmenls
: 5. 0       On-Shift Shift Manager/CRS:_ _ _ _ _ _...,.,,...,_,...,..,_""="__,.__,,..,,,....,....,,.__ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
(Print Name/ Signature/ Date}
: 6. O       User Validation: User._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Validator:. _ _...,.._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
: 7. 0       Special Handling Requirements Understood:._......_.,,,,,_,_...,...,.,_ _ _ _...,...._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
(Print Name/ Signature/ Date)
 
IPEC                              NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-AD2        Revision 1 EMERGENCY PLAN                            PROCEDURE
-=-Entergy        ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES                              REFERENCE USE                          Page        23 Attachment 9.1 Emergency Planning Document Change Checklist (Form EP-AD2-1)
Sheet 1of1 Emergency Planning Document Change Checklist Form (All sections must be completed, NIA or place a check on the line where applicable)
Sheet 1of1 Emergency Planning Document Change Checklist Form (All sections must be completed, NIA or place a check on the line where applicable)
Section 1 Doc/Procedure Type: (circle one) Administrative EPLAN DoclProcedureNo:\]-4d-\:\\\
Section 1 Doc/Procedure Type: (circle one) Administrative l~I EPLAN DoclProcedureNo:\]-4d-\:\\\           CJA:Yes_No~No. ~"'" DueDa~e:~
Doc/Procedure Tille: l Rev Distribution Reason for EPDCC: __ New
Doc/Procedure Tille:   l ~\                      Rev No:~Rev Distribution Date:~
__ Cancel Date of EPDCC:. ______ _ Section 2 -Change Description
Reason for EPDCC: _ _ New       ~sion _ _ Cancel                     Date of EPDCC:. _ _ _ _ _ __
: 1. Originator:
Section 2 -
i\ *  
Change Description
\ 2. Class of Change: Technical Correction Commitment
: 1.     Originator:   i\
__ Other __ ......., 3. Page numbers affected and reason for change: __
* b\\.~ \ ~
*\\.\_ i.. 4. Emergency Planning Documents Affected:.
: 2.     Class of Change:     Technical Correction ~w Commitment__ Other _ _.......,
__
: 3.     Page numbers affected and reason for change: _ _\..........:~wi.-----'----'--
____ _ 5. Emergency Planning Procedures Affected:  
                      *\\.\_ ~l,~ ~\ i..
\\ -\I 6. 7. a. 9. 10.
: 4.     Emergency Planning Documents Affected:.__       \_,.\_,,_-_~=---~...n...;\'""t)...______
: 5.     Emergency Planning Procedures Affected:         \\ -       \I --~\ ~~
: 6.    


==References:==
==References:==
Other Procedure(s)    I#_~:..;...:\~"~-
i i \
Regulatory Document# \        ~ ~
Other:. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
: 7.      Reviewed training requirements with department training coordinatct                date
: a.      The following are complete, or are not applicable and are so marked.
Tech  Revle~~ 50.54q ~N*Ll*10tf4\"' PL-15~\6\ SMM*AD-102 ~
Manager approval  ~RC~
: 9. Both table of contents and transmitlals are complete          t,L        date------
: 10. Approved dodprocedure delivered to Document Control for distribution _ _date_ __
: 11. Position Binders updated if a p p l i c a b l e - - - - - - - - - d a t e - - - - -
: 12. Copy of EPDCC and tlocumenVprocedure placed in EP file._ _ _ _ _ _ _date_ __
Sheet 1of1                                    Form EP-AD2-1 Rev. 0


Other Procedure(s)
                                                                                                                      \
Regulatory Document# \ ii\ Other:. _________________________
  "-=-Entergy. IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE IP-EP-210 Page      1 Revision 21 of   44 Central Control Room Prepared by:                                                                                           5~ft?
_ Reviewed training requirements with department training coordinatct date The following are complete, or are not applicable and are so marked. Tech 50.54q SMM*AD-102 Manager approval Both table of contents and transmitlals are complete t,L date------
Approval:               _ _L_or_,,iA=*....,,G=la,,,,_nd..;._e'-'-r_
Approved dodprocedure delivered to Document Control for distribution
Pnnt Name r-,.i.<-;<--=,.-i:;=*=---- *.,.J. 5-? /-( k Dale   1 Effective Date: June 14, 2016 This procedure e:u::!m:Jr::ci from further U-1 !JO reviews.
__ date __ _ 11. Position Binders updated if applicable---------
IP-EP*210 (CCR) R21.doc
date-----12. Copy of EPDCC and tlocumenVprocedure placed in EP file. _______ date __ _ Sheet 1of1 Form EP-AD2-1 Rev.
 
\ " IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-210 Revision 21 -=-Entergy.
                                                                                                                                              \.
EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 1 of 44 Central Control Room Prepared by:
IPEC                         NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                     IP-EP-210             Revision 21 Entergy    EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                                 REFERENCE USE                             Page           ~      of       44 Table of Contents 1.0   PURPOSE ................................................................................................................... 3
Approval:
__ L_or_,,i A=*....,,G=la,,,,_nd..;._e'-'-r_
r-,.i.<-;<--=,.-i:;=*=----
*.,.J. 5-? /-( k Pnnt Name Dale 1 Effective Date: June 14, 2016 This procedure e:u::!m:Jr::ci from further U-1 !JO reviews. IP-EP*210 (CCR) R21.doc
\. Entergy IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page of 44 Table of Contents 1.0 PURPOSE ...................................................................................................................
3  


==2.0 REFERENCES==
==2.0 REFERENCES==
............................................................................................................. 3 3.0 DEFINITIONS ............................................................................................................... 3 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES ................................. , ................................................................... 3 5.0 DETAILS ....................................................................................................................... 5 6.0 INTERFACES ............................................................................................................... 5 7.0 RECORDS .......................................................................'............ : ................ :-**************** 6
                        -                                                                                                    .
8.0 REQUIREMENTS AND COMMITMENT ................. : ..................................................... 6 I
I 9.0 ATTACHMENTS ..... : .......................................... .-...............'................................ .-.......... 6 I
9.1  SHIFT MANAGER/PCM (EMERGENCY Dl~ECTOR)_C~E_CKLIST ...................................... 7 9.2  SHIFT MANAGER'S RESPONSE TO AN EMERGENCY AT THE OTHER. UNIT CHECKLIST ...... 20 9.3 CONTROL ROOM COMMUNICATOR CHECKLIST ............ ;; ..........................................':*'.. 25 9.4 FACILITY COMMUNICATOR CHECKLIST ........................... , .......................................... 31 9.5 ON-SHIFT RADIATION PROTECTION TECHNICIAN CH!=GKLiST .....*................................. 33 9.6 ON-SHIFT CHEMISTRY TECHNICIAN CHECKLIST ........... , .............................................. 37 9.7 SUPPORT STAFF CHECKLIST ................................................................................... 39 9.8 CCR DOSE ASSESSOR ................................................ : .............. : ........................... 43


.............................................................................................................
IPEC                 NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE   IP-EP-210   Revision 21
3 3.0 DEFINITIONS
)
...............................................................................................................
Enlergy0      EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                                                                 44 REFERENCE USE             Page     ~  of Central Control Room 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1   To describe emergency response activities and operations of the Central Control Room (CCR) 1.2   To provide guidance for the response to emergencies declared at Unit 2 and Unit 3
3 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES
................................. , ...................................................................
3 5.0 DETAILS .......................................................................................................................
5 6.0 INTERFACES
...............................................................................................................
5 7.0 RECORDS .......................................................................
' ............
: ................
:-****************
6 -. 8.0 REQUIREMENTS AND COMMITMENT
.................
: .....................................................
6 I 9.0 ATTACHMENTS
..... : ..........................................
.-...............
' ................................
.-..........
6 I I 9.1 SHIFT MANAGER/PCM (EMERGENCY
......................................
7 9.2 SHIFT MANAGER'S RESPONSE TO AN EMERGENCY AT THE OTHER. UNIT CHECKLIST
...... 20 9.3 CONTROL ROOM COMMUNICATOR CHECKLIST
............
;; ..........................................
':*'.. 25 9.4 FACILITY COMMUNICATOR CHECKLIST
........................... , ..........................................
31 9.5 ON-SHIFT RADIATION PROTECTION TECHNICIAN CH!=GKLiST
.....*.................................
33 9.6 ON-SHIFT CHEMISTRY TECHNICIAN CHECKLIST
........... , ..............................................
37 9.7 SUPPORT STAFF CHECKLIST
...................................................................................
39 9.8 CCR DOSE ASSESSOR ................................................
: ..............
: ...........................
43 
) Enlergy 0 IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page Central Control Room 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 To describe emergency response activities and operations of the Central Control Room (CCR) of 1.2 To provide guidance for the response to emergencies declared at Unit 2 and Unit 3  


==2.0 REFERENCES==
==2.0 REFERENCES==


2.1 Indian Point Energy Center Emergency Plan 2.2 IP-EP-430, Site Assembly, Accountability and Relocation of Personnel Offsite 2.3 IP-EP-610; Emergency Termination and Recovery 44 2.4 IP-EP-340, Meteorological Information and Dose Assessment System (MIDAS) 3.0 DEFINITIONS None 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 . The Emergency Director has the sole author1ty and.
2.1   Indian Point Energy Center Emergency Plan 2.2   IP-EP-430, Site Assembly, Accountability and Relocation of Personnel Offsite 2.3   IP-EP-610; Emergency Termination and Recovery 2.4   IP-EP-340, Meteorological Information and Dose Assessment System (MIDAS) 3.0 DEFINITIONS None 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 . The Emergency Director has the sole author1ty and. re~ponsibility for the classification and declaration of any emergency,. approving offsite notifications and the making of protective action* recomme'ndati0ns for the general public.
for the classification and declaration of any emergency,.
These responsibilities may not be delegated. The Shift Manager in the role of Emergency Director makes the initial emerge'ricy classification; however the SM shall verify an independent review of th~ EAL selected.*
approving offsite notifications and the making of protective action* recomme'ndati0ns for the general public. These responsibilities may not be delegated.
* 4.2   Following initial declaration of an emergency, the Shift Manager (SM) shall designate a Control Room Communicator. An on-shift Nuclea.r Plant Opera.tor (NPO) normally performs this function for both Units. Any other Operations staff member may be assigned to perform this function as a backup.
The Shift Manager in the role of Emergency Director makes the initial emerge'ricy classification; however the SM shall verify an independent review of EAL selected.*
* 4.3   The Shift Manager SHALL, upon assuming the role of Emergency Director, continue to perform the duties of Emergency Director until properly relieved by either the on-call Emergency Director in the (A)EOF or by another qualified.
* 4.2 Following initial declaration of an emergency, the Shift Manager (SM) shall designate a Control Room Communicator.
Emergency Director such as the Plant Operations Manager (POM).
An on-shift Nuclea.r Plant Opera.tor (NPO) normally performs this function for both Units. Any other Operations staff member may be assigned to perform this function as a backup.
4.4   The Shift Managers SHALL confer with each other for any event or condition which may affect both Units such as security, or natural events. IF it is agreed that both Units are affected, THEN the Unit 2 Shift Manager SHALL classify and declare the emergency and assume the role of site Emergency Director in accordance with this procedure, IP-EP-210, Central Control Room.
* 4.3 The Shift Manager SHALL, upon assuming the role of Emergency Director, continue to perform the duties of Emergency Director until properly relieved by either the on-call Emergency Director in the (A)EOF or by another qualified.
4.5   The Shift Manager SHALL ensure that notifications of offsite authorities are initiated within 15 minutes of declaration of any emergency classification, classification upgrade or protective action recommendation being formulated.
Emergency Director such as the Plant Operations Manager (POM). 4.4 The Shift Managers SHALL confer with each other for any event or condition which may affect both Units such as security, or natural events. IF it is agreed that both Units are affected, THEN the Unit 2 Shift Manager SHALL classify and declare the emergency and assume the role of site Emergency Director in accordance with this procedure, IP-EP-210, Central Control Room. 4.5 The Shift Manager SHALL ensure that notifications of offsite authorities are initiated within 15 minutes of declaration of any emergency classification, classification upgrade or protective action recommendation being formulated.
4.6   The Shift Manager SHALL ensure independent verification of the information on the Part I and Part II forms prior to being issued to the Offsite Agencies.
4.6 The Shift Manager SHALL ensure independent verification of the information on the Part I and Part II forms prior to being issued to the Offsite Agencies.
J
J F.:ntergy IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page of 4. 7 The Shift Manager SHALL request the opposite unit to activate mobilization of the IPEC Emergency Response Organization (ERO) and activation of the emergency response facilities (TSC, OSC, EOF and JIC) upon declaration of an Alert or higher classification.
 
4.8 For events classified as Unusual Events, the Shift Manager, acting as Emergency Director has the ability to activate, or request the opposite unit to active, ERO callout for support as needed. 4.9 The Shift Manager is responsible for the performance of Dose Assessment calculations until such time as the (A) EOF is activated.
                                                                                                    *;.,
4.1 O The Shift Manager/Plant Operations Manager (POM) SHALL establish and maintain accountability of all Operating Shift staff under the Shift Manager's control upon declaration of a Site Emergency or higher classification.
IPEC                 NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE   IP-EP-210     Revision 21
44 4.11 Until such time as the (A) EOF is activated, the Shift Manager/Plant Operations Manager SHALL assess the offsite consequences of any radiological release and, if appropriate, formulate offsite protective action recommendations.
~ F.:ntergy      EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                   REFERENCE Use               Page       ~  of     44
In all cases should a General Emergency be declared, protective action recommendations SHALL be formulated, approved and communicated to offsite authorities in accordance with implementing procedures.
: 4. 7   The Shift Manager SHALL request the opposite unit to activate mobilization of the IPEC Emergency Response Organization (ERO) and activation of the emergency response facilities (TSC, OSC, EOF and JIC) upon declaration of an Alert or higher classification.
4.12 For events classified as Unusual Events, the Shift Manager, acting as Emergency Director SHALL terminate the emergency_and into .in accordance with implementing procedures.
4.8   For events classified as Unusual Events, the Shift Manager, acting as Emergency Director has the ability to activate, or request the opposite unit to active, ERO callout for support as needed.
For all emergencies.
4.9   The Shift Manager is responsible for the performance of Dose Assessment calculations until such time as the (A) EOF is activated.
classified at* the Alert level or higher, emergency termination and entry into tne recovery phase SHALL be at the discretion of the On-Call* Emergency Director in the (A)EOF. . . . *-.... 4.13 The On-shift Radiation Protection Technic.ian is for mqnitoring Control Room habitability and establishment of Control Room contamination controls., * **... * " . : 4.14 The Control Room Communicator SHALL perform* duties in the. Control Room (or alternate CCR if uninhabitable) under the Shift Manager's direction.-
4.1 O The Shift Manager/Plant Operations Manager (POM) SHALL establish and maintain accountability of all Operating Shift staff under the Shift Manager's control upon declaration of a Site ~rea Emergency or higher classification.
These duties SHALL entail notifying the off-site authorities of an event at IPEC by utilizing the notification checklists (Forms EP-3N; 3A, 3S or 3G). Duties will also include use of RECS, radio, telephones and other communication equipment to provide directions and recommendations as appropriate from the Shift Manager. The CCR Communicator shall also remain ready to supply updates to the off-site authorities and support the Shift Manager (Emergency Director) with any other notifications or communications, as needed. 4.15 The Control Room Communicator is responsible for providing clear and concise communications between the CCR and other emergency response facilities.
4.11 Until such time as the (A) EOF is activated, the Shift Manager/Plant Operations Manager SHALL assess the offsite consequences of any radiological release and, if appropriate, formulate offsite protective action recommendations. In all cases should a General Emergency be declared, protective action recommendations SHALL be formulated, approved and communicated to offsite authorities in accordance with implementing procedures.
* 4.16 The Control Room Support Staff person is responsible for assisting in the performance of CCR setup, second shift scheduling and faxing/record keeping. 4.17 The Facility Communicator is responsible to maintain communication with other facilities for the transfer of accurate and timely data and information.  
4.12 For events classified as Unusual Events, the Shift Manager, acting as Emergency Director SHALL terminate the emergency_and ~m~er into recov~ry .in accordance with implementing procedures. For all emergencies. classified at*
*;.,
the Alert level or higher, emergency termination and entry into tne recovery phase SHALL be at the discretion of the On-Call* Emergency Director in the (A)EOF.                   .   .                   .               *- ....
Entergy IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page &sect; of 5.0 DETAILS 5.1 The Shift Manager (SM)/Plant Operations Manager (POM) SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.1, Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director)
4.13 The On-shift Radiation Protection Technic.ian is re~porisibfe for mqnitoring Control Room habitability and establishment of Control Room contamination controls.,                                           * **... * " .:
Checklist.
4.14 The Control Room Communicator SHALL perform* duties in the. Control Room (or alternate CCR if uninhabitable) under the Shift Manager's direction.- These duties SHALL entail notifying the off-site authorities of an event at IPEC by utilizing the notification checklists (Forms EP-3N; 3A, 3S or 3G). Duties will also include use of RECS, radio, telephones and other communication equipment to provide directions and recommendations as appropriate from the Shift Manager. The CCR Communicator shall also remain ready to supply updates to the off-site authorities and support the Shift Manager (Emergency Director) with any other notifications or communications, as needed.
5.2 For an emergency at the other Unit, the Shift Manager (SM) SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.2, Shift Manager's Response to an Emergency at the Other Unit Checklist.
4.15 The Control Room Communicator is responsible for providing clear and concise communications between the CCR and other emergency response facilities.
5.3 The Control Room Communicator SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.3, Control Room Communicator Checklist.
* 4.16 The Control Room Support Staff person is responsible for assisting in the performance of CCR setup, second shift scheduling and faxing/record keeping.
5.4 The Facility Communicator SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.4, Facility Communicator Checklist.
4.17 The Facility Communicator is responsible to maintain communication with other facilities for the transfer of accurate and timely data and information.
44 5.5 The On-Shift Radiation Protection Technician SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.5, On-Shift Radiation Technician Checklist.
 
5.6 The On-Shift Chemistry Technician SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.6, On-Shift Chemistry Technician Checklist.  
IPEC                 NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-210             Revision 21 Entergy    EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                   REFERENCE USE             Page             &sect;     of     44 5.0 DETAILS 5.1   The Shift Manager (SM)/Plant Operations Manager (POM) SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.1, Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director) Checklist.
* * * * . * . . .. . . 5.7 The Support Staff person SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.7, Support Staff Checklist.
5.2   For an emergency at the other Unit, the Shift Manager (SM) SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.2, Shift Manager's Response to an Emergency at the Other Unit Checklist.
* 6.0 INTERFACES 6.1 IP-EP-115, Emergency Plan Forms "'.** .... ..:. 6.2" IP-EP-120*;
5.3   The Control Room Communicator SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.3, Control Room Communicator Checklist.
Em*ergency Classification 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6. 6.7 6.8 IP-EP-310, Dose Assessment IP-EP-410, Protective Action Recommendations  
5.4   The Facility Communicator SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.4, Facility Communicator Checklist.
.. . ..... &#xa5; *. IP-EP-430, Site Assembly, Accountability and Relocation of Personnel
5.5   The On-Shift Radiation Protection Technician SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.5, On-Shift Radiation Pro~ection Technician Checklist.
*offsite I P-EP-610, Emergency T ermin13tion and Recovery IP-EP-340, Meteorological Information and Dose Assessment System (MIDAS) O-FSG-100, BDBEE/ELAP Emergency Response Entergy@ 7.0 RECORDS IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE IP-EP-210 Revision 21 Page &sect;. of 44 All Logs, Completed Forms and other records generated during an actual emergency SHALL be considered Quality Records and maintained for the life of the plant. 8.0 REQUIREMENTS AND COMMITMENT CROSS-REFERENCE None 9.0 ATTACHMENTS 9.1 Shift Manager/POM (Emergency Director)
5.6   The On-Shift Chemistry Technician SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.6, On-Shift Chemistry Technician Checklist. * * *             * . * . . .. ..
Checklist 9.2 Shift Manager's Response to an Emergency at the Other Unit Checklist 9.3 Control Room Communicator Checklist 9.4 Facility Communicator Checklist . . 9.5 On-Shift Radiation Protection Technician Checklist 9.6 On-Shi.ft Chemistry Technician Checklist  
5.7   The Support Staff person SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.7, Support Staff Checklist.
,* 9.7 Support Staff Checklist 9.8 CCR Dose Assessor NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-210 IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page I Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director)
* 6.0 INTERFACES
Checklist Sheet 1 of 13 NOTE: This Attachment should not be entered by the Shift Manager if a natural or man-made catastrophic event has occurred and there is a loss of one of the Central Control Rooms. Procedure, O-AOP-SEC-4 should be entered to support decision making by the SM. NOTE: The expectation for all ERO positions is to use WebEOC for keeping purposes.
                                                                            .... ..:.
Reference to traditional paper forms remains in this checklist for the situation in which WebEOC is unavailable such as a ower or com uter failure. 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity A IF at any time during the.implement?tion of this procedure the SM is relieved by the POM or the ED in the (A)EOF, turnover SHALL be completed in accordance with section 2.5. NOTE: Authority to classify and declare an emergency is reserved solely for the Emergency Director and may not be delegated; however, the SM shall and verify an independent review of the EAL selected.
6.1   IP-EP-115, Emergency Plan "'.**Forms 6.2"  IP-EP-120*; Em*ergency Classification 6.3   IP-EP-310, Dose Assessment 6.4    IP-EP-410, Protective Action Recommendations                                     .. .
The SM in the role of Emergency Director makes the initial emergency classification.
                                                                                ..... &#xa5; *.
NOTE: The Unit 2 & Unit 3 Shift Managers SHALL confer with each other for any event or condition which may affect both Units such as security or natural events. IF it is agreed that both units are affected, THEN the Unit 2 Shift Manager SHALL classify and declare the emergency and assume the role of Site Emergency Director in accordance with this procedure IP-EP-210, Central Control Room. Revision 21 of NOTES . : .
6.5    IP-EP-430, Site Assembly, Accountability and Relocation ofPersonnel *offsite 6.6. IP-EP-610, Emergency T ermin13tion and Recovery 6.7    IP-EP-340, Meteorological Information and Dose Assessment System (MIDAS) 6.8  O-FSG-100, BDBEE/ELAP Emergency Response
hntergy@ IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-210 Revision 21 REFERENCE USE Page &sect;. of Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director)
 
Checklist Sheet2of13 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) 1.1 Classification of the Emergency NOTE: The assessment, classification, and declaration of an emergency condition is expected to be completed within 15 min after the availability of indications (i.e. plant instrumentation, plant alarms, computer displays, or incoming verbal reports) to plant operators that an EAL has been exceeded.
IPEC               NON-QUALITY RELATED     IP-EP-210 Revision 21 Entergy@        EMERGENCY PLAN          PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE            REFERENCE USE      Page     &sect;. of     44 7.0 RECORDS All Logs, Completed Forms and other records generated during an actual emergency SHALL be considered Quality Records and maintained for the life of the plant.
* The 15 min criterion .is not to be construed  
8.0 REQUIREMENTS AND COMMITMENT CROSS-REFERENCE None 9.0 ATTACHMENTS 9.1     Shift Manager/POM (Emergency Director) Checklist 9.2   Shift Manager's Response to an Emergency at the Other Unit Checklist 9.3   Control Room Communicator Checklist 9.4   Facility Communicator Checklist
*as .a grace period to restore plant conditions to avoid declaring the event.
                                  .             .
* The emergency declaration SHOULD be made promptly without . waiting for the 15 min period to elapse once the EAL is recognized as being exceeded.  
9.5   On-Shift Radiation Protection Technician Checklist 9.6   On-Shi.ft Chemistry Technician Checklist                       ,*
-*
9.7   Support Staff Checklist 9.8   CCR Dose Assessor
* For EALs that specify duration of the off normal condition, such as fire lasting 15 min, loss of power for 15 min etc.: The ED SHALL make the declaration at the first available opportunity when the time has elapsed (NOT after an additional 15 minutes).  
 
-The ED SHOULD not wait until the applicable time has elapsed, but should declare the event as soon as it is determined that the condition will likely exceed the applicable time. -NOTE: VERIFY events that affect both units are classified as dual unit events ("BOTH UNITS" selected on NYS Part I form in MIDAS). The category that is automatically a dual unit event is Security.
IPEC                    NON-QUALITY RELATED     IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN               PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE                 REFERENCE USE       Page     I of Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director) Checklist Sheet 1 of 13 NOTE:
For events such as weather or loss of power, both units are affected as long as they are at the same level of clas.sification (i.e. NUE). If one unit enters a higher classification at the initiating event (i.e. LOOP with one unit's EDGs all running and the other unit without EDGs running) or has to escalate then it becomes the only unit affected.
This Attachment should not be entered by the Shift Manager if a natural or man-made catastrophic event has occurred and there is a loss of one of the Central Control Rooms. Procedure, O-AOP-SEC-4 should be entered to support decision making by the SM.
NOTES '/ 
NOTE:
,' IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-210 Revision 21 REFERENCE USE Page of Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director)
The expectation for all ERO positions is to use WebEOC for log-keeping purposes. Reference to traditional paper forms remains in this checklist for the situation in which WebEOC is unavailable such as a ower or com uter failure.
Checklist Sheet 3of13 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) A. Classify the emergency condition in accordance with IP-EP-120-"Emergency Classification" AND ensure independent verification of the EAL selected. . B. Declare the emergency, announce classification of the _ event to the Control Room AND document time of emergency declaration.
1.0     Initial Responsibility/Activity                                               NOTES A IF at any time during the.implement?tion of this procedure the SM is relieved by the POM or the ED in the (A)EOF, turnover SHALL be completed in accordance with section 2.5.
Attachment 9.1 NOTE: THE 15 -MINUTE CLOCK FOR INITIATION OF NOTIFICATION TO STATE AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES STARTS AT THIS POINT. THE-15-MINUTE'NOTIFICATION IS MET UPON FIRST ROLL CALL RESPONSE ON RECS CALL. C. IF a Beyond Desig11 Basis External Everit (BDBEE) occurs that , results in an* Extended Loss of AC Power (ELAP) t6 either unit, THEN entry into O-FSG-100, BDBEE/ELAP Emergency Response, is required.
NOTE:
NOTE: Security and Operations will take steps as directed by Safeguard Instructions to protect the safety of site employees and the integrity of plant equipment.
Authority to classify and declare an emergency is reserved solely for the Emergency Director and may not be delegated; however, the SM shall                             . : .
Site access and egress will be controlled per Security procedures.
and verify an independent review of the EAL selected. The SM in the role of Emergency Director makes the initial emergency classification.
r . ' . . D. Obtain AND complete steps in the applicable Emergency Notification Checkli$ts:
NOTE:
: 1. IF Notice of Unusual Event is declared, use NUE checklist, Form EP-3N. 2. IF ALERT is declared, use ALERT checklist, Form EP:..3A. 3. IF Site Area Emergency is declared, use SAE checklist, Form EP-3S.
The Unit 2 & Unit 3 Shift Managers SHALL confer with each other for any event or condition which may affect both Units such as security or natural events. IF it is agreed that both units are affected, THEN the Unit 2 Shift Manager SHALL classify and declare the emergency and assume the role of Site Emergency Director in accordance with this procedure IP-EP-210, Central Control Room.
* 4. IF Gene.ral Emergency is declared, use GE checklist, Form EP-3G. Attachment 9.1 NOTES j Ent IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE.
 
NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-210 Revision 21 REFERENCE USE Page 10 of Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director)
IPEC                 NON-QUALITY RELATED       IP-EP-210 Revision 21 hntergy@          EMERGENCY PLAN          PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE              REFERENCE USE         Page     &sect;. of Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director) Checklist Sheet2of13 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                                     NOTES 1.1     Classification of the Emergency NOTE:
Checklist Sheet 4of13 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) E. IF a General Emergency is declared, THEN protective action recommendations must be made in accordance with IP-EP-410, Protective Action Recommendations.
The assessment, classification, and declaration of an emergency condition is expected to be completed within 15 min after the availability of indications (i.e. plant instrumentation, plant alarms, computer displays, or incoming verbal reports) to plant operators that an EAL has been exceeded.
NOTE: NOTES IP-EP-430 Site Assembly, Accountability and Relocation of Personnel Offsite provides guidance for the suspension of personnel assembly and accountability under certain conditions.
* The 15 min criterion .is not to be construed *as .a grace period to restore plant conditions to avoid declaring the event.                                   '/
NOTE:. 1. Notification of State and local authorities SHALL be initiated within 15 minutes of emergency declaration.
* The emergency declaration SHOULD be made promptly without .
The 15-minute notification is met upon FIRST ROLL CALL RESPONSE on RECS call. 2. Notification of initial and upgrade SHALL be made to the NRG within 1 hour of e emer enc declara ion.
waiting for the 15 min period to elapse once the EAL is recognized as being exceeded.                                 -                   *
* 1.2 Assess Any Radiological Release A. IF any indications exist of abnormal radiological release as a result of the emergency, THEN assess offsite consequences in accordance with IP-EP-310, Dose Assessment.
* For EALs that specify duration of the off normal condition, such as fire lasting 15 min, loss of power for 15 min etc.:
The ED SHALL make the declaration at the first available opportunity when the time has elapsed (NOT after an additional 15 minutes).
            -   The ED SHOULD not wait until the applicable time has elapsed, but should declare the event as soon as it is determined that the condition will likely exceed the applicable time.
                                -NOTE:
VERIFY events that affect both units are classified as dual unit events
("BOTH UNITS" selected on NYS Part I form in MIDAS). The category that is automatically a dual unit event is Security. For events such as weather or loss of power, both units are affected as long as they are at the same level of clas.sification (i.e. NUE). If one unit enters a higher classification at the initiating event (i.e. LOOP with one unit's EDGs all running and the other unit without EDGs running) or has to escalate then it becomes the only unit affected.
 
                                                                                ,'
IPEC                     NON-QUALITY RELATED   IP-EP-210   Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN              PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE                  REFERENCE USE       Page       ~ of Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director) Checklist Sheet 3of13 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                             NOTES A. Classify the emergency condition in accordance with IP-EP-120-"Emergency Classification" AND ensure independent verification of the EAL selected. .
B. Declare the emergency, announce classification of the               _
event to the Control Room AND document time of emergency declaration. Attachment 9.1 NOTE:
THE 15 - MINUTE CLOCK FOR INITIATION OF NOTIFICATION TO STATE AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES STARTS AT THIS POINT.
THE MINUTE'NOTIFICATION IS MET UPON FIRST ROLL CALL RESPONSE ON RECS CALL.
C. IF a Beyond Desig11 Basis External Everit (BDBEE) occurs that ,
results in an* Extended Loss of AC Power (ELAP) t6 either unit, THEN entry into O-FSG-100, BDBEE/ELAP Emergency Response, is required.
NOTE:
Security and Operations will take steps as directed by Safeguard Instructions to protect the safety of site employees and the integrity of plant equipment.
Site access and egress will be controlled per Security procedures.         r           .   '         . .
D. Obtain AND complete steps in the applicable Emergency Notification Checkli$ts:
: 1. IF Notice of Unusual Event is declared, use NUE checklist, Form EP-3N.
: 2. IF ALERT is declared, use ALERT checklist, Form EP:..3A.
: 3. IF Site Area Emergency is declared, use SAE checklist, Form EP-3S.           *
: 4. IF Gene.ral Emergency is declared, use GE checklist, Form EP-3G.
Attachment 9.1
 
IPEC               NON-QUALITY RELATED     IP-EP-210   Revision 21 Enterg~.,        EMERGENCY PLAN          PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE.            REFERENCE USE       Page   10   of Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director) Checklist Sheet 4of13 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                       NOTES E. IF a General Emergency is declared, THEN protective action recommendations must be made in accordance with IP-EP-410, Protective Action Recommendations.
NOTE:
IP-EP-430 Site Assembly, Accountability and Relocation of Personnel Offsite provides guidance for the suspension of personnel assembly and accountability under certain conditions.
NOTE:.
: 1. Notification of State and local authorities SHALL be initiated within 15 minutes of emergency declaration. The 15- minute notification is met upon FIRST ROLL CALL RESPONSE on RECS call.
j 2. Notification of initial and upgrade SHALL be made to the NRG within 1 hour of e emer enc declara ion.
* 1.2     Assess Any Radiological Release A. IF any indications exist of abnormal radiological release as a result of the emergency, THEN assess offsite consequences in accordance with IP-EP-310, Dose Assessment.
* B. IF dose assessment results indicate offsite consequences in excess of the EPA Protective Action Guidelines THEN evaluate the need to modify the General Emergency PARs per IP-EP-410, Protective Action Recommendations.
* B. IF dose assessment results indicate offsite consequences in excess of the EPA Protective Action Guidelines THEN evaluate the need to modify the General Emergency PARs per IP-EP-410, Protective Action Recommendations.
1.3 Emergency Response Data System (EROS) A. VERIFY that EROS is activated.
1.3     Emergency Response Data System (EROS)
EROS must be activated within 1 hour of ALERT declaration OR higher. B. Click Start -Programs -Nuclear Corporate Applications (ESM) -EROS Activation  
A. VERIFY that EROS is activated. EROS must be activated within 1 hour of ALERT declaration OR higher.
-Site Activation Display C. A "Warning" display screen will appear. Click on Continue.
B. Click Start - Programs - Nuclear Corporate Applications (ESM) -
D. A Pass Code entry screen will appear. Click on "Enter View Only Mode". E. A "Select Reactor" message box will appear. Select the affected unit to verify and click "OK". F. VERIFY EROS Status is "Transmitting Data".
EROS Activation - Site Activation Display C. A "Warning" display screen will appear. Click on Continue.
*( ) Entergy NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE
D. A Pass Code entry screen will appear. Click on "Enter View Only Mode".
* IP-EP-210 Revision 21 IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 11 of Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director)
E. A "Select Reactor" message box will appear. Select the affected unit to verify and click "OK".
Checklist Sheet 5of13 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) G. IF EROS Status is "disconnected", THEN exit EROS Activation Display. ACTIVATE OR request unaffected unit to activate EROS within 1 hour. H. IF TSC has been activated, TSC IT Specialist OR TSC Manager may be requested to activate EROS as a backup to the CCR. I. Click Start -Programs -Nuclear Corporate Applications (ESM) -EROS Activation  
F. VERIFY EROS Status is "Transmitting Data".
-Site Activation Display J. A "WARNING" display screen will appear. Click on Continue K. A Pass Code entry screen will appear.* Obtain Pass Code from EROS envelope in SM/POM position binder. Enter the appropriate pass code and press the "Submit" button. Pass Code is NOT case sensitive.
 
IPEC                NON-QUALITY RELATED
* IP-EP-210 Revision 21 Entergy        EMERGENCY PLAN           PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE               REFERENCE USE     Page     11 of Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director) Checklist Sheet 5of13 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                             NOTES G. IF EROS Status is "disconnected", THEN exit EROS Activation Display. ACTIVATE OR request unaffected unit to activate EROS within 1 hour.
H. IF TSC has been activated, TSC IT Specialist OR TSC Manager may be requested to activate EROS as a backup to the CCR.
I. Click Start - Programs - Nuclear Corporate Applications (ESM) - EROS Activation - Site Activation Display J. A "WARNING" display screen will appear. Click on Continue K. A Pass Code entry screen will appear.* Obtain Pass Code from EROS envelope in SM/POM position binder.
*( )            Enter the appropriate pass code and press the "Submit" button. Pass Code is NOT case sensitive.
L. A "Select Reactor" message box will appeaL Select the affected unit to activate.
L. A "Select Reactor" message box will appeaL Select the affected unit to activate.
M. IF emergency affects. BOTH uh its, icon can be selected again to activate EROS for other unit.
M. IF emergency affects. BOTH uh its, icon can be selected again to activate EROS for other unit.
* N. "Site EROS Activation Display" will appear. Click "Connect" t6 activate EROS. 0. IF EROS is not functional, obtain additional resources from the unaffected Unit to complete Forms 31 A,8,C or 42 A,B,C. NOTE: These forms are EP-57, 58, 59 and EP-53, 54 and 55 respectively.
* N. "Site EROS Activation Display" will appear. Click "Connect" t6 activate EROS.
Once completed, this information is to be given to the TSC to be faxed to the NRC within 60 minutes. NOTES 
: 0. IF EROS is not functional, obtain additional resources from the unaffected Unit to complete Forms 31 A,8,C or 42 A,B,C.
/ f i IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency.Director)
NOTE:
Checklist Sheet 6of13 IP-EP-210 Page 12
These forms are EP-57, 58, 59 and EP-53, 54 and 55 respectively. Once completed, this information is to be given to the TSC to be faxed to the NRC within 60 minutes.
* 2.0 Interim Responsibility/Activity NOTES NOTE: ,IF while performing the Interim Responsibility/Activity steps as Emergency Director, you are relieved of Emergency Director Duties by the On-Call ED; THEN exit this section and enter the Continuous Responsibility/Activity (Shift Manager/POM) section at step 3.0. 2.1 Re-Classify the Emergency if Necessary A IF plant conditions change OR other events occur which may-warrant upgrade of the emergency classification, THEN re-classify the emergency condition in accordance with IP-EP-120 "Emergency Classification".
 
* B. Declare the emergency and announce the upgrade classification to Control Room personnel.
IPEC               NON-QUALITY RELATED     IP-EP-210  Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN          PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE             REFERENCE USE       Page    12  of    44 Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency.Director) Checklist Sheet 6of13
C. IF ALERT is declared, use ALERT checklist, Form EP-3A. D. IF Site Area Emergency is declared, use SAE checklist, Form EP-3S. E. IF General Emergency is declared, use GE checklist, Form EP-3G. F. IF a General Emergency is declared, THEN protective action recommendations must be made in accordance with IP-EP-410, Protective Action Recommendations.
* 2.0     Interim Responsibility/Activity NOTES NOTE:
Revision 21 of 44 
        ,IF while performing the Interim Responsibility/Activity steps as Emergency Director, you are relieved of Emergency Director Duties by the On-Call ED; THEN exit this section and enter the Continuous Responsibility/Activity (Shift Manager/POM) section at step 3.0.
.. * ...
2.1   Re-Classify the Emergency if Necessary A IF plant conditions change OR other events occur which may-warrant upgrade of the emergency classification, THEN re-classify the emergency condition in accordance with IP-EP-120 "Emergency Classification".       *
* IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director)
    /
Checklist Sheet 7of13 Interim Responsibility/Activity (cont.) 2.2 Establish Radiological Controls and Maintain Onsite Personnel Safety A. Keep Security informed of emergency classification, plant
f i B. Declare the emergency and announce the upgrade classification to Control Room personnel.
C. IF ALERT is declared, use ALERT checklist, Form EP-3A.
D. IF Site Area Emergency is declared, use SAE checklist, Form EP-3S.
E. IF General Emergency is declared, use GE checklist, Form EP-3G.
F. IF a General Emergency is declared, THEN protective action recommendations must be made in accordance with IP-EP-410, Protective Action Recommendations.
 
          *~Entergy IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-210
                                                                                        *'
Revision 21 IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE               REFERENCE USE       Page   13    of    44 Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director) Checklist Sheet 7of13 Interim Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                               NOTES 2.2   Establish Radiological Controls and Maintain Onsite Personnel Safety A. Keep Security informed of emergency classification, plant
* status and any radioactive release which may affect Security Personnel.
* status and any radioactive release which may affect Security Personnel.
B. Once established, maintain personnel accountability.
B. Once established, maintain personnel accountability.
C. IF the potential for abnormal radiological conditions in-plant or onsite exists, THEN: 1. Direct the On-Shift Radiation Protection Technician to establish radiological controls for the Control Room and initiate habitability monitoring for the Control Room;
C. IF the potential for abnormal radiological conditions in-plant or onsite exists, THEN:
* 2. *Evaluate the need to relocate personnel offsite per IP-" EP-430, Site Assembly, Accountability and Relocation of Personnel Offsite. 3. Authorize emergency exposure, if necessary, using Emergency Exposures Authorization Form (Form EP-4-ALL/EP-6).
: 1. Direct the On-Shift Radiation Protection Technician to establish radiological controls for the Control Room and initiate habitability monitoring for the Control Room; *
: 4. IF Emergency Response Facilities are not operational, authorize issuance of Potassium Iodide (Kl) to onsite
: 2. *Evaluate the need to relocate personnel offsite per IP-"
* personnel for any projected or actual Thyroid Exposure > 5 Rem COE OR following declaration of a General Emergency IAW IP-EP-420, Use of Potassium Iodide by Indian Point Personnel During an Emergency.
EP-430, Site Assembly, Accountability and Relocation of Personnel Offsite.
: 3. Authorize emergency exposure, if necessary, using Emergency Exposures Authorization Form (Form EP                       ALL/EP-6).
.. *...            4. IF Emergency Response Facilities are not operational, authorize issuance of Potassium Iodide (Kl) to onsite
* personnel for any projected or actual Thyroid Exposure
                      > 5 Rem COE OR following declaration of a General Emergency IAW IP-EP-420, Use of Potassium Iodide by Indian Point Personnel During an Emergency.
: 5. IF authorization of issuance of Potassium Iodide (Kl) is required AND On-Shift Radiological Protection
: 5. IF authorization of issuance of Potassium Iodide (Kl) is required AND On-Shift Radiological Protection
* Technician is not available (such as during a Hostile Action Based Event), THEN Shift Manager/PCM SHALL conduct applicable radiological and/or Kl briefings AND request the opposite unit Shift Manager/POM to conduct applicable radiological and/or Kl briefings.
* Technician is not available (such as during a Hostile Action Based Event), THEN Shift Manager/PCM SHALL conduct applicable radiological and/or Kl briefings AND request the opposite unit Shift Manager/POM to conduct applicable radiological and/or Kl briefings.
: 1. Utilize Form EP-8-All/EP-65 to document date, time and name of personnel ingesting Kl. 13 Revision 21 *' of 44 NOTES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-210 Revision 21 IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 14 of . 44 Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director)
: 1. Utilize Form EP-8-All/EP-65 to document date, time and name of personnel ingesting Kl.
Checklist Sheet 8 of 13 Interim Responsibility/Activity (cont.) 2.3
 
* Perform Periodic Update Notifications A. Periodic update notifications to offsite authorities should be made approximately every 30 minutes or more frequently when plant conditions change. Time interval may be lengthened with concurrence of offsite agencies.
IPEC                NON-QUALITY RELATED     IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN           PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE             REFERENCE USE       Page   14 of   . 44 Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director) Checklist Sheet 8 of 13 Interim Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                         NOTES 2.3
For each update notification, complete (or have completed) and sign a "NYS Radiological Emergency Data Form, Part I" (Form EP-1 ). B. FAX, then Email completed Part I Form to Offsite Authorities.
* Perform Periodic Update Notifications A. Periodic update notifications to offsite authorities should be made approximately every 30 minutes or more frequently when plant conditions change. Time interval may be lengthened with concurrence of offsite agencies. For each update notification, complete (or have completed) and sign a "NYS Radiological Emergency Data Form, Part I" (Form EP-1 ).
C. IF there has been a radiological release to the environment, THEN complete (or have completed) and sign a "NYS Radiological Data Form Part II (Form EP-2). Ensure independent verification of information prior to sending to Offsite Agencies D. -For periodic update notifications during Unusual Event, *dfrect the CCR Communicator to confirm receipt of update notifications using "Control Room NUE Notification . Checklist" (Form EP-3N). E.
B. FAX, then Email completed Part I Form to Offsite Authorities.
C. IF there has been a radiological release to the environment, THEN complete (or have completed) and sign a "NYS Radiological Data Form Part II (Form EP-2). Ensure independent verification of information prior to sending to Offsite Agencies D. -For periodic update notifications during Unusual Event,
          *dfrect the CCR Communicator to confirm receipt of update notifications using "Control Room NUE Notification
          . Checklist" (Form EP-3N).
E.
* For periodic update *notifications during an Alert or higher classification, direct the CCR Communicator to confirm receipt of update notifications using "Control Room Alert/SAE/GE Notification Checklist (Form EP-3A, 3S or 3G as applicable).
* For periodic update *notifications during an Alert or higher classification, direct the CCR Communicator to confirm receipt of update notifications using "Control Room Alert/SAE/GE Notification Checklist (Form EP-3A, 3S or 3G as applicable).
2.4 Terminate the Emergency Event Only) A. When conditions warrant termination of the Unusual Event, enter IP-EP-610 Emergency Termination  
2.4   Terminate the Emergency (Unu~ual Event Only)
& Recovery and terminate the emergency per section 5.1 "Transition and Recovery Following an Unusual Event." B. Exit this section after termination of the emergency and enter the Closeout Responsibility/Activity section at step. 4.0. NOTES I IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 15 Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director)
A. When conditions warrant termination of the Unusual Event, enter IP-EP-610 Emergency Termination &
Checklist Sheet *9 of 13 Interim Responsibility/Activity (cont.) 2.5 Turnover Emergency Director Responsibilities NOTE: For Unusual Events, the Shift Manager will normally maintain the Emergency Director responsibilities until the classification is termiriated per IP-EP-610, Emergency Termination  
Recovery and terminate the emergency per section 5.1 "Transition and Recovery Following an Unusual Event."
& Recovery.
B. Exit this section after termination of the emergency and enter the Closeout Responsibility/Activity section at step. 4.0.
 
IPEC               NON-QUALITY RELATED   IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN           PROCEDURE I
IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE             REFERENCE USE     Page   15 of    44 Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director) Checklist Sheet *9 of 13 Interim Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                         NOTES 2.5   Turnover Emergency Director Responsibilities NOTE:
For Unusual Events, the Shift Manager will normally maintain the Emergency Director responsibilities until the classification is termiriated per IP-EP-610, Emergency Termination & Recovery.
For Alert and higher classifications, the Plant Operations Manager (POM) will relieve ,the Shift Manager of Emergency Director Duties in the Control Room. The On-Call Emergency Director in the (A)EOF at his discretion may assume Emergency Director Duties directly from the Shift Manager via telephone turnover.
For Alert and higher classifications, the Plant Operations Manager (POM) will relieve ,the Shift Manager of Emergency Director Duties in the Control Room. The On-Call Emergency Director in the (A)EOF at his discretion may assume Emergency Director Duties directly from the Shift Manager via telephone turnover.
A. Provide a status .briefing to the POM upon his arrival in the Control Rooni. The POM will request status on all** * "*of the information specified on an Essential Information Checklist. (Form EP-2-ALL/EP-9).
A. Provide a status .briefing to the POM upon his arrival in the Control Rooni. The POM will request status on all**
B. Provide copies of all' completed NYS Radiological Emergency Data forms to the POM. C., Resume duties as Shift Manager and proceed. to step 3:0.i_ri the. Continuous Responsibility/Activity (Shift section. 2.6
    *~      "*of the information specified on an Essential Information Checklist. (Form EP-2-ALL/EP-9).
* Turnover Emergency.
B. Provide copies of all' completed NYS Radiological Emergency Data forms to the POM.
Director Responsibility's cont. A IF the POM is relieving the SM of ED responsibilities, THEN the POM SHALL continue those responsibilities . where the SM left off, AND the SM shall resume Shift Manager Responsibilities.
C., Resume duties as Shift Manager and proceed. to step 3:0.i_ri the. Continuous Responsibility/Activity (Shift Mariager/~OM) section.
2.6
* Turnover Emergency. Director Responsibility's cont.
A IF the POM is relieving the SM of ED responsibilities, THEN the POM SHALL continue those responsibilities
            . where the SM left off, AND the SM shall resume Shift Manager Responsibilities.
B. IF the ED in (A)EOF is relieving the POM of ED responsibilities, THEN after turnover, the POM SHALL proceed to or continue in Section 3.0 of this procedure.
B. IF the ED in (A)EOF is relieving the POM of ED responsibilities, THEN after turnover, the POM SHALL proceed to or continue in Section 3.0 of this procedure.
C. IF the ED in (A)EOF is relieving the SM of ED responsibilities, THEN after turnover, the SM SHALL proceed to or continue in Section 3.0 of this procedure.
C. IF the ED in (A)EOF is relieving the SM of ED responsibilities, THEN after turnover, the SM SHALL proceed to or continue in Section 3.0 of this procedure.
Revision 21 of 44 NOTES IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.1 IP-EP-210 Page 16 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director)
 
Checklist Sheet 10of13 Interim Responsibility/Activity (cont.) D. After turnover to the EOF, the SM SHALL resume Shift Manager Responsibilities and the POM SHALL proceed to or continue in Section 3.0 of this procedure.
IPEC                NON-QUALITY RELATED    IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN         PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE             REFERENCE USE       Page    16 of    44 Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director) Checklist Sheet 10of13 Interim Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                           NOTES D. After turnover to the EOF, the SM SHALL resume Shift Manager Responsibilities and the POM SHALL proceed to or continue in Section 3.0 of this procedure.
E. Due to unforeseen circumstances (illness, etc.) it may become necessary to transfer ED responsibilities back to the POM or SM. 3.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity 3.1 Emergency Classification Upgrade or Radiological Release A. IF at any time an Upgrade from the previously announced  
E. Due to unforeseen circumstances (illness, etc.) it may become necessary to transfer ED responsibilities back to the POM or SM.
'* Emergency Classification is declared or if a Radiological I ) release has occurred, THEN: *; .. *. 1. Announce the information to the* Control Room. NOTE: No plant pages are to be made during a security' condition when procedures are in effect until determined safe"* tO do so. ** 2.* Direct Room personnel to sound the site assembly alarm and make appropriate Plant Pages per Form EP-3A, 3S or 3G if required, for the new Emergency Classification OR if a radiological release has occurred, without an Emergency Classification upgrade, then make appropriate Plant Pages without sounding the site assembly alarm. 3. Contact or direct Control Room personnel to contact, the unaffected Unit's Control Room to inform them of the upgrade in Emergency Classification or Radiological Release and the need to refer to IP-EP-210, Attachment
3.0   Continuous Responsibility/Activity 3.1   Emergency Classification Upgrade or Radiological Release A. IF at any time an Upgrade from the previously announced
'*I            Emergency Classification is declared or if a Radiological
)               release has occurred, THEN:
            *; . *.
: 1. Announce the information to the* Control Room.
NOTE:
No plant pages are to be made during a security' condition when s~curity procedures are in effect until determined safe"*
tO do so. **
2.* Direct Cc;~frol Room personnel to sound the site assembly alarm and make appropriate Plant Pages per Form EP-3A, 3S or 3G if required, for the new Emergency Classification OR if a radiological release has occurred, without an Emergency Classification upgrade, then make appropriate Plant Pages without sounding the site assembly alarm.
: 3. Contact or direct Control Room personnel to contact, the unaffected Unit's Control Room to inform them of the upgrade in Emergency Classification or Radiological Release and the need to refer to IP-EP-210, Attachment
* 9.2, "Shift Manager Response to an Emergency at the Other Unit Checklist".
* 9.2, "Shift Manager Response to an Emergency at the Other Unit Checklist".
Revision 21 of 44 NOTES IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.1 IP-EP-210 Page 17 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director)
 
Checklist Sheet 11 of 13 3.2 Provide Backup Plant Data to the TSC A. IF the MRP-DAS is out-of-service THEN request the TSC to send an individual to the CCR to record plant data on Forms EP-57, 58 and 59 for Unit 3 and Forms EP-53, 54, and 55 for Unit 2 as needed, and to 'f<;ix the forms to the TSC on a periodic basis or as plant status and conditions 3.3 Direct Entry Into Severe Accident Management A. IF plant conditions warrant the transition to Severe Accident Management.Guidelines (SAMG), THEN inform Emergency . . Plant Manager to have the SAMG-Evaluator ready to take over Severe Accident Management.
IPEC                  NON-QUALITY RELATED    IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN             PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE               REFERENCE USE       Page    17 of    44 Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director) Checklist Sheet 11 of 13 3.2 Provide Backup Plant Data to the TSC A. IF the MRP-DAS is out-of-service THEN request the TSC to send an individual to the CCR to record plant data on Forms EP-57, 58 and 59 for Unit 3 and Forms EP-53, 54, and 55 for Unit 2 as needed, and to 'f<;ix the forms to the TSC on a periodic basis or as plant status and conditions ~hange.
* 3.4 Evaluate Emergency Action Levels A. Continue to evaluate current plant condition and events relative to the emergency action levels as specified in IP-EP-120, Emergency Classification.
3.3 Direct Entry Into Severe Accident Management A. IF plant conditions warrant the transition to Severe Accident Management.Guidelines (SAMG), THEN inform Emergency
B. Make recommendation's to the Emergency Director for upgrading of the dassificatiqn as appropriate.
    .. Plant Manager to have the SAMG-Evaluator ready to take over Severe Accident Management.
3.5 Maintain with the Emergency Director.
* 3.4 Evaluate Emergency Action Levels A. Continue to evaluate current plant condition and events relative to the emergency action levels as specified in IP-EP-120, Emergency Classification.
B. Make recommendation's to the Emergency Director for upgrading of the em~rgency dassificatiqn as appropriate.
3.5 Maintain Co~munica~ions with the Emergency Director.
A. Keep the Emergency bi rector informed of current plant status and planned* operations.
A. Keep the Emergency bi rector informed of current plant status and planned* operations.
B. Discuss tasks and procedures the Control Room is currently and review priorities on a regular basis. C. IMMEDIATELY inform the Emergency Director of any plant . condition or event that has the potential to change the emergency_
B. Discuss tasks and procedures the Control Room is currently pe~orming and review priorities on a regular basis.
classification or affect radiological release status. 3.6 Coordinate In-Plant team activities with Operations Support
C. IMMEDIATELY inform the Emergency Director of any plant
* Position/OSC Manager Revision 21 of 44 IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.1 IP-EP-210 Page 18 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director)
      . condition or event that has the potential to change the emergency_ classification or affect radiological release status.
Checklist Sheet 12of13 Interim Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTE: Once the OSC is activated, the dispatch of personnel with the exception of NPOs into the field for emergency operations is controlled from the OSC. At an NUE OR an Alert, NPOs will report to and be dispatched from the Control Room. At an SAE OR GE, NPOs shall be dispatched out of the OSC. Communications and directions can be provided to the teams from the Control Room; however, the OSC must retain team control for personnel safety and continuous accountability.
3.6 Coordinate In-Plant team activities with Operations Support
Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) .. * 'of..* A. Once the OSC is activated, coordinate the dispatch and control of NPOs assigned to perform in plant operations with the Operations Support PosWoh located in the OSC. The* -telephone number is located Telephone Directory
    *Position/OSC Manager
{ETD). Utilize the;Facility Communicator to coordinate this activity (Use Form EP-56) . . . . 1. CCR should reqwest two,NPO teams, one for nuclear side tasking and one for con\,/entional side tasking. Ensure that OSC OPS Support is updated as to their tasking and status. -B. For operations already and in the field prior to the osc being activated, coordinate the transfer of team control to the OSC with the Operations Support Position.
 
C. Direct requests for in-plant operational support IMMEDIATELY to the Operations Support Position in the OSC to facilitate prompt response to Control Room needs. D. Re-enforce Control Room priorities and needs with the OSC Manager if in-plant team support is not being provided in a timely and effective manner. 3.7 Request Technical Support as Needed to Mitigate the Emergency.
IPEC                          NON-QUALITY RELATED  IP-EP-210  Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN                   PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE                       REFERENCE USE     Page    18  of    44 Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director) Checklist Sheet 12of13 Interim Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                             NOTES NOTE:
Once the OSC is activated, the dispatch of personnel with the exception of NPOs into the field for emergency operations is controlled from the OSC. At an NUE OR an Alert, NPOs will report to and be dispatched from the Control Room. At an SAE OR GE, NPOs shall be dispatched out of the OSC. Communications and directions can be provided to the teams from the Control Room; however, the OSC must retain team control for personnel safety and continuous accountability.
Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                           NOTES
                                          ..
                                        *   'of..*
A. Once the OSC is activated, coordinate the dispatch and control of NPOs assigned to perform in plant operations with the Operations Support PosWoh located in the OSC. The* -
telephone number is located in*Emergem~y Telephone Directory {ETD). Utilize the;Facility Communicator to coordinate this activity (Use Form EP-56) .
                                        . . .
: 1. CCR should reqwest two,NPO teams, one for nuclear side tasking and one for con\,/entional side tasking.
Ensure that OSC OPS Support is updated as to their tasking and status.     -
B. For operations t~ams already dispat~hed and in the field prior to the osc being activated, coordinate the transfer of team control to the OSC with the Operations Support Position.
C. Direct requests for in-plant operational support IMMEDIATELY to the Operations Support Position in the OSC to facilitate prompt response to Control Room needs.
D. Re-enforce Control Room priorities and needs with the OSC Manager if in-plant team support is not being provided in a timely and effective manner.
3.7   Request Technical Support as Needed to Mitigate the Emergency.
A. Request the TSC Manager to provide 'forward-looking technical support as needed to assist the Control Room staff in responding to the emergency.
A. Request the TSC Manager to provide 'forward-looking technical support as needed to assist the Control Room staff in responding to the emergency.
Revision 21 of 44 NOTES NOTES IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-210 Revision 21 REFERENCE USE Page 19 of Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director)
 
Checklist Sheet 13of13 Closeout Responsibility/Activity B. Provide the TSC Manager with periodic briefs on current mitigation strategies and emergency procedures currently being implemented.
IPEC                 NON-QUALITY RELATED   IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN            PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE              REFERENCE USE     Page     19 of Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director) Checklist Sheet 13of13 Closeout Responsibility/Activity                                             NOTES B. Provide the TSC Manager with periodic briefs on current mitigation strategies and emergency procedures currently being implemented.
C. IF EOF is operational AND turnover with the Emergency Director at the EOF is completed, release unaffected unit's on shift Chemistry Technician/CCR Dose Assessor to return to the unaffected unit CCR. 3.8 Exit to Recovery Phase Upon notification from the Emergency Direetor that the emergency has been terminated, exit this section and enter the Closeout Responsibility/Activity section at step 4.0 Attachment 9.1 . .... 4.0 Direct the Control Room staff to return equipm-ent utilized in the responseto*proper storage locations. . . . 4.1 Review all documentation the <;:ontrol Room staff generated during the emergency:
C. IF EOF is operational AND turnover with the Emergency Director at the EOF is completed, release unaffected unit's on shift Chemistry Technician/CCR Dose Assessor to return to the unaffected unit CCR.
A. Ensure all logs, forms and other documentation is complete. . . . '* B. Ensure all temporary procedures used and/or developed are properly documented for use by the RecOVE?rY Organization so that necessary actions can be taken fpr tong-term restoration.
3.8 Exit to Recovery Phase Upon notification from the Emergency Direetor that the emergency has been terminated, exit this section and enter the Closeout Responsibility/Activity section at step 4.0 Attachment 9.1                                 ~ . ~ ....
C. Collect all computer printouts and strip charts. 4.2 Provide all logs and records to the Recovery Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. NOTES IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.2 IP-EP-210 Revision 21 Page 20 of 44 Shift Manager Response to an Emergency at Other Unit Checklist Sheet 1 of 5
4.0 Direct the Control Room staff to return ~II equipm-ent utilized in the responseto*proper storage locations.
* NOTE: This Attachment should not be entered by the Shift Manager if a natural or man-made catastrophic event has occurred.
                                                            . .       .
and there is a loss of one of the Central Control Rooms. Procedure, O-AOP-SEC-4 should be entered to support decision making by the SM. NOTE: The expectation for all ER*o positions is to use WebEOC for log *keeping purposes.
4.1 Review all documentation the <;:ontrol Room staff generated during the emergency:
Reference to*traditional paper forms remains in this checklist for the situation in which qnavailable, such as a power or computer failure.
A. Ensure all logs, forms and other documentation is complete.
* 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity*  
                                  .. .             '*
... -. -1.1 Notification of the Emergency NOTE: *.. . . Shift Managers SHALL confer with each ot1:1er for any ,event or condition which may affecfboth Units such as security nc;ituraJ:events.
B. Ensure all temporary procedures used and/or developed are properly documented for use by the RecOVE?rY Organization so that necessary actions can be taken fpr tong-term restoration.
IF it is agreed that both units are affected, THEN the Unit 2 Shift Manager SHALL classify and declare the emergency and assume the role of site Emergency Director in accordance with this procedure, IP-EP-210, Central Control Room.
C. Collect all computer printouts and strip charts.
4.2 Provide all logs and records to the Recovery Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase.
 
IPEC                 NON-QUALITY RELATED       IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN            PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE              REFERENCE USE          Page   20 of     44 Attachment 9.2 Shift Manager Response to an Emergency at Other Unit Checklist Sheet 1 of 5 NOTES
* NOTE:
This Attachment should not be entered by the Shift Manager if a natural or man-made catastrophic event has occurred. and there is a loss of one of the Central Control Rooms. Procedure, O-AOP-SEC-4 should be entered to support decision making by the SM.
NOTE:
The expectation for all ER*o positions is to use WebEOC for log
*keeping purposes. Reference to*traditional paper forms remains in this checklist for the situation in which W~oEOC i~ qnavailable, such as a power or computer failure.                                         *
                                                          ... -. -
1.0     Initial Responsibility/Activity*
1.1     Notification of the Emergency NOTE: *..         .         .
Shift Managers SHALL confer with each ot1:1er for any ,event or condition which may affecfboth Units such as security ~r nc;ituraJ:events. IF it is                     L agreed that both units are affected, THEN the Unit 2 Shift Manager SHALL classify and declare the emergency and assume the role of site Emergency Director in accordance with this procedure, IP-EP-210, Central Control Room.
* A. Upon notification from other Unit's Control Room that an event has been declared, ann*ounce the information fo Control Room personnel.
* A. Upon notification from other Unit's Control Room that an event has been declared, ann*ounce the information fo Control Room personnel.
NOTES L
 
( IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.2 IP-EP-210 Revision 21 Page 21 of 44 Shift Manager Response to an Emergency at Other Unit Checklist Sheet 2 of 5 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES 1.2 NOT.E: No plant pages are to be made during a security condition when security procedures are in effect until determined safe to do so. A. UNUSUAL EVENT 1. Upon request from the affected unit, Notify OR Mobilize ERO using ERO Notification Envelope.
IPEC                 NON-QUALITY RELATED                   IP-EP-210   Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN            PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE              REFERENCE USE                    Page       21 of     44 Attachment 9.2 Shift Manager Response to an Emergency at Other Unit Checklist Sheet 2 of 5 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                                       NOTES NOT.E:
* Make a PA announcement providing information  
No plant pages are to be made during a security condition when security procedures are in effect until determined safe to do so.
-'* .
1.2 A. UNUSUAL EVENT
* regarding the event and any additional informatidri as required restricting access to areas by the.* emergency  
: 1. Upon request from the affected unit, Notify OR Mobilize ERO using ERO Notification Envelope.
... B. ALERT 1. IF not already completed, upon request from the unit,. Mobilize ERO using ERO Enveiope. . ' .. ... :*; .: '* . . : . . . .. 2. Sound the Site Assembly Alarm for (10) seconds-..:  
* 2~ Make a PA announcement providing information                     -'* .*
.. (coordinate sounding of the assembly alarm with affected Unit CCR) and make the following announcement, (3) times, over the public address $ystem. "Attention all personnel, Attention all personnel, an ALERT has been declared at All Emergency Response Organization personnel report to your assigned Emergency Response Facility.
(                regarding the event and any additional informatidri as required restricting access to areas af:fec;:t~ by the.*
All other non-essential personnel are released from the site."
emergency...
NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-210 Revision 21 IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 22 of Attachment 9.2 Shift Manager Response to an Emergency at Other Unit Checklist Sheet 3 of 5 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES 3. Upon request from the Emergency Director, provide an Shift RP Technician OR On-Shift Chemistry Technician to support response.
B. ALERT
: 1. IF not already completed, upon request from the aff~cted unit,. Mobilize ERO using ERO Notific~tion Enveiope.
                      .                               ' .. *~: ... :*; .: '* . .: . .
                                                                              ~        . ..
: 2. Sound the Site Assembly Alarm for (10) seconds-..: ..
(coordinate sounding of the assembly alarm with affected Unit CCR) and make the following announcement, (3) times, over the public address $ystem.
              "Attention all personnel, Attention all personnel, an ALERT has been declared at                     All Emergency Response Organization personnel report to your assigned Emergency Response Facility.       All other non-essential personnel are released from the site."
 
IPEC                NON-QUALITY RELATED     IP-EP-210     Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN           PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE             REFERENCE USE       Page       22 of Attachment 9.2 Shift Manager Response to an Emergency at Other Unit Checklist Sheet 3 of 5 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                     NOTES
: 3. Upon request from the Emergency Director, provide an On-Shift RP Technician OR On-Shift Chemistry Technician to support response.
: 4. IF requested by other Unit's SM/ED, verify ERDS is transmitting OR activate ERDS per Section 1.4 of Attachment 9.1 within 1 hour of declaration.
: 4. IF requested by other Unit's SM/ED, verify ERDS is transmitting OR activate ERDS per Section 1.4 of Attachment 9.1 within 1 hour of declaration.
C .. SITE AREA EMERGENCY I GENERAL EMERGENCY
C.. SITE AREA EMERGENCY I GENERAL EMERGENCY
: 1. IF not already completed, upon request from the:affected unit, Mobilize ERO using ERO Notification Envelope.
: 1. IF not already completed, upon request from the:affected unit, Mobilize ERO using ERO Notification Envelope.
: 2. Sound the Site Assembly Alarm for (10) seconds (coordinate sounding of the assembly alarm with other Unit CCR} and make the following announcement (3) *.
: 2. Sound the Site Assembly Alarm for (10) seconds (coordinate sounding of the assembly alarm with other Unit CCR} and make the following announcement (3) *.
* times over the public address system: * * '* * "Attention all personnel, Attention all personnel, a (Site Area Emergency I General Emergency) has declare_d_ ___ . All Emergency Response Organization.
* times over the public address system:     *             * '* *
report to your assigned Emergency Response Facility.-. .Al/: other non-essential personnel report to either the Energy Education Center or the Generation Support Building." 3. IF a Radiological Release has occurred then direct the On-Shift Radiation Protection Technician to take proper Radiological Controls and perform Habitability surveys as required or if necessary.
            "Attention all personnel, Attention all personnel, a (Site Area Emergency I General Emergency) has p~~ri:: declare_d_ at~
Enlergy 0 IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE NON-QUALllY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.2 IP-EP-210 Revision 21 Page 23 of 44 Shift Manager Response to an Emergency at Other Unit Checklist Sheet 4 of 5 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES 4. IF the affected plant Control Room has been evacuated AND dose assessment results indicate offsite consequences in excess of the EPA Protective Action Guidelines THEN evaluate the need to modify the General
___ . All Emergency Response Organization. personn~l report to your assigned Emergency Response Facility.- ..Al/: other non-essential personnel report to either the Energy Education Center or the Generation Support Building."
: 3. IF a Radiological Release has occurred then direct the On-Shift Radiation Protection Technician to take proper Radiological Controls and perform Habitability surveys as required or if necessary.
 
IPEC                 NON-QUALllY RELATED     IP-EP-210             Revision 21 Enlergy  0      EMERGENCY PLAN            PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE              REFERENCE USE        Page     23             of                       44 Attachment 9.2 Shift Manager Response to an Emergency at Other Unit Checklist Sheet 4 of 5 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                     NOTES
: 4. IF the affected plant Control Room has been evacuated AND dose assessment results indicate offsite consequences in excess of the EPA Protective Action Guidelines THEN evaluate the need to modify the General
* Emergency PARs per IP-EP-410, "Protective Action Recommendations".
* Emergency PARs per IP-EP-410, "Protective Action Recommendations".
: 5. Upon request from th.e Emergency Director, provide a Shift RP Technician OR On-Shift Chemistry Technician to support response.
: 5. Upon request from th.e Emergency Director, provide a Shift RP Technician OR On-Shift Chemistry Technician to support response.       *
* 6. IF requested by other Unit's SM/ED, verify EROS is transmitting OR activate EROS per Section 1.8 of Attachment 9.1 within 1 hour of declaration.
: 6. IF requested by other Unit's SM/ED, verify EROS is transmitting OR activate EROS per Section 1.8 of Attachment 9.1 within 1 hour of declaration.
* D. Radiological Release _ 1. Announce the information to the Control Room. 2. Direct Control Room personnel to make appropriate Plant Pages. 3. IF opposite Unit has a Radiological Release, THEN place CCR ventilation in Recirculation Mode. 4. Contact the On-Shift Radiation Protection Technician-to take proper Radiological Controls and perform * * ** '
* D. Radiological Release _                                             I
* Habitability surveys as required or if necessary
: 1. Announce the information to the Control Room.
I
: 2. Direct Control Room personnel to make appropriate Plant Pages.
I
: 3. IF opposite Unit has a Radiological Release, THEN place CCR ventilation in Recirculation Mode.                           1 *
: 4. Contact the On-Shift Radiation Protection Technician-to           .*, .. *...: -*..~*..*.._..        .
take proper Radiological Controls and perform       ** ** ' *        .. .    -~;  *.  ~  '* .. '
Habitability surveys as required or if necessary
: 5. Direct On-Shift Chemistry Technician to provide dose assessment support, as required.
: 5. Direct On-Shift Chemistry Technician to provide dose assessment support, as required.
1 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity 2.1 Provide Support to Opposing Unit as Requested A. Upon request from the Emergency Director, provide personnel, . equipment and resources available to you. 2.2 Provide updates to personnel with information provided by the Emergency Director / A. When information is provided to you, use the public address system to disseminate that information to the personnel on Site. I I I 1 * .*, .. * ... : -* .. .. *.._.. . . . . * .. '* .. ' 
1 2.0     Continuous Responsibility/Activity 2.1     Provide Support to Opposing Unit as Requested A. Upon request from the Emergency Director, provide personnel,
" I IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP*EP-210 Revision 21 &#xa5;Entergy,,, EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 24 of 44 Attachment 9.2 Shift Manager Response to an Emergency at Other Unit Checklist Sheet 5 of 5 2.3 Evaluate Emergency Action Levels 3.0 3.1 3.2 A. Continue to evaluate current plant condition and events*
            . equipment and resources available to you.
* relative to the Emergency Action Levels as specified in EP-120, Emergency Classification and make recommendations for upgrade, if appropriate, to the Emergency Director.
2.2     Provide updates to personnel with information provided by the Emergency Director
Closeout Responsibility/Activity Direct the Control Room staff to return all equipment utilized in the response to proper storage locations.
/           A. When information is provided to you, use the public address system to disseminate that information to the personnel on Site.
I Review all documentation the Control Room staff generated during the emergency:
 
A. Ensure all logs, forms and other documentation is complete.
      ~                                                                              Revision 21 IPEC               NON-QUALITY RELATED     IP*EP-210
B. Ensure all temporary procedures used and/or developed are properly documented for use by the Recove_ry Organization so that necessary actions can be taken for long-term restoration.
      &#xa5;Entergy,,,         EMERGENCY PLAN         PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE           REFERENCE USE       Page       24     of     44 Attachment 9.2 Shift Manager Response to an Emergency at Other Unit Checklist Sheet 5 of 5 2.3   Evaluate Emergency Action Levels                                             NOTES A. Continue to evaluate current plant condition and events*
C. Collect all computer printouts and strip charts. 3.3 Provide all logs and records to the Recovery Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. NOTES I . *',:!. I ..
* relative to the Emergency Action Levels as specified in IP-EP-120, Emergency Classification and make recommendations for upgrade, if appropriate, to the Emergency Director.
NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-210 Revision 21 IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 25 of Attachment 9.3 Control Room Communicator Checklist Sheet 1 of 6 NOTE: The expectation for all ERO positions is to use WebEOC for keeping purposes.
3.0  Closeout Responsibility/Activity 3.1  Direct the Control Room staff to return all equipment utilized in the response to proper storage locations.
Reference to traditional paper forms remains in this checklist for the situation in which. WebEOC is unavailable, such as a power or computer failure. 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity 1.1 A$sume the Duties of Control Room Communicator NOTE: 1. Notification of State and local authorities SHALL be initiated withiil 15 'minutes of emergency declaration.
"I 3.2 I
The 15 -minute notification is met upon the first -ROLL CALL RESPONSE on RECS-calL 2. Notification to NRC SHALL be initiated within 1 hour of the emergency declaration.
Review all documentation the Control Room staff generated                                   .
A. Upon being to fulfill the Control Room Communicator role, IMMEDIATELY report to the affected Unit's Control Room. 'B. Inform the Shift Manager (Emergency Director}
during the emergency:                                                   I A. Ensure all logs, forms and other documentation is complete.
and the Control Room staff that you have assumed _the duties of Control Room Communicator.
B. Ensure all temporary procedures used and/or developed are properly documented for use by the Recove_ry Organization so that necessary actions can be taken for long-term restoration.                                                    -*~-  .
C. IF making the initial notification for a Notification of Unusual Event classification, THEN, proceed to step 1.2. D. IF making the initial notification for an Alert or higher -classification, THEN, proceed to step 1.4. E. IF making a periodic update of the NUE, THEN proceed to step 2.1 F. IF making a periodic update of the Alert/SAE/GE, THEN proceed to step 2.2 G. IF making an upgrade classification, THEN proceed to step 2.3 ; NOTES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-210 Revision 21 IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 26 of Attachment 9.3 Control Room Communicator Checklist Sheet 2 of 6 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) 1.2 Perform Confirmation of Receipt of Initial UNUSUAL EVENT Notifications
                                                                                              *',:!.
{Use Form EP-3N) A. Obtain the completed and signed NYS Radiological Emergency Data Form Part I (Form EP-1) from the Shift Manager. Review form to ensure all required information is completed, including Shift Manager (Emergency Director) signature.
C. Collect all computer printouts and strip charts.                     I 3.3   Provide all logs and records to the Recovery Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase.
 
IPEC                  NON-QUALITY RELATED       IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN             PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE               REFERENCE USE           Page     25 of Attachment 9.3 Control Room Communicator Checklist Sheet 1 of 6 NOTE:
The expectation for all ERO positions is to use WebEOC for log-keeping purposes. Reference to traditional paper forms remains in this checklist for the situation in which. WebEOC is unavailable, such as a power or computer failure.
1.0     Initial Responsibility/Activity NOTES 1.1     A$sume the Duties of Control Room Communicator NOTE:
: 1. Notification of State and local authorities SHALL be initiated withiil 15 'minutes of emergency declaration. The 15 - minute notification is met upon the first -
ROLL CALL RESPONSE on RECS- calL
: 2. Notification to NRC SHALL be initiated within 1 hour of the emergency declaration.
A. Upon being notifi~d to fulfill the Control Room Communicator role, IMMEDIATELY report to the affected Unit's Control Room.
        'B. Inform the Shift Manager (Emergency Director} and the Control Room staff that you have assumed _the duties of Control Room Communicator.
C. IF making the initial notification for a Notification of Unusual Event classification, THEN, proceed to step 1.2.
D. IF making the initial notification for an Alert or higher
          - classification, THEN, proceed to step 1.4.
E. IF making a periodic update of the NUE, THEN proceed to step 2.1 F. IF making a periodic update of the Alert/SAE/GE, THEN proceed to step 2.2 G. IF making an upgrade classification, THEN proceed to step 2.3                               ;
 
IPEC                    NON-QUALITY RELATED     IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN               PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE                 REFERENCE USE       Page   26 of Attachment 9.3 Control Room Communicator Checklist Sheet 2 of 6 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                           NOTES 1.2     Perform Confirmation of Receipt of Initial UNUSUAL EVENT Notifications {Use Form EP-3N)
A. Obtain the completed and signed NYS Radiological Emergency Data Form Part I (Form EP-1) from the Shift Manager. Review form to ensure all required information is completed, including Shift Manager (Emergency Director) signature.
B. Verify SM has sent electronic Fax and email of the NYS Radiological Data Form Part I to State/Counties/EOF.
B. Verify SM has sent electronic Fax and email of the NYS Radiological Data Form Part I to State/Counties/EOF.
C. Using, "Control Room NUE Notification Checklist" (Form EP-3N) start the initial roll call to State and counties within 1.5 minutes of the declaration of the Unusual Event. The 15 -minute notification is met upon the first ROLL CALL RESPONSE on RECS call. Confirm notification to each location.
C. Using, "Control Room NUE Notification Checklist" (Form EP-3N) start the initial roll call to State and counties within 1.5 minutes of the declaration of the Unusual Event. The 15 -
D. IF time challenged to meet the 15 minute requirement, immediately initiate the RECS call. Following roll call, inform State and counties that FAX and email of Part 1 Form will follow. E. IF plant condition/emergency classification changes prior to initiating notification:
minute notification is met upon the first ROLL CALL RESPONSE on RECS call. Confirm notification to each                                 ..
location.
D. IF time challenged to meet the 15 minute requirement, immediately initiate the RECS call. Following roll call, inform
                                                          ~
State and counties that FAX and email of Part 1 Form will follow.
E. IF plant condition/emergency classification changes prior to initiating notification:
: a. Disregard previous classification and continue notification with highest current classification.
: a. Disregard previous classification and continue notification with highest current classification.
: b. Follow-up notification SHALL include details of all conditions/emergency classifications.
: b. Follow-up notification SHALL include details of all conditions/emergency classifications.
F. IF plant condition/emergency classification changes while performing notification, THEN continue notification and state at the end the following "Changes in plant conditions indicate a potential for escalating the Emergency Classification.
F. IF plant condition/emergency classification changes while performing notification, THEN continue notification and state at the end the following "Changes in plant conditions indicate a potential for escalating the Emergency Classification. State and local authorities SHALL be notified within 15 minutes."
State and local authorities SHALL be notified within 15 minutes." 1.3 Support Shift Manager {Emergency Director) with other notifications.
1.3     Support Shift Manager {Emergency Director) with other notifications.
A. Complete the remaining notifications as specified on the Control Room NUE Notification Checklist (Form EP-3N). NOTES ..
A. Complete the remaining notifications as specified on the Control Room NUE Notification Checklist (Form EP-3N).
NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-210 Revision 21 IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCE;DURE REFERENCE USE Page 27 of Attachment 9.3 Control Room Communicator Checklist Sheet 3 of 6 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) 1.4 Perform confirmation of reqeipt of Initial ALERT/SAE/GE NotificatiQns (Use Form EP-3A, 3S or 3G as applicable)
 
A. Obtain the completed and signed NYS Radiological Emergency Data Form Part I (Form EP-1) from the Shift Manager. Review form to ensure all required information is completed, including Shift Manager (Emergency Director) . signature.
IPEC                NON-QUALITY RELATED     IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN             PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCE;DURE               REFERENCE USE       Page   27 of Attachment 9.3 Control Room Communicator Checklist Sheet 3 of 6 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                           NOTES 1.4     Perform confirmation of reqeipt of Initial ALERT/SAE/GE NotificatiQns (Use Form EP-3A, 3S or 3G as applicable)
B. Verify that SM has sent Fax and E-mail of the NYS Radiological Form Part I to State/Counties/EOF.*
                                                                                              )
C. IF time challenged to meet the 15 minute requirement, im,mediately initiate theRECS call.. Following roll call, inform State and counties that FAX and email of Part 1 Form will follow. D. Using "Control Room Notification Checklist Alert/SAE/GE (Form EP-3A, EP-3S or EP-3G as applicable), start the initial roll call to State and Counties within, 15 minutes of the declaration of the Alert, SAE or GE. The 15 -minute notification is met upon the first ROLL CALL RESPONSE on RECS call.. Confirm notification to each location.
A. Obtain the completed and signed NYS Radiological Emergency Data Form Part I (Form EP-1) from the Shift Manager. Review form to ensure all required information is completed, including Shift Manager (Emergency Director)
          . signature.
B. Verify that SM has sent Fax and E-mail of the NYS Radiological D~ta Form Part I to State/Counties/EOF.*
C. IF time challenged to meet the 15 minute requirement, im,mediately initiate theRECS call.. Following roll call, inform State and counties that FAX and email of Part 1 Form will follow.
D. Using "Control Room Notification Checklist Alert/SAE/GE (Form EP-3A, EP-3S or EP-3G as applicable), start the initial roll call to State and Counties within, 15 minutes of the declaration of the Alert, SAE or GE. The 15 - minute notification is met upon the first ROLL CALL RESPONSE on RECS call.. Confirm notification to each location.
E. Complete the remaining notifications as specified on the (Forms EP-3A, EP-3S or EP-3G as applicable).
E. Complete the remaining notifications as specified on the (Forms EP-3A, EP-3S or EP-3G as applicable).
F. IF plant condition/emergency classification changes prior to initiating notification:
F. IF plant condition/emergency classification changes prior to initiating notification:
: a.
: a. Dis~egard previous Classification and continue notification with highest current classification.
previous Classification and continue notification with highest current classification.
: c. Follow-up notification SHALL include details of all conditions/emergency classifications .
: c. Follow-up notification SHALL include details of all conditions/emergency classifications . . G. IF -plant condition/emergency classification changes while performing notification, THEN continue notification and state at t.he end the following "Changes in *plant conditions
        .G. IF -plant condition/emergency classification changes while performing notification, THEN continue notification and state at t.he end the following "Changes in *plant conditions
* indicate a potential for escalating the Emergency A completed Part I will be transmitted within 15 minutes. NOTES )
* indicate a potential for escalating the Emergency Classification~ A completed Part I will be transmitted within 15 minutes.
sa IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 0 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE. Attachment 9.3 Control Room Communicator Checklist Sheet 4 of 6 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) Page 1.5 Support Shift Manager (Emergency Director) with other notifications A Determine if personnel assembly is being suspended from the Emergency Director.
 
sa                 IPEC                 NON-QUALITY RELATED     IP-EP-210 Revision 21
  ~hnterP~  0       EMERGENCY PLAN             PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE               REFERENCE USE.       Page    28 of    44 Attachment 9.3 Control Room Communicator Checklist Sheet 4 of 6 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                       NOTES 1.5     Support Shift Manager (Emergency Director) with other notifications A Determine if personnel assembly is being suspended from the Emergency Director.
B. Request direction from Shift Manager (Emergency Director)
B. Request direction from Shift Manager (Emergency Director)
AND initiate notification of personnel located in the Protected Area if requested.
AND initiate notification of personnel located in the Protected Area if requested.
C. Complete the remaining notifications as specified on the (Form EP-3A, EP-3S or EP-3G Checklist as applicable).
C. Complete the remaining notifications as specified on the (Form EP-3A, EP-3S or EP-3G Checklist as applicable).
2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity 2.1
2.0     Continuous Responsibility/Activity 2.1
* Perform Periodic Update Notifications  
* Perform Periodic Update Notifications - UNUSUAL EVENT (Use Form *EP-3)
-UNUSUAL EVENT (Use Form *EP-3)
* NOTE:
* NOTE: Periodic Update Notifications to offsite authorities shall be made approximately every 30 minutes or whenever conditions change. Time interval may be lengthened with concurrence of offsite agencies.
Periodic Update Notifications to offsite authorities shall be made approximately every 30 minutes or whenever conditions change. Time interval may be lengthened with concurrence of offsite agencies.
A Obtain the Gompleted NYS Radiological Emergency Data Form Part I (Form EP-1) from the Shift Manager. Review the form to ensure all required information is completed, including Emergency Director's signature.
A Obtain the Gompleted NYS Radiological Emergency Data Form Part I (Form EP-1) from the Shift Manager. Review the form to ensure all required information is completed, including Emergency Director's signature.
B. Verify Fax and email of the NYS Radiological Data Form Part I to State/Counties/EDF.
B. Verify Fax and email of the NYS Radiological Data Form Part I to State/Counties/EDF.
C. Using Control Room NUE.Notification Checklist (Form EP-3N) perform notifications as needed, to make the periodic update notifications.
C. Using Control Room NUE.Notification Checklist (Form EP-3N) perform notifications as needed, to make the periodic update notifications. Confirm notification to each location.
Confirm notification to each location.
D. Fax, or have Support Staff Fax, copies of the NYS Radiological Data Form Part 1 to State/Counties/EOF.
D. Fax, or have Support Staff Fax, copies of the NYS Radiological Data Form Part 1 to State/Counties/EOF.
28 Revision 21 of 44 NOTES Entergyw, IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.3 Control Room Communicator Checklist Sheet 5 of 6 IP-EP-210 Revision 21 Page 29 of 44 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES 2.2 Perform Periodic Update Notifications  
 
-Alert/SAE/GE (Use Form EP-3A, 3S or 3G as applicable)
IPEC                  NON-QUALITY RELATED    IP-EP-210  Revision 21 Entergyw,         EMERGENCY PLAN             PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE               REFERENCE USE     Page    29  of    44 Attachment 9.3 Control Room Communicator Checklist Sheet 5 of 6 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                   NOTES 2.2     Perform Periodic Update Notifications - Alert/SAE/GE (Use Form EP-3A, 3S or 3G as applicable)
NOTE: Perigdic Update Notifications to offsite authorities SHALL be made approximately every 30 minutes or whenever conditions change. Time interval may be lengthened with concurrence of offsite agencies.
NOTE:
Perigdic Update Notifications to offsite authorities SHALL be made approximately every 30 minutes or whenever conditions change. Time interval may be lengthened with concurrence of offsite agencies.
A. Obtain the completed NYS Radiological Emergency Data Form Part I (Form EP-1) (Part II if a radiological release has occurred or is in progress) from the Emergency Director.
A. Obtain the completed NYS Radiological Emergency Data Form Part I (Form EP-1) (Part II if a radiological release has occurred or is in progress) from the Emergency Director.
Review form to ensure all required information is completed, including Emergency Director's signature.
Review form to ensure all required information is completed, including Emergency Director's signature.
B. Verify that SM has sent Fax and email of the NYS Radiological Data Form Part I to State/Counties/EDF.
B. Verify that SM has sent Fax and email of the NYS Radiological Data Form Part I to State/Counties/EDF.
C. Using an 'Alert/SAE/GE Checklist (Form EP-3A, 3S or 3G as : applicable) start the roll call to State and Counties.
C. Using an 'Alert/SAE/GE Checklist (Form EP-3A, 3S or 3G as :
Confirm notification to each location.
applicable) start the roll call to State and Counties. Confirm notification to each location.
D. Complete the remaining notifications as specified on the (form EP-3A, 3S or 3G as applicable)
D. Complete the remaining notifications as specified on the (form EP-3A, 3S or 3G as applicable) Checklist.
Checklist.
2.3   IF the Emergency Classification is Upgraded, THEN Perform Upgrade Notifications (Use Form EP-3A, 3S or 3G as applicable)
2.3 IF the Emergency Classification is Upgraded, THEN Perform Upgrade Notifications (Use Form EP-3A, 3S or 3G as applicable)
A. Obtain the completed NYS Radiological Emergency Data Form Part I (Form EP-1) from the Emergency Di,rector.
A. Obtain the completed NYS Radiological Emergency Data Form Part I (Form EP-1) from the Emergency Di,rector.
Review form to ensure all required information is completed, including Emergency Director's signature.
Review form to ensure all required information is completed, including Emergency Director's signature.
B. Verify that SM has sent Fax and email of the NYS Radiological Data Form Part I to State/Counties/EDF.
B. Verify that SM has sent Fax and email of the NYS Radiological Data Form Part I to State/Counties/EDF.
NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-210 Revision 21 IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 30 of Attachment 9.3 Control Room Communicator Checklist Sheet 6 of 6 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) C. Using an Alert/SAE/GE Checklist (Form EP-3A, 3S or 3G as applicable) start the roll call to State and Counties within 15 minutes of upgrade of the emergency classification.
 
D. Fax, or have Support Staff fax, copies of the NYS * *Radiological Data Form Part 1 to the State/Counties/EOF, IF required.
IPEC                  NON-QUALITY RELATED     IP-EP-210   Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN             PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE                 REFERENCE USE       Page   30   of Attachment 9.3 Control Room Communicator Checklist Sheet 6 of 6 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                     NOTES C. Using an Alert/SAE/GE Checklist (Form EP-3A, 3S or 3G as applicable) start the roll call to State and Counties within 15 minutes of upgrade of the emergency classification.
Confirm notification to each location.
D. Fax, or have Support Staff fax, copies of the NYS *
        *Radiological Data Form Part 1 to the State/Counties/EOF, IF required. Confirm notification to each location.
E. Support Shift Manager, as needed, with the remaining notifications as specified on the Checklist.
E. Support Shift Manager, as needed, with the remaining notifications as specified on the Checklist.
3.0 Closeout Responsibility/Activity 3.1 When directed by the Shift Manager, returlJ all equipment utiiized in the response to proper storage locations 3.2 Review all documentation the Control Room Communicators generated during the emergen!=y:
3.0   Closeout Responsibility/Activity 3.1   When directed by the Shift Manager, returlJ all equipment utiiized in the response to proper storage locations 3.2   Review all documentation the Control Room Communicators generated during the emergen!=y:
A. Ensure all logs, forms and other documentation .is. complete.
A. Ensure all logs, forms and other documentation .is. complete.
B. Collect all forms, logs and other documentation.
B. Collect all forms, logs and other documentation.
3.3 Provide all logs and records to the Shift Manager upon termination of the and entry into the Recovery Phase. NOTES
3.3   Provide all logs and records to the Shift Manager upon termination of the em~rgency and entry into the Recovery Phase.
( \ . : ; IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.4 Facility CommuniCator Checklist Sheet 1 of 2 NOTE: IP-EP-210 Page 31 The expectation for all ERO positions .is to use WebEOC for log keeping purposes.
 
Reference to traditional paper forms remains in this checklist for the situation in which WebEOC is unavailable, such as a power or computer failure. 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity 1.1 ** Assume the Duties of Facility Communicator A. Upon being notified to fulfill the Facility Communicator role, IMMEDIATELY report to the Control Room.
IPEC               NON-QUALITY RELATED   IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN          PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE             REFERENCE USE       Page    31 of    44 Attachment 9.4 Facility CommuniCator Checklist Sheet 1 of 2 NOTE:
* B. Inform the Shift Manager and the Control Room staff that you are assuming the-duties of Facility Communicator. . . . C. IF not already established THEN establish an open line of communications over the Direct Line: 1. TSC 2. EOF 3. AEOF (if activated)
The expectation for all ERO positions .is to use WebEOC for log keeping purposes. Reference to traditional paper forms remains in this checklist for the situation in which WebEOC is unavailable, such as a power or computer failure.
D. Inform the Shift Manager that you have established communications with the TSC/OSC and (A)EOF. Revision 21 of 44 NOTES 
1.0   Initial Responsibility/Activity                                       NOTES 1.1   Assume the Duties of Facility Communicator
' ,;' . IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-21.0 Revision 21 REFERENCE USE Page 32 of Attachment 9.4 Facility Communicator Checklist Sheet 2 of 2 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity 2.1 Maintain Communications with the TSC, OSC and (A)EOF NOTE: The primary responsibility of the Facility Communicator is to provide an open line of communication between the CCR and 1SC; however, the Technical Advisor to the Emergency Director in the EOF will periodically monitor the communications line or will request information from the CCR and TSC. A. Transmit information as requested by the TSC, OSC and . EOF. .
        **      A. Upon being notified to fulfill the Facility Communicator role, IMMEDIATELY report to the Control Room. *
* B --Notify the .os9 Operations Supporj,Positign
(
_qf , .
\              B. Inform the Shift Manager and the Control Room staff that you are assuming the-duties of Facility Communicator.
Chemists.
                                          . .             .
etc*: yufaY havef been"li the CCR and log this information into WebEOC. *
C. IF not already established THEN establish an open line of communications over the Direct Line:
* C. Support Shift Manager (ED) or POM if in place, with coordination of dispatching and controlling of NPOs assigned to perform in--plant operations with the Operations Support position located in OSC. D. Use an ERO Log Sheet (Form EP-3-ALL/EP-10) to maintain * **-. a log.
  . : ;
* 1. Log the time when you assumed the duties of Facility
: 1. TSC
: 2. EOF
: 3. AEOF (if activated)
D. Inform the Shift Manager that you have established communications with the TSC/OSC and (A)EOF.
 
IPEC                 NON-QUALITY RELATED       IP-EP-21.0 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN            PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE              REFERENCE USE           Page     32 of Attachment 9.4 Facility Communicator Checklist Sheet 2 of 2 2.0       Continuous Responsibility/Activity                                           NOTES 2.1       Maintain Communications with the TSC, OSC and (A)EOF NOTE:
The primary responsibility of the Facility Communicator is to provide an open line of communication between the CCR and 1SC; however, the Technical Advisor to the Emergency Director in the EOF will periodically monitor the communications line or will request information from the CCR and TSC.
A. Transmit information as requested by the TSC, OSC and .
EOF.                                 .
* B -- Notify the .os9 Operations Supporj,Positign _qf te~ms.          ,
                  . '~N PO's~ Chemists. etc*: yufaY havef been"li i~1S'atcileITTrorti: the CCR and log this information into WebEOC.                 *
* C. Support Shift Manager (ED) or POM if in place, with coordination of dispatching and controlling of NPOs assigned to perform in--plant operations with the Operations Support position located in th~ OSC.
D. Use an ERO Log Sheet (Form EP-3-ALL/EP-10) to maintain
              * * - . a log.
                        *1. Log the time when you assumed the duties of Facility
* Communicator.
* Communicator.
* 2. Log significant communications pertaining to plant operations and emergency events. 3.0 . Closeout Responsibility/Activity 3.1 When directed by the Shift Manager, return all equipment utilized in the response to proper storage locations 3.2 Review all documentation that was generated during the emergency:
' ,;' ~ .
* 2. Log significant communications pertaining to plant operations and emergency events.
3.0     .Closeout Responsibility/Activity 3.1       When directed by the Shift Manager, return all equipment utilized in the response to proper storage locations 3.2       Review all documentation that was generated during the emergency:
A. Ensure all logs, forms and other documentation is complete.
A. Ensure all logs, forms and other documentation is complete.
B. Collect all forms, logs and documentation.
B. Collect all forms, logs and   ~ther documentation.
3.3 Provide all logs and records to the Shift Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. NOTES
3.3       Provide all logs and records to the Shift Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase.
( NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-210 Revision 21 IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page . 33 of Attachment 9.5 On-Shift Radiation Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 1 of 4 NOTE: The expectation for all ERO positions is to use WebEOC for log keeping purposes.
 
Reference to traditional paper forms remains in this checklist for the situation in which WebEOC is unavailable, such as a power or computer failure: 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity 1.1
IPEC                NON-QUALITY RELATED   IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN           PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE             REFERENCE USE       Page   . 33 of Attachment 9.5 On-Shift Radiation Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 1 of 4 NOTE:
* Assume the Duties of CR Protection Technician  
The expectation for all ERO positions is to use WebEOC for log keeping purposes. Reference to traditional paper forms remains in this checklist for the situation in which WebEOC is unavailable, such as a power or computer failure:
.-.  
1.0     Initial Responsibility/Activity                                                   NOTES.
----. .. A. IF the deClarea emergency is an Alert or higher, THEN first contaet the Control Point and obtain a list of personnel still in RCA B. IMMEDIATELY provide list of individuals still in the RCA to* the Shift Manager. C. Inform .the Shift Manager and the Control Room staff that .. you :are assuming the duties of the On-Shift Radiation Protection Technician.
1.1
* Assume the Duties of CR                 Ra~iation  Protection Technician
                          ~*---
                  .-  . '"-t-~~.':j*"i-~;    - -     --           .       ~  ..
A. IF the deClarea emergency is an Alert or higher, THEN first contaet the Control Point and obtain a list of personnel still in
(              RCA B. IMMEDIATELY provide list of individuals still in the RCA to*
the Shift Manager.
C. Inform .the Shift Manager and the Control Room staff that
            .. you :are assuming the duties of the On-Shift Radiation Protection Technician.
1.2
1.2
* Establish Initial CCR Radiological Protection A. Evaluate the need and make a recommendation to establish radiological access control for the Control Room. 1. Ask the Shift Manager if there is potential for abnormal radiological conditions outside of the RCA. 2. Evaluate PRM-ARM instrumentation.
* Establish Initial CCR Radiological Protection A. Evaluate the need and make a recommendation to establish radiological access control for the Control Room.
B. Place a DLR and dosimeter on the computer terminal by the RO's desk. C. Issue DLR and dosimeters to persons who are dispatched from the CCR, if necessary.
: 1. Ask the Shift Manager if there is potential for abnormal radiological conditions outside of the RCA.
NOTES.
: 2. Evaluate PRM-ARM instrumentation.
Entergy NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-210 Revision 21 IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 34 of Attachment 9.5 On-Shift Radiation Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 2 of 4 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) D. IF conditions .warrant, or the Shift Manager directs that Control Room radiological controls be established, THEN: 1. Set up step off pad (SOP) requiring shoe check and frisker at the CR entrance.
B. Place a DLR and dosimeter on the computer terminal by the RO's desk.
: 2. Post rear door with "NO ENTRY/EXIT" signs. 3. Place SOPs in a position that does not preclude opening the door while.standing on the SOP. 4. *Set u*p' Frisker and perform periodic contamination on.,t}oth sides of the SOP. 5. Perform periodic (hourly or as directed) airborne contamina1fun checks with HD-288 or equivalent.
C. Issue DLR and dosimeters to persons who are dispatched from the CCR, if necessary.
6 .. Record results on applicable forms and survey maps. 2.0 Continuous*
 
Responsibility/Activity 1 Provide Protection.
IPEC                NON-QUALITY RELATED   IP-EP-210 Revision 21 Entergy            EMERGENCY PLAN           PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE             REFERENCE USE     Page     34 of Attachment 9.5 On-Shift Radiation Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 2 of 4 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                           NOTES D. IF conditions .warrant, or the Shift Manager directs that Control Room radiological controls be established, THEN:
NOTE: The.actions and responsibilities listed in this procedure are intended to assist the CCR Radiation Protection Technician in the performance of his/her duties. While some items are performed once, others are repeated over the duration of the event.
: 1. Set up step off pad (SOP) requiring shoe check and frisker at the CR entrance.
* A. Provide radiological support, such as issuance of dosimetry, determination of respiratory and protective clothing requirements, and performance of radiological surveys for . the following activities, as directed by the Shift Manager: 1 . Search and rescue 2. Repair and corrective actions NOTES I la IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page Attachment 9.5 On-Shift Radiation Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 3 of4 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) 3. Response to fires by Fire Brigade (includes survey /decontamination of Fire Department personnel and equipment)
: 2. Post rear door with "NO ENTRY/EXIT" signs.
: 3. Place SOPs in a position that does not preclude opening the door while.standing on the SOP.
: 4. *Set u*p' Frisker and perform periodic contamination surv~y~ on.,t}oth sides of the SOP.
: 5. Perform periodic (hourly or as directed) airborne contamina1fun checks with HD-288 or equivalent.
6 .. Record results   on applicable forms and survey maps.
2.0     Continuous* Responsibility/Activity 2~ 1   Provide Radio~~gfoal Protection.                                       I NOTE:
The.actions and responsibilities listed in this procedure are intended to assist the CCR Radiation Protection Technician in the performance of his/her duties. While some items are performed once, others are repeated over the duration of the event.
* A. Provide radiological support, such as issuance of dosimetry, determination of respiratory and protective clothing requirements, and performance of radiological surveys for
          . the following activities, as directed by the Shift Manager:
: 1. Search and rescue
: 2. Repair and corrective actions
 
la                 IPEC                         NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21
  ~Entergy          EMERGENCY PLAN                   PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE                       REFERENCE USE     Page   35 of    44 Attachment 9.5 On-Shift Radiation Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 3 of4 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                         NOTES
: 3. Response to fires by Fire Brigade (includes survey
            /decontamination of Fire Department personnel and equipment)
: 4. Personnel and equipment decontamination
: 4. Personnel and equipment decontamination
: 5. As requested by the Shift Manager B. Conduct outside surveys as requested by the Shift Manager C. Provide Radiological Support for Personnel Medical Emergencies  
: 5. As requested by the Shift Manager
... ... -;* 1. Upon notification that a personnel medical emergency occurred ansite, report to the scene with survey instrument(s).  
                                                                    ~
* *
B. Conduct outside surveys as requested by the Shift Manager C. Provide Radiological Support for Personnel Medical Emergencies
* 2. Support response*
                                ... ~ ... -;*
as necessary.
: 1. Upon notification that a personnel medical emergency ha~ occurred ansite, report to the scene with survey instrument(s). * -~ **
: 2. Support   ~edical  response* as necessary.
D. IF radiological conditions warrant AND requested by the Shift Manager/ED, issue kl to control room personnel.
D. IF radiological conditions warrant AND requested by the Shift Manager/ED, issue kl to control room personnel.
: 1. Conduct applicable radiological and/or Kl briefings to CCR personnel.
: 1. Conduct applicable radiological and/or Kl briefings to CCR personnel.
: 2. Utilize Form EP-8-ALL/EP-65 to document date, time and name of ingesting Kl. 2.2 Use ERO Log Sheet(s) (Form EP-3-ALL/EP-10) to maintain a log. A. Log the time when you assumed the duties of CCR Radiation Protection Technician.
: 2. Utilize Form EP-8-ALL/EP-65 to document date, time and name of per~onnel ingesting Kl.
B. Log significant communications pertaining to personnel radiological conditions and actions. C. Log any other significant information pertaining to actions taken as duty of Radiation Protection Technician. (i.e., surveys completed dosimetry issuance, A/S results, etc.) 35 Revision 21 of 44 NOTES Bi1lergy,,, IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE
2.2   Use ERO Log Sheet(s) (Form EP-3-ALL/EP-10) to maintain a log.
* IP-EP-210 REFERENCE USE Page 36 Attachment 9.5 On-Shift Radiation Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 4 of 4 3.0 Closeout Responsibility/Activity 3.1 When directed by the Shift Manager, return all equipment utilized in the response to proper storage locations.
A. Log the time when you assumed the duties of CCR Radiation Protection Technician.
3.2 Review all documentation that was generated during the emergency:
B. Log significant communications pertaining to personnel radiological conditions and actions.
A Ensure all logs, forms and other documentation is complete.
C. Log any other significant information pertaining to actions taken as duty of Radiation Protection Technician. (i.e.,
surveys completed dosimetry issuance, A/S results, etc.)
 
IPEC                            NON-QUALITY RELATED  IP-EP-210  Revision 21 Bi1lergy,,,       EMERGENCY PLAN                         PROCEDURE
* IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE                            REFERENCE USE   Page   36 of    44 Attachment 9.5 On-Shift Radiation Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 4 of 4 3.0   Closeout Responsibility/Activity                                                   NOTES 3.1   When directed by the Shift Manager, return all equipment utilized in the response to proper storage locations.
3.2   Review all documentation that was generated during the emergency:                                                                       I A Ensure all logs, forms and other documentation is complete.
B. Collect all forms, logs and other documentation.
B. Collect all forms, logs and other documentation.
3.3
3.3
* Provide all logs and records fo the Shift Manager upon termination of the emergency entry into the Recovery Phase. . * ... *\ , ...... ,. :-": *.' '' .... I Revision 21 of 44 NOTES Jlntergy NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-210 IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 37 Attachment 9.6 On-Shift Chemistry Technician Checklist Sheet 1 of 2 NOTE: The expectation for all ERO positions is to use WebEOC for keeping purposes.
* Provide all logs and records fo the Shift Manager upon termination of the emergency ~nd entry into the Recovery Phase.
Reference to traditional paper forms remains in this checklist for the situation in which WebEOC is unavailable, such as a power or computer failure. 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity 1.1 Assume the Duties of On-Shift Chemistry Technician. . *i A Upon being notified to.fulfill the Ori-Shift-Che.mistry Technician role, IMMEDIATELY report to the Control Room. (, B. Inform the Shift Manager and the Control Room staff that. I \ I "---* .* you are assuming the duties of OR-$11jft Chemistry Technician.
                                          . ...
1.2 Assist the Shift Manager/Plant Operations Manager with Emergency Planning duties as requested*;
                                              *  *\
2.0 2.1 Continuous Responsibility/Activity Use ERO Log Sheet(s) (Form EP-3-ALL/EP-10) to maintain a log. A Log the time when you assumed the duties of On-Shift Chemistry Technician.
                                  ,......
B. Log significant communications pertaining to radiological releases and emergency events. I I Revision 21 of 44 NOTES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-210 Revision 21 IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 38 of Attachment 9.6 On-Shift Chemistry Technician Checklist Sheet 2 of 2 3.0 Closeout Responsibility/Activity 3.1 When directed by the Shift Manager, return all equipment utilized in the response to proper storage locations.
                                            ,.   :- ": *.'
                                            ''   ....
 
IPEC                NON-QUALITY RELATED   IP-EP-210 Revision 21 Jlntergy        EMERGENCY PLAN           PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE             REFERENCE USE       Page   37 of    44 Attachment 9.6 On-Shift Chemistry Technician Checklist Sheet 1 of 2 NOTE:
The expectation for all ERO positions is to use WebEOC for log-keeping purposes. Reference to traditional paper forms remains in this checklist for the situation in which WebEOC is unavailable, such as a power or computer failure.
1.0     Initial Responsibility/Activity                                         NOTES 1.1     Assume the Duties of On-Shift Chemistry .
Technician.
                                                                      *i A Upon being notified to.fulfill the Ori-Shift-Che.mistry Technician role, IMMEDIATELY report to the Control Room.
(,                   B. Inform the Shift Manager and the Control Room staff that.
you are assuming the duties of OR-$11jft Chemistry Technician.
1.2     Assist the Shift Manager/Plant Operations Manager with Emergency Planning duties as requested*;
2.0     Continuous Responsibility/Activity I
2.1    Use ERO Log Sheet(s) (Form EP-3-ALL/EP-10) to maintain a log.                                                                 I A Log the time when you assumed the duties of On-Shift Chemistry Technician.
B. Log significant communications pertaining to radiological releases and emergency events.
!~\
I I
  "---* .*
 
IPEC                NON-QUALITY RELATED               IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN               PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE                   REFERENCE USE             Page   38 of Attachment 9.6 On-Shift Chemistry Technician Checklist Sheet 2 of 2 3.0 Closeout Responsibility/Activity 3.1 When directed by the Shift Manager, return all equipment utilized in the response to proper storage locations.
3.2 Review all documentation generated during the emergency:
3.2 Review all documentation generated during the emergency:
A Ensure all logs, forms and other documentation is complete B. Collect all forms, logs and other documentation.
A Ensure all logs, forms and other documentation is complete B. Collect all forms, logs and other documentation.
3.3 Provide all logs and records to the Shift Manager 'upon .
3.3 Provide all logs and records to the Shift Manager 'upon .*
* termination of the emergency a*nd entry into 'the Recover.y;, :; Phase. * * * -* ._] .. ,_. *, .. * ,** . . . <f*"'
termination of the emergency a*nd entry into 'the Recover.y;, :;
' / / \ Entergy@ IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP*EP-210 REFERENCE USE Page 39 Attachment 9.7 Support Staff Checklist Sheet 1 of 4 NOTE: The expectation for all ERO positions is to use WebEOC for keeping purposes.
Phase.                                           *       *         *     -*
Reference to traditional paper forms remains in this checklist for the situation in which WebEOC is unavailable, such as a power or computer failure. 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity 1.1 Assume the Duties of Support Staff. . '*. A.
                                                      ._]
the . .$1,ipp,Qr;t.Staff::  
                                                          . ,_. *, .. *
.*  
                                        ,**.. .
-*: IMMEDIATELY report to the Contrc:il  
                                        <f*"'
*.* .. . . B. Inform the Shift Manager and the Control Room staff *that
 
* you are assuming the duties of Support Staff. 1.2 Assist the Plant Operations Manager (POM) with CCR up. A. Distribute Position Specific Binders to the_*following:
IPEC                   NON-QUALITY RELATED                 IP*EP-210   Revision 21 Entergy@          EMERGENCY PLAN                PROCEDURE
: 1. SM/POM 2. CCR Communicator
  ' /
IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE                  REFERENCE USE                 Page       39 of    44 Attachment 9.7 Support Staff Checklist Sheet 1 of 4 NOTE:
The expectation for all ERO positions is to use WebEOC for log-keeping purposes. Reference to traditional paper forms remains in this checklist for the situation in which WebEOC is unavailable, such as a power or computer failure.
1.0   Initial Responsibility/Activity                                                             NOTES 1.1   Assume the Duties of Support Staff.
                                                                    . '*.
A. UponJ;u~iog.r:mtifiedJp.fulfill, the ..$1,ipp,Qr;t.Staff:: role;~c.. .*.,.:_-~. -*:
IMMEDIATELY report to the Contrc:il Ro~m. *.* ..                   .             .
/    \
B. Inform the Shift Manager and the Control Room staff *that
* you are assuming the duties of Support Staff.
1.2   Assist the Plant Operations Manager (POM) with CCR *set-
                                                                                                      .I.
up.
A. Distribute Position Specific Binders to the_*following:                               I
: 1. SM/POM
: 2. CCR Communicator
: 3. Facility Communicator
: 3. Facility Communicator
: 4. On-Shift Radiation Protection Technician
: 4. On-Shift Radiation Protection Technician
: 5. On-Shift Chemistry Technician
: 5. On-Shift Chemistry Technician
: 6. Support Staff B. Plug in phones and headsets, if needed. C. Verify the IPEC 10-mile Wind Sector Map in-place. . I . I Revision 21 of 44 NOTES Entergy IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-210 REFERENCE USE Page 40 Attachment 9.7 Support Staff Checklist Sheet 2 of 4 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) D. Verify appropriate emergency classification signs in place (NUE, Alert, SAE, and GE). E. Set up and test fax machines.
: 6. Support Staff B. Plug in phones and headsets, if needed.
F. Notify SM/POM (ED) that CCR setup .is complete.
C. Verify the IPEC 10-mile Wind Sector Map in-place.
1.3 Assist with accountability A. Using (Form EP-7-ALL/EP-47), Accountability Roster, generate a list of individuals that are in your faCility; record badge numbers._  
 
.--* B. Using (Form EP-7-ALL/EP-4 7), -Accoun'tability" Roster, record . the names, badge numbers and locations of any watch . . personnel located in the field aAd forward. roster*to th.e lead** .. Accountability Officer (LAO).* * ** * -** 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity 2.1 Assist with maintaining accountability A. Using (Form EP-7-ALL/EP-47), Accountability Roster, generate a list and record the names, badge numbers and
IPEC                 NON-QUALITY RELATED       IP-EP-210   Revision 21 Entergy        EMERGENCY PLAN            PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE                REFERENCE USE         Page     40 of    44 Attachment 9.7 Support Staff Checklist Sheet 2 of 4 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                               NOTES D. Verify appropriate emergency classification signs in place (NUE, Alert, SAE, and GE).
* locations of any individuals as they enter/exit the control room. 2.2
E. Set up and test fax machines.
* Assist POM in scheduling second shift A. Rosters of trained personnel are located in the Emergency Telephone Directory.
I*
B. Call office extensions, beepers and home numbers as necessary to identify and schedule second shift relief. Complete CCR staffing using Form EP-43 AND forward to Adrhin & Logistics Coordinator in EOF. I* I I I **l I Revision 21 of 44 NOTES IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP*EP-210 Revision 21 REFERENCE USE Page 41 of Attachment
F. Notify SM/POM (ED) that CCR setup .is complete.                         I 1.3     Assist with accountability                                                 I A. Using (Form EP-7-ALL/EP-47), Accountability Roster, generate a list of individuals that are in your faCility; record badge numbers._ .- -*
: 9. 7 Support Staff Checklist Sheet 3 of 4 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) 2.3 Fax forms, when completed, to off-site agencies and emergency facilities NOTE: 1. When NYS and County EOCs are activated, discontinue faxing Part I forms to Warning Points 2. When the EOF assumes responsibility for*offsite notifications, discontinue faxing Part I and Part II forms to offsite agencies.
B. Using (Form EP-7-ALL/EP-4 7), -Accoun'tability" Roster, record .
A. "NYS Radiological Emergency Data Form" Part I "General Information Instructions" (Form EP-1) ** *
the names, badge numbers and locations of any watch               . .
* 1. NYS/County Warning Points 2. NYS/County EOCs 3. EOF/AEOF 4. JIC B. "NYS Radiological Emergency Data Form" Part II "Radiological Assessment Data" (Form EP-2) 1. NYS/County EOCs 2. EOF/AEOF 3. JIC ' \._ C. When the (A)EOF assumes responsibility for offsite notifications, discontinue faxing Part I and Part II forms to offsite agencies.
personnel located in the field aAd forward. roster*to th.e lead** .
IF MRP-DAS is not operational THEN fax the following completed forms to the TSC and (A)EOF: . ' 1. For Unit 2 -Form EP-53, Form EP-54, and Form EP-55. 2. For Unit 3 -Form EP-57, Form EP-58, and Form EP-59. NOTES
Accountability Officer (LAO).*             *         ** * -     **
* I* .... .. I I I I . :-,. I -
2.0     Continuous Responsibility/Activity I
Entergy,_,, NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-210 Revision 21 IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 42 of Attachment 9.7 Support Staff Checklist Sheet 4 of 4 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) 2.4 Receive faxes from the EOF/AEOF, when activated A. Form EP-1 "NYS Radiological Emergency Data Form" Part I "General Information Instructions" (Form EP-1) B. Form EP-2 "NYS Radiological Emergency Data Form" Part II "Radiological Assessment Data" (Form EP-2) 3.0 Closeout Responsibility/Activity 3.1 When directed by the Shift Manager, return all equipment utilized in the response to proper storage locations.
2.1     Assist with maintaining accountability                                   **l A. Using (Form EP-7-ALL/EP-47), Accountability Roster, generate a list and record the names, badge numbers and
3.2 Review all documentation generated during the emergency:
* locations of any individuals as they enter/exit the control room.
2.2
* Assist POM in scheduling second shift                                     I A. Rosters of trained personnel are located in the Emergency Telephone Directory.
B. Call office extensions, beepers and home numbers as necessary to identify and schedule second shift relief.
Complete CCR staffing using Form EP-43 AND forward to Adrhin & Logistics Coordinator in EOF.
 
IPEC                 NON-QUALITY RELATED       IP*EP-210             Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN            PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE              REFERENCE USE         Page     41             of Attachment 9. 7 Support Staff Checklist Sheet 3 of 4 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                           NOTES 2.3   Fax forms, when completed, to off-site agencies and emergency facilities NOTE:
: 1. When NYS and County EOCs are activated, discontinue faxing Part I forms to Warning Points
: 2. When the EOF assumes responsibility for*offsite notifications, discontinue faxing Part I and Part II forms to offsite agencies.
A. "NYS Radiological Emergency Data Form" Part I "General Information Instructions" (Form EP-1)                       ** **
* I* .. ....
                                                                                        .:-,.
: 1. NYS/County Warning Points                                           I
: 2. NYS/County EOCs                                                     I
: 3. EOF/AEOF                                                           I
: 4. JIC                                                                 I B. "NYS Radiological Emergency Data Form" Part II                         I -
          "Radiological Assessment Data" (Form EP-2)
: 1. NYS/County EOCs
: 2. EOF/AEOF             '\._
: 3. JIC C. When the (A)EOF assumes responsibility for offsite notifications, discontinue faxing Part I and Part II forms to offsite agencies. IF MRP-DAS is not operational THEN fax the following completed forms to the TSC and (A)EOF:
                                                  .   '
: 1. For Unit 2 - Form EP-53, Form EP-54, and Form EP-55.
: 2. For Unit 3 - Form EP-57, Form EP-58, and Form EP-59.
 
IPEC                NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21 Entergy,_,,        EMERGENCY PLAN         PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE             REFERENCE USE     Page   42 of Attachment 9.7 Support Staff Checklist Sheet 4 of 4 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                 NOTES 2.4   Receive faxes from the EOF/AEOF, when activated A. Form EP-1 "NYS Radiological Emergency Data Form" Part I "General Information Instructions" (Form EP-1)
B. Form EP-2 "NYS Radiological Emergency Data Form" Part II "Radiological Assessment Data" (Form EP-2) 3.0   Closeout Responsibility/Activity 3.1   When directed by the Shift Manager, return all equipment utilized in the response to proper storage locations.
3.2   Review all documentation generated during the emergency:
A. Ensure all logs, forms and other documentation is complete.
A. Ensure all logs, forms and other documentation is complete.
B. Collect all_ forms, logs and other documentation.
B. Collect all_ forms, logs and other documentation.
3.3 Provide all logs and records to the Shift Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase. NOTES 
3.3   Provide all logs and records to the Shift Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase.
/' e -JJillergy.,, IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.8 CCR Dose Assessor Checklist Sheet 1 of 2 NOTE: Page The expectation for all ERO positions is to use WebEOC for keeping purposes.
 
Reference to traditional paper forms remains in this checklist for the situation in which WebEOC is unavailable, such as a power or computer failure. NOTE: This position is normally staffed by the unaffected unit's on-shift Chemistry Technician 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity 1.1 Assume the Duties of a CCR Dose Assessor A. Upon being notified of a Declared Emergency  
e- JJillergy.,,
.. IMMEDIATELY report to the normally assigned Control Room. B.
                      /'
IPEC               NON-QUALITY RELATED   IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN         PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE             REFERENCE USE       Page    43  of    44 Attachment 9.8 CCR Dose Assessor Checklist Sheet 1 of 2 NOTE:
The expectation for all ERO positions is to use WebEOC for log-keeping purposes. Reference to traditional paper forms remains in this checklist for the situation in which WebEOC is unavailable, such as a power or computer failure.
I NOTE:
I This position is normally staffed by the unaffected unit's on-shift Chemistry Technician                                                         I 1.0   Initial Responsibility/Activity
                                                                                                    ..  '
1.1   Assume the Duties of a CCR Dose Assessor A.     Upon being notified of a Declared Emergency         ..
IMMEDIATELY report to the normally assigned Control Room.
                                                                                            ",* ~*:    ,
B.
* Inform the Shift Manager that you are available to perform the duties of.the CCR Dose Assessor.
* Inform the Shift Manager that you are available to perform the duties of.the CCR Dose Assessor.
2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity 2.1 Assist the Shift Manager/Plant Operations Manager with Emergency Planning duties as requested.
2.0   Continuous Responsibility/Activity 2.1   Assist the Shift Manager/Plant Operations Manager with Emergency Planning duties as requested.
NOTE: IP-EP-340 Attachment 9.4 may be used for CCR Plant Vent or SIG Tube Rupture Quick Dose Calculations, and Multiple Accident*
NOTE:
IP-EP-340 Attachment 9.4 may be used for CCR Plant Vent or SIG Tube Rupture Quick Dose Calculations, and Multiple Accident*
Calculations.
Calculations.
43 I I I Revision 21 of 44 .. ' ",* ,
 
Elllergy NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-210 Revision 21 IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 44 of
IPEC                  NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21 Elllergy        EMERGENCY PLAN           PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE               REFERENCE USE     Page   44 of
* 44 Attachment 9.8 CCR Dose Assessor Checklist Sheet 2 of 2 Continuous Responsibility/Activity NOTE: A NYS Part 2 Form SHALL be completed as soon as possible after it has been determined that a release above Federal Limits exists, a . significant change in the radiation release, and updated approximately 30 minutes. A. Perform Dose Assessment using IP-EP-340
* 44 Attachment 9.8 CCR Dose Assessor Checklist Sheet 2 of 2 Continuous Responsibility/Activity NOTE:
: 8. Produce a NYS Part 2 Form C. *Get NYS Part 2 Form approved by the Shift Manager D. Transmit NYS Part 2 Form 2.2 Determine need for a subsequent dose assessment and Part 2. Perform if necessary.
A NYS Part 2 Form SHALL be completed as soon as possible after it has been determined that a release above Federal Limits exists, a
2.3 When directed by the Shift Manager, turn over Dose Assessment responsibilities to the Dose Assessor in the EOF. 3.0 Closeout Responsibility/Activity 3.1 When.directed by the Shift Manager, return all equipment utilized in the response to proper storage locations.
.significant change in the radiation release, and updated approximately 30 minutes.
3.2 Review all documentation generated during the emergency:
A.     Perform Dose Assessment using IP-EP-340
A.
: 8.     Produce a NYS Part 2 Form C.     *Get NYS Part 2 Form approved by the Shift Manager D.     Transmit NYS Part 2 Form 2.2     Determine need for a subsequent dose assessment and Part 2.
all logs, forms and other documentation is complete 8. Collect all forms, logs and other documentation.
Perform if necessary.
3.3 Provide all logs and records to the Shift Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase.
2.3     When directed by the Shift Manager, turn over Dose Assessment responsibilities to the Dose Assessor in the EOF.
I ,.. IPEC I NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE BP-EP-230 Revision 15 IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES I REFERENCE USE Page 1 . of 41 1*20 r.\ r A* P. IT P i?ZV. ( f I lJ 1!i) h k i /I IH N *:;.:::J fl i li \J -u 'U fb lb t-:m th: 1 Operations Support Center ,_ ....  
3.0     Closeout Responsibility/Activity 3.1     When.directed by the Shift Manager, return all equipment utilized in the response to proper storage locations.
.. . . ...... . *: :-.-Prepared by:
3.2     Review all documentation generated during the emergency:
* Rebecca A. Martin f u Print Name
A.     En~ure all logs, forms and other documentation is complete
* Approval:
: 8.     Collect all forms, logs and other documentation.
Lori A. Glander rJ(-/ {t; .. Print Name {!' /
3.3     Provide all logs and records to the Shift Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase.
Date * ** _.Effe*ctive Date: June 14, 2016 rli'''"f''*Ntue:i.
 
excluded from further LM()() reviews. IP-EP-230 (OSC) Rev 15.doc
,.. I IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN I NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE BP-EP-230         Revision 15 IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                         I     REFERENCE USE           Page       1     . of     41 (f*~ 1*20 r.\ ryl(J~ A* P. IT       P fli?ZV.
\ ' IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-230 Revision 15 --Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page
( fI lJ 1!i) h       i /I IH N
* 2 of 41 Table of Contents Section Page 1.0 PURPOSE ........................................  
                                                                                            ~ ~i li \J -u 'U ~J/ fb lb t-:m th:1 k                *:;.:::J i Operations Support Center
* ....................................................................
                                          ,_ ....
3  
C'~~~-
                            .. . .......-~*-
                                                      . *: :-.-
Prepared by:
* Rebecca A. Martin                                                                   fu Print Name
* Approval:                             Lori A. Glander                                                       ~ rJ(-/ {t;         ..
Print Name
{!' /     *~""'''"                          Date
                                                ** _.Effe*ctive Date: June 14, 2016 rli'''"f''*Ntue:i. excluded from further LM()() reviews.
IP-EP-230 (OSC) Rev 15.doc
 
IPEC                             NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN                                                          IP-EP-230             Revision 15 PROCEDURE
      -- Entergy         IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                           REFERENCE USE                     Page         *2         of       41 Table of Contents Section                                                                                                                 Page 1.0 PURPOSE ........................................*.................................................................... 3


==2.0 REFERENCES==
==2.0 REFERENCES==
................................................................. :.......... :.......................... 3 3.0 DEFINITIONS ....................................................................................................... 3 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................................................ 3 5.0 DETAILS .............................................................*................................................:.4
                          .                ~            .
6.0 INTERFACES ................................ ,...................................................................... 4 7.0 RECORDS ....................................: ................................................. :... :................ 5 8.0 REQUIREMl;NTS AND.COMMITfV1ENTS ........................................ :.................... 5 9.0. ATTACHMENTS
\
  '      .9.1    OSC Manager C_hecklist ............... ~ ............. ,.......... ;....................... :.......... .'6 9.2 .. l&C/Electrical Coordinator Checklist. .................. :...................... :, ............... 12 9.3    Mechanical Coordinator Checklist .......................... ~ ..* :...............................13 9.4    Operations.Support Checklist.. ............ :........................... ,......................... 14 9.5    OSC Rad/Chem-Coordinator Cl=lecklist ...................................................... 15 9.6    Work Control Coordinator:Ch~cklist ....................*..................................... 21 9.7    OSC Log    Keeper.Checkli~(.::: ............~ ...................................................... 23 9.8    OSC Radiation Protection Technician Checklist ........................... :........... 24 9.9    Assembly Area Coordinator Instructions.'.......................*.......................... 38 9.10  TSC/OSC Layout. ....................... :..... ,......................................................... 39
                                                                  .                                                              .
9.11  OSC Guidelines ............................................................................................ 40 9.12  IPEC OSC ERO Staffing ........ .'., ........ ,, ..........................'............................ 41


.................................................................
IPEC                 NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN                              IP-EP-230     Revision 15 PROCEDURE
: ..........
      ""~Entergy            IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES               REFERENCE USE     Page     3     of     41
: ..........................
* Operations Support Center 1.0   PURPOSE To describe the site specific actions for the activation and operation of the Operations Support Center (OSC). This procedure will be used in conjunction with the fleet procedures EN~EP-611, Operations Support Center (OSC) Operations".
3 3.0 DEFINITIONS
 
.......................................................................................................
==2.0    REFERENCES==
3 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES
 
............................................................................................
2.1    Indian Point Energy Center Emergency Plan 2.2    New York State Implementation of the use of Potassium Iodide (Kl) as a Protective Action for the Public 2.3    IP-EP-350, Emergency Conta~ination Con.t~ol
3 5.0 DETAILS .............................................................*................................................
                                                    . -;.:..... ,
:.4 . . 6.0 INTERFACES
3.0    DEFINITIONS r 3.1    Activated ""."" an order has been made to* actiyate. an emergency response facility, and
................................ , ......................................................................
:
4 7.0 RECORDS ....................................
the facility is in the process of being staffed: .
: .................................................
3.2    Operational - Status of an emergency facility declared by the appropriate manager
: ... : ................
5 8.0 REQUIREMl;NTS AND.COMMITfV1ENTS
........................................
: ....................
5 9.0. ATTACHMENTS
.9.1 OSC Manager C_hecklist
............... ............. , ..........
; .......................
: ..........
.'6 9.2 .. l&C/Electrical Coordinator Checklist.
..................
: ......................
:, ...............
12 9.3 Mechanical Coordinator Checklist
.......................... ..* : ...............................
13 9.4 Operations.Support Checklist..
............
: ........................... , .........................
14 9.5 OSC Rad/Chem-Coordinator Cl=lecklist
......................................................
15 9.6 Work Control
....................*.....................................
21 9.7 OSC Log
............ ......................................................
23 9.8 OSC Radiation Protection Technician Checklist
...........................
: ...........
24 9.9 Assembly Area Coordinator Instructions.'
.......................*..........................
38 9.10 TSC/OSC Layout. .......................
: ..... , .........................................................
39 . . 9.11 OSC Guidelines
............................................................................................
40 9.12 IPEC OSC ERO Staffing ........ .'., ........ ,, ..........................
' ............................
41 r : IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-230 Revision 15 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 3 of 41
* Operations Support Center 1.0 PURPOSE 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 3.0 3.1 3.2 To describe the site specific actions for the activation and operation of the Operations Support Center (OSC). This procedure will be used in conjunction with the fleet procedures Operations Support Center (OSC) Operations".
REFERENCES Indian Point Energy Center Emergency Plan New York State Implementation of the use of Potassium Iodide (Kl) as a Protective Action for the Public IP-EP-350, Emergency DEFINITIONS . -;.: ..... , Activated  
""."" an order has been made to* actiyate.
an emergency response facility, and the facility is in the process of being staffed: . Operational  
-Status of an emergency facility declared by the appropriate manager
* upon determining that the facility is *adequately staffed and equipment is setup and
* upon determining that the facility is *adequately staffed and equipment is setup and
* available to*perform the emergency functions assigned to that facility.
* available to*perform the emergency functions assigned to that facility.
4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES* . * ......... . 4.1 See EN-EP-611 section 4.0 *for . . ;
4.0   RESPONSIBILITIES*                         . *......... .
5.0 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.8 5.9 6.0 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 DETAILS IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE IP-EP-230' Revision 15 Page 4 of 41 The OSC Manager SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.1, OSC Manager Checklist.  
4.1   See EN-EP-611 section 4.0 *for RespOrisi.bilities~*
-The l&C/Electrical Coordinator SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.2, l&C/Electrical Coordinator Checklist.
                                                  .     .         ;
The Mechanical Coordinator SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.3, Mechanical Coordinator Checklist.
 
The Operations Support person SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.4, Operations Support Checklist.  
IPEC                 NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN                              IP-EP-230'     Revision 15 PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES            REFERENCE USE      Page       4     of     41 5.0 DETAILS 5.1 The OSC Manager SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.1, OSC Manager Checklist.                                     -
---The Rad/Chem Coordinator SHALL follow the instructions outlined in 9.5, Rad/Chem Coordinator Checklist.-
5.2 The l&C/Electrical Coordinator SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.2, l&C/Electrical Coordinator Checklist.
:< The Work Control Coordinator SHAb.L follow the instructions outlined-in Attachment 9.6, Work Control Coordinator Checklist.  
5.3 The Mechanical Coordinator SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.3, Mechanical Coordinator Checklist.
* -* -T_he OSC Log-Keeper SHALL follow the instru9tions outlined in Attachment 9.7, OSC Keeper Checklist.
5.4 The Operations Support person SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.4, Operations Support Checklist.
The Radiation Protection Technician SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.8 Radiation Protection Technician Checklist.
                                                                ---
The Assembly Area Coordinator SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.9, Assembly Area Coordinator Instructions.
5.5 The Rad/Chem Coordinator SHALL follow the instructions outlined in     A~tachment  9.5, Rad/Chem Coordinator Checklist.-   :<
INTERFACES IP-EP-115, Emergency Plan Forms IP-EP-210, Central Control Room IP-EP-220, Technical Support Center IP-EP-240, Security IP-EP-430, Site Assembly, Accountability and Relocation of Personnel Offsite IP-EP-420, Use of Potassium Iodide by Indian Point Personnel During an Emergency O-FSG-100, BDBEE/ELAP Emergency Response   
5.6 The Work Control Coordinator SHAb.L follow the instructions outlined-in Attachment 9.6, Work Control Coordinator Checklist.       *-                               *             -
5.7 T_he OSC Log-Keeper SHALL follow the instru9tions outlined in Attachment 9.7, OSC Log-Keeper Checklist.
5.8 The Radiation Protection Technician SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.8 Radiation Protection Technician Checklist.
5.9 The Assembly Area Coordinator SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.9, Assembly Area Coordinator Instructions.
6.0 INTERFACES 6.1 IP-EP-115, Emergency Plan Forms 6.2 IP-EP-210, Central Control Room 6.3 IP-EP-220, Technical Support Center 6.4 IP-EP-240, Security 6.5 IP-EP-430, Site Assembly, Accountability and Relocation of Personnel Offsite 6.6 IP-EP-420, Use of Potassium Iodide by Indian Point Personnel During an Emergency 6.7 O-FSG-100, BDBEE/ELAP Emergency Response
 
IPEC                NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN                              IP-EP-230      Revision 15 PROCEDURE
        -~Entergy        IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES            REFERENCE USE        Page          5 of      41 7.0    RECORDS 7 .1    All logs, completed forms and other records generated during an actual emergency SHALL be considered Quality Records and maintained for the life of the plant.
8.0    REQUIREMENTS AND COMMITMENTS None 9.0    ATTACHMENTS 9.1    OSC Manager Checklist 9.2    l&C/Electrical Coordinator Checklist 9.3    Mechanical Coordinator Checklist
                                                                              ,***
9.4    Operations Support Checklist 9.5    OSC Rad/Chem
                  .
Coordinator Checklist
                                          . '
'.
'.
7.0 RECORDS IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE IP-EP-230 Revision 15 Page 5 of 41 7 .1 All logs, completed forms and other records generated during an actual emergency SHALL be considered Quality Records and maintained for the life of the plant. 8.0 REQUIREMENTS AND COMMITMENTS 9.0 9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 None ATTACHMENTS OSC Manager Checklist l&C/Electrical Coordinator Checklist Mechanical Coordinator Checklist Operations Support Checklist OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator Checklist . . ' 9.6 Work Control Coordinator Checklist
9.6    Work Control Coordinator Checklist                **
* *
* 9.7     OSC Log-Keeper Checklist 9.8    OSC Radiation Protection Technician Checklist
* 9.7 OSC Log-Keeper Checklist 9.8 OSC Radiation Protection Technician Checklist 9.9 Assembly Area Coordinator Instructions 9.1 O OSC/TSC Layout 9.11 OSC Guidelines 9.12 IPEC ERO OSC Staffing ' *. ,*** 
                                                        ~ *.
9.9    Assembly Area Coordinator Instructions    '
9.1 O OSC/TSC Layout 9.11    OSC Guidelines 9.12    IPEC ERO OSC Staffing
 
IPEC               NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN                                IP-EP-230   Revision 15 PROCEDURE
    *-~-Entergy          IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES              REFERENCE USE        Page     6  of     41
        \_
Attachment 9.1 OSC Manager Checklist Sheet 1 of 6 This is a core staffing position.
1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity                                                  NOTES NOTE:
Procedure refers to an event at Unit 2, Unit 3 or both (i.e., Security, Natural event). If determined to be a Site event, then Unit 2 will be the lead plant for all communications.
1.1    Follow Responsibilities/Activities in EN-EP-611 Attachment 9.1 and the following 1.2    IF a Beyond Design Basis External Event (BDBEE) occurs that res Its in an Extended Loss of AC Power (ELAP) to either unit, THEN ent into O-FSG-100, BDBEE/ELAP Emergency Response, is ,required.
1.3    Initial Accountability CAUTION:
IF an emergency classification is entered due to a security condition, THEN evacuation and accountability may put personnel at risk:
Therefore, in these situations, evacuation and accountability will be ,
suspended until directed by Security and cleared through the Incident .
      -commander.
A. IF the event has been classified as a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency AND initial accountability has-not been --
performed THEN direct accountability to be performed in accordance with Section 2.3 of this checklist.
B. Verify that the following core staffing is available before deelarin OSC staffed:
(a) OSC Manager (b) Work Control Coordinator (c) 3 Radiation Protection Technicians (d) 1 Mechanical Maintenance (e) 1 Electrical Maintenance (f) 1 l&C Technician
: 1. Staff the OSC using Form EP-10-ALL, "Filling an ERO Vacancy During Facility Activation/Operation"
 
IPEC                NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN                              IP-EP-230  Revision 15 PROCEDURE
~Entergy            IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES            REFERENCE USE        Page      7  of    41 Attachment 9.1 OSC Manager Checklist Sheet 2 of 6 lniti~I Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                              NOTES C. IF additional personnel are required THEN: .
: 1. IF it is during normal working hours THEN call or assign someone to call the Assembly Area for needed personnel.
: 2. IF needed individuals are not available onsite THEN assign someone to call individuals at home using the Emergency Telephone Directory (ETD).
NOTE:
The relationship between the minimum personnel. required to STAFF the OSC, and the entire OSC ERO is explained in Attachment 9.12 of this procedure.
* D.. Designate two individuals to act as Assembly Area Coordinators (AAC). Assign one to report to the Energy*
Education Center (EEC) the other one to the Generation Support Building (GSB) and have them follow guidance * .
* provided on the Assembly Area Coordinator Instructions,,* ....
(Attachment 9.9), if necessary..
E. IF event occurs during an outage, THEN assess the need.to ,
staff the back-up assembly area at the Indian Point Traiilhg Center (IPTC). Designate an individual to report to the IPTC and have theni follow guidance provided on Assembly Area Coordinator Instructions (Attachment 9.9).
: 1. Inform other AACs that the IPTC is being utilized and to direct overflow of non-essentials to the IPTC.
: 2. IF additional personnel are required to meet staffing needs (Normal staffing per Form EP-43, or special requirements as needed) THEN call or assign someone to call the Assembly Areas or individuals at home (using the Emergency Telephone Directory) for additional personnel.


\_ IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.1 OSC Manager Checklist Sheet 1 of 6 This is a core staffing position.
IPEC                   NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN                              IP*EP-230           Revision 15 PROCEDURE
1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity NOTE: IP-EP-230 Page 6 Procedure refers to an event at Unit 2, Unit 3 or both (i.e., Security, Natural event). If determined to be a Site event, then Unit 2 will be the lead plant for all communications.
  ~-Entergy            IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES               REFERENCE USE       Page       8            of   41 Attachment 9.1 OSC Manager Checklist Sheet 3 of 6 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                                   NOTES F. Determine when the OSC staff is prepared to assume primary functions of OSC (dispatching and accounting of Operations, RP, Maintenance Teams to the plant).
1.1 Follow Responsibilities/Activities in EN-EP-611 Attachment 9.1 and the following 1.2 IF a Beyond Design Basis External Event (BDBEE) occurs that res Its in an Extended Loss of AC Power (ELAP) to either unit, THEN ent into O-FSG-100, BDBEE/ELAP Emergency Response, is ,required.
G. When ready, -formally relieve the Control Room of the responsibilities to track in-plant teams as follows:
1.3 Initial Accountability CAUTION: IF an emergency classification is entered due to a security condition, THEN evacuation and accountability may put personnel at risk: Therefore, in these situations, evacuation and accountability will be , suspended until directed by Security and cleared through the Incident . -commander.
: 1. Call the POM (Shift Manager if POM not available) and request a complete listing of personnel currently performing tasks outside the OSC, and the CR. As a
A. IF the event has been classified as a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency AND initial accountability has-not been performed THEN direct accountability to be performed in accordance with Section 2.3 of this checklist.
                                                                                                    *.,=***
B. Verify that the following core staffing is available before deelarin OSC staffed: (a) OSC Manager (b) Work Control Coordinator (c) 3 Radiation Protection Technicians ( d) 1 Mechanical Maintenance (e) 1 Electrical Maintenance (f) 1 l&C Technician
minimum, NPO's will be controlled at an SAE or higher classification.                                                . *:'' *- .*.~. '
: 1. Staff the OSC using Form EP-10-ALL, "Filling an ERO Vacancy During Facility Activation/Operation" Revision 15 of 41 NOTES IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-230 Revision 15 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 7 of 41 Attachment 9.1 OSC Manager Checklist Sheet 2 of 6 Responsibility/Activity (cont.) C. IF additional personnel are required THEN: . 1. IF it is during normal working hours THEN call or assign someone to call the Assembly Area for needed personnel.
                                                                                                  *.- .
: 2. IF needed individuals are not available onsite THEN assign someone to call individuals at home using the Emergency Telephone Directory (ETD). NOTE: The relationship between the minimum personnel.
required to STAFF the OSC, and the entire OSC ERO is explained in Attachment 9.12 of this procedure.
* D .. Designate two individuals to act as Assembly Area Coordinators (AAC). Assign one to report to the Energy* Education Center (EEC) the other one to the Generation Support Building (GSB) and have them follow guidance * .
* provided on the Assembly Area Coordinator Instructions,,*
.... (Attachment 9.9), if necessary
.. E. IF event occurs during an outage, THEN assess the need.to , staff the back-up assembly area at the Indian Point Traiilhg Center (IPTC). Designate an individual to report to the IPTC and have theni follow guidance provided on Assembly Area Coordinator Instructions (Attachment 9.9). 1. Inform other AACs that the IPTC is being utilized and to direct overflow of non-essentials to the IPTC. 2. IF additional personnel are required to meet staffing needs (Normal staffing per Form EP-43, or special requirements as needed) THEN call or assign someone to call the Assembly Areas or individuals at home (using the Emergency Telephone Directory) for additional personnel.
NOTES IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP*EP-230 REFERENCE USE Page 8 Attachment 9.1 OSC Manager Checklist Sheet 3 of 6 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) F. Determine when the OSC staff is prepared to assume primary functions of OSC (dispatching and accounting of Operations, RP, Maintenance Teams to the plant). G. When ready, -formally relieve the Control Room of the responsibilities to track in-plant teams as follows: 1. Call the POM (Shift Manager if POM not available) and request a complete listing of personnel currently performing tasks outside the OSC, and the CR. As a minimum, NPO's will be controlled at an SAE or higher classification.
: 2. Notify the EPM and make*an announcement to the OSC, TSC, and _inform the EOF that the OSC is operational.
: 2. Notify the EPM and make*an announcement to the OSC, TSC, and _inform the EOF that the OSC is operational.
NOTE: OSC Guidelines (Attachment 9.11) information should be provided to each OSC technician, mechanic and operator.
NOTE:
H. Conduct, or have the OSC Coordinators conduct a briefing for the OSC technicians, mechanics and operators: 1 . Provide a brief explanation of the event that caused the emergency.
OSC Guidelines (Attachment 9.11) information should be provided to each OSC technician, mechanic and operator.
H. Conduct, or have the OSC Coordinators conduct a briefing for the OSC technicians, mechanics and operators:
1 . Provide a brief explanation of the event that caused the emergency.
: 2. Inform OSC personnel not to leave the OSC/TSC Complex without checking out with the OSC Work Control Coordinator.
: 2. Inform OSC personnel not to leave the OSC/TSC Complex without checking out with the OSC Work Control Coordinator.
: 3. Inform personnel that they will be briefed by one of the OSC Coordinators prior to being sent intq the field to perform a task. . *:'' *-Revision 15 of 41 NOTES *.,=***
: 3. Inform personnel that they will be briefed by one of the OSC Coordinators prior to being sent intq the field to perform a task.
' *.-.
 
IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-230.
IPEC               NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN                            IP-EP-230. Revision 15 PROCEDURE
Revision 15 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 9 of 41 -Attachment 9.1 OSC Manager Checklist Sheet 4 of 6 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) 4. When briefed and dispatched by a Coordinator they* MUST check out with OSC Work Control Coordinator before they leave the OSCfrSC. Complex. 5. When returning from an assignment they MUST check in witti the OSC Work Control Coordinator, report if they were successful and report any radiation exposure received while dispatched.
  ~-Entergy            IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES             REFERENCE USE     Page       9 of             41 Attachment 9.1 OSC Manager Checklist Sheet 4 of 6
I. IF relieving another OSC Manager AND there has been a shift change of OSC Technicians and/or Mechanics THEN brief on plant:conditions*usingOSC Gdidelines (Attachment 9.11) 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity . . . 2.1 Ensure adequate materials and supplies are available to conduct emergency operations.
                  -
A. IF any necessary materials or supplies are not available on site, THEN request assistance in obtaining items from the Administrative  
Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                     NOTES
& Logistics Coordinator at the EOF .. 2.2 Direct OSC A Keep OSC Coordinators updated on pending a$signments.
: 4. When briefed and dispatched by a Coordinator they*
MUST check out with OSC Work Control Coordinator before they leave the OSCfrSC.
Complex.
: 5. When returning from an assignment they MUST check in witti the OSC Work Control Coordinator, report if they were successful and report any radiation exposure received while dispatched.
                                                                                              -:**.
I. IF relieving another OSC Manager AND there has been a shift change of OSC Technicians and/or Mechanics THEN brief on plant:conditions*usingOSC Gdidelines (Attachment 9.11) 2.0     Continuous Responsibility/Activity
                                .       .       .
2.1     Ensure adequate materials and supplies are available to conduct emergency operations.
A. IF any necessary materials or supplies are not available
                                                                                            "**'  ....
on site, THEN request assistance in obtaining items                     * . *!.
from the Administrative & Logistics Coordinator at the EOF ..
2.2     Direct OSC Operation~
A Keep OSC Coordinators updated on pending a$signments.
B. IF multiple pre-assignment briefs are to occur simultaneously, THEN instruct the Coordinators to use other areas of the oscrrsc to conduct briefings.
B. IF multiple pre-assignment briefs are to occur simultaneously, THEN instruct the Coordinators to use other areas of the oscrrsc to conduct briefings.
C. Ensure OSC staff members are following.appropriate procedures.
C. Ensure OSC staff members are following.appropriate procedures.
2.3 IF the emergency classification is changed to a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency OR if directed by the Emergency Plant Manager, THEN establish or re-establish initial accountability as follows: NOTES -:**. "**' .... * . *!.
2.3     IF the emergency classification is changed to a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency OR if directed by the Emergency Plant Manager, THEN establish or re-establish initial accountability as follows:
IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-230 Revision 15 --Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 10 of 41 Attachment 9.1 OSC Manager Checklist Sheet 5 of 6 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTE: Initial Accouritability SHALL be accomplished within 30 minutes from the declaration of a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency.
 
Accountability may,be directed at the
IPEC                 NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN                                  IP-EP-230   Revision 15 PROCEDURE
* Alert classification (or any other time deemed necessary) at the direction of the Shift Manager or Emergency Plant Manager. Accountability is accomplished by assembly of all essential personnel outsjde the Protected Area and physically accounting for all individuals who remain within the IPEC Protected Area (Unit 2 and Unit 3) *A. The Lead Accountability Officer (LAO) will .generate the list of missing persons._.Jhis.list will be provided to the TSC Security Coordinator, Emergency Plant Manager and POM. NOTE: During plant shutdowns, when there may be large numbers of workers onsite and within the radiological control areas, a Radiation Protection computer printout may be used to assist in locating missing personnel within the radiological control area after accountability is
  -- Entergy             IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES               REFERENCE USE         Page     10 of     41 Attachment 9.1 OSC Manager Checklist Sheet 5 of 6 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                       NOTES NOTE:
Initial Accouritability SHALL be accomplished within 30 minutes from the declaration of a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency. Accountability may,be directed at the
* Alert classification (or any other time deemed necessary) at the direction of the Shift Manager or Emergency Plant Manager.
Accountability is accomplished by assembly of all non-essential personnel outsjde the Protected Area and physically accounting for all individuals who remain within the IPEC Protected Area (Unit 2 and Unit 3)                                                       ~ *.
      *A. The Lead Accountability Officer (LAO)       wil .generate the list of missing persons._.Jhis.list will be provided to the TSC Security Coordinator, Emergency Plant Manager and POM.
NOTE:
During plant shutdowns, when there may be large numbers of workers onsite and within the radiological control areas, a Radiation Protection computer printout may be used to assist in locating missing personnel within the radiological control area                               .*.*
after accountability is ~ompleted.
* B. IF there are individuals who are missing, THEN verify that the following is performed:
* B. IF there are individuals who are missing, THEN verify that the following is performed:
: 1. Direct the OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator to obtain a Computer Printout of individuals within the Radiological Control Area. 2. Review Computer Printout for any missing individuals within the Radiological Control Area. 3. Inform the EPM, POM and TSC Security Coordinator immediately of any personnel discovered missing during accountability process. NOTES *. .*.*
: 1. Direct the OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator to obtain a Computer Printout of individuals within the Radiological Control Area.
IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-230 Revision 15 Entergy -a EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 11 of 41 Attachment 9.1 OSC Manager Checklist Sheet 6 of 6 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) 4. Coordinate the search and rescue activities in accordance with procedure IP-EP-430, Site Assembly, Accountability and Relocation of Personnel Offsite. NOTE: Ongoing Accountability is required at the Site Area Emergency or General Emergency level. Accountability is at the direction of the EPM at an Alert and required at a SAE level. C. Direct osc Staff to maintain of all osc personnel through the use of status boards, team assignments;-
: 2. Review Computer Printout for any missing individuals within the Radiological Control Area.
Individual Exposure Tracking Log (Form EP-29) and ERO Tracking Log (Form EP-42) 1. Instruct search and rescue teams not to move an incapacitated victim _without a Medical Representative or qualified First Responder UNLESS the potential harm from radiation or other hazards outweighs the potential harm 9f moving the victim. -0. Coordinate release of personnel at the EEC, GSB and IPTC with the EPM, LAO and Assembly Area Coordinator(s).
: 3. Inform the EPM, POM and TSC Security Coordinator immediately of any personnel discovered missing during accountability process.
2.4 Inform the EPM of changing situations in the plant based on information received from teams out in the field. NOTES -( 
 
/ ' \
IPEC                 NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN                            IP-EP-230   Revision 15 PROCEDURE
IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.2 l&C/Electrical Coordinator Checklist Sheet 1 of 1 IP-EP-230 Page 12 1.0 Follow Responsibilities/Activities in EN-EP-611 Attachment 9.4 Revision 15 of 41 
  -~* Entergy
' ' I / --Entergy IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.3 Mechanical Coordinator Checklist Sheet 1 of 1 IP-EP-230 Page 1.0 Follow Responsibilities/Activities in EN-EP-611 Attachment 9.4 Revision 15 13 , of 41 
        -     a IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES             REFERENCE USE     Page     11 of     41 Attachment 9.1 OSC Manager Checklist Sheet 6 of 6 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                 NOTES
. *,* IPEC EMERGENCYPLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.4 * -Operations Support Checklist Sheet 1 of 1 IP-EP-230 Page 14 1.0 Follow Responsibilities/Activities in EN-EP-611 Attachment 9.2 Revision 15 of 41 
: 4. Coordinate the search and rescue activities in accordance with procedure IP-EP-430, Site Assembly, Accountability and Relocation of Personnel Offsite.
*. *.: :* *:** :: :'.:.:. ---Entergy IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.5 OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator Checklist Sheet 1 of 6 IP-EP-230
NOTE:
*Page 15 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity 1.1 Follow Responsibilities/Activities in EN-EP-611 Attachment 9.5 and the following:
Ongoing Accountability is required at the Site Area Emergency or General Emergency level. Accountability is at the direction of the EPM at an Alert and required at a SAE level.
1.2 Assume the position of OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator.  
C. Direct osc Staff to maintain acco~ntability of all osc personnel through the use of status boards, team assignments;- Individual Exposure Tracking Log (Form EP-29) and ERO Tracking Log (Form EP-42)
,* A. Determine if any personnel are currently in the field as follows:
: 1. Instruct search and rescue teams not to move an incapacitated victim _without a Medical Representative or qualified First Responder UNLESS the potential harm from radiation or other hazards outweighs the potential harm 9f moving the victim.
* Entergy-IPEC web site *
                                                                                          - (
      -0. Coordinate release of personnel at the EEC, GSB and IPTC with the EPM, LAO and Assembly Area Coordinator(s).
2.4     Inform the EPM of changing situations in the plant based on information received from teams out in the field.
 
IPEC                 NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN                            IP-EP-230    Revision 15 PROCEDURE
        ~-Entergy      IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES              REFERENCE USE     Page      12  of    41 Attachment 9.2 l&C/Electrical Coordinator Checklist Sheet 1 of 1 1.0   Follow Responsibilities/Activities in EN-EP-611 Attachment 9.4
/ '
    \
 
IPEC                  NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN                            IP-EP-230      Revision 15 PROCEDURE
          -- Entergy     IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES               REFERENCE USE   Page      13 ,  of    41 Attachment 9.3 Mechanical Coordinator Checklist Sheet 1 of 1 1.0   Follow Responsibilities/Activities in EN-EP-611 Attachment 9.4 I
'
  ' /
 
IPEC                 NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCYPLAN              PROCEDURE IP-EP-230    Revision 15 IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES              REFERENCE USE     Page      14  of    41 Attachment 9.4 *
                                        -
Operations Support Checklist Sheet 1 of 1 1.0 Follow Responsibilities/Activities in EN-EP-611 Attachment 9.2
. *,*
 
IPEC                  NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN                                IP-EP-230    Revision 15 PROCEDURE
                        --- Entergy           IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES               REFERENCE USE       *Page      15  of    41 Attachment 9.5 OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator Checklist Sheet 1 of 6 1.0     Initial Responsibility/Activity                                               NOTES 1.1     Follow Responsibilities/Activities in EN-EP-611 Attachment 9.5 and the following:
1.2     Assume the position of OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator.
A. Determine if any personnel are currently in the field as follows:
* Entergy-IPEC web site
                                        *
* Applications drop down menu
* Applications drop down menu
* _Sentinel
* _Sentinel
*. *.:  :*    *:**
* Fleet Prod.uction Reports
* Fleet Prod.uction Reports
* Indian Point
                                        *Indian Point
* RCA Currently Logged In _
* RCA Currently Logged In               _
* If not in Crystal Report printable PDF format, then convert to such and PRINT B. Obtain a copy of current employee exposure for use in ALARA considerations when OSG team members as follows:**  
* If not in Crystal Report printable PDF format, then convert to such and PRINT B. Obtain a copy of current employee exposure for use in ALARA considerations when assigni~g OSG team members as follows:**            *
*
                    ,*
* Use Item 2 instructions above for Sentinel access *
* Use Item 2 instructions above for Sentinel access
* Select Daily Margin List by Department
                                      **   Select Daily Margin List by Department
* Select the key departments needed (e.g., Operations, RP, Rad-waste, Chem., FIN, MNTS, Mech-1, Security)
::  :'.:.:.
* Select the key departments needed (e.g.,
Operations, RP, Rad-waste, Chem., FIN, MNTS, Mech-1, Security)
* Drop Down Menu
* Drop Down Menu
* Select Last Name, OK
* Select Last Name, OK
* If not in Crystal Report printable PDF format, convert to such and PRINT C. Request the Control Room to align the OSC/TSC ventilation system for incident operation per procedure, if required.
* If not in Crystal Report printable PDF format, convert to such and PRINT C. Request the Control Room to align the OSC/TSC ventilation system for incident operation per procedure, if required.
D. IF necessary THEN direct a Rad Protection Technician to perform a habitability survey of the OSC/TSC and Control Rooms and verify that radiological controls are set up as shown on Sheet 6 of this Checklist for the TSC/OSC. Revision 15 of 41 NOTES
D. IF necessary THEN direct a Rad Protection Technician to perform a habitability survey of the OSC/TSC and Control Rooms and verify that radiological controls are set up as shown on Sheet 6 of this Checklist for the TSC/OSC.
( ' \ IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-230 Revision 15 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 16 of 41 Attachment 9.5 OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator Checklist Sheet 2 of 6 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) E. Establish the capability for monitoring of Iodine, should it become necessary.
 
Have a Rad Protection Tech set up the AMS-4. F. Establish Habitability and Contamination controls for the CR if necessary.
IPEC               NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN                              IP-EP-230   Revision 15 PROCEDURE
At a minimum verify habitability in the Control Rooms and TSC/OSC and re-verify approximately every 60 minutes or when conditions have likely worsened.  
    ~Entergy                      IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES             REFERENCE USE       Page     16 of     41 Attachment 9.5 OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator Checklist Sheet 2 of 6 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                                 NOTES E. Establish the capability for monitoring of Iodine, should it become necessary. Have a Rad Protection Tech set up the AMS-4.
'* ; .. -.' ' NOTE: Ensure Habitability and Contamination Controls are implemented when a Radiological Release occurs . *-. G. IF dosimetry is necessary and individuals have not been previously issued dosimetry THEN assign a person(s) to go to HP-1 or HP-3 as appropriate to obtain dosimetry  
F. Establish Habitability and Contamination controls for the CR if necessary. At a minimum verify habitability in the Control Rooms and TSC/OSC and re-verify approximately every 60 minutes or when conditions have likely worsened.
* (PRD's/DLR's) to be issued to them, H. Assign Personnel to the following positions:
NOTE:
: 1. OSC/TSC Rad Protection Monitor 2. Protected Area Monitoring Team, IF requested by the EOF, 3. EOF RP Monitor, as soon as RP tech minimum staffing has been satisfied.
Ensure Habitability and Contamination Controls are implemented when a Radiological Release occurs
: 4. Rad Waste Personnel to report to the EOF to support any decontamination efforts, IF requested by the EOF. 5. RP Monitor to Assembly Areas to verify habitability if a radiological release has occurred.
      '* ; . -.'  '
Monitor will need to bring frisker and survey meter. 6. Chemistry Technicians to take samples and report results *as requested.
            . *-. G. IF dosimetry is necessary and individuals have not been previously issued dosimetry THEN assign a person(s) to go to
I. Obtain keys from Unit 2 control point for the lock box on the . side of the OSC radiological equipment supply lockers. Check all instruments for operability and inventory any locker which has a broken seal. NOTES IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-230 Revision 15 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 17 of 41 Attachment 9.5 OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator Checklisf Sheet 3 of 6 Initial Responsibility/Activity 2.0 2.1 J. Obtain requested Chemistry sample, and report the results to the OSC Manager. Continuous Responsibility/Activity Direct Radiation Protection and Chemistry Technicians in the following activities:
(                    HP-1 or HP-3 as appropriate to obtain dosimetry           *
'\                    (PRD's/DLR's) to be issued to them, H. Assign Personnel to the following positions:
: 1. OSC/TSC Rad Protection Monitor
: 2. Protected Area Monitoring Team, IF requested by the EOF,
: 3. EOF RP Monitor, as soon as RP tech minimum staffing has been satisfied.
: 4. Rad Waste Personnel to report to the EOF to support any decontamination efforts, IF requested by the EOF.
: 5. RP Monitor to Assembly Areas to verify habitability if a radiological release has occurred. Monitor will need to bring frisker and survey meter.
: 6. Chemistry Technicians to take samples and report results
                          *as requested.
I. Obtain keys from Unit 2 control point for the lock box on the
                    .side of the OSC radiological equipment supply lockers. Check all instruments for operability and inventory any locker which has a broken seal.
 
IPEC               NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN                            IP-EP-230     Revision 15 PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES           REFERENCE USE       Page     17   of     41 Attachment 9.5 OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator Checklisf Sheet 3 of 6 Initial Responsibility/Activity                                                   NOTES J. Obtain requested Chemistry sample, and report the results to the OSC Manager.
2.0      Continuous Responsibility/Activity 2.1      Direct Radiation Protection and Chemistry Technicians in the following activities:
A. Assign qualified RP/Chemistry Technicians to conduct emergency response support activities.
A. Assign qualified RP/Chemistry Technicians to conduct emergency response support activities.
B. Use Emergency Team Briefing Form (EP-38) to prepare and. * *document team *assignments.
B. Use Emergency Team Briefing Form (EP-38) to prepare and.
Ensure each team dispatched
        * *document team *assignments. Ensure each team dispatched :
: * *has ;i copy of the Emergency Team Briefi.ng Form. *
        * *has ;i copy of the Emergency Team Briefi.ng Form.         *
* C. Assign personnel to conducfin:-plant radiological surveys and take chemistry samples as. required supporting ERO activities.  
* C. Assign personnel to conducfin:-plant radiological surveys and take chemistry samples as. required supporting ERO activities. -
-D. Assign RP Technicians to accompany Teams requiring support. I;. Prepare or have prepared the ERWP (EP-40). Review and approve the prepared form and then use or have it used. --. F. Participate in T earn briefings to ensure team members ,
D. Assign RP Technicians to accompany Teams requiring radiologi~al support.
* p'l'bperly'imderstand the assigned task. Briefings SHOULD _ be Clear, concise, accurate, and prompt based upon the hazard(s) to be encountered.
I;. Prepare or have prepared the ERWP (EP-40). Review and approve
G. Use the ERWP (Form EP-40) to discuss dose limits, surveys to be performed, expected and maximum dose rates and stay times. Advise team members to immediately contact or return to the OSC when dose rates or stay times approach the established limits. H. Discuss dosimetry requirements.
                -    -
Coordinate with Radiological Coordinator any radiation exposure limit extensions necessary.
the prepared
NOTES 
                                  . form and then use or have it used.
).
F. Participate in T earn briefings to ensure team members ,
IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE IP-EP-230 Page 18 Attachment 9.5 OSC.Rad/Chem Coordinator Checklist Sheet 4 of 6 Revision 15 of 41 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES I. Discuss protective clothing and respiratory protection requirements.
* p'l'bperly'imderstand the assigned task. Briefings SHOULD
_ be Clear, concise, accurate, and prompt based upon the hazard(s) to be encountered.
G. Use the ERWP (Form EP-40) to discuss dose limits, surveys to be performed, expected and maximum dose rates and stay times. Advise team members to immediately contact or return to the OSC when dose rates or stay times approach the established limits.
H. Discuss dosimetry requirements. Coordinate with Radiological Coordinator any radiation exposure limit extensions necessary.
 
IPEC                   NON-QUALITY RELATED
).                            EMERGENCY PLAN                                IP-EP-230   Revision 15 PROCEDURE
    ~Entergy                  IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES              REFERENCE USE        Page     18 of    41 Attachment 9.5 OSC.Rad/Chem Coordinator Checklist Sheet 4 of 6 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                         NOTES I.       Discuss protective clothing and respiratory protection requirements.
J. Discuss travel route requirements and if there are any releases in progress.
J. Discuss travel route requirements and if there are any releases in progress.
K. Advise team members on monitoring and decontamination procedures following mission completion.
K. Advise team members on monitoring and decontamination procedures following mission completion.
L. Advise team how they will be notified of changing conditions or classifications.
L. Advise team how they will be notified of changing conditions or classifications. Direct radiological control personnel to read dosimetryfor personnel whose exposure limits are
Direct radiological control personnel to read dosimetryfor personnel whose exposure limits are .
              . approachei.~
* M. Participate in OSCteam post job debriefings, if needed. . . . . N. Maintain communication capability (i.e. phone, radio) and
* M. Participate in OSCteam post job debriefings, if needed.
* work with the Work Control Coordinator while the team is in .. the field to answer any questions that may arise concerning the task. *' 0. Assist the OSC Manager in planning and preparing for any . Radiological or Chem is.try work activities needed to return the plant to a safe condition.
                                          .   .     .         .
P: Verify the Work C9ritrol Coordinator is tracking individual . '. exposure:data in WebEOC or Individual Exposure Tracking Log (Form ER-29). Q. RP Tech escorts are required for any team being sent into an area where any of the following conditions exist: 1. Radiological conditions are unknown. Surveys or ARMs may be used to predict radiological conditions.
N. Maintain communication capability (i.e. phone, radio) and
* work with the Work Control Coordinator while the team is in
            .. the field to answer any questions that may arise concerning the task. *'
: 0. Assist the OSC Manager in planning and preparing for any
              . Radiological or Chem is.try work activities needed to return the plant to a safe condition.
P: Verify the Work C9ritrol Coordinator is tracking individual
            . '. exposure:data in WebEOC or Individual Exposure Tracking Log (Form ER-29).
Q. RP Tech escorts are required for any team being sent into an area where any of the following conditions exist:
: 1. Radiological conditions are unknown. Surveys or ARMs may be used to predict radiological conditions.
: 2. Radiation field in excess of 1 R/hr are expected.
: 2. Radiation field in excess of 1 R/hr are expected.
: 3. In the event of any release of radioactivity to the environment.
: 3. In the event of any release of radioactivity to the environment.
\ I IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.5 OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator Checklist Sheet 5 of 6
 
* IP-EP-230 Revision 15 Page 19 of 41 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES R. Coordinate with the OSC Manager for tasks involving injured personnel or search and rescue activities.
IPEC                   NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN                                IP-EP-230    Revision 15 PROCEDURE
      ***~-Entergy        IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                REFERENCE USE     Page      19  of    41 Attachment 9.5 OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator Checklist Sheet 5 of 6
* Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                     NOTES R. Coordinate with the OSC Manager for tasks involving injured personnel or search and rescue activities.
1.' IF potentially contaminated br highly exposed personnel require offsite medical facility attention, THEN support transport with Operations and Security.
1.' IF potentially contaminated br highly exposed personnel require offsite medical facility attention, THEN support transport with Operations and Security.
S. Frequently brief the OSC Manager on assigned task status and the results reported by RP and Chemistry Technicians T. Maintain an adequate reserve of personnel in the OSC RP/Chem pool by requesting additional resources from the Radiological Coordinator as necessary.
S. Frequently brief the OSC Manager on assigned task status and the results reported by RP and Chemistry Technicians T. Maintain an adequate reserve of personnel in the OSC RP/Chem pool by requesting additional resources from the Radiological Coordinator as necessary.
* U ..
* U.. Requ~::;.ttheHa_dibto*gical Coordinator to coordinate with the EOF Administration._and.Logistics Coordinator to obtain equipment and mated~ls not avail9b_le onsite or through previously arranged ;3greemerits.
Coordinator to coordinate with the EOF Administration._and.Logistics Coordinator to obtain equipment and not avail9b_le onsite or through previously arranged ;3greemerits.
* V. Direct decontaminatiorf' of personnel, equipment and ,
* V. Direct decontaminatiorf' of personnel, equipment and , areas inside the Protected Area. W. If respirators are needed they.can be obtained at'the normal issue p9int location.  
areas inside the Protected Area.
* . . ; . 2.5 !ft.here are ifijured personnel THEN perform the following: . .. A.
W. If respirators are needed they.can be obtained at'the normal issue p9int location.
for the assessment, treatment, and transportation of contaminated injured personnel.
                                . . ; ~ .
* 2.5   !ft.here are contamir-ate~ ifijured personnel THEN perform the following:         . .
A. Provideradiologi~~l.support for the assessment, treatment, and transportation of contaminated injured personnel.
B. Monitor patients on-site for contamination and decontaminate as appropriate. (IP-EP-350, Emergency Contamination Control)
B. Monitor patients on-site for contamination and decontaminate as appropriate. (IP-EP-350, Emergency Contamination Control)
Entergy -IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.5 OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator Checklist Sheet 6 of 6 A. '""--. A "l D i A "'* / B "' E osc .ir-; R ** ** *.To .. :.::_-.:.,.::.
  \
: . . ..... E *rsc p. M TSC/OSC Access Points to be posted: c IP-EP-230 Revision 15 Page 20 of 41 If Hallway Contamination  
I
< 1000 dpm/ 100 sq. cm If Hallway Contamination  
 
> 1000 dpm/ 100 sq. cm A. Entry/Exit B. No Entry/No Exit C. No Entry/No Exit D. Equipment cabinets.
IPEC                                             NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-230          Revision 15 EMERGENCY PLAN                                            PROCEDURE Entergy              IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                                              REFERENCE USE                 Page        20      of    41 Attachment 9.5 OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator Checklist Sheet 6 of 6
Place sign at top of stairway No Entry/No Exit without permission from RAD Coordinator.
                            - "l A.
E. Air Monitoring Equipment A. No Entry. Exit Only B. Entry to TSC/OSC. No Exit. White Step Off Pad and Frisk Shoes before stepping here C. No Entry/No Exit D. Equipment cabinets.
A
Place sign at top of stairway.
                                  '""--.
No Entry/No Exit without permission from RAD Coordinator E. Air Monitoring Equipment
D
,/ IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE' REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.6 Work Control Coordinator Checklist Sheet 1 of 2 NOTE: The expectation for all ERO positions is to use WebEOC for log-keeping purposes.
                                                    /
Reference to traditional paper forms remains in this checklist for the situation in which WebEOC is unavailable, . such as a power or computer failure. This is a core staffing position 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity NOTES 1.1 Follow Responsibilities/Activities in i;N'.'J:P-611
B c
* Attachment 9.3, EN-EP-610 and the . following:  
i
.. * *
                                              "'*         "'
* 1.2 Issue radios (and lapel or. throat microphones as. needed) OSC Coordinafors  
E
*and teams being*
                                                          ~  .ir-;
* dispatched  
osc                        R
.. 1.3 Use of Throat Mies. And Ear Bud on portable radio: NOTE: . ' . Throat Mies. with Ear Bud or Lapel Mies-. woLitd be used when workers are dressed in Protective Clothing and/or respirators.  
: . . .....
*** .. * * * * . . A. Attach microphone to portable radio using the adapter unit. The adapter unit has a three
                                                          ** ** *.To.. :.::_-.:.,.::.
                                                        *:~        ~
E
                                                                    *rsc                     p.
M A
TSC/OSC Access Points to be posted:
If Hallway Contamination < 1000 dpm/ 100 sq. cm                                         If Hallway Contamination > 1000 dpm/ 100 sq. cm A. Entry/Exit                                                                           A. No Entry. Exit Only B. No Entry/No Exit                                                                     B. Entry to TSC/OSC. No Exit. White Step Off Pad and Frisk Shoes before stepping here C. No Entry/No Exit                                                                    C. No Entry/No Exit D. Equipment cabinets. Place sign at top of stairway                                    D. Equipment cabinets. Place sign at top of stairway.
No Entry/No Exit without permission from RAD Coordinator.                              No Entry/No Exit without permission from RAD E. Air Monitoring Equipment                                                                Coordinator E. Air Monitoring Equipment
 
IPEC                 NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN                            IP-EP-230    Revision 15 PROCEDURE'
,/
      ~-Entergy                IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES              REFERENCE USE     Page      21  of    41" Attachment 9.6 Work Control Coordinator Checklist Sheet 1 of 2 NOTE:
The expectation for all ERO positions is to use WebEOC for log-keeping purposes. Reference to traditional paper forms remains in this checklist for the situation in which WebEOC is unavailable,
      . such as a power or computer failure.
This is a core staffing position 1.0     Initial Responsibility/Activity NOTES 1.1     Follow Responsibilities/Activities in i;N'.'J:P-611
* Attachment 9.3, EN-EP-610 Attachmer&#xa2;.9~11 and the
          . following:                                 .. * *
* 1.2     Issue radios (and lapel or. throat microphones as.
needed) ~o OSC Coordinafors *and teams being*
* dispatched ..
1.3     Use of Throat Mies. And Ear Bud on portable radio:
NOTE:
                    .                                     '.
Throat Mies. with Ear Bud or Lapel Mies-. woLitd be used when workers are dressed in Protective Clothing and/or respirators.                     *** .. * * * *   .     .
A. Attach microphone to portable radio using the adapter unit.
The adapter unit has a three
* position switch
* position switch
* OFF
* OFF
* PTT (Push to Talk) ** VOX (Voice ..,_ Activated)  
* PTT (Push to Talk)                       \
\ IP-EP-230 Revision 15 Page 21 of 41" l j IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.6 Work Control Coordinator'Checklist Sheet 2 of 2 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) 1.4 B. Ensure radio is turned on C. Attach radio and adapter to . workers clothing D. Place Throat Mic. On worker and ear bud in ear E. To transmit, touch the center front of the adapter unit (PTT) and speak. Release center of adapter unit when finished speaking.
                          ** VOX (Voice
F. Ensure proper radio . .Protocol is utilized at all-times.
                      . ,_   Activated)
Refer tb EN.;.HLJ-to2*;  
 
* * *
IPEC                  NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-230   Revision 15 l                       EMERGENCY PLAN             PROCEDURE
      -~Entergy j
IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES               REFERENCE USE           Page      22  of    41 Attachment 9.6 Work Control Coordinator'Checklist Sheet 2 of 2 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                       NOTES B. Ensure radio is turned on C. Attach radio and adapter to
            . workers clothing D. Place Throat Mic. On worker and ear bud in ear E. To transmit, touch the center front of the adapter unit (PTT) and speak. Release center of adapter unit when finished speaking.
F. Ensure proper radio col"T1muni~ationi?..Protocol is utilized at all-times. Refer tb EN.;.HLJ-to2*; * * *
* Attachment 9.2 "Effective Communications 1' for
* Attachment 9.2 "Effective Communications 1' for
* additional guidance.
* additional guidance.
G. Remind personnel using radios to check operability of their radio before entering any area (for example pump cells) for which * * .. , _ .. communications might be suspect. .-* *-' .. Maintain the Repair/Corrective Action Admin status board promptly.
G. Remind personnel using radios to check operability of their radio before entering any area (for example pump cells) for which * *             .. , _ ..
Update as tasks are assigned, old. tasks are completed, and as priorities are changed. IF needed ask the OSC Log Keeper to assist in maintaining the status board. IP-EP-230 Revision 15 Page 22 of 41 NOTES IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.7 OSC Log Keeper Checklist Sheet 1 of 1 1.0 Follow Responsibilities/Activities in EN-EP-611 Attachment 9.6.
communications might be suspect.               .- *
* IP-EP-230 Revision 15 Page 23 of 41 *. , .. .... . * ..
                                                *-           ' ..
-=-Entergy IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.8 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 1 of 14 This is a core staffing position 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity 1.1 .Assume the position of OSC Rad Protection Technician A. Enter the OSC using one of the proximity Accountability Card Readers. B. Sign in at the facility organization chart. C. Report to and receive direction from the OSC .Rad/Chem Coordinator or if not available the TSC Radiological Coordinator.
1.4  Maintain the Repair/Corrective Action Admin status board promptly. Update as tasks are assigned, old.
tasks are completed, and as priorities are changed. IF needed ask the OSC Log Keeper to assist in maintaining the status board.
 
IPEC                NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN                                  IP-EP-230   Revision 15 PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES             REFERENCE USE           Page      23  of    41 Attachment 9.7 OSC Log Keeper Checklist Sheet 1 of 1 1.0 Follow Responsibilities/Activities in EN-EP-611 Attachment 9.6.     *
                                                              *. ,
                                                            ..
                                                          ....   . *..
 
IPEC                  NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN                              IP-EP-230 Revision 15 PROCEDURE
  -=-Entergy           IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                 REFERENCE USE   Page    24 of      41 Attachment 9.8 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 1 of 14 This is a core staffing position 1.0     Initial Responsibility/Activity                                 NOTES 1.1   .Assume the position of OSC Rad Protection Technician A. Enter the OSC using one of the proximity Accountability Card Readers.
B. Sign in at the facility organization chart.
C. Report to and receive direction from the OSC
            .Rad/Chem Coordinator or if not available the TSC Radiological Coordinator.
_D. Verify.Equipment is in calibration.
_D. Verify.Equipment is in calibration.
E. As directed by the OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator or the TSC Radiological Coordinator:
E. As directed by the OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator or the TSC Radiological Coordinator:
1.. Perform a habitability survey of the TSC/OSC and CCR's and set up radiological controls for the TSC/OSC as shown on sheet 14 of this Checklist.
1.. Perform a habitability survey of the TSC/OSC and CCR's and set up radiological controls for the TSC/OSC as shown on sheet 14 of this Checklist.
NOTE: AMS SHALL _be started during TSC/OSC activation
NOTE:
: 1. Initial AMS-4 Start Up: IP-EP-230 Revision 15 Page 24 of 41 NOTES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-230 Revision 15 ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 25 of 41 Attachment 9.8 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 2of14 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.)
AMS SHALL _be started during TSC/OSC activation
: 1. Initial AMS-4 Start Up:
 
ENNIPEC                  NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-230   Revision 15 EMERGENCY PLAN               PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                 REFERENCE USE       Page     25 of   41 Attachment 9.8 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 2of14 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                           NOTES
* OPEN filter-housing cover, remove any existing filter media AND install a new charcoal filter paper (#508 Carbon lmpreg). The "lined" side should face down.
* OPEN filter-housing cover, remove any existing filter media AND install a new charcoal filter paper (#508 Carbon lmpreg). The "lined" side should face down.
* CLOSE and latch the filter housing cover.
* CLOSE and latch the filter housing cover.
* PLUG the AMS-4 in and turn on SW1 (power) and SW2 (pump) switches located in the back of the monitor. NOTE: IF beeping continues; THEN readjust.filter paper and restart.
* PLUG the AMS-4 in and turn on SW1 (power) and SW2 (pump) switches located in the back of the monitor.
NOTE:
IF beeping continues; THEN readjust.filter paper and restart.
* AFTER the AMS-4 has gone through the initial self-test cycle (approximately 5 minutes), THEN VERIFY the "READY" light is on AND activity 'is displayed.
* AFTER the AMS-4 has gone through the initial self-test cycle (approximately 5 minutes), THEN VERIFY the "READY" light is on AND activity 'is displayed.
* PRESS "2" on the keypad AND VERIFY that indicated flow rate is near the posted reference flow rate for charcoal filter. A low flow rate may indicate a flow blockage OR loaded filter paper.
* PRESS "2" on the keypad AND VERIFY that indicated flow rate is near the posted reference flow rate for charcoal filter. A low flow rate may indicate a flow blockage OR loaded filter paper.
* PRESS "1" on keypad to display airborne concentration.
* PRESS "1" on keypad to display airborne concentration. Negative numbers indicate the current activity is less than the historical data.
Negative numbers indicate the current activity is less than the historical data. 2. Normal AMS-4 Operation:
: 2. Normal AMS-4 Operation:
NOTE: This instrument is calibrated to monitor gas and p,articles.
NOTE:
* CHECK periodically the AMS-4 flow rate by *pressing "2" on the keypad. IF desired, return to activity monitoring by pressing "1" on the keypad. NOTES 
This instrument is calibrated to monitor gas and p,articles.
/ ENN IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-230 Revision 15 REFERENCE USE Page 26 of 41 Attachment 9.8 OSC' Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 3of14 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.)
* CHECK periodically the AMS-4 flow rate by
                  *pressing "2" on the keypad. IF desired, return to activity monitoring by pressing "1" on the keypad.
 
ENN IPEC                 NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-230   Revision 15 PROCEDURE
/
IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                REFERENCE USE       Page     26 of   41 Attachment 9.8 OSC' Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 3of14 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                       NOTES
* IF the flow rate approaches 28320 cm3/min OR the "MIN FLOW FAIL" alarm activities, THEN CHANGE the filter paper as per Section 3.
* IF the flow rate approaches 28320 cm3/min OR the "MIN FLOW FAIL" alarm activities, THEN CHANGE the filter paper as per Section 3.
* IF the AMS-4 "DAC HOUR ALARM DETECTED" alarm activates, THEN NOTIFY the Radiation Protection Coordinator.
* IF the AMS-4 "DAC HOUR ALARM DETECTED" alarm activates, THEN NOTIFY the Radiation Protection Coordinator. The alarm set point is 60 DAC hrs. Which is equivalent to 150 mRem.
The alarm set point is 60 DAC hrs. Which is equivalent to 150 mRem. -* IF the "FILTER DOOR, OPEN OUT OF 'SERVICE" alarm activates, THEN VERIFY that the filter housing is closed and latched., -* * *
                                                    -
* IF the gamma background in the area substantially, THEN GO to Section 4to set the Gamma Factor.
* IF the "FILTER DOOR, OPEN OUT OF
* WHEN finished monitoring with the AMS-4, THEN turn off SW1 (power), SW2 (pump). 3. Changing AMS-4 Filter Paper
                'SERVICE" alarm activates, THEN VERIFY that
                                                                                            ...
the filter housing is closed and latched., - * * *
* IF the gamma background in the area ~.hanges substantially, THEN GO to Section 4to set the Gamma Factor.
* WHEN finished monitoring with the AMS-4, THEN turn off SW1 (power), SW2 (pump).
: 3. Changing AMS-4 Filter Paper
* TURN SW2 (pump) OFF
* TURN SW2 (pump) OFF
* WHEN the audible alarm activates, THEN PRESS "ALARM ACK".
* WHEN the audible alarm activates, THEN PRESS "ALARM ACK".
* OPEN the filter housing cover AND WHEN the audible alarm activate, PRESS "ALARM ACK".
* OPEN the filter housing cover AND WHEN the audible alarm activate, PRESS "ALARM ACK".
* REMOVE any existing filter media AND install a new charcoal filter paper (#508 Carbon lmpreg). The "lihed" side should face down. NOTES ...
* REMOVE any existing filter media AND install a new charcoal filter paper (#508 Carbon lmpreg).
NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-230 ENN IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE lJSE Page 27 Attachment 9.8 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 4of14 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.)
The "lihed" side should face down.
 
ENN IPEC                NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-230     Revision 15 PROCEDURE
  .~Entergy.        IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                 REFERENCE lJSE   Page     27   of    41 Attachment 9.8 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 4of14 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                     NOTES
* CLOSE and latch the filter housing cover.
* CLOSE and latch the filter housing cover.
* TURN on SW2 (pump) switch.
* TURN on SW2 (pump) switch.
* WHEN the audible alarm activates, THEN PRESS "ALARM ACK"
* WHEN the audible alarm activates, THEN PRESS "ALARM ACK"
* PRESS "2" on the keypad AND verify that indicated flow rate is near the posted reference flow rate for charcoal filter. The low flow rate alarm set point is 28320 cm/3min. A low flow rate may indicate a OR loaded filter paper.
* PRESS "2" on the keypad AND verify that indicated flow rate is near the posted reference flow rate for charcoal filter. The low flow rate                           *-.*-,*
alarm set point is 28320 cm/3min. A low flow rate                             ..
may indicate a fl~w blocka~e OR loaded filter paper.
* RETURN to Section 2 for normal operations.
* RETURN to Section 2 for normal operations.
: 4. Gamma Factor Set
: 4. Gamma Factor Set
Line 1,304: Line 1,866:
* PRESS "ENTER".
* PRESS "ENTER".
* WHEN "Calibration Mode Halts Normal Operation" displays, THEN press "ENTER".
* WHEN "Calibration Mode Halts Normal Operation" displays, THEN press "ENTER".
* WAIT until both Beta AND BKG counts are greate than 400 counts THEN observe "Factor= XX.XXX" (where XX.XXX is .a number) on display AND PRESS "ENTER". Revision 15 of 41 NOTES *-.*-,* ..
* WAIT until both Beta AND BKG counts are greate than 400 counts THEN observe "Factor=
NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-230 Revision 15 ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 28 of 41 Attachment 9.8 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 5of14 Initial Responsibility/Activity_(cont.)
XX.XXX" (where XX.XXX is .a number) on display AND PRESS "ENTER".
 
ENNIPEC                NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-230   Revision 15 EMERGENCY PLAN             PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES               REFERENCE USE         Page     28 of   41 Attachment 9.8 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 5of14 Initial Responsibility/Activity_(cont.)                                           NOTES
* PRESS "ENTER" to accept and update Gamma Factor value.
* PRESS "ENTER" to accept and update Gamma Factor value.
* PRESS "MENU" key twice. "NOTE: WHEN "READY" light appears AND airborne concentrations appears on top line of display THEN go to Section F.2 for normal operation. (IF the.flow rate appears, THEN press "1" to display activity).
* PRESS "MENU" key twice.
                                      "NOTE:
WHEN "READY" light appears AND airborne concentrations appears on top line of display THEN go to Section F.2 for normal operation. (IF the.flow rate appears, THEN press "1" to display activity).
G. Periodically check readings of AMS-:4 and ensure proper instrument operation.
G. Periodically check readings of AMS-:4 and ensure proper instrument operation.
: 1. IF there is a release, THEN monifor the AMS-4 to identify any increase in the radiological levels in t_he TSC/OSC. 2. Follow directions in Section F of this checklist to maintain AMS-4 operations.
: 1. IF there is a release, THEN monifor the AMS-4 to identify any increase in the radiological levels in t_he TSC/OSC.
: 2. Follow directions in Section F of this checklist to maintain AMS-4 operations.
H. Sample Count Using the MS-2/SPA-3:
H. Sample Count Using the MS-2/SPA-3:
NOTE: 11 1 'Perform Source Check prior to use .
NOTE:                               11
: 1. Enclose the cartridge (e.g. in plastic wrap). 2. Place the enclosed sample in the detector shield on the shelf closest to the detector.
                  'Perform Source Check prior to use
      ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
                                                                        . 1
: 1. Enclose the cartridge (e.g. in plastic wrap).
: 2. Place the enclosed sample in the detector shield on the shelf closest to the detector.
: 3. Set the controls on the MS-2 as follows:
: 3. Set the controls on the MS-2 as follows:
* POWER switch "Or>J"
* POWER switch "Or>J"
* CPM RANGE switch -appropriate multiplier setting to register expected sample count rate.
* CPM RANGE switch - appropriate multiplier setting to register expected sample count rate.
* COUNTING TIME IN MINUTES control -set to desired counting time (normally one minute)
* COUNTING TIME IN MINUTES control - set to desired counting time (normally one minute)
* Window IN/OUT switch-"IN"
* Window IN/OUT switch- "IN"
* TEST switch -"OFF"** * *
* TEST switch - "OFF"** * *
* TIMED/STOP/MAN switch -"TIMED" NOTES ENN IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.8 IP-EP-230 Revision 15 Page 29 of 41 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 6of14 Initial (cont.)
* TIMED/STOP/MAN switch - "TIMED"
* WINDOW THRESHOLD AND HV ADJUST dials -set to values posted on the instrument.
 
: 4. Momentarily depress the RESET-START button. 5. WHEN the sample has finished counting, THEN record the digital display value on appropriate RP survey form. 6. Calculate the sample activity using the appropriate correction factor using the following formula: I
ENN IPEC               NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-230   Revision 15 PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                REFERENCE USE    Page     29 of   41 Attachment 9.8 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 6of14 Initial Respon~ibility/Activity    (cont.)                                 NOTES
* EFF -Efficiency (as given on the instrument or as directed by Radiological Assessment  
* WINDOW THRESHOLD AND HV ADJUST dials
*
                  - set to values posted on the instrument.
* Coordinator or Radiation Protection Supervisor)
: 4. Momentarily depress the RESET-START button.
* CFF -Charcoal Correction Factor (.95 or as directed by Radiological Assessment Coordinator or Radiation Protection Supervisor)
: 5. WHEN the sample has finished counting, THEN record the digital display value on appropriate RP survey form.
C , 1 (SampleCPM -BkgdCPM)x(JE-9).
: 6. Calculate the sample activity using the appropriate correction factor using the following formula:
U l1CC = ------------
I
2.2xEFFx Volume(L)xCCF Volume (L) = 28.32 .L...Volume (ft3) ft3 NOTES 
* EFF - Efficiency (as given on the instrument or as directed by Radiological Assessment **
// NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-230 Revision 15 ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 30 of 41 Attachment 9.8 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 7 of 14 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) 7. Remove the cartridge from the detector chamber and store or dispose of it properly, as appropriate.
Coordinator or Radiation Protection Supervisor)
: 8. Do a one minute background verification count to verify it has not changed and the counter is not contaminated.
* CFF - Charcoal Correction Factor (.95 or as directed by Radiological Assessment Coordinator or Radiation Protection Supervisor)
IF contaminated THEN take appropriate measures to decontaminate.
                    ,1 (SampleCPM -BkgdCPM)x(JE-9).
: 9. Insert new filter. I. Sample Count Using the E-140N OR RM-14/HP-210:
U Cl1CC  = ------------
: 1. Connect.the HP-210 detector, using the coaxial cable. to the terminal on the instrument "detector" or "probe". 2. IF using the RM-14 on AC, THEN do the following:
2.2xEFFx Volume(L)xCCF Volume (L) = 28.32 .L...Volume (ft3) ft3
 
ENNIPEC            NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY                                      IP-EP-230     Revision 15 PROCEDURE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES           REFERENCE USE           Page       30 of   41 Attachment 9.8 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 7 of 14 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                         NOTES
: 7. Remove the cartridge from the detector chamber and store or dispose of it properly, as appropriate.
: 8. Do a one minute background verification count to verify it has not changed and the counter is not contaminated. IF contaminated THEN take appropriate measures to decontaminate.
: 9. Insert new filter.
I. Sample Count Using the E-140N OR RM-14/HP-210:
: 1. Connect.the HP-210 detector, using the coaxial
//
cable. to the terminal on the instrument mark.~d "detector" or "probe".
: 2. IF using the RM-14 on AC, THEN do the following:
* Connect it to a 120 VAC supply using the power cord which connects at the back of the instrument chassis_,
* Connect it to a 120 VAC supply using the power cord which connects at the back of the instrument chassis_,
* Place the rotary switch in the X10 position.
* Place the rotary switch in the X10 position.
* Operate the toggle "Test On" switch at the chassis rear AND check that the indication on the meter is APPROXIMATELY 3600 CPM (:t 10%). .
* Operate the toggle "Test On" switch at the chassis rear AND check that the indication on the meter is APPROXIMATELY 3600 CPM (:t 10%).       .
* Turn the toggle switch off
* Turn the toggle switch off
* Record data on appropriate HP survey form.
* Record data on appropriate HP survey form.
* 3. IF using the instrument on battery THEN check battery condition by placing the rotary switch in "Batt" position AND record data on appropriate HP survey form. NOTES 
* 3. IF using the instrument on battery THEN check battery condition by placing the rotary switch in "Batt" position AND record data on appropriate HP survey form.
',* .. \ ) NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-230 ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING
 
* PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page Attachment 9.8 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 8 of 14 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.)
ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY                                        IP-EP-230     Revision 15
* Energize the instrument by turning the five position rotary from "OFF" to one of the
* PROCEDURE PLAN IMPLEMENTING
* PROCEDURES             REFERENCE USE           Page         31  of  41 Attachment 9.8 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 8 of 14 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                       .NOTES
* Energize the instrument by turning the five position rotary ~witch from "OFF" to one of the
* three counting ranges X1, X10, or X100.
* three counting ranges X1, X10, or X100.
* Check the operability of the counter.
* Check the operability of the counter.
* Place the detector in contact with the Ba-133 check source (located in the kit next to the meter). * * *Read source CPM above background AND record results on appropriate HP survey form. . .
* Place the detector in contact with the Ba-133 check source (located in the kit next to the meter).                     *
* Compare to count rate labeled on the source. 4. Place the detector on the sample holder (SH-4, -4a or equivalent) and check the background.  
                        * *Read source CPM above background AND record results on appropriate HP survey form.
*
                                          .         .
* Record the background CPM on DETERMINATION OF RADIOACTIVE AIRBORNE CONCENTRATION (Form EP-16).
      \
* Use lead bricks as shielding to the background CPM to read on the X1 scale (if possible).
* Compare to count rate labeled on the source.
: 5. Place particulate filters to be counted, one at a time, face up in the counting chamber. 6. Read sample CPM and record results on DETERMINATION OF RADIOACTIVE AIRBORNE CONCENTRATION (Form EP-16) Revision 15
        )
* 31 of 41 .NOTES 
: 4. Place the detector on the sample holder (SH-4, -4a or equivalent) and check the background.             *
*.*' .. NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-230 Revision 15 ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 32 of 41 Attachment 9.8 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 9of14 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) 7. Calculate the filter activity as follows: C , 1 (SampleCPM -BkgdCPM)x(JE  
* Record the background CPM on DETERMINATION OF RADIOACTIVE
-9) u 11cc=------------
',* ..                      AIRBORNE CONCENTRATION (Form EP-16).
* Use lead bricks as shielding to r~duce the background CPM to read on the X1 scale (if possible).
: 5. Place particulate filters to be counted, one at a time, face up in the counting chamber.
: 6. Read sample CPM and record results on DETERMINATION OF RADIOACTIVE AIRBORNE CONCENTRATION (Form EP-16)
 
ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY                                        IP-EP-230     Revision 15 PROCEDURE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES             REFERENCE USE           Page       32 of   41 Attachment 9.8 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 9of14 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                           NOTES
: 7. Calculate the filter activity as follows:
                                          ,1   (SampleCPM -BkgdCPM)x(JE - 9) uC1    1cc=------------
2.2xEFFx Volume(L)
2.2xEFFx Volume(L)
EFF-Efficiency  
EFF-Efficiency   =0.1
= 0.1 NOTE: Should sample holders be unavailable, the filters may be counted by placing the detectors within half inch of the filter. 8. To count the iodine filter cartridges .in the sample . holders, modify the holders as follows: (a) IF using the SH-4, THEN do the following:  
                                                                                                        *t G
*. Remove the sample holder slide.
* NOTE:
* Place the charcoal cartridge (lip up) or the silver zeolite cartridge (face up) in the cavity by removing the sample holder slide.
*.*'
Should sample holders be unavailable, the filters may be counted by placing the detectors within half inch of the filter.
: 8. To count the iodine filter cartridges .in the sample
                    . holders, modify the holders as follows:
    .                (a) IF using the SH-4, THEN do the following:
                          *. Remove the sample holder slide.
* Place the charcoal cartridge (lip up) or the silver zeolite cartridge (face up) in the cavity cr~ated by removing the sample holder slide.
* Place the detector on the cartridge.
* Place the detector on the cartridge.
* Determine the count rate. (b) IF using the SH-4a, THEN pull out the slide:
* Determine the count rate.
* Remove the insert. *
(b) IF using the SH-4a, THEN pull out the slide:
* Remove the insert.
                          *
* Push the slide back in.
* Push the slide back in.
* Place the charcoal cartridge (lip up) or the silver zeolite cartridge (face up) !n the cavity created by removing the sample holder slide. NOTES *t G * 
* Place the charcoal cartridge (lip up) or the silver zeolite cartridge (face up) !n the cavity created by removing the sample holder slide.
' .. * *:,,;..,.:.
 
\ ' . . . . ... ;** .* \.* .. ., :,-, ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-230 Revision 15 . REFERENCE USE Page 33 of 41 Attachment 9.8 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 10of14 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.)
ENNIPEC             NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY                                    IP-EP-230     Revision 15 PROCEDURE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES          . REFERENCE USE         Page       33 of   41 Attachment 9.8 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 10of14 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                     NOTES
* Place the detector on the cartridge.
* Place the detector on the cartridge.
* Determine the count rate. 9. Calculate the cartridge activity as follows: C , 1 (SampleCPM -BkgdCPM)x(JE  
* Determine the count rate.
-9) U ltCC = ------------
: 9. Calculate the cartridge activity as follows:
2.2:xEFFx Volume(L)xCCF EFF-Efficiency  
                                                                  ,1 (SampleCPM -BkgdCPM)x(JE -9)
= 0.0015 CCF-Charcoal Correction Factor= 0.95 J. Perform background and source checks approximately every hour OR as specified by the Rad/Chem Coordinator or TSC Radiological Coordinator (frequency may be adjusted, either more or less often, in consideration of current radiological conditions).
U CltCC = ------------
K. Using the readings from the AMS-4 Monitor and the noble gas-to-iodine ratio from Chemistry, determine the iodine activity.
2.2:xEFFx Volume(L)xCCF EFF- Efficiency = 0.0015
..'* *:,,;..,.:.
CCF- Charcoal Correction Factor= 0.95
                \ '
J. Perform background and source checks approximately every hour OR as specified by the Rad/Chem Coordinator or TSC Radiological Coordinator
                  ~ .. ..                  (frequency may be adjusted, either more or less often, in consideration of current radiological conditions).
                      ...
;**  .*              \.*  .. .,        K. Using the readings from the AMS-4 Monitor and the
:,-,
noble gas-to-iodine ratio from Chemistry, determine the iodine activity.
: 1. IF iodine activity is determined to be greater than 1x10-7 micro curies/cubic centimeter by any of the above methods, THEN notify the OSC Rad/Chem or the TSC Radiological Coordinator.
: 1. IF iodine activity is determined to be greater than 1x10-7 micro curies/cubic centimeter by any of the above methods, THEN notify the OSC Rad/Chem or the TSC Radiological Coordinator.
L. Establish contamination controls for the TSC/OSC if necessary.
L. Establish contamination controls for the TSC/OSC if necessary.
NOTES 
 
/ -** .... ' NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-230  
ENNIPEC            NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY                                    IP-EP-230     Revision 15 PROCEDURE PLAN
*--* Entergy . ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page Attachment 9.8 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 11 of 14 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity 2.1 Establish and Maintain radiological controlls A As directed by the OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator or the TSC Radiological Coordinator, perform periodic radiological monitoring particularly when a release of radioactive material into plant environments is in progress or suspected.
/
B. Periodically verify habitability in the TSC or OSC and *Control Rooms. This should be done approximately onc-e every 60 minutes or when conditions have likely worsened or when directed to by the OSC Rad/Chem . *Coordinator or the TSC Radiological Coordina.tor.
            *--* Entergy .         IMPLEMENTING REFERENCE USE         Page       34  of  41 PROCEDURES Attachment 9.8 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 11 of 14 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                         NOTES 2.0         Continuous Responsibility/Activity 2.1         Establish and Maintain radiological controlls A As directed by the OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator or the TSC Radiological Coordinator, perform periodic radiological monitoring particularly when a release of radioactive material into plant environments is in progress or suspected.
2.2 Inform the OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator or another coordinator when temporarily leaving the work area. " " A IF you are leaving the TSC/OSC Complex .(the * '* * *
B. Periodically verify habitability in the TSC or OSC and
* restroom is within complex) T.HEN: 1. Inform the Work Control Coordinator and/or OSC, Log-Keeper (for accountability purposes) . 2. Inform the Work Control Coordinator and/or OSC Log-Keeper when you return. B. Upon return, obtain a briefing from the OSC Rad/Chem or the TSC Radiological Coordinator on any events, which have occurred while away. 2.3 Escort as* directed, any team being sent into an area where any of the following conditions exist: A Radiological conditions are unknown. Surveys ot ARMs may be used to predict radiological conditions.
                        *Control Rooms. This should be done approximately onc-e every 60 minutes or when conditions have likely worsened or when directed to by the OSC Rad/Chem
                      . *Coordinator or the TSC Radiological Coordina.tor.
2.2         Inform the OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator or another coordinator when temporarily leaving the work area.
A IF you are leaving the TSC/OSC Complex .(the
              * '* * ** restroom is within complex) T.HEN:
    -
  **.... "
: 1. Inform the Work Control Coordinator and/or OSC,
  ~
        "
    '
Log-Keeper (for accountability purposes)
                        .2. Inform the Work Control Coordinator and/or OSC Log-Keeper when you return.
B. Upon return, obtain a briefing from the OSC Rad/Chem or the TSC Radiological Coordinator on any events, which have occurred while away.
2.3         Escort as* directed, any team being sent into an area where any of the following conditions exist:
A Radiological conditions are unknown. Surveys ot ARMs may be used to predict radiological conditions.
B. Radiation fields in excess of 1 R/hr are expected.
B. Radiation fields in excess of 1 R/hr are expected.
C. In the event of any release of radioactivity to the environment.
C. In the event of any release of radioactivity to the environment.
Revision 15 34 of 41 NOTES I ENN IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.8 IP-EP-230 Revision 15 Page 35 of 41 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 12of14 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES 2.4 3.0 '3.1 Assist with the decontamination efforts of personnel, equipment, and onsite areas as appropriate.
 
Closeout Responsibility/Activity IF radiological conditions allow, THEN as directed by the Radiological Coordinator:
ENN IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY                              IP-EP-230   Revision 15 PROCEDURE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES          REFERENCE USE    Page       35 of   41 Attachment 9.8 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 12of14 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                             NOTES 2.4   Assist with the decontamination efforts of personnel, I
A. Return emergency equipment to proper storage areas *arid 'restock supplies as needed. '.
equipment, and onsite areas as appropriate.
ENN IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.8 IP-EP-230  
3.0  Closeout Responsibility/Activity
*page 36 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 13 of 14 Information on use of Potassium Iodide IOSA T&#x17d; Tablets Potassium Iodide Tablets WARNING Revision 15 of 41
  '3.1  IF radiological conditions allow, THEN as directed by the Radiological Coordinator:
* TAKE POTASSIUM IODIDE ONLY WHEN PUBLIC HEAL TH OFFICIALS TELL YOU. IN A RADIATION EMERGENCY RADIOACTIVE IODINE COULD BE RELEASED INTO THE AIR. POTASSIUM IODIDE (A FORM OF IODINE) CAN HELP PROTECT YOU. POTASSIUM IODIDE SHOULD NOT BE USED BY PEOPLE ALLERGIC TO IODIDE. Keep out of the reach of children.
A. Return emergency equipment to proper storage areas
In case of overdose or allergic reaction, contact a physician or public health authority.
            *arid 'restock supplies as needed.
* IF YOU ARE TOLD TO TAKE THIS HOW POTASSIUM IODIDE WORKS MEDICINE, TAKE IT ONE TIME EVERY 24 Certain forms of iodine help your thyroid gland work HOURS. DO NOT TAKE IT MORE OFTEN. right. Most people get the iodine they need from MORE WILL NOT HELP YOU AND MAY foods like iodized salt or fish. The thyroid can "store" INCREASE THE RISK OF SIDE EFFECTS. or hold only a certain amount of iodine. NOT TAKE THIS DRUG IF YOU KNOW In a radiation emergency radioactive iodine may be YOU ARE ALLERGIC TO IODIDE (SEE released in the air. If this air is breathed or 1---,--'-,-S_JD_E-'-_E_F_F_E_.c_T_&_B_E_L_O_W_)  
                    '.
--------i swallowed it may enter the thyroid and damage it. DIR.ECTIONS FOR USE The damage may not show itself for years. Children use only when directed by Emergency Management, are the most likely to have thyroid damage. State, Local or Public Health Officials If you take potassium iodide, it will fill up you thyroid 1---------------------i gland. This reduced the chances that radioactive DOSE iodine will enter your thyroid. ADULTS AND CHILDREN ONE YEAR OF AGE OR OLDER: One ( 1) tablet once a day. Crush for small children.
 
BABIES ONE YEAR OF AGE: ' ' 6ne-tialf (1(2) tablet'once a day. Crush first. *
ENN IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY                                                            IP-EP-230                 Revision 15 PROCEDURE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                    REFERENCE USE                        *page               36     of  41 Attachment 9.8 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 13 of 14 Information on use of Potassium Iodide IOSA T' Tablets Potassium Iodide Tablets
* DOSAGE .. Take for 10 days unle.ss.directed otherwise.
* TAKE POTASSIUM IODIDE ONLY WHEN                                           WARNING PUBLIC HEALTH OFFICIALS TELL YOU.               POTASSIUM IODIDE SHOULD NOT BE USED BY IN A RADIATION EMERGENCY                         PEOPLE ALLERGIC TO IODIDE. Keep out of the RADIOACTIVE IODINE COULD BE                     reach of children. In case of overdose or allergic RELEASED INTO THE AIR. POTASSIUM                 reaction, contact a physician or public health IODIDE (A FORM OF IODINE) CAN HELP               authority.
Store your supply at room temperature between 59&deg; F and 86&deg; F. Keep package dry and foil packets intact. * -KEEP YOUR SUPPLY OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN.
PROTECT YOU.
SIDE EFFECTS Usually, side effects of potassium iodide happen when people take higher doses for a long time. You should be careful not to take more than the recommended dose or take it for longer than you are told. Side effects are unlikely because of the low dose and the short time you will be taking the drug. Possible side effects include skin rashes, swelling of the salivary glands, and "iodism" (metallic taste, burning mouth and throat, sore teeth and gums, symptoms of a head cold, and sometimes stomach upset and diarrhea).
* IF YOU ARE TOLD TO TAKE THIS                              HOW POTASSIUM IODIDE WORKS MEDICINE, TAKE IT ONE TIME EVERY 24              Certain forms of iodine help your thyroid gland work HOURS. DO NOT TAKE IT MORE OFTEN.                right. Most people get the iodine they need from MORE WILL NOT HELP YOU AND MAY                   foods like iodized salt or fish. The thyroid can "store" INCREASE THE RISK OF SIDE EFFECTS.               or hold only a certain amount of iodine.
WHO SHOULD NOT TAKE POTASSIUM IODIDE The only people who should not take tablets when directed to do so are people who know they are allergic to iodine. Pregnant women, nursing women, children and babies may take this drug. HOW AND WHEN Potassium Iodide should be taken as soon as possible after authorities tell you to take it. You should take one dose every 24 hours. MORE WILL NOT HELP YOU, AND WILL INCREASE THE CHANCES OF SIDE EFFECTS. Continue to take the drug for 10 days. WHAT TO DO IF SIDE EFFECT OCCUR STOP taking the drugs and contact a doctor or public health officials for instructions.
NOT TAKE THIS DRUG IF YOU KNOW                   In a radiation emergency radioactive iodine may be YOU ARE ALLERGIC TO IODIDE (SEE                 released in the air. If this air is breathed or 1---,--'-,-S_JD_E-'-_E_F_F_E_.c_T_&_B_E_L_O_W_)- - - - - - - - i swallowed it may enter the thyroid and damage it.
DESCRIPTION AND USE Each IOSATTM Tablet contains 130 mg. of potassium iodide. Thyroid blocking in radiation emergency only.
DIR.ECTIONS FOR USE                     The damage may not show itself for years. Children use only when directed by Emergency Management, are the most likely to have thyroid damage.
\ --Entergy.
State, Local or Public Health Officials                       If you take potassium iodide, it will fill up you thyroid 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - i gland. This reduced the chances that radioactive DOSE                         iodine will enter your thyroid.
ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.8 IP-EP-230 Page OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 14 of 14 A _,,,,.. _,.,... D A A '"-, .. A B E osc TSC / .. N R. c c Computer Room TSC/OSC Access Points to be posted: Revision 15 37 of 41 If Hallway Contamination
ADULTS AND CHILDREN ONE YEAR OF AGE OR OLDER:                                                           WHO SHOULD NOT TAKE POTASSIUM IODIDE One ( 1) tablet once a day. Crush for small       The only people who should not take tablets when children.                                         directed to do so are people who know they are BABIES UNDE~ ONE YEAR OF AGE:                                 allergic to iodine. Pregnant women, nursing women, children and babies may take this drug.
< 1000 dpm/ 100 sq. cm If Hallway Contamination
6ne-tialf (1(2) tablet'once a day. Crush first.
> 1000 dpm/ 100 sq. cm A. Entry/Exit B. No Entry/No Exit C. No Entry/No Exit D. Equipment cabinets.
  ' '
Place sigri at "top .of stairway No Entry/No Exit without permission from RAD Coordinator.
HOW AND WHEN
E. Air Monitoring Equipment A. No Entry. Exit Only B. Entry to TSC/OSC. No Exit. White Step Off Pad and Frisk Shoes before stepping here C. No Entry/No Exit D. Equipment cabinets.
                            *
Place sign at top of stairway.
* DOSAGE ..                       Potassium Iodide should be taken as soon as Take for 10 days unle.ss.directed otherwise.                    possible after authorities tell you to take it.
No Entry/No Exit without permission from RAD Coordinator E. Air Monitoring Equipment IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-230 Revision 15 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 38 of 41 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Attachment 9.9 Assembly Area Coordinator (AAC) Instructions Sheet 1 of 1 Review any special instructions with OSC Manager and ensure you have a full understanding of priorities Take a key for the AAC Room. The key for AAC Room is the same as for the TSC/OSC/EOF.
Store your supply at room temperature between 59&deg;             You should take one dose every 24 hours.
Record OSC Manager Contact Number: Assume the duties of the Energy Education Center (EEC) or Generation Support Building (GSB) Assembly . Area Coordinator. (or Indian Point Training Center (IPTC) Assembly Area Coordinator if needed). A. Report to the GSB or EEC (or IPTC if needed) B. Establish telephone communications with the OSC Manager, i. Call the OSC Manager to inform them you are in place, provide them with phone number at your location.
F and 86&deg; F. Keep package dry and foil packets                 MORE WILL NOT HELP YOU, AND WILL intact.                             *               -
: c. Draft an individual to remain phone and communicate messages to you as necessary.
INCREASE THE CHANCES OF SIDE EFFECTS.
D. In the GSB/EEC, up, or c!irect al)sistance to set up, the System, stored in the AAC Room. In the IPTC, ensure that the PA System is working . ... Draft at least3 Management to assist in controlling personnel located at the Assembly Area. Have them direct-assembled personnel to form groups by disciplines e.g. Mechanical, Electrical, l&C, Engineering and stand by for further infmmation and instructions.
KEEP YOUR SUPPLY OUT OF REACH OF                     Continue to take the drug for 10 days.
Do not allow personnel to leave the Assembly Area until you have verified with the OSC Manager that there has been no release of Radioactive Materials and additional personnel are not needed for event response.
CHILDREN.
Periodically
WHAT TO DO IF SIDE EFFECT OCCUR SIDE EFFECTS                       STOP taking the drugs and contact a doctor or public Usually, side effects of potassium iodide happen               health officials for instructions.
(-every 30 min) contact the OSC Manager for brief overvtew of events and plant conditions. . -'Periodically
when people take higher doses for a long time. You should be careful not to take more than the recommended dose or take it for longer than you are told. Side effects are unlikely because of the low                           DESCRIPTION AND USE dose and the short time you will be taking the drug.
(-every 30 min') brief pe.rsorinel in Assembly Area on events and plant conditions.
Each IOSATTM Tablet contains 130 mg. of Possible side effects include skin rashes, swelling of         potassium iodide.
Locate and dispatch additional personnel fo respond inside the Protected Area or to the EOF as needed. -* When directed by the OSC Manager either: A. *Dismiss Individuals from the Site B. Release individuals back to work c. Direct individuals to a designated location (on or offsite) IF directed by Radiological Assessment Coordinator, distribute Kl to personnel in the assembly areas. Brief personnel on Kl usage sheet 13 of Attachment 9.8 of IP-EP-230.
the salivary glands, and "iodism" (metallic taste, Thyroid blocking in radiation emergency only.
When all personnel have departed from the Assembly Area A. Return Portable PA System to its storage location.
burning mouth and throat, sore teeth and gums, symptoms of a head cold, and sometimes stomach upset and diarrhea).
B. Document any problems with equipment, personnel or procedures observed during event.
 
R c A . -====-Entergy s T A N G A R E A D IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDl"RE REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.10 TSC/OSC Floor Plan Sheet 1of1 IP-EP-230 Revision 15 Page 39 of 41 TYPICAL SEATING LAYOUT (May be rearranged without a procedure revision.}
ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY                                                      IP-EP-230              Revision 15 PROCEDURE PLAN
Cabinet Engineer Elec/l&C Work Control Coordinator osc Log Keeper Engineer Mechanical Engineer TSC Security Coordinator
      --Entergy.                 IMPLEMENTING Page            37 PROCEDURES                    REFERENCE USE                                              of  41 Attachment 9.8 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 14 of 14
* Operations . Support OSC RP/Chem Coordinator i&C/Elec.
_,,,,..
: Coordinator Communicator Manager SAMG Rx Engineer Engineer's tables U3 PIGS IT Spec Print PIGS U2 Mechanical Coordinator PIGS U2 EPM OPS Coordinator B 0 0 k s RAD Coordinator
A                                                c
) IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.11 IPEC OSC Guidelines Sheet 1 of 1 IP-EP-230 Revision 15 Page 40 of 41 General Guidelines BE CAREFUL 1. Always ensure you use one of the proximity Accountability Card. Reader or sign in on an Accountability Roster when you arrive at the Operations Support Center. 2. Maintain a quiet professional manner throughout the event. 3. Pay attention to the facility briefings and maintain awareness of conditions and events. 4. DO NOT leave the TSC/OSC Complex without checking out with the Work Control Coordinator or Security Coordinator.
                                          ~
_,.,...                  B D
A E
N osc        R.
c TSC A            /                Computer Room
                                  '"-,
A
                                              ..             ..
TSC/OSC Access Points to be posted:
If Hallway Contamination < 1000 dpm/ 100 sq. cm                    If Hallway Contamination > 1000 dpm/ 100 sq. cm A. Entry/Exit                                                      A. No Entry. Exit Only B. No Entry/No Exit                                                B. Entry to TSC/OSC. No Exit. White Step Off Pad and Frisk Shoes before stepping here C. No Entry/No Exit                                                C. No Entry/No Exit D. Equipment cabinets. Place sigri at "top .of stairway            D. Equipment cabinets. Place sign at top of stairway.
No Entry/No Exit without permission from RAD Coordinator.         No Entry/No Exit without permission from RAD E. Air Monitoring Equipment                                          Coordinator E. Air Monitoring Equipment
\
 
IPEC                      NON-QUALITY RELATED              ~
IP-EP-230        Revision 15 EMERGENCY PLAN                  PROCEDURE
  *~Entergy              IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                    REFERENCE USE            Page      38      of    41 Attachment 9.9 Assembly Area Coordinator (AAC) Instructions Sheet 1 of 1
: 1. Review any special instructions with OSC Manager and ensure you have a full understanding of priorities
: 2. Take a key for the AAC Room. The key for AAC Room is the same as for the TSC/OSC/EOF.
Record OSC Manager Contact Number:
: 3. Assume the duties of the Energy Education Center (EEC) or Generation Support Building (GSB) Assembly .
Area Coordinator. (or Indian Point Training Center (IPTC) Assembly Area Coordinator if needed).
A.        Report to the GSB or EEC (or IPTC if needed)
B.        Establish telephone communications with the OSC Manager,
: i. Call the OSC Manager to inform them you are in place, provide them with phone number at your location.
: c.       Draft an individual to remain  ~t phone and communicate messages to you as necessary.
D.        In the GSB/EEC, .~et up, or c!irect al)sistance to set up, the ~A System, stored in the AAC Room.
In the IPTC, ensure that the i.ns~~ll!3d PA System is working .
                                  ...
: 4. Draft at least3 Management per~onnel to assist in controlling personnel located at the Assembly Area.
Have them direct-assembled personnel to form groups by disciplines e.g. Mechanical, Electrical, l&C, Engineering and stand by for further infmmation and instructions.
: 5. Do not allow personnel to leave the Assembly Area until you have verified with the OSC Manager that there has been no release of Radioactive Materials and additional personnel are not needed for event response.
: 6. Periodically (-every 30 min) contact the OSC . Manager for brief overvtew of events and plant
                                                    ~                                            -
conditions.
: 7. 'Periodically (-every 30 min') brief pe.rsorinel in th~ Assembly Area on events and plant conditions.
: 8. Locate and dispatch additional personnel     fo respond inside the Protected Area or to the EOF as needed.
                                                              -*
: 9. When directed by the OSC Manager either:
A.       *Dismiss Individuals from the Site B.        Release individuals back to work
: c.        Direct individuals to a designated location (on or offsite)
: 10. IF directed by Radiological Assessment Coordinator, distribute Kl to personnel in the assembly areas.
Brief personnel on Kl usage sheet 13 of Attachment 9.8 of IP-EP-230.
: 11. When all personnel have departed from the Assembly Area A.         Return Portable PA System to its storage location.
B.         Document any problems with equipment, personnel or procedures observed during event.
 
IPEC                          NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN                                                    IP-EP-230             Revision 15 PROCEDl"RE
  .-====-Entergy  IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                        REFERENCE USE                Page            39    of            41 Attachment 9.10 TSC/OSC Floor Plan Sheet 1of1 TYPICAL SEATING LAYOUT (May be rearranged without a procedure revision.}
OSC RP/Chem Work Control      TSC Security        Coordinator Coordinator      Coordinator R
c A
osc
* Operations .         i&C/Elec. Mechanical s
T                                       Log Keeper          Support          : Coordinator  Coordinator A
~~
N G
A R
E A                       Cabinet Communicator Engineer            Engineer Elec/l&C            Mechanical B
Engineer                          Manager                                                0 0
D              SAMG                Rx Engineer EPM OPS Coordinator k
s Engineer's  tables                    IT                      PIGS    PIGS U3 PIGS               Spec         Print         U2      U2 RAD Coordinator
 
IPEC                       NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN                                                IP-EP-230    Revision 15 PROCEDURE
)
IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                    REFERENCE USE                 Page    40    of      41 Attachment 9.11 IPEC OSC Guidelines Sheet 1 of 1 General Guidelines                                                                                 BE CAREFUL
: 1. Always ensure you use one of the proximity Accountability Card. Reader or sign in on an Accountability Roster when you arrive at the Operations Support Center.
: 2. Maintain a quiet professional manner throughout the event.
: 3. Pay attention to the facility briefings and maintain awareness of conditions and events.
: 4. DO NOT leave the TSC/OSC Complex without checking out with the Work Control Coordinator or Security Coordinator.
NOTE: The restrooms at the top of the stairs are still within the TSC/OSC Complex, but you should inform a Co-Worker when going there.
NOTE: The restrooms at the top of the stairs are still within the TSC/OSC Complex, but you should inform a Co-Worker when going there.
* Team Dispatch WORK SAFE 1. When selected to perform a task in the field, receive job briefing from .an. OSC Coordiflator (Operations Support, Maintenance, l&C/Electric or Rad/Chem) for your assigned t!:!sk. IF the.job involves possible radiological*
* Team Dispatch                                                                             WORK SAFE
: 1. When selected to perform a task in the field, receive job briefing from .an. OSC Coordiflator (Operations Support, Maintenance, l&C/Electric or Rad/Chem) for your assigned t!:!sk. IF the.job involves possible radiological*
exposures THEN the Rad/Chem Coordinatqr or an RP,Superviso*r Will 'Provide you with a radiological briefing.
exposures THEN the Rad/Chem Coordinatqr or an RP,Superviso*r Will 'Provide you with a radiological briefing.
These briefs should be conducted in one .of the briefing rooms. The Lead Coordinator will give you the Team Briefing Form when ypu being dispatched after: completion of briefing.
These briefs should be conducted in one .of the briefing rooms.
: 2. ALWAYS check out with the Work Control Coordinator p'riGr to leaving TSC/OSC Complex to *perform a task -Always take a radio and test it before going out into the fi-eld otherwise by the Work Control  
The Lead Coordinator will give you the Team Briefing Form when ypu ~re being dispatched after: completion of briefing.
-_. , .
: 2. ALWAYS check out with the Work Control Coordinator p'riGr to leaving TSC/OSC Complex to *perform a task -
the Work Control Coordinator a copy of the Teani Br!efing Form are checking out. 3. Maintain communications with the Work Control Coordinator while i'r:i the field. Report any unexpected conditions or events immediately.  
Always take a radio and test it before going out into the fi-eld unles~*dir.ected otherwise by the Work Control Coordin~tor.
..-. .
                                                              -_.                 , .
* 4. ALWAYS check in with the Work Control Coordinator aild report any exposure you received IMMEDIATELY upon your return to the TSC/OSC Complex after performing a task. . REPORT any safety concerns which may be important for future work or to teams currently in the field The Work Control Coordinator will return the Team Briefing Form to you after you have checked in with him/her. 5. Report to the Lead Briefer (Operations Support, Mechanical, l&C/Electrical or Rad/Chem Coordinators) for a de-briefing after you have completed checking in with the Work Control Coordinator.
Gi~e the Work Control Coordinator a copy of the Teani Br!efing Form w~~.~- yo~- are checking out.
Report: Status of the assigned task Any deviations taken from normal work practices or quality control processes Any follow-up task(s) you feel are needed to ensure assignment goal is completed
: 3. Maintain communications with the Work Control Coordinator while       i'r:i the field. Report any unexpected conditions
: 6. After the team de-briefing return to the pool area and await further assignment.
                                                                                ..-
Brief other Technicians in the pool on tasks you performed and conditions in the field.
or events immediately.                                                         .       .                     *
) ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.12 IPEC OSC ERO STAFFING Sheet 1 of 1 IP-EP-230 Revision 15 Page 41 of 41 At IPEC, the expectation is that ALL individuals to the Operations Support Center (OSC) report to the facility within 60 minutes of the declaration of an Event.
: 4. ALWAYS check in with the Work Control Coordinator aild report any exposure you received IMMEDIATELY upon a
* The OSG is able to be considered STAFFED when the following Core Individuals are present: OSC Manager, Work Control Coordinator, three Radiation Protection Technicians, a mechanical maintenance, electrical maintenance, and an l&C technician.
your return to the TSC/OSC Complex after performing task. .
Regardless of whoever elseJs available, these positions MUST filled pef9re the;O.SG;can be considered to be STAFFED. . . . -. The IPEC Emergency Plan in Section B_ (Table _B-1) the following to respond within 60 minutes: 8 Rad Protedion techniciarts;
REPORT any safety concerns which may be important for future work or to teams currently in the field The Work Control Coordinator will return the Team Briefing Form to you after you have checked in with him/her.
:2* Mechanical Maintenance, 2.Electrical Maintenance, an'1&c technidan, *and a technician.  
: 5. Report to the Lead Briefer (Operations Support, Mechanical, l&C/Electrical or Rad/Chem Coordinators) for a de-briefing after you have completed checking in with the Work Control Coordinator. Report:
*.:-!'*. : The OSC may be declared OPERATIONAL whenever Individuals are achieved and the OSC Manager determines  
Status of the assigned task Any deviations taken from normal work practices or quality control processes Any follow-up task(s) you feel are needed to ensure assignment goal is completed
*that' the faellity_
: 6. After the team de-briefing return to the pool area and await further assignment. Brief other Technicians in the pool on tasks you performed and conditions in the field.
is_ adequately staffed for the event and equipment is set up and available to perform the emergency functions assigned to the OSC. * *
 
.... IPEC NON*QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 Revision 19 W".!;:_'C Entergy., EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 1 of 29 Technical Support Center Prepared by; *-.
ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY                                            IP-EP-230      Revision 15 PROCEDURE PLAN
A IVla.rtin PrintName  
)              IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES          REFERENCE USE                 Page      41    of  41 Attachment 9.12 IPEC OSC ERO STAFFING Sheet 1 of 1 At IPEC, the expectation is that ALL individuals assign~d to the Operations Support Center (OSC) report to the facility within 60 minutes of the declaration of an Event.
*
* The OSG is able to be considered STAFFED when the following Core Individuals are present: OSC Manager, Work Control Coordinator, three Radiation Protection Technicians, a mechanical maintenance, *~n electrical maintenance, and an l&C technician. Regardless of whoever elseJs available, these positions MUST b~ filled pef9re the;O.SG;can be considered to be STAFFED.                                 ..     .
* S!griature
                                                          -               .
: ' ' : . . , * ....
The IPEC Emergency Plan in Section B_ (Table _B-1) req~ires the following to respond within 60 minutes: 8 Rad Protedion techniciarts; :2* Mechanical Maintenance, 2.Electrical Maintenance, an'1&c technidan, *and a Che~istry technician.
* __
                                                          *.:-!'*. :
f 2H k Approval:
The OSC may be declared OPERATIONAL whenever C~re Individuals are achieved and the OSC Manager determines *that' the faellity_ is_ adequately staffed for the event and equipment is set up and available to perform the emergency functions assigned to the OSC.             *                         *
..... .._. . ...... Effective Date: June 14; 2016 IP-EP-220 (Technical Support Center) R19.dac
 
) IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 Revision 19 Er1lergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page Of 29 Table of Contents 1.0 PURPOSE ..................................................................*
              ....Entergy.,
: ......................................  
W".!;:_'C IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN NON*QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-220   Revision 19 IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                                   Page          29 REFERENCE Use               1   of Technical Support Center
'"*********
:  '
3  
Prepared by; *- .
                                '~ : .
Re~ecca    A IVla.rtin PrintName *               *S!griature Approval:
                      . , *....
* __Lo_riP~-.~t~-::-~d_er_&#xb5;~J~ f 2H k
    .....     .._.     .
......
Effective Date: June 14; 2016 IP-EP-220 (Technical Support Center) R19.dac
 
IPEC               NON-QUALITY RELATED                     IP-EP-220                     Revision 19
)                            Er1lergy           EMERGENCY PLAN             PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE                         Page                   ~                  Of 29 Table of Contents 1.0 PURPOSE ..................................................................* :......................................'"********* 3


==2.0 REFERENCES==
==2.0 REFERENCES==
............................................................................................................. 3 3 . 0 DEFINITIONS ........................'" ....... :.............................................................................. 3 4.0 RESPONSIBILITl_ES ................................................................... "'., ......................*...... 3
                                                .                        .
4.1            Emergency Plant Manager................: .....................................*........... 3.
4.2            TSC Manager ..................................... *****.* ...................................... 3 5.0 DETAILS .................................. : .*.....................................'.....*................................. 4 6.0. INTERFACES********:********************************: .. :......................~:~~-:::*:: .:******,.. **:***::**.:*.*.'.********* 5
      . *.**                                                                                                  *    .  -* ..... _          **- ....... J*,: ~-
7 .0 .RE CO ROS*: .. :: ...................... :...... *............. :::'.*:-: ........... ***.***** ........... ::::.*::-..*... :.~-., ..'.'....... : .....s-** .
8.0 REQUIREMENTS AND COMMITMENT ................................................................. ,... 5 9.0. ATTACHMENTS .*. *.. :.,.~ .... :................. :*. ,.; .............................:.... *.::........ *...~: .. :............ ,.... 5
* 9.1 EmergencyPlant Manager ChecklisL. ... '. ................................ ~ ......................... 5
                            ** 9.2 *TSC Manager Checklist ................................................................................... 11
        .    . *:~* .: *..          . *. .  .
          ... :* *: : .**9.3 operations Coordinator Checklist ........................ :..........._............ ~ ................. : 13
  . ...  .: . . *.-:*
            - '.              9~4 .*Re~~to.r f:ngineer Checklist ....................... :.. ;... ~ ..............*.... ,.......... ~ .. :............ 14 9.5 Engineering Coordinator Checklist ............................. :...... ,..... :...................... 15 .
9.6  Mechanical an*d El.ectrical/l&C Engineer Checklist ............................ ,............ 16 9.7 IT Specialist Checklist.. ............................... :**************************:******************** ... 17 9.8 TSC Communicator Checklist ............................................................. 18 9.9 Radiological Coordinator Checklist .................. ,.................... : ............... 19 9.1.0 TSC Security Coordinator Checklist ........................................... : ........ 24 9.11 TSC/OSC Layout .. . ... ... .. . .. ... .. . .. . ... ... .. . .......................................... 27 9.12 TSC/OSC Public Address System Description and Operation ................. 28
                                  .          .                                                                                                                .
9.13 IPEC TSC ERO Staffing ....................................................................29
IPEC                    NON-QUALITY RELATED      IP*EP-220      Revision 19 Entergy        EMERGENCY PLAN              PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE            Page      ~    Of    29 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER (TSC) 1.0    PURPOSE To describe site specific actions for the activation and operation of the Technical Support Center (TSC). This procedure will be used in conjunction with the fleet procedure, EN-EP-610, Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations.
==2.0    REFERENCES==
2.1    Indian Point Energy Center Emergency Plan 3.0    DEFINITIONS 3.1    See EN-EP-610 Section 3.0 for definitions.
4.0    RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1    See EN-EP-61 O for.Re~p<;:msibilities.
5.0    DETAILS 5.10 . See EN-EP-610 for Details.
6.0    INTERFACES 6.1    IP-EP-:-115 *. E.m~rgency_Plan Forms 6.2    IP-EP-210, Central_ Control Room 6.3    IP--!=F>-230,_op~rations Support Center
                          .. **_ ..
6.4    IP~EP-430,
              ' . ~
Site A~*sembly,
                                    .    ;
Acco*untat5ility and Relocation . of Personnel Offsite 6.5
* IP-EP-51 O,,Meteorological, Radiological & Plant Data Acquisition System 6.6    IP-EP-610, Emergency Termination and Recovery 6.7    IP-EP..:420, Use of Potassium Iodide by Indian Point Personnel during an Emergency
  .6.8    O-FSG-100, BDBEE/ELAP Emergency Response
)  6.9    EN-EP.,.610, Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations 7.0    RECORDS.
All forms and logs completed by the Emergency Response Organization during a declared emergency are Quality Records and shall be maintained for the life of the plant plus twenty (20) years.
IPEC                  NON-QUALITY RELATED  IP-EP-220  Revision 19 Enlergyrri      EMERGENCY PLAN            PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE          Page  ~    Of    29 8.0  REQUIREMENTS AND COMMITMENT CROSS-REFERENCE None 9.0  ATTACHMENTS 9.1  Emergency Plant Manager Checklist.
9.2  TSC Manager Checklist 9.3  Operations Coordinator Checklist 9.4  Reactor ;ngineer Checklist 9.5  Engineering Coordinator Checklist 9.6  Mechanical and Electrical I l&C Engineer Checklist 9.7  IT Specialist Checklist 9.8  TSC Communicator Checklist 9.9  Radiological Coordinator Checklist 9.10 TSC Security Coordinator Checklist 9.11 TSC/OSC Lay~ut .        , .      .*: . ;
* 9.12 TSC/OSC Pu~lic Address ,!:;ystem Description and Operation 9.13  IPEC TSC ERO' Staffing.. * . .            .            .
                                  . ~-'
:*  *.


.............................................................................................................
IPEC                  NON-QUALITY RELATED    IP-EP-220    Revision 19 Entergy      EMERGENCY PLAN                PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE      Page  .&sect;  of  29 Attachment 9.1 Emergency Plant Manager Checklist Sheet 1 of 6 1.0   Initial Responsibility/Activity                                      NOTES NOTE:
3 3 .. 0 DEFINITIONS
Procedure refers to an event at Unit 2, Unit 3 or both (i.e.,
........................
Security, Natural event). If determined to be a Site event, then Unit 2 will be the lead plant for all communications, This is a Core Staffing position.
'" ....... : ..............................................................................
                                              .       '
3 4.0 RESPONSIBILITl_ES
1.1    Follow responsibilities/activities in_ EN-EP-61 O Attachment 9.1 and the follovving:
...................................................................
* 1.2    IF a Beyond Des.ign Bas-is External Event (BDBEE) occurs that results in an Extended Loss of AC Power (ELAP) to either unit, THEN entry into, O-FSG-100, BDBEE/ELAP Emergency Response, is required.
"'., ......................*......
1.3    Assume the position'"of Emergen<;y Plant Manager (EPM).
3 4.1 4.2 . . Emergency Plant Manager ................
A. Announce yourself as the EPM and provide initial briefing to the TSC/OSC staff: Ensure briefing covers the following item$:. *     *                 *     **
: .....................................*...........
                                          ._ ....
: 3. TSC Manager .....................................
: 1. Introduction of Self and FaciHty"Managers.
*****.* ......................................
          *2. Establish clear expectations.for-.
3 5.0 DETAILS ..................................
: a. Use of Three-Part Communications by ERO members.
: .*.....................................
: b. Use of phones during facility briefs,
' ..... * .................................
: c. Limit excess chatter during emergency,
4 6.0. INTERFACES********:********************************:  
: d. Review and follow your procedures,
.. : ......................
: 3. Remind personnel to validate information,
.. :******, .. **:***::**.:*.*.'.*********
: 4. When ready, announce to tlie TSC/OSC that the TSC/OSC is operational.
5 . *.** * . -* ..... _ **-....... J*,: 7 .0 .RE CO ROS*: .. :: ......................
: ...... * .............
:::'.*:-:
...........
***.*****
...........
::::.*::-.. * ... . .'.' ....... : ..... s-** .. 8.0 REQUIREMENTS AND COMMITMENT
................................................................. , ... 5 9.0. ATTACHMENTS
.*. * ..
.... : .................
: *. ,.; .............................
: .... *.:: ........ * ... .. : ............ , .... 5
* 9.1 EmergencyPlant Manager ChecklisL.
... '. ................................ .........................
5 ** 9.2 *TSC Manager Checklist
...................................................................................
11 . .
.: *.. . *. . . ... :* *: : .**9.3 operations Coordinator Checklist
........................
: ...........
_ ............ .................
: 13 f:ngineer Checklist
.......................
: .. ; ... ..............  
* .... , .......... .. : ............
14 . ... .: ... *.-:* -'. 9.5 Engineering Coordinator Checklist
.............................
: ...... , ..... : ......................
15 . 9.6 Mechanical an*d El.ectrical/l&C Engineer Checklist
............................ , ............
16 9.7 IT Specialist Checklist..
...............................
:**************************:********************
... 17 9.8 TSC Communicator Checklist
.............................................................
18 9.9 Radiological Coordinator Checklist
.................. , ....................
: ...............
19 9.1.0 TSC Security Coordinator Checklist
...........................................
: ........ 24 9.11 TSC/OSC Layout . . . . . . . . .
.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.........................................
27 9.12 TSC/OSC Public Address System Description and Operation
.................
28 . . . 9.13 IPEC TSC ERO Staffing ....................................................................
29 
) Entergy IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP*EP-220 Revision 19 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page Of 29 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER (TSC) 1.0 PURPOSE To describe site specific actions for the activation and operation of the Technical Support Center (TSC). This procedure will be used in conjunction with the fleet procedure, EN-EP-610, Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations.  


==2.0 REFERENCES==
IPEC                    NON-QUALITY RELATED        IP-EP-220  Revision 19
      -!3nlergy      0 EMERGENCY PLAN              PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING
                        .PROCEDURES
                                    .,            REFERENCE USE              Page  &sect;    Of    29 Attachment 9.1 Emergency Plant Manager Checklist Sheet 2 of 6 2.0         Continuous Responsibility/Activity                                                NOTES CAUTION IF an emergency classification is entered due to a security condition, THEN evacuation and accountability may put personnel at risk. Therefore, in these situations, evacuation and accountability will be suspended until directed by Security and cleared through the Incident Commander.
NOTE:
After initial accountability has been completed, facility managers are responsible for accountability of individuals assigned to_ their respective organizations.                                                -- -
2.1      At a Site Area Emergency or highe.r cl~ssificati~n,              or  if .
the decision has been made to do so, INITIATE accountability.                                _ * -*,
A. Direct the TSC Security Coordinator/Lead
* Accountability Officer (LAO) to perform accountability ..
Initial accountability shall be cqmpleted. within approximately 30 minutes from the declaration ofthe event.              .        .. . . * * --_~-....
B. IF anyone is unaccount~d for THEN q!rect the TSG                                  .,
Security Coordinator a_nd the OSC Mar)ager to commence search and rescue operations.
* C. Direct TSC Manager, OSC Manager, POM and TSC Security Coordinator to maintain onsite accountability throughout the event.


2.1 Indian Point Energy Center Emergency Plan 3.0 DEFINITIONS 3.1 See EN-EP-610 Section 3.0 for definitions.
IPEC               NON-QUALITY RELATED           IP-EP-220   Revision 19 Entergy     EMERGENCY PLAN           PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE                   Page Of   29 Attachment 9.1 Emergency Plant Manager Checklist Sheet 3 of 6 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                     NOTES 2.2   When applicable, direct implementation of Severe Accident Management Guidelines.
4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 See EN-EP-61 O 5.0 DETAILS 5.10 . See EN-EP-610 for Details. 6.0 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 .6.8 6.9 7.0 INTERFACES IP-EP-:-115
*.
Forms IP-EP-210, Central_ Control Room Support Center .. **_ ..
Site Acco*untat5ility and Relocation of Personnel Offsite ' . . ; .
* IP-EP-51 O,,Meteorological, Radiological
& Plant Data Acquisition System IP-EP-610, Emergency Termination and Recovery IP-EP..:420, Use of Potassium Iodide by Indian Point Personnel during an Emergency O-FSG-100, BDBEE/ELAP Emergency Response EN-EP.,.610, Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations RECORDS. All forms and logs completed by the Emergency Response Organization during a declared emergency are Quality Records and shall be maintained for the life of the plant plus twenty (20) years.
IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 Enlergyrri EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 8.0 REQUIREMENTS AND COMMITMENT CROSS-REFERENCE 9.0 9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 9.6 9.7 9.8 9.9 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13 None ATTACHMENTS Emergency Plant Manager Checklist.
TSC Manager Checklist Operations Coordinator Checklist Reactor ;ngineer Checklist Engineering Coordinator Checklist Mechanical and Electrical I l&C Engineer Checklist IT Specialist Checklist TSC Communicator Checklist Radiological Coordinator Checklist TSC Security Coordinator Checklist TSC/OSC . , . .*: . ;
* TSC/OSC Address ,!:;ystem Description and Operation IPEC TSC ERO' Staffing..
* . . . . . :* *. Revision 19 Of 29 Entergy IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page Attachment 9.1 Emergency Plant Manager Checklist Sheet 1 of 6 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity NOTE: Procedure refers to an event at Unit 2, Unit 3 or both (i.e., Security, Natural event). If determined to be a Site event, then Unit 2 will be the lead plant for all communications, This is a Core Staffing position. . ' 1.1 Follow responsibilities/activities in_ EN-EP-61 O Attachment 9.1 and the follovving:
* 1.2 IF a Beyond Des.ign Bas-is External Event (BDBEE) occurs that results in an Extended Loss of AC Power (ELAP) to either unit, THEN entry into, O-FSG-100, BDBEE/ELAP Emergency Response, is required.
1.3 Assume the position'"of Emergen<;y Plant Manager (EPM). A. Announce yourself as the EPM and provide initial briefing to the TSC/OSC staff: Ensure briefing covers the following item$:. * * * * * ._ .... 1. Introduction of Self and FaciHty"Managers.
*2. Establish clear expectations.for-.
: a. Use of Three-Part Communications by ERO members. b. Use of phones during facility briefs, c. Limit excess chatter during emergency, d. Review and follow your procedures, 3. Remind personnel to validate information, 4. When ready, announce to tlie TSC/OSC that the TSC/OSC is operational.
Revision 19 .&sect; of 29 NOTES IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220
-!3nlergy 0 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING .PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page ., Attachment 9.1 Emergency Plant Manager Checklist Sheet 2 of 6 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity CAUTION IF an emergency classification is entered due to a security condition, THEN evacuation and accountability may put personnel at risk. Therefore, in these situations, evacuation and accountability will be suspended until directed by Security and cleared through the Incident Commander.
NOTE: After initial accountability has been completed, facility managers are responsible for accountability of individuals assigned to_ their respective organizations.
---2.1 At a Site Area Emergency or highe.r or if . the decision has been made to do so, INITIATE accountability.
_ * -*, A. Direct the TSC Security Coordinator/Lead
* Accountability Officer (LAO) to perform accountability
.. Initial accountability shall be cqmpleted.
within approximately 30 minutes from the declaration ofthe event. . .. . . * *
.... B. IF anyone is for THEN q!rect the TSG Security Coordinator a_nd the OSC Mar)ager to commence search and rescue operations.
** C. Direct TSC Manager, OSC Manager, POM and TSC Security Coordinator to maintain onsite accountability throughout the event. Revision 19 &sect; Of 29 NOTES .,
IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page Attachment 9.1 Emergency Plant Manager Checklist Sheet 3 of 6 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) 2.2 When applicable, direct implementation of Severe Accident Management Guidelines.
A When the Control Room transitions from the EOPs to SACRG-1, or only declares an EAL for SFP conditions, ENSURE the TSC Reactor Engineer is ready to take over Severe Accident Management control, as SAMG evaluator.
A When the Control Room transitions from the EOPs to SACRG-1, or only declares an EAL for SFP conditions, ENSURE the TSC Reactor Engineer is ready to take over Severe Accident Management control, as SAMG evaluator.
B. Once the SAMG Evaluat6r(s) is ready to take over Severe Accident Management control ANNOUNCE yourself as the Severe Accident Management Decision Maker:* . *.
B. Once the SAMG Evaluat6r(s) is ready to take over Severe Accident Management control ANNOUNCE yourself as the Severe Accident Management Decision Maker:*                                     .       *.
* C. CONFER with the SAMG* Evaluato"rs  
* C. CONFER with the SAMG* Evaluato"rs *which SAM '
*which SAM ' guidance should be implemented.*  
guidance should be implemented.*           ...
... D. NOTIFY the Emergency-Director (ED) which guidanpe will be implemented.
D. NOTIFY the Emergency-Director (ED) which guidanpe will be implemented. IF the_ guidance involves . '
IF the_ guidance involves a;-. :..-,. * . ' -1' . release t6the environment, ENSURE the ED disc1.:.isses  
a;-.
.. this with the Radiologicaf.Asse$smerit Coordinafor*and
                                                            -1'
* the State/Counties prior to implemeotation  
:..-,. *.
.. * -:, . 2.3 Authorize Emergency Exposures I ki:  
release t6the environment, ENSURE the ED disc1.:.isses..
*
this with the Radiologicaf.Asse$smerit Coordinafor*and
* A -Inform the TSC/OSC Manager*ari.d Radiologiqal  
* the State/Counties prior to implemeotation .. * -:, .
*:. . Coordinator that you authorize up to 1 Rem TEDE for all TSC/OSC and Operations personnel dispatched into the plant. Doc1.1ment this authorization in WebEOC, OR on your ERO Log Sheet (Form EP-10) if WebEOC is unavailable.
2.3   Authorize Emergency Exposures I ki: issuanc~ *
B. IF emergency measures require additional exposure THEN raise the emergency exposure limit 1 Rem at a time up to 5 Rem. Revision 19 z Of 29 NOTES Enlergy IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page Attachment 9.1 Emergency Plant Manager Checklist Sheet 4 of 6 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) 2.4 C. Review and authorize, when requested by OSC Staff, emergency exposures beyond 5 Rem on an individual
* A -Inform the TSC/OSC Manager*ari.d Radiologiqal *:.               .
* 1 basis using Emergency Exposure Authorization (Form EP-6) guidelines.
Coordinator that you authorize erriergerrcfex~os1;.rres up to 1 Rem TEDE for all TSC/OSC and Operations personnel dispatched into the plant. Doc1.1ment this authorization in WebEOC, OR on your ERO Log Sheet (Form EP-10) if WebEOC is unavailable.
B. IF emergency measures require additional exposure THEN raise the emergency exposure limit 1 Rem at a time up to 5 Rem.
 
IPEC                 NON-QUALITY RELATED       IP-EP-220         Revision 19 Enlergy      EMERGENCY PLAN             PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE               Page     .&sect;  of  29 Attachment 9.1 Emergency Plant Manager Checklist Sheet 4 of 6 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                           NOTES C. Review and authorize, when requested by OSC Staff, emergency exposures beyond 5 Rem on an individual
* 1     basis using Emergency Exposure Authorization (Form EP-6) guidelines.
D. When requested by Radiological Coordinator, authorize issuance of Potassium Iodine (Kl). (Kl is normally issued at 5 Rem COE projected child thyroid dose or declaration of a General Emergency.)
D. When requested by Radiological Coordinator, authorize issuance of Potassium Iodine (Kl). (Kl is normally issued at 5 Rem COE projected child thyroid dose or declaration of a General Emergency.)
Circumstances inciuding, .
2.4    Circumstances inciuding,..but;notli.mif~d/to.a p9wer. ->
p9wer. ->
* outage, toxic *935- coridltion, or'in-creas'e'd 'radiation.. .. ..
* outage, toxic *935-coridltion, or'in-creas'e'd  
levels may necessitate the need to evacuate the TSC/OSC ~<;>mplex. IF it becomes necessary to.
'radiation..  
evacuate the. tsc1osc complex for any reason, the following guidance shall be fqllowed. . . _             . ... __ ,,_ .
.. .. levels may necessitate the need to evacuate the TSC/OSC IF it becomes necessary to. evacuate the. tsc1osc complex for any reason, the following guidance shall be fqllowed. . . _ . ... __ ,,_ . A Work with the Radiological Coordinator, TSC/OSC . . . > Managers and TSC Security Coordinator to determine a suitable alternate location(s) for TSC an.d In selecting an alternate location, keep 'theJollowjngjn  
A Work with the Radiological Coordinator, TSC/OSC . .. >
*.
Managers and TSC Security Coordinator to determine a suitable alternate location(s) for TSC an.d OSC*st~ffs':
* mind: -.* * --*  
In selecting an alternate location, keep 'theJollowjngjn *.
... 1. In the event of increased radiation levels or a: foxic * *
* mind:                                         -.* * -- * --:*7.~o'ic ...
* gas condition, consider relocating individuals to thEL CR or Outage Control Center. Another possible alternative location for consideration is the EOF. Although desirable to keep the entire staff together; it may be necessary to utilize more than one facility.
: 1. In the event of increased radiation levels or a: foxic * **
gas condition, consider relocating individuals to thEL CR or Outage Control Center. Another possible alternative location for consideration is the EOF.
Although desirable to keep the entire staff together; it may be necessary to utilize more than one facility.
: 2. In the event of a power outage, there may be additional locations that could be used for
: 2. In the event of a power outage, there may be additional locations that could be used for
* relocation.
* relocation. Such possible locations include an IPEC Conference Hoom within the Protected Area, the Outage Control Center, the Indian Point Training Center or even the Generation Support Building.
Such possible locations include an IPEC Conference Hoom within the Protected Area, the Outage Control Center, the Indian Point Training Center or even the Generation Support Building.
: 3. In selecting the facility to which you are relocating to, ensure that you consider the ability for the TSC/OSC staffs to function in the new facility.
: 3. In selecting the facility to which you are relocating to, ensure that you consider the ability for the TSC/OSC staffs to function in the new facility.
Revision 19 .&sect; of 29 NOTES Entergyf!; . IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page Attachment 9.1 Emergency Plant Manager Checklist Sheet 5 of 6 Revision 19 Of 29 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES Some items for consideration include: Is the required Plant information able to be readily obtained?
 
Are the necessary computer resources available?  
                  . IPEC                   NON-QUALITY RELATED       IP-EP-220                             Revision 19 Entergyf!;      EMERGENCY PLAN             PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE                   Page                     ~        Of    29 Attachment 9.1 Emergency Plant Manager Checklist Sheet 5 of 6 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                                               NOTES Some items for consideration include:
-Will adequate communications be obtainable with all of the necessary parties? B. PRIOR to evacuating the TSC/OSC complex, address ( the following:
Is the required Plant information able to be readily obtained?
: 1. Ensure. that evacuating personnel take their position books* with-them*
Are the necessary computer resources available?
to the' new location.  
            - Will adequate communications be obtainable with all of the necessary parties?
*. -* '.:; *-: ...... ,._ 2. Ensure that all needed data is.gathered and transported during the relocation of personnel.
B. PRIOR to evacuating the TSC/OSC complex, address
Examples include information on the electronic  
(
'
the following:
other information, cpmpleted;iogs  
: 1. Ensure. that evacuating personnel take their position
.*and the like.
                                                                                          ~*    *~ ... --
* 3. Inform the ED and the POM of your reloca.tion*  
books* with-them* to the' new location. *. - * *~ '.:;
*' plans. Advise them that you will notify them of . when you have relocated and are a fuilctioniAg  
                                                                                      '
.,; facility.
                                                                *-: ...... ,._
If relocation will be at two or more sites,-*, direct an individual at each of those sites to advise** you when their relocation is complete.
: 2. Ensure that all needed data is.gathered and transported during the relocation of personnel.
: 4. Determine the speed at which the relocation of personnel should occur giving consideration to the following items: a. Consider the impact of immediate relocation vs. mitigation activities in progress.
Examples include information on the electronic '
: b. Current radiological or hazardous conditions within the TSC/OSC. c. Radiological or hazardous conditions at the proposed TSC/OSC. d. Radiological or hazardous conditio_ns en route. e. The adequacy of response from the alternate location.  
displ~ys, other ~harted information, cpmpleted;iogs
' ... --. .*:_ ..
            .*and the like.                                   *
*-
                                                                                          .  ~
*--****
: 3. Inform the ED and the POM of your reloca.tion* *'
I. IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 Entergy@ EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page Attachment 9.1 Emergency Plant Manager Checklist Sheet 6 of 6 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) f. Determine proper path to take to new locations.
plans. Advise them that you will notify them of .                 .,;
when you have relocated and are a fuilctioniAg
                                                                                    .*:_ . ~.:.~.;-_:    *-
facility. If relocation will be at two or more sites,-*,                     -...:..*.~.
                                                                                              *--****
direct an individual at each of those sites to advise**
you when their relocation is complete.
: 4. Determine the speed at which the relocation of personnel should occur giving consideration to the following items:
: a. Consider the impact of immediate relocation vs.
mitigation activities in progress.
: b. Current radiological or hazardous conditions within the TSC/OSC.
: c. Radiological or hazardous conditions at the proposed TSC/OSC.
: d. Radiological or hazardous conditio_ns en route.
: e. The adequacy of response from the alternate location.
 
IPEC                 NON-QUALITY RELATED   IP-EP-220     Revision 19 Entergy@     EMERGENCY PLAN             PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE         Page     10  Of    29
                                                                                          -
Attachment 9.1 Emergency Plant Manager Checklist Sheet 6 of 6 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                 NOTES
: f. Determine proper path to take to new locations.
: g. Direct personnel to relocate.
: g. Direct personnel to relocate.
: h. Notify Security to instruct incoming personnel to report to the designated alternate TSC/OSC location( s ). 5. After arriving at the new TSC/OSC location(s), establish this new location as the TSC/OSC. 6. Set up the appropriate equipment such as*electronic displays, plant-datadisplays*and telephones. . , * ** I 7. Notify the Eb and POM when established and ready . to commence functioning as the TSC/OSC. 8. Obtain arl"updated briefing on the.current status of the .emergency,.
: h. Notify Security to instruct incoming personnel to report to the designated alternate TSC/OSC location( s ).
plant conditions and any actions
: 5. After arriving at the new TSC/OSC location(s), re-establish this new location as the TSC/OSC.
* that are in progress or that may have been completed.  
: 6. Set up the appropriate equipment such as*electronic displays, plant-datadisplays*and telephones.       . , ***
** -9. Continue functioning as the EPM. C. Direct personnel to relocate TSC/OSC personnel.
I
Revision 19 10 Of 29 -NOTES 
: 7. Notify the Eb and POM when established and ready .
\ \ j ' IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 Revision 19 Entergy 0 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES This is a core staffing position REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.2 TSC Manager Checklist Sheet 1 of 2 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity Page 11 1.1 Follow responsibilities/activities in EN-EP-610 Attachment 9.2
to commence functioning as the TSC/OSC.
I.
: 8. Obtain arl"updated briefing on the.current status of the .emergency,. plant conditions and any actions
* that are in progress or that may have been completed. **                                               -
: 9. Continue functioning as the EPM.
C. Direct personnel to relocate TSC/OSC personnel.
 
IPEC                 NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220     Revision 19 Entergy   0 EMERGENCY PLAN             PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE       Page    11    of  29 Attachment 9.2 TSC Manager Checklist Sheet 1 of 2 This is a core staffing position 1.0   Initial Responsibility/Activity                                               NOTES 1.1     Follow responsibilities/activities in EN-EP-610 Attachment 9.2
* and the following:
* and the following:
1.2 Activation of the TSC and assume the position of TSC Manager. A. Synchronize your time with the TSC/OSC clock. Verify with the. EOF and/or CR that the time displayed in the TSC/OSC is the same as it is there. B. Verify you have the following core staffing prior to declaring the TSC staffed:**
1.2   Activation of the TSC and assume the position of TSC Manager.
: a. EPM b. TSC Manager .C. d. e. f. g. TSC Communicator Mechanical Engineer Electrical/l&C Engineer Reactor Engineer Rad Coordinator C. Staff the TSC using Form EP-10-ALL, "Filling an ERO Vacancy During Facility Activation/Operation" D. IF additional personnel are required *THEN: a. IF it is during normal working hours THEN call or assign * ***"' someone to call the Assembly Areas for needed personnel. . b. IF needed individuals are not available onsite THEN assign someone to call individuals at home using the Emergency Telephone Directory (ETD). E. Emergency Response Data System (EROS) a. If requested to verify EROS is active. Refer to procedure EN-EP-311, Emergency Response Data System (EROS) Activation via the Virtual Private Network (VPN). b. IF EROS is not functional, designate a person with Operations experience to go to the Control Room to complete Forms 31 A, B, C OR 42 A, B, C. (Forms EP-53, 54, 55 and EP-57, 58, 59). of 29 NOTES IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 Revision 19 Enlergy 0 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.2 TSC Manager Checklist Sheet 2 of 2 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) Page 12 c. Once the A, B, C Forms are completed, they are to be faxed to the NRC within 60 minutes. d. PIGS should be started to display plant data for the affected unit IF both Units are affected utilize multiple computers to display both plants' data. 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity 2, 1 Manage the activities of the TSC Staff: A. Provide a central organization and facility for the accumulation and transmittal of plant information to the EOF and NRG. 8. When applicable, direct the appropriate individuals to implement and perform monitoring and evaluations as directed in the Indian_ Point Severe Accident Management (SAMG) Guidelines.
A. Synchronize your time with the TSC/OSC clock. Verify with the.
C. IF requested by the NRG to provide an open communications line for plant data, THEN direct an individual having sufficient technical knowledg13 to staff the ENS phone. This person may locate in any facility with phone access. If necessary, request the Security Coordinator to obtain additional personal to support this* activity.
EOF and/or CR that the time displayed in the TSC/OSC is the same as it is there.
D. Verify th.at the .Engineering Action Tracking (,A.dmin)
B. Verify you have the following core staffing prior to declaring the TSC staffed:**
Display is updated promptly as new tasks are assigned and old tasks completed and as priorities are changed. E. Anticipate TSC support requirements from ERO. F. Direct TSC staff to obtain drawings and information as needed to solve plant problems.
: a. EPM
2.2 Monitor containment integrity status throughout the event: A. Initiate a review to determine if any non-automatic containment isolation valves should be closed. (Reference 2-ES-1.4; 3-ES-1.3; 3-SOP-C8-011)
: b. TSC Manager
: 8. Repeat the above review approximately every 2 hours for first 24 hours of event and thereafter at the discretion of the EPM. Of 29 NOTES :* ..
                    .C. TSC Communicator
Eizlergy IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.3 Operations Coordinator Checklist Sheet 1 of 1 Page 13 1.0 Follow Responsibilities/Activities in EN-EP-610, Attachment 9.3 Revision 19 of 29 .. *-'* . . . .
    \
IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 Revision 19 Entergy@ EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 14 Of 29 This is a core staffing position.
\  j                d. Mechanical Engineer
Attachment 9.4 Reactor Engineer Checklist Sheet 1 of 1 1.0 Responsibility/Activity 1.1 Follow responsibilities/activities in EN-EP-610 Attachment 9.4 and the following:
  '                  e. Electrical/l&C Engineer
1.2 Monitor plant conditions for any indications of core damage. A. Perform and update core damage assessment based on current information using guidance provided in procedure IP-EP-360, Core Damage Assessment.
: f. Reactor Engineer
B. Notify TSC* Manager and/or Engineering Coordinator immediately of any changes in core status. C. Keep the Radiological Coordinator informed on core status to . assist in maintaining radiological controls for plant personnel.
: g. Rad Coordinator C. Staff the TSC using Form EP-10-ALL, "Filling an ERO Vacancy During Facility Activation/Operation" D. IF additional personnel are required *THEN:
: a. IF it is during normal working hours THEN call or assign * ***"'
someone to call the Assembly Areas for needed personnel. .
: b. IF needed individuals are not available onsite THEN assign someone to call individuals at home using the Emergency Telephone Directory (ETD).
E. Emergency Response Data System (EROS)
: a. If requested to verify EROS is active. Refer to procedure EN-EP-311, Emergency Response Data System (EROS)
Activation via the Virtual Private Network (VPN).
: b. IF EROS is not functional, designate a person with Operations experience to go to the Control Room to complete Forms 31 A, B, C OR 42 A, B, C. (Forms EP-53, 54, 55 and EP-57, 58, 59).
 
IPEC                 NON-QUALITY RELATED     IP-EP-220     Revision 19 Enlergy0      EMERGENCY PLAN             PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE           Page    12  Of    29 Attachment 9.2 TSC Manager Checklist Sheet 2 of 2 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                                     NOTES
: c. Once the A, B, C Forms are completed, they are to be faxed to the NRC within 60 minutes.
: d. PIGS should be started to display plant data for the affected unit IF both Units are affected utilize multiple computers to display both plants' data.
2.0     Continuous Responsibility/Activity 2, 1   Manage the activities of the TSC Staff:
A. Provide a central organization and facility for the accumulation and transmittal of plant information to the EOF and NRG.
: 8. When applicable, direct the appropriate individuals to implement and perform monitoring and evaluations as directed in the Indian_
Point Severe Accident Management (SAMG) Guidelines.
C. IF requested by the NRG to provide an open communications line for plant data, THEN direct an individual having sufficient technical knowledg13 to staff the ENS phone. This person may locate in any facility with E~S phone access. If necessary, request the Security Coordinator to obtain additional personal to support this* activity.
D. Verify th.at the .Engineering Action Tracking (,A.dmin) Display is         :*  ..
updated promptly as new tasks are assigned and old tasks completed and as priorities are changed.
E. Anticipate TSC support requirements from ERO.
F. Direct TSC staff to obtain drawings and information as needed to solve plant problems.
2.2     Monitor containment integrity status throughout the event:
A. Initiate a review to determine if any non-automatic containment isolation valves should be closed. (Reference 2-ES-1.4; 3-ES-1.3; 3-SOP-C8-011)
: 8. Repeat the above review approximately every 2 hours for first 24 hours of event and thereafter at the discretion of the EPM.
 
IPEC                 NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220   Revision 19 Eizlergy EMERGENCY PLAN           PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE         Page  13  of  29 Attachment 9.3 Operations Coordinator Checklist Sheet 1 of 1 1.0 Follow Responsibilities/Activities in EN-EP-610, Attachment 9.3
                                                                                ~* .. *- '* .. . .
 
IPEC                 NON-QUALITY RELATED     IP-EP-220   Revision 19 Entergy@       EMERGENCY PLAN           PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE           Page   14   Of   29 Attachment 9.4 Reactor Engineer Checklist Sheet 1 of 1 This is a core staffing position.
1.0     Responsibility/Activity                                                     NOTES 1.1     Follow responsibilities/activities in EN-EP-610 Attachment 9.4 and the following:
1.2     Monitor plant conditions for any indications of core damage.
A. Perform and update core damage assessment based on current information using guidance provided in procedure IP-EP-360, Core Damage Assessment.
B. Notify TSC* Manager and/or Engineering Coordinator immediately of any changes in core status.
C. Keep the Radiological Coordinator informed on core status to
          . assist in maintaining radiological controls for plant personnel.
D. Through the TSC Manager and/or the Radiological Coordinator, ensure that the EOF Radiological Assessment Coordinator is kept informed of the latest estimate of the amount of core damage.
D. Through the TSC Manager and/or the Radiological Coordinator, ensure that the EOF Radiological Assessment Coordinator is kept informed of the latest estimate of the amount of core damage.
* E. Maintain the Fission Product Barrier Status Board as needed. 1.3 Assist the EPM in implementation of Severe Accident Management Guidelines.
* E. Maintain the Fission Product Barrier Status Board as needed.
A. When the Control Room transitions from the EOPs to SACRG-1, or only declares an EAL for SFP conditions inform the EPM when you are ready to take over Severe Accident Management (SAM) control. B. INFORM EPM which SAM guidance should be implemented. IF guidance involves a release to the environment ENSURE the EPM and Emergency Director discuss it with the Radiological Assessment Coordinator who discusses it with the State/Counties prior to implementation.
1.3   Assist the EPM in implementation of Severe Accident Management Guidelines.
1.4 Receive status updates from the TSC Manager and/or EPM and if directed post updates on the appropria.te electronic displays.
A. When the Control Room transitions from the EOPs to SACRG-1, or only declares an EAL for SFP conditions inform the EPM when you are ready to take over Severe Accident Management (SAM) control.
NOTES E'nlergy 0 IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.5 Engineering Coordinator Checklist Sheet 1 of 1 Page 1.0 Follow Responsibilities/Activities in EN-EP-610, Attachment 9.5. 2.0 If requested to provide information to the NRC Operations Center follow responsibilities in EN-EP-610, Attachment 9.12. Revision 19 15 Of 29 Entergy IPEC NON-QUALllY RELATED IP-EP-220 EMERGENCY PLAN
B. INFORM EPM which SAM guidance should be implemented.
* PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page Attachment 9.6 Mechanical and Electrical  
        ~-  IF guidance involves a release to the environment ENSURE the EPM and Emergency Director discuss it with the Radiological Assessment Coordinator who discusses it with the State/Counties prior to implementation.
/ l&C Engineer Checklist Sheet 1 of 1 Revision 19 16 Of 29 1.0 Follow Responsibilities/Activities in EN-EP-61 O Attachment 9.6.
1.4     Receive status updates from the TSC Manager and/or EPM and if directed post updates on the appropria.te electronic displays.
* .. _t ... * . . .. . IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 E'nlergy 0 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Attachment
 
: 9. 7 IT *specialist Checklist Sheet 1 of 1 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity 1.1 FQllow responsibilities/activities in EN-.EP-610 Attachment 9.7 and the following:
IPEC               NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220   Revision 19 E'nlergy0  EMERGENCY PLAN           PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE       Page  15  Of    29 Attachment 9.5 Engineering Coordinator Checklist Sheet 1 of 1 1.0 Follow Responsibilities/Activities in EN-EP-610, Attachment 9.5.
1.2 Assume the position of IT Specialist NOTE I Page EROS is not functional in the Simulator for a Drill 1 . A.* Emergency Response Data System (EROS) 1. If requested to verify EROS is activated, refer to procedure EN-EP-311, Emergency Response Data System (EROS) Activation via the Virtual Private Network (VPN). *
2.0 If requested to provide information to the NRC Operations Center follow responsibilities in EN-EP-610, Attachment 9.12.
* 2. IF EROS is not functional, notify the TSC Manager . to designate an operations experienced person to
 
* go to the Control Room to complete Forms 31 A, 8, C OR 42 A, 'B, C. (Forms EP-53, 54, 55 and EP-57, 58, 59). Once the A, 8, C Forms are completed, they are to be faxed to the NRC within 60 minutes. 3. Inform TSC Communicator of the time EROS was verified of activation OR activated and to log in WebEOC. 8. Ensure computer displays in the TSC and OSC continue to operate properly.
IPEC                 NON-QUALllY RELATED IP-EP-220   Revision 19 Entergy  EMERGENCY PLAN
: 1. IF the PICS displays are NOT functioning THEN perform the following: (a) IF Unit 2 obtain 42A, 428 and 42C data from the CCR (IP-EP-115 EP Forms 53, 54, and 55) (b) IF Unit 3 obtain 31A, 318 and 31C data from the CCR (IP-EP-115 EP Forms 57, 58 and 59). Revision 19 17 of 29 NOTES 1.0 2.0 EnletgY<&#xa5;; ) IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.8 TSC Communicator Checklist Sheet 1 of 1 Follow Responsibilities/Activities in EN-EP-610, Attachment 9.8. IP-EP-220 Page Verify that at least one of the Public Ad.dress Systems (Red or Green) in the TSC/OSC is turned on and ready for use. Refer to Attachment 9.12 of this procedure for a description and operation. "c, ***"'""''
* PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE         Page   16  Of    29 Attachment 9.6 Mechanical and Electrical / l&C Engineer Checklist Sheet 1 of 1 1.0 Follow Responsibilities/Activities in EN-EP-61 O Attachment 9.6.
Revision 19 18 Of 29 J. **:** . ;.*. . .:. -* E'nlergy IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.9 Radiological Coordinator Checklist Sheet 1 of 5 This is a Core Staffing Position.
 
1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity Page 1.1 Follow responsibilities/activities in EN-EP-610 Attachment 9.9 and the following:
IPEC                   NON-QUALITY RELATED   IP-EP-220   Revision 19 E'nlergy0        EMERGENCY PLAN             PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE         Page  17  of  29 I
1.2 Assume the position of Radiological Coordinator.
Attachment 9. 7 IT *specialist Checklist Sheet 1 of 1 1.0     Initial Responsibility/Activity                                       NOTES 1.1     FQllow responsibilities/activities in EN-.EP-610 Attachment 9.7 and the following:
1.2   Assume the position of IT Specialist NOTE EROS is not functional in the Simulator for a Drill 1 . A.* Emergency Response Data System (EROS)
: 1. If requested to verify EROS is activated, refer to procedure EN-EP-311, Emergency Response Data System (EROS) Activation via the Virtual Private Network (VPN).                   * *
: 2. IF EROS is not functional, notify the TSC Manager
                              .to designate an operations experienced person to
* go to the Control Room to complete Forms 31 A, 8, C OR 42 A, 'B, C. (Forms EP-53, 54, 55 and EP-57,
      * .. _t 58, 59). Once the A, 8, C Forms are completed, they are to be faxed to the NRC within 60 minutes.
    ..
.... *. .                3. Inform TSC Communicator of the time EROS was verified of activation OR activated and to log in WebEOC.
: 8. Ensure computer displays in the TSC and OSC continue to operate properly.
: 1. IF the PICS displays are NOT functioning THEN perform the following:
(a) IF Unit 2 obtain 42A, 428 and 42C data from the CCR (IP-EP-115 EP Forms 53, 54, and 55)
(b) IF Unit 3 obtain 31A, 318 and 31C data from the CCR (IP-EP-115 EP Forms 57, 58 and 59).
 
                                      )
IPEC                NON-QUALITY RELATED        IP-EP-220  Revision 19 EnletgY<&#xa5;;   EMERGENCY PLAN           PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE             Page  18  Of    29 Attachment 9.8 TSC Communicator Checklist Sheet 1 of 1 1.0  Follow Responsibilities/Activities in EN-EP-610, Attachment 9.8.
2.0  Verify that at least one of the Public Ad.dress Systems (Red or Green) in the TSC/OSC is turned on and ready for use. Refer to Attachment 9.12 of this procedure for a description and operation.
                                                            "c,
                                                  ***"'""''
 
IPEC                 NON-QUALITY RELATED   IP-EP-220   Revision 19 E'nlergy      EMERGENCY PLAN           PROCEDURE I
IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE           Page  19  of    29 Attachment 9.9 Radiological Coordinator Checklist Sheet 1 of 5 This is a Core Staffing Position.
1.0       Initial Responsibility/Activity                                         NOTES 1.1       Follow responsibilities/activities in EN-EP-610 Attachment 9.9 and the following:
1.2       Assume the position of Radiological Coordinator.
A.
A.
* Request the Control Room to align the OSC/TSC ventilation system for incident operation per procedure, if required.
* Request the Control Room to align the OSC/TSC ventilation system for incident operation per procedure, if required.
B. Establish th.e capability for monitoring of Iodine, should it become necessary.
B. Establish th.e capability for monitoring of Iodine, should it become necessary. Have a Rad Protection Tech set up the AMS-4 as per Attachment 9.13 of procedure IP-EP-230.
Have a Rad Protection Tech set up the AMS-4 as per Attachment 9.13 of procedure IP-EP-230.
2.(>   .:.continuous Responsibility/Activity J.
2.(> .:.continuous Responsibility/Activity 2.1 Establish Radiological Control oversight.
2.1       Establish Radiological Control oversight.
A. Verify that the radiological controls for the TSC/OSC have been set up per sheet 3 of this checklist.
A. Verify that the radiological controls for the TSC/OSC have been set up per sheet 3 of this checklist.                                     I
* 2.2 IF are contaminated injured personnel THEN perform the following:  
* 2.2       IF ~here are contaminated injured personnel THEN perform
-: A. Prpvide radiological support for the assessment, treatment, . * . * *and transportation of contaminated injured personnel.
  **:**                    the following:
Act as the point of contact with the hospital where treatment is executed.
. ;.*.                - : A. Prpvide radiological support for the assessment, treatment,
                    . * .* *and transportation of contaminated injured personnel. Act as
        ..:. -*                  the point of contact with the hospital where treatment is executed.
* B. M.ake arrangements to pick up Rad Protection personnel at the hospital.
* B. M.ake arrangements to pick up Rad Protection personnel at the hospital.
C. Follow proper procedures to retrieve radioactive waste from offsite treatment locations.
C. Follow proper procedures to retrieve radioactive waste from offsite treatment locations.
D. Obtain concurrence from the EPM prior to releasing the hospital's Radiological Emergency Room or the ambulance for uncontrolled use. Revision 19 I 19 of 29 NOTES I IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 E'nlergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.9 Radiological Coordinator Checklist Sheet 2 of 5 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) 2.3 Provide oversight to ensure emergency teams -receive proper briefs on radiological conditions and requirements.
D. Obtain concurrence from the EPM prior to releasing the hospital's Radiological Emergency Room or the ambulance for uncontrolled use.
2.4 IF individuals receive or are expected to receive radioiodine uptakes > 5 REM COE child thyroid dose or a General Emergency has been declared THEN: : .,;;.:._ ' A. lss_ue Kl to onsite emergency workers applying the *following controls:
 
: 1. Brief personnel in the protected area on the ... ..-.. ; . use of Kl and its potential side effects using sheet 5 of this Attachment 9.9. 2. Assure that persons in the TSC/OSC, both CC R's and Security personnel within the protected area are briefed .. 3_. For R&CA team personnel record Kl issuance information on Individual Exposure Tracking
IPEC                   NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220   Revision 19 E'nlergy               EMERGENCY PLAN             PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE       Page  20  Of    29 Attachment 9.9 Radiological Coordinator Checklist Sheet 2 of 5 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                                     NOTES 2.3               Provide oversight to ensure emergency teams -
* Log (Form EP-29). 4. Have all TSC/OSC personnel and security * ** personnel within the protected area report to the TSC/OSC for distribution of Kl.
receive proper briefs on radiological conditions and requirements.
* 2.5 Verify that the decontamination efforts of personnel, equipment, and onsite areas are appropriate.
2.4               IF individuals receive or are expected to receive radioiodine uptakes > 5 REM COE child thyroid dose or a General Emergency has been declared THEN:
2.6 Participate in Facility Briefings to announce radiological conditions at the TSC/OSC and also affected locations with an emphasis on status of a radiological release. Page Revision 19 20 Of 29 NOTES hllleriJy@
A. lss_ue Kl to onsite emergency workers applying the
IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 Revision 19 A A* A EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.9 Radiological Coordinator Checklist Sheet 3 of 5
                            *following controls:
_ .. "'--------***----*.  
                    .....-.. 1. Brief personnel in the protected area on the
-------! ,, E osc .... * .... .. TSC N 1* R 1-c j I ----***-1 E I . p. I*' I. Mi Com'puter Room Page L,...
                            ;
* TSC/OSC Access Points to be posted: 21 If Hallway Contamination
                                  . use of Kl and its potential side effects using sheet 5 of this Attachment 9.9.
< 1000 dpm/ 100 sq. cm If Hallway Contamination
: 2. Assure that persons in the TSC/OSC, both CC R's and Security personnel within the protected area are briefed ..
> 1000 dpm/ 100 sq. cm A. Entry/Exit A. No Entry. Exit Only B. No Entry/No Exit B. Entry to TSC/OSC. No Exit. White Step Off Pad C. No Entry/No Exit and Frisk Shoes before stepping here C. No Entry/No Exit D. Equipment cabinets.
3_. For R&CA team personnel record Kl issuance information on Individual Exposure Tracking
Place sign at top of stairway D. Equipment cabinets.
* Log (Form EP-29).
Place sign at top of stairway.
: 4. Have all TSC/OSC personnel and security
No Entry/No Exit without permission from RAD Coordinator.
: ~* .,;;.:._ '              * ** personnel within the protected area report to the TSC/OSC for distribution of Kl.
No Entry/No Exit without permission from RAD E. Air Monitoring Equipment Coordinator E. Air Monitoring Equipment Of 29 IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 Revision 19 Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 22 Attachment 9.9 Radiological Coordinator Checklist Sheet 4 of 5 Information on use of Potassium Iodide IOSA T&#x17d; Tablets Potassium Iodide Tablets
* 2.5               Verify that the decontamination efforts of personnel, equipment, and onsite areas are appropriate.
* TAKE POTASSIUM IODIDE ONLY WHEN PUBLIC HEAL TH OFFICIALS TELL YOU. IN A RADIATION EMERGENCY RADIOACTIVE IODINE COULD BE RELEASED INTO THE AIR. POTASSIUM IODIDE (A FORM OF IODINE) CAN HELP PROTECT YOU. WARNING POTASSIUM IODIDE SHOULD NOT BE USED BY PEOPLE ALLERGIC TO IODIDE. Keep out of the reach of children.
2.6               Participate in Facility Briefings to announce radiological conditions at the TSC/OSC and also affected locations with an emphasis on status of a radiological release.
In case of overdose or allergic reaction, contact a physician or public health authority.
 
* IF YOU ARE TOLD TO TAKE THIS HOW POTASSIUM IODIDE WORKS MEDICINE, TAKE IT ONE TIME EVERY 24 Certain forms of iodine help your thyroid gland work HOURS. DO NOT TAKE IT MORE OFTEN. right. Most people get the iodine they need from MORE WILL NOT HELP YOU AND MAY foods like iodized salt or fish. The thyroid can "store" INCREASE THE RISK OF SIDE EFFECTS. or hold only a certain amount of iodine. NOT TAKE THIS DRUG IF YOU KNOW YOU ARE A. LLERGIC TO.JO. DIDE .(SEE In a radiation emergency radioactive iodine may be released in the air. If this air is breathed or
IPEC                                       NON-QUALITY RELATED               IP-EP-220           Revision 19 hllleriJy@        EMERGENCY PLAN                                     PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE                   Page          21    Of  29 Attachment 9.9 Radiological Coordinator Checklist Sheet 3 of 5 A
_* --------1 swallowed it may enter the thyroid and damage it. DIRECTIONS Fa&deg;R USE The damage may not show itself for years. Children Use only when directed by Emergency Management, are the most likely to have thyroid damage. State, Local or Public f-jealth Officials . If you take potassium iodide, it will fill up you thyroid l---'------------------1 gland. This reduced the chances that radioactive DOSE iodine will enter your thyroid. ADULTS AND CHILDREN ONE YEAR OF AGE OR .OLDER: One (1) tablet once a day. Crush for small children.
                              ~----                                          ,,
BABIES UNDER ONE YEAR OF AGE: . *. . . . One-half ( 1 /2) tablet once a day. Grush first. ,** . -<_ -:* Take for 1 O days unless directed otherwise.
_. "'--------***----*. -------!
Store your supply at room temperature 59&deg; F and 86&deg; F. Keep package dry and foil packets intact. KEEP YOUR SUPPLY OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN.
E N 1*
SIDE EFFECTS Usually, side effects of potassium iodide happen when people take higher doses for a long time. You should be careful not to take more than the recommended dose or take it for longer than you are told. Side effects are unlikely because of the low dose and the short !ime you will be taking the drug. Possible side effects include skin rashes, swelling of the salivary glands, and "iodism" (metallic taste, burning mouth and throat, sore teeth and gums, symptoms of a head cold, and sometimes stomach upset and diarrhea).
osc              R    1-c    j I
WHO SHOULD NOT TAKE POTASSIUM IODIDE The only people who should not take tablets when directed to do so are people who know they are allergic to iodine. Pregnant women, nursing women, children and babies may take this drug . HOW AND WHEN Potassium Iodide should be taken as soon as possible after authorities tell you to take it. You should take one dose every 24 hours. MORE WILL NOT HELP YOU, AND WILL INCREASE THE CHANCES OF SIDE EFFECTS. Continue to take the drug for 1 O days. WHAT TO DO IF SIDE EFFECT OCCUR STOP taking the drugs and contact a doctor or public health officials for instructions.
                                .... *.... ~~* ..                       ----***-1 E I TSC
DESCRIPTION AND USE Each IOSATTM Tablet contains 130 mg. of potassium iodide. Thyroid blocking in radiation emergency only. .. Of 29 E'nlergy IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 Revision 19 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Attachment 9.9 Radiological Coordinator Checklist Sheet 5 of 5 Page 23 of 29 BRIEFING INFORMATION ON USE OF POTASSIUM IODIDE (Kl) Why is Potassium Iodide being issued? In accordance with the New York State Policy on Potassium Iodide, potassium iodide is recommended on a projected thyroid dose of 5 Rem. Potassium Iodide is issued at a declared General Emergency or during an emergency related radioactive airborne release. Taking Potassium Iodide is voluntary.
                                                                        . p. I*' I.
What is Potassium Iodide? Potassium iodide is a thyroid blocking protective action for exposure to,_radioactive iodine. If you take potassium iodide it will saturate your thyroid.gland which*-will*
Mi
reduce the chances th9t radioactive iodine_ will enter your thyroid. Additional information.
              *~*-
is available on the informatiori handout with each tablet. . . . -... . What dosage to take? A 130 rnilligrarn tablet. You should take as soon as possible after being told .. One* (1) tablet every 24 hours. Take for 10 *days. Unless otherwise  
A*                                                Com'puter Room L,...* ..,....;....;.__~-----------*-----------------------
* * :-.. * .. *--.
A TSC/OSC Access Points to be posted:
* Side Effects? Skin rash, sweliing *of salivary glands, a metallic taste, burning mouth and throat, sore teeth and gums, symptoms of a head cold and sometimes upset stomach or diarrhea.
If Hallway Contamination < 1000 dpm/ 100 sq. cm                            If Hallway Contamination > 1000 dpm/ 100 sq. cm A. Entry/Exit                                                            A. No Entry. Exit Only B. No Entry/No Exit                                                         B. Entry to TSC/OSC. No Exit. White Step Off Pad C. No Entry/No Exit and Frisk Shoes before stepping here C. No Entry/No Exit D. Equipment cabinets. Place sign at top of stairway                        D. Equipment cabinets. Place sign at top of stairway.
This would usually happen when higher doses are taken over long period of time. WARNING! Potassium Iodide should not be taken by people allergic to iodine or shell fish. *
No Entry/No Exit without permission from RAD Coordinator.                   No Entry/No Exit without permission from RAD E. Air Monitoring Equipment                                                  Coordinator E. Air Monitoring Equipment
/' I IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-220 Revision 19 REFERENCE USE Page 24 of 29 Attachment 9.10 TSC Security Coordinator Checklist Sheet 1of3 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity 1.1 Follow responsibilities/activities in EN-EP-610 Attachment 9.10 and the following:
 
1.2 Assume the duties of the Security Coordinator.
IPEC                                NON-QUALITY RELATED                IP-EP-220            Revision 19 Entergy              EMERGENCY PLAN                            PROCEDURE                                                  ..
A. Refer to EN-EP-610 Attachment 9.10. B. Secure Site Access at the SITE AREA or GENERAL EMERGENCY level as
IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE                        Page          22    Of  29 Attachment 9.9 Radiological Coordinator Checklist Sheet 4 of 5 Information on use of Potassium Iodide IOSA T' Tablets Potassium Iodide Tablets
_., _-:-*;* . * .,_ (a) . Notify CAS and SAS to seouri;dhe site, except for ERO Members, perprocedure IP..-EP-240, S.ecurity  
* TAKE POTASSIUM IODIDE ONLY WHEN                                              WARNING PUBLIC HEALTH OFFICIALS TELL YOU.                    POTASSIUM IODIDE SHOULD NOT BE USED BY IN A RADIATION EMERGENCY                            PEOPLE ALLERGIC TO IODIDE. Keep out of the RADIOACTIVE IODINE COULD BE                          reach of children. In case of overdose or allergic RELEASED INTO THE AIR. POTASSIUM                    reaction, contact a physician or public health IODIDE (A FORM OF IODINE) CAN HELP                  authority.
.. (b). Notify the EPM when this has been done: 1.3 Assign OSC Log Keeper to the position of Accountability Coordinator.
PROTECT YOU.
* A. Report readiness to corrdud Accpl,intabiiity.
* IF YOU ARE TOLD TO TAKE THIS                                  HOW POTASSIUM IODIDE WORKS MEDICINE, TAKE IT ONE TIME EVERY 24                  Certain forms of iodine help your thyroid gland work HOURS. DO NOT TAKE IT MORE OFTEN.                   right. Most people get the iodine they need from MORE WILL NOT HELP YOU AND MAY                      foods like iodized salt or fish. The thyroid can "store" INCREASE THE RISK OF SIDE EFFECTS.                   or hold only a certain amount of iodine.
to the EPM.
NOT TAKE THIS DRUG IF YOU KNOW YOU ARE A. LLERGIC TO.JO. DIDE .(SEE                In a radiation emergency radioactive iodine may be released in the air. If this air is breathed or l---'--'--s_1D_E_E_F_F_6C~T_S_B_E_L_O_W~)_"_*_*- - - - - - - - 1 swallowed it may enter the thyroid and damage it.
* Utilize the OSC Log to-. assist in AC'couhtability.  
DIRECTIONS Fa&deg;R USE                          The damage may not show itself for years. Children Use only when directed by Emergency Management, are the most likely to have thyroid damage.
* . . . .. . : B. Direct the OSC Log KeeRer to support the monitoring of the Accountability Card Readers while ERO members are carding into the TSC/OSC, direct them to verify badges are properly read by the Accountability Card Reaaer and to log the name and badge number on an Accountability Roster (Form EP-47) of anyone having difficulty using the. proximity card readers. NOTES
State, Local or Public f-jealth Officials .                   If you take potassium iodide, it will fill up you thyroid l - - - ' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 gland. This reduced the chances that radioactive DOSE                                iodine will enter your thyroid.
{ \ IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 Revision 19 Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 25 of 29 Attachment 9.1 O TSC Security Coordinator Checklist Sheet 2 of 3 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity NOTES 2.1 IF relocation of personnel offsite is called for THEN: A. Follow guidance .in IP-EP-430, Site Assembly, Accountability and Relocation of Personnel Offsite. B. Coordinate with TSC Radiological Coordinator to monitor evacuation routes.
ADULTS AND CHILDREN ONE YEAR OF AGE OR
* 2.2 IF relocating to the Security Administration Offices THEN inform the following individuals.
.OLDER:                                                          WHO SHOULD NOT TAKE POTASSIUM IODIDE One (1) tablet once a day. Crush for small            The only people who should not take tablets when children.                                              directed to do so are people who know they are BABIES UNDER      . ONE
2.3 A. Emergency Plant B. TSC Radiological Coordinator  
                        *. YEAR OF  . AGE:
.. . *
                                          .                      allergic to iodine. Pregnant women, nursing women, children and babies may take this drug .
* C. Emergency Director * ,., .. D. Lead Accountability Officer (LAO) ' . The Lead Accountability Officer (LAO) will generate the list of missing persons. This.list will be provided to Plant Manager, POM, and/qr TSC Security Coordinat.or." NOTE . . . . . . . ' .. . *!;. . During plant shutdowns, when there may* be
        .One-half (1/2) tablet once a day. Grush first.
:numbers of workers onsite and within the radioiogical contrqi}1reaS';'
HOW AND WHEN
a* Radiation Protection computer printout may to assist in locating missing personnel within the radibloglcaf.control area after . accountability is completed.
                      ,** DOSA~E . - <_      -:*              Potassium Iodide should be taken as soon as Take for 1O days unless directed otherwise.                    possible after authorities tell you to take it.
: 1. IF there are individuals who are missing THEN: (a) Review Accountability Rosters (Form EP-47) used to identify ERO members experiencing difficulty using the proximity card readers and remove them from the Missing Persons List. (b) Obtain the Radiation Protection Computer Printout of individuals within the Radiological Control Area. (c)
Store your supply at room temperature be~een 59&deg;              You should take one dose every 24 hours.
* Check off names of possible missing individuals who have left the Protected Area to narrow the list of actual missing IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-220 Revision 19 -=-Entergy REFERENCE USE Page 26 of 29 Attachment 9.10 TSC Security Coordinator Checklist Sheet 3 of 3 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES persons and review RP computer printout for any missing individuals within the Radiological Control Area. (d). Inform the EPM immediately of any personnel discovered missing during accountability process. 4. Assist OSC Staff in maintaining accountability of all OSC personnel through the use of status boards, team assignments, Individual Exposure Tracking Log (Form EP-29) and ERO Tracking Log (Form EP-42). 2.4 Use the OSC Log Keeper to maintain Continuing Ac.countability A. Use Onsite ERO Shift Rosters (Form to list
F and 86&deg; F. Keep package dry and foil packets                MORE WILL NOT HELP YOU, AND WILL intact.                                                        INCREASE THE CHANCES OF SIDE EFFECTS.
* currently on the first sbift .in the TSC.anc;I OSC. B. Request EOF Support Staff to identify the current EOF personnel. . C. Work with TSC and OSC Managers to identify personnel to fill second shift and ensure all needed are identified and establish time second shift is to be cailed in. D. Use ETD to identify and contact individuals to fill po.sitions on" *
KEEP YOUR SUPPLY OUT OF REACH OF                        Continue to take the drug for 1Odays.
* second shift. OSC Log-Keeper and EOP Staff' may.be used to assist in notifications.  
CHILDREN.
-* * * * -. . ... . . E. Inform the TSC and OSC Managers when notifications.are completed and if there are any problems filling required*
WHAT TO DO IF SIDE EFFECT OCCUR SIDE EFFECTS                              STOP taking the drugs and contact a doctor or public Usually, side effects of potassium iodide happen              health officials for instructions.
positions.
when people take higher doses for a long time. You should be careful not to take more than the recommended dose or take it for longer than you are told. Side effects are unlikely because of the low                            DESCRIPTION AND USE dose and the short !ime you will be taking the drug.
IPEC -hr1lergy EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED IP*EP-220 PROCEDURE  
Each IOSATTM Tablet contains 130 mg. of Possible side effects include skin rashes, swelling of        potassium iodide.
' REFERENCE USE Page Attachment 9.11 TSC I OSC Layout and NRC Room Sheet 1 of 1 ' : TYPICAL Arrangement Revision 19 27 of 29 (Personnel locations may be changed as needed to fadlitate communication and movement without a procedure revision) OSC Rad/Chem Work Control TSC Security Coordinator
the salivary glands, and "iodism" (metallic taste, Thyroid blocking in radiation emergency only.
* Coordinator.
burning mouth and throat, sore teeth and gums, symptoms of a head cold, and sometimes stomach upset and diarrhea).
I I ----c:J psc Operations l&C/Elec Mechanical Log Keeper Support Coordinator Coordinator
 
: I e I Copier 1. osc Ma.,ager I I ICommun;ca<m I Cabinet ,. ' I I I ". *. I "" I -D l&C/Elec.
IPEC                NON-QUALITY RELATED        IP-EP-220    Revision 19 E'nlergy    EMERGENCY PLAN            PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE              Page  23  of  29 Attachment 9.9 Radiological Coordinator Checklist Sheet 5 of 5 BRIEFING INFORMATION ON USE OF POTASSIUM IODIDE (Kl)
Engineers
Why is Potassium Iodide being issued? In accordance with the New York State Policy on Potassium Iodide, potassium iodide is recommended on a projected thyroid dose of 5 Rem. Potassium Iodide is issued at a declared General Emergency or during an emergency related radioactive airborne release. Taking Potassium Iodide is voluntary.
* Mech.
What is Potassium Iodide? Potassium iodide is a thyroid blocking protective action for exposure to,_radioactive iodine. If you take potassium iodide it will saturate your thyroid.gland which*-will* reduce the chances th9t radioactive iodine_ will enter your thyroid. Additional information. is available on the informatiori handout with each    . - ... .
Engineering TSC B Coordinator Man*ager, 0 ,___ 0 : EPM k IT Specialist
                                                            ~
-.. Rad ,___ Coor. SAMG Rx Engineer I Engineer'slTables  
tablet. .    .
*1 I PIGS I PIGS I Ops Coordinator Print I I I -
What dosage to take? A 130 rnilligrarn tablet. You should take as soon as possible after being told . One* (1) tablet every 24 hours. Take for 10
IPEC NON-QUALITY IP*EP-220 Revision 19 EMERGENCY PLAN RELATED PROCEDURE 0 '1!' 1.0 General IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 28 Of Attachment 9.12 TSC/OSC Public Address System Description and Operation Sheet 1 of 1 29 There are three Public Address Systems (PAs) in the TSC/OSC and they have been color. coded for easy identification of microphones and speakers.
*days. Unless otherwise direc~~d:~ * *
2.0 Systems/Operatiqn 2.1 Blue System comprises the plant page system. This page system is only from U2. The Speakers are located in the Halls, the OSC Bull Pen , the R&CA Briefing room, the NRC Conference Room, and the old U2 Records room. Volume controls are typically walls near speakers.
:-       ..
Activation is via.the normal plant page access. . ."* .r 2.2 Red System is the permanently installed TSC/OSC page system. Tli*e speakers are located
                                    *..*- -.
* Side Effects? Skin rash, sweliing *of salivary glands, a metallic taste, burning mouth and throat, sore teeth and gums, symptoms of a head cold and sometimes upset stomach or diarrhea. This would usually happen when higher doses are taken over long period of time.
WARNING!
Potassium Iodide should not be taken by people allergic to iodine or shell fish.
* IPEC                   NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220   Revision 19 EMERGENCY PLAN                  PROCEDURE
        *~Entergy          IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE   Page       24 of     29 Attachment 9.10 TSC Security Coordinator Checklist Sheet 1of3 1.0   Initial Responsibility/Activity                                             NOTES 1.1   Follow responsibilities/activities in EN-EP-610 Attachment 9.10 and the following:
1.2   Assume the duties of the Security Coordinator.
A. Refer to EN-EP-610 Attachment 9.10.
B. Secure Site Access at the SITE AREA or GENERAL EMERGENCY level as ~~I~~~~;        _., _-:- *;* .* .,_
(a) . Notify CAS and SAS to seouri;dhe site, except for ERO
  /'
Members, perprocedure IP..-EP-240, S.ecurity..
I (b). Notify the EPM when this has been done:
1.3   Assign OSC Log Keeper to the position of Accountability Coordinator.
* A. Report readiness to corrdud Accpl,intabiiity. to the EPM.
* Utilize the OSC Log Keepe~ to-. assist in AC'couhtability.     *     .
                                        . .     ..     .     :
B. Direct the OSC Log KeeRer to support the monitoring of the Accountability Card Readers while ERO members are carding into the TSC/OSC, direct them to verify badges are properly read by the Accountability Card Reaaer and to log the name and badge number on an Accountability Roster (Form EP-47) of anyone having difficulty using the. proximity card readers.
 
IPEC                 NON-QUALITY RELATED                 IP-EP-220     Revision 19 Entergy     EMERGENCY PLAN           PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE                       Page   25   of   29 Attachment 9.1 O TSC Security Coordinator Checklist Sheet 2 of 3 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity                                                 NOTES 2.1   IF relocation of personnel offsite is called for THEN:
A. Follow guidance .in IP-EP-430, Site Assembly, Accountability and Relocation of Personnel Offsite.
B. Coordinate with TSC Radiological Coordinator to monitor evacuation routes.
* 2.2   IF relocating to the Security Administration Offices THEN inform the following individuals.
A. Emergency Plant Manag~r B. TSC Radiological Coordinator .. .      -~. *
* C. Emergency Director                                     * ~* ,., ..
{      D. Lead Accountability Officer (LAO)
\                                                        '         .
2.3  The Lead Accountability Officer (LAO) will generate the list of missing persons. This.list will be provided to th~*Emergency Plant Manager, POM, and/qr TSC Security Coordinat.or."
              .
                        .                 NOTE
                                              ..           '
                                                                .
                                                              .. .
                                                                      .
                                                                      *!;.     .
                                                                                  .
During plant shutdowns, when there may* be la~ge :numbers of workers onsite and within the radioiogical contrqi}1reaS';' Radiation    a*
Protection computer printout may be:u~ed to assist in locating missing personnel within the radibloglcaf.control           area     after     .
accountability is completed.
: 1. IF there are individuals who are missing THEN:
(a)   Review Accountability Rosters (Form EP-47) used to identify ERO members experiencing difficulty using the proximity card readers and remove them from the Missing Persons List.
(b)   Obtain the Radiation Protection Computer Printout of individuals within the Radiological Control Area.
(c)
* Check off names of possible missing individuals who have left the Protected Area to narrow the list of actual missing
 
IPEC                     NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220   Revision 19 EMERGENCY PLAN                PROCEDURE
  -=-Entergy         IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE             Page       26 of     29 Attachment 9.10 TSC Security Coordinator Checklist Sheet 3 of 3 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                         NOTES persons and review RP computer printout for any missing individuals within the Radiological Control Area.
(d). Inform the EPM immediately of any personnel discovered missing during accountability process.
: 4. Assist OSC Staff in maintaining accountability of all OSC personnel through the use of status boards, team assignments, Individual Exposure Tracking Log (Form EP-29) and ERO Tracking Log (Form EP-42).
2.4   Use the OSC Log Keeper to maintain Continuing Ac.countability A. Use Onsite ERO Shift Rosters (Form ~P-43) to list         i~dividuals
* currently on the first sbift .in the TSC.anc;I OSC.
B. Request EOF Support Staff to identify the current EOF personnel. .
C. Work with TSC and OSC Managers to identify personnel to fill second shift and ensure all needed po~jtions are identified and establish time second shift is to be cailed in.
D. Use ETD to identify and contact individuals to fill po.sitions on" *
* second shift. OSC Log-Keeper and EOP Staff' may.be used to assist in notifications.               - *** *           - ~'.
                                        .       .   ~ ... .   ~      .
E. Inform the TSC and OSC Managers when notifications.are completed and if there are any problems filling required* positions.
 
IPEC                           NON-QUALITY RELATED                     IP*EP-220                   Revision 19
- hr1lergy          EMERGENCY PLAN                          PROCEDURE         '
IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE                         Page                 27          of      29 Attachment 9.11 TSC I OSC Layout and NRC Room Sheet
                                                                        '    :
1 of 1 TYPICAL Arrangement (Personnel locations may be changed as needed to fadlitate communication and movement without a procedure revision)
            ~                ~
Work Control Coordinator *
                                                    ~
TSC Security Coordinator.
OSC Rad/Chem ConrrHn~*~r I     I
                                                                                                                                  ~
                                    -         psc            -       Operations
                                                                                    -       l&C/Elec     Mechanical
                                                                                                                      -
c:J Log Keeper                 Support           Coordinator     Coordinator
:
e
  ~                                                                                                    I I Copier 1.
osc Ma.,ager Cabinet I                                       ".
                                                  ,.
                                                        *.
                                                                    '                  ICommun;ca<m I                 II                          I I ""      I I
                                                                                                                                            -
D           l&C/Elec. Engineers IT Specialist SAMG
* Mech. Eng_i~ec;*ff
:
Rx Engineer Engineering       TSC Coordinator Man*ager,
                                                                                      ..
                                                                                                          ~              ,___
                                                                                                                          ,___
EPM Rad Coor.
                                                                                                                                            -
B 0
0 k
Ops Coordinator Engineer'slTables                                               PIGS     PIGS I                                                         *1      Print II          I       I       I         I    -
 
IPEC                       NON-QUALITY         IP*EP-220   Revision 19 Ent~    0 '1!' EMERGENCY PLAN          RELATED PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE           Page     28     Of       29 Attachment 9.12 TSC/OSC Public Address System Description and Operation Sheet 1 of 1 1.0 General There are three Public Address Systems (PAs) in the TSC/OSC and they have been color.
coded for easy identification of microphones and speakers.
2.0 Systems/Operatiqn 2.1 Blue System comprises the plant page system. This page system is only from U2. The Speakers are located in the Halls, the OSC Bull Pen , the R&CA Briefing room, the NRC Conference Room, and the old U2 Records room. Volume controls are typically walls near speakers. Activation is via.the normal plant page access.                 . ."*       .r 2.2 Red System is the permanently installed TSC/OSC page system. Tli*e speakers are located
* in the ceilings similar to the Plant Page system. Speakers are in the Halls *. the OSC Bull
* in the ceilings similar to the Plant Page system. Speakers are in the Halls *. the OSC Bull
* Pen, the R&CA Briefing room, the TSC/OSC Command room, the NRC Conference room and the old U2 Records room. The speakers are marked with red tape. Eacfi speaker has its own on/off switch and-volume control knob. The amplifier andJwo'microphones qre on/in the counter separating the TSC and OSC each marked with RED .tape: The
* Pen, the R&CA Briefing room, the TSC/OSC Command room, the NRC Conference room and the old U2 Records room. The speakers are marked with red tape. Eacfi speaker has its own on/off switch and-volume control knob. The amplifier andJwo'microphones qre on/in the counter separating the TSC and OSC each marked with RED .tape: The
* microphones are wireless and battery powered and simply require th_at they be turned on to activate the system. Volume control is via the local speaker or the }1mplifier on the ,counter separating the TSC and OSC. * * * .,
* microphones are wireless and battery powered and simply require th_at they be turned on to activate the system. Volume control is via the local speaker or the }1mplifier on the ,counter separating the TSC and OSC.                               *         *             * .,
* 2.3 Green System consists of Wireless portable speakers distributed ar9und the facilify.
* 2.3 Green System consists of Wireless portable speakers distributed ar9und the facilify. Each speaker must be turned on by a switch on the back and the volume (3djusted locally by a switch on the front. The volume should be turned up to full volume and adjusted down as needed. Speakers are located in the OSC Bull Pen, the TSC/OSC Command room, the NRC Conference room, the Whole Body Count room and the old U2 Records room. There are two microphones on/in the TSC/OSC Counter each marked with GREEN tape. The microphones are wireless and battery powered and simply require that they be turned on to activate the system. Additional batteries are available in the supply boxes. Note that this system does not cover the Hallways.
Each speaker must be turned on by a switch on the back and the volume (3djusted locally by a switch on the front. The volume should be turned up to full volume and adjusted down as needed. Speakers are located in the OSC Bull Pen, the TSC/OSC Command room, the NRC Conference room, the Whole Body Count room and the old U2 Records room. There are two microphones on/in the TSC/OSC Counter each marked with GREEN tape. The microphones are wireless and battery powered and simply require that they be turned on to activate the system. Additional batteries are available in the supply boxes. Note that this system does not cover the Hallways.
 
IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-220 Revision 19 _,__ Entergy REFERENCE USE Page 29 of 29 Attachment 9.13 IPEC TSC STAFFING Sheet 1 of 1 At IPEC, the expectation is that ALL individuals assigned to the Technical Support Center (TSC) report to the facility within 60 minutes of the declaration of an Event. The TSC is able to be considered STAFFED when the following Core Individuals are present: Emergency Plant Manager (EPM), TSC Manager, TSC Communicator, Rad Coordinator, Mechanical Engineer, E;lectrical/l&C Engineer.and Reactor Engineer.
IPEC                 NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-220           Revision 19 PROCEDURE
Regardless of whoever else is available these positions MUST .be filled before the' TSC can be considered to be STAFFED. .. '-** --**-*
_,__ Entergy           IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE       Page       29         of     29 Attachment 9.13 IPEC TSC STAFFING Sheet 1 of 1 At IPEC, the expectation is that ALL individuals assigned to the Technical Support Center (TSC) report to the facility within 60 minutes of the declaration of an Event.
* The IPEC Ernergency Plan in S.ection B (Table 8-1) requires the following to respond within 60 minutes: TSC Communicator.
The TSC is able to be considered STAFFED when the following Core Individuals are present: Emergency Plant Manager (EPM), TSC Manager, TSC Communicator, Rad Coordinator, Mechanical Engineer, E;lectrical/l&C Engineer.and Reactor Engineer. Regardless of whoever else is available these positions MUST .be filled before the' TSC can be considered to be STAFFED.
a Reactor Engineer;:
                                                                              ~- ..
a.n Electrical Engineer and a Mechanical Engineer .. . ** The TSC may be declared OPERATIONAL whenever Core lhdividuals"are achieved and the TSC Manager determines that the facility is adequately
                    ~  '-** - -**-*
* staffed for the event and equipment is set up and available to perform the emerg-ency functions assigned to the TSC. ** .. ,,_ .;
* The IPEC Ernergency Plan in S.ection B (Table 8-1) requires the following to respond within 60 minutes: TSC Communicator. a Reactor Engineer;:       a.n Electrical Engineer and a Mechanical Engineer..
Prepared by: Approval: . .... *, ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE IP-IEP-120 Revision 11 Page 1 of 49 Emergency Classification
                                                    .                             **
: ;-i:rint Name Q McNM Signature
The TSC may be declared OPERATIONAL whenever Core lhdividuals"are achieved and the TSC Manager determines that the facility is adequately *
'5\g,J\lt.
                                                                                              .. ,,_
ate *Rebecca A. Martin Date Print Name " .. f..ori A. Glander . . . ... .. ...... Effective Date: June 14,.2016 IP-EP-120 (Class) R11.doo Section ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES
staffed for the event and equipment is set up and available to perform the                     .;
* NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Table of Contents IP-EP-120 Revision 11 Page
emerg-ency functions assigned to the TSC.                                     **
* of 49 1.0 PURPOSE .........................................................................................................
 
3  
ENNIPEC                           NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN                                              IP-IEP-120     Revision 11 PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                          REFERENCE USE          Page       1   of   49 Emergency Classification Prepared by:                    *Rebecca A. Martin
: ;-   i:rint Name
                                                                    ~" Q McNMSignature
                                                                                                    '5\g,J\lt.
ate Approval:                        " . f..ori
                                      .    . A. Glander
                                                      .
Print Name 5~3t-Jk Date
              .~** .... *,
                              ..
                                    ...
                                    ......
Effective Date: June 14,.2016 IP-EP-120 (Class) R11.doo
 
ENNIPEC
* NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN                                                                IP-EP-120           Revision 11 PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                                REFERENCE USE                        Page *       ~    of   49 Table of Contents Section 1.0   PURPOSE ......................................................................................................... 3
 
==2.0    REFERENCES==
.................................................................................................. 3 3.0    DEFINITIONS .................................................................................................... 3 4.0    RESPONSIBILITIES ..........................................*................................................ 3 5.0    DETAILS***'******************************************************************************************************** 5 5.1    Recognizing an Emergency **************~***************************************************** 5 5.2    Initial Emergency Declaration from the Control Room ................... ~ ......... 6 5.3   While In a Classified Emergency ............................................................. 6 6.0 5.4 5.5                                    .
Transitory Events,* Spikes and Spurious Indications ............................... 6 Compensatory Measur~s of Out-of..Service_                    . EAL Instruments      .
                                                                                                              ................. 7 1*NTERFACES ..................': ............................... :............... : ................................. 7 7.0    RECORDS ......................... :.............*............*...... ;............................................... 7
\; 8.0    REQUIREMENTS          AND COMMITMENTS .............................. ;........................... 7
                        .,
9.0    ATTACHMENTS._ ............ .,......._. .... *......................................................................... 7 9.1 :Emergen~y Action Levels.'.:{::, ........ :............................................................. 8
 
ENNIPEC                        NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN                                    IP-EP-120      Revision 11 PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                        REFERENCE USE    Page      ~  of* 49 Emergency Classification 1.0 PURPOSE To describe the method for classification of emergencies at IPEC as a Notification of Unusual Event (NUE), Alert, Site Area Emergency (SAE) or General Emergency (GE). It also described actions to take regarding Out-of-Service instruments that are used to evaluate EAL's.


==2.0 REFERENCES==
==2.0 REFERENCES==


..................................................................................................
2.1 Indian Point Energy Center Emergency Plan 2.2 NEI 99-01 Rev 5, Methodology for Development of Emergency Action Levels
3 3.0 DEFINITIONS
* 2.3 IP-EP-AD13 IPEC Emergency Action Level Technical Bases 2.4 IP-EP-AD40 Equipmen.t lmportan~ fo*Ernergency Response
....................................................................................................
                                                    ..
3 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES
2.5 Hot Conditions. EAL Chart
..........................................
  .,
* ................................................
I I 2.6 Cold Conditions EAL Chq.rt
3 5.0 DETAILS***'********************************************************************************************************
                                  '.
5 5.1 Recognizing an Emergency 5 5.2 Initial Emergency Declaration from the Control Room ................... .........
3.0 DEFINITIONS                       ' *.'. *-* ..
6 5.3 While In a Classified Emergency
Refer to Reference 2.3*,
.............................................................
4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 The Shift Manager (Control Room Supervisor if the Shift Manager is unavailable or incapacitated) of the affected unit shall implement this procedure for the initial emergency Classification. For classifiable events that potentially impact both units (security, natural or man-made events), the Shift Managers for each unit shall confer about the need to classify the event. If it is determined that emergency classification is warranted, the Unit 2 Shift Manager shall declare the event in accordance with this procedure. Once an initial emergency classification has been made, the unit Shift Manager making the initial declaration shall be responsible for any subsequent emergency classifications, regardless of which unit is affected, until such time as relieved by the on-call Emergency Director.
6 5.4 Transitory Events,* Spikes and Spurious Indications
...............................
6 5.5 Compensatory of Out-of .. Service_ EAL Instruments
.................
7 . . . 6.0 1*NTERFACES
..................
': ...............................
: ...............
: .................................
7 7.0 RECORDS .........................
: .............
* ............
* ...... ; ...............................................
7 \ ; 8.0 REQUIREMENTS AND COMMITMENTS
..............................
; ...........................
7 ., 9.0 ATTACHMENTS._
............
., ....... _. .... * .........................................................................
7 9.1 Action Levels.'.:{::, ........ : .............................................................
., I I ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Emergency Classification IP-EP-120 Revision 11 Page of* 49 1.0 PURPOSE 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 3.0 To describe the method for classification of emergencies at IPEC as a Notification of Unusual Event (NUE), Alert, Site Area Emergency (SAE) or General Emergency (GE). It also described actions to take regarding Out-of-Service instruments that are used to evaluate EAL's. REFERENCES Indian Point Energy Center Emergency Plan NEI 99-01 Rev 5, Methodology for Development of Emergency Action Levels
* IP-EP-AD13 IPEC Emergency Action Level Technical Bases IP-EP-AD40 Equipmen.t fo*Ernergency Response .. Hot Conditions.
EAL Chart Cold Conditions EAL Chq.rt '. DEFINITIONS  
' *.'. *-* .. Refer to Reference 2.3*, 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 The Shift Manager (Control Room Supervisor if the Shift Manager is unavailable or incapacitated) of the affected unit shall implement this procedure for the initial emergency Classification.
For classifiable events that potentially impact both units (security, natural or man-made events), the Shift Managers for each unit shall confer about the need to classify the event. If it is determined that emergency classification is warranted, the Unit 2 Shift Manager shall declare the event in accordance with this procedure.
Once an initial emergency classification has been made, the unit Shift Manager making the initial declaration shall be responsible for any subsequent emergency classifications, regardless of which unit is affected, until such time as relieved by the on-call Emergency Director.
4.2 The Shift Manager, upon initial emergency classification, shall assume the role of Emergency Director and shall act as the Emergency Director until relieved by the On-Call Emergency Director or other qualified Emergency Director (Plant Operations Manager).
4.2 The Shift Manager, upon initial emergency classification, shall assume the role of Emergency Director and shall act as the Emergency Director until relieved by the On-Call Emergency Director or other qualified Emergency Director (Plant Operations Manager).
4.3 The Emergency Director is responsible for overall command and control of the emergency response, including classifications; notifications, PARs and ensuring all resources are available to mitigate emergency conditions.
4.3 The Emergency Director is responsible for overall command and control of the emergency response, including classifications; notifications, PARs and ensuring all resources are available to mitigate emergency conditions. The Emergency Director is the final authority for determining the emergency classification level (initial classification, upgrading, or terminating to recovery). This authority may not be delegated.
The Emergency Director is the final authority for determining the emergency classification level (initial classification, upgrading, or terminating to recovery).
                                        '
This authority may not be delegated.  
 
'
ENNIPEC                   NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN                                    IP-EP-120     Revision 11 PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                  REFERENCE USE          Page       ~ of   49 4.4 Initial and subsequent emergency classification shall be made within 15 minutes following the identification of a classifiable event to ensure that prompt notification, mobilization, protective and corrective actions are taken.
ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 Page of 49 4.4 Initial and subsequent emergency classification shall be made within 15 minutes following the identification of a classifiable event to ensure that prompt notification, mobilization, protective and corrective actions are taken. 4.5 Upon becoming aware of any condition or event that they believe may warrant an upgrade in emergency classification, Emergency Response Organization memb.ers shall promptly inform the Emergency Director via their chain of command. 4.6 A broc;id spectrum of discretion in classifying events is provided under "Hazards" category 6.0 "Judgement".
4.5 Upon becoming aware of any condition or event that they believe may warrant an upgrade in emergency classification, Emergency Response Organization memb.ers shall promptly inform the Emergency Director via their chain of command.
In using the Sub-Category "Judgement" and in classifying emergencies under circumstances which are not a straight-forward use of the EALs, ERO members should be mindful than an approach is needed which is conservative with respect to public, plant, and personnel safety and with respect to ensuring the adequacy of personnel and technical support. Conservative decisions must be made if the Emergency Director has any doubt regarding the health and safety of the public. '.
4.6 A broc;id spectrum of discretion in classifying events is provided under "Hazards" Sub-category 6.0 "Judgement". In using the Sub-Category "Judgement" and in classifying emergencies under circumstances which are not a straight-forward use of the EALs, ERO members should be mindful than an approach is needed which is conservative with respect to public, plant, and personnel safety and with respect to ensuring the adequacy of personnel and technical support. Conservative decisions must be made if the Emergency Director has any doubt regarding the health and safety of the public.
\ I 5.0 DETAILS ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 5.1 Recognizing an Emergency NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE NOTE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 Page &sect; of 49 All classifications are to be based upon VALID indications, reports or conditions.
                                '.
 
ENNIPEC                   NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN                                      IP-EP-120     Revision 11 PROCEDURE
      ~Entergy.          IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                  REFERENCE USE          Page     &sect;   of 49 5.0  DETAILS 5.1  Recognizing an Emergency NOTE All classifications are to be based upon VALID indications, reports or conditions.
Indications; reports or conditions are considered VALID when they are verified by (1) an instrument channel check, or (2) indications on related or redundant indicators, or (3) by direct observation by plant personnel, such that doubt related to the indicator's operability, the condition's existence, or the report's accuracy is. removed. Implicit in this definition is the need for timely assessment.
Indications; reports or conditions are considered VALID when they are verified by (1) an instrument channel check, or (2) indications on related or redundant indicators, or (3) by direct observation by plant personnel, such that doubt related to the indicator's operability, the condition's existence, or the report's accuracy is. removed. Implicit in this definition is the need for timely assessment.
5, 1.1 When indications of abnormal conditions or events are received, personnel will verify the symptoms/indications and then compare with the Emergency Action Levels (Attachment 9 .. 1 ). * * *
5, 1.1 When indications of abnormal conditions or events are received, personnel will verify the symptoms/indications and then compare with the Emergency Action Levels (Attachment 9.. 1).                           * **
* 5.1.2 Identify the highest applicable emerg*ency classification level (if multiple EALs are exceeded) for which an EAL has been met or e)(ceeded considering the following: . . . (a) The plant condition existing at the time the .at>normal condition exists: ..
\
* All Operating 1, .2. 3, 4, 5,6, DEF
* 5.1.2 Identify the highest applicable emerg*ency classification level (if multiple EALs are I
* Hot Condition Modes 2, 3; 4. . * \ . '
exceeded) for which an EAL has been met or e)(ceeded considering the following:
* Cold Condition Modes 5, 6, DEF: * (b) IF conditions warrant the issuance of offsite Protective Action Recommendations (PARs), THEN the classification of General Emergency is required. (c) IF plant conditions indicate a possible radiological release or a release is in progress or suspected, THEN evaluate the applicability of offsite dose-based EALs (IP-EP-310, Dose Assessment). (d) IF a classification level was met or exceeded but the classifiable condition no longer exists (a lesser classification level may or may not still be appropriate), THEN refer to Section 5.4, Transitory Events, Spikes and Spurious Indications.
(a)
                                                                    .   . .
The plant condition existing at the time the .at>normal condition exists:
                                                                        ..
* All Operating Mod~i:; 1, .2. 3, 4, 5,6, DEF
* Hot Condition Modes     ~,    2, 3; 4. . *
                                                            \
                                                          .   '
* Cold Condition Modes 5, 6, DEF: *
(b)   IF conditions warrant the issuance of offsite Protective Action Recommendations (PARs), THEN the classification of General Emergency is required.
(c)   IF plant conditions indicate a possible radiological release or a release is in progress or suspected, THEN evaluate the applicability of offsite dose-based EALs (IP-EP-310, Dose Assessment).
(d)   IF a classification level was met or exceeded but the classifiable condition no longer exists (a lesser classification level may or may not still be appropriate),
THEN refer to Section 5.4, Transitory Events, Spikes and Spurious Indications.


ENN IPEC
ENN IPEC
* EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE 5.2 . Initial Emergency Declaration from the Control Room NOTE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 Page &sect; of 49 IF the condition or event requiring initial classification potentially affects both units (security, natural or man-made events), THEN th*e Unit Shift Managers shall contact each other and confer on the need to declare. Upon concqrrence, the Unit 2 Shift Manager shall make the appropriate emergency classification and assume the role of Emergency Director.
* NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-120    Revision 11 PROCEDURE
    ~Entergy.          IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                  REFERENCE USE             Page    &sect;  of  49 5.2 . Initial Emergency Declaration from the Control Room NOTE IF the condition or event requiring initial classification potentially affects both units (security, natural or man-made events), THEN th*e Unit Shift Managers shall contact each other and confer on the need to declare. Upon concqrrence, the Unit 2 Shift Manager shall make the appropriate emergency classification and assume the role of Emergency Director.
5.2.1
5.2.1
* The Shift Manager (Control Room Supervisor if the Shift Manager is unavailable or incapacitated) shall announce to the Control Room operating staff: (a) That an emergency has been declared. (b) The emergency classification level. (c) That the (Unit 2 or Unit 3) Shift Manager (Control Room Supervisor if the Shift Manager is unavailable or incapacitated) h:;:is assumed the role of Emergency Director.  
* The Shift Manager (Control Room Supervisor if the Shift Manager is unavailable or incapacitated) shall announce to the Control Room operating staff:
* * *
(a) That an emergency has been declared.
* 5.2.2 Implement procedure IP..:EP-210 "Central Control Room"
(b) The emergency classification level.
* 5.3 While in a Classified Emergency 5.3.1 Emergency response personnel shall continuously review the Emergency Action Levels (Attachment 1 ). 5.3.2 If an Emergency Action Level threshold is exceeded for an classification higher than currently declared, the Emergency Director shall classify the event to the appropriate level and initiate all required notifications.
(c) That the (Unit 2 or Unit 3) Shift Manager (Control Room Supervisor if the Shift Manager is unavailable or incapacitated) h:;:is assumed the role of Emergency Director.                           * *           **
5.4 Transitory Events, Spikes and Spurious Indications 5.4.1 Transitory events that result in exceeding the Emergency Action Level criteria for event declaration, but which are terminated before they are declared, should still be identified,.
5.2.2 Implement procedure IP..:EP-210 "Central Control Room"
documented and reported (10CFR50.72), but not declared to implement the Emergency Plan. 5.4.2 In the case of a "spike" in a plant indication or event which rapidly exceeds and then decreases below an Emergency Action Level threshold, entry into the Emergency Plan or escalation to a higher classification "in retrospect" is not appropriate unless the "spike" is indicative of continuing degrading conditions which will lead to an escalated emergency classification level. Examples include momentary steam generator level shrink following reactor trip or brief wind gusts in excess of classifiable levels.
* 5.3   While in a Classified Emergency 5.3.1   Emergency response personnel shall continuously review the Emergency Action Levels (Attachment 1).
* ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 Page I of 49 5.4.3 Spurious alarms or parameters, which are known to be invalid indicators of actual plant conditions or of the emergency classification, should not be used to declare emergency classifications.
5.3.2 If an Emergency Action Level threshold is exceeded for an ~mergency classification higher than currently declared, the Emergency Director shall re-classify the event to the appropriate level and initiate all required notifications.
5.4   Transitory Events, Spikes and Spurious Indications 5.4.1 Transitory events that result in exceeding the Emergency Action Level criteria for event declaration, but which are terminated before they are declared, should still be identified,. documented and reported (10CFR50.72), but not declared to implement the Emergency Plan.
5.4.2 In the case of a "spike" in a plant indication or event which rapidly exceeds and then decreases below an Emergency Action Level threshold, entry into the Emergency Plan or escalation to a higher classification "in retrospect" is not appropriate unless the "spike" is indicative of continuing degrading conditions which will lead to an escalated emergency classification level. Examples include momentary steam generator level shrink following reactor trip or brief wind gusts in excess of classifiable levels.
* ENNIPEC                 NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-120   Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN                PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                  REFERENCE USE          Page     I of   49 5.4.3 Spurious alarms or parameters, which are known to be invalid indicators of actual plant conditions or of the emergency classification, should not be used to declare emergency classifications.
5.5 Compensatory Measures for Out-of-Service EAL Instruments.
5.5 Compensatory Measures for Out-of-Service EAL Instruments.
5.5.1 IP-EP-AD40 provides guidance when planning to take an instrument OOS (Out of Service) that is used to determine an EAL condition or following an unplanned loss of the instrument.
5.5.1 IP-EP-AD40 provides guidance when planning to take an instrument OOS (Out of Service) that is used to determine an EAL condition or following an unplanned loss of the instrument.
6.0 INTERFACES 6.1 IP-EP-210, Central Control Room 6.2 IP-EP-220, Technical Support Center 6.3 IP-EP-310, Dose Assessment 6.4 IP-EP-410, Protective Action Recommendations 6.5 IP-EP-510, Meteorological, Radiological  
6.0   INTERFACES 6.1   IP-EP-210, Central Control Room 6.2   IP-EP-220, Technical Support Center 6.3   IP-EP-310, Dose Assessment 6.4   IP-EP-410, Protective Action Recommendations 6.5   IP-EP-510, Meteorological, Radiological & Plant Data Acquisition System 6.6   IP-EP-340, Meteorological -Information & Data Acquisition System{MIDAS) 6.7   IP-EP-AD40, Equipment Important to Emergency Response 7.0   RECORDS Any logs or forms completed by members of the ERO during *an actual declared emergency are permanent quality records.               *     *       ...
& Plant Data Acquisition System 6.6 IP-EP-340, Meteorological -Information  
8.0   REQUIREMENTS AND COMMITMENTS NONE 9.0   ATTACHMENTS 9.1   Emergency Action Levels
& Data Acquisition System{MIDAS) 6.7 IP-EP-AD40, Equipment Important to Emergency Response 7.0 RECORDS Any logs or forms completed by members of the ERO during *an actual declared emergency are permanent quality records. * * ... 8.0 REQUIREMENTS AND COMMITMENTS NONE 9.0 ATTACHMENTS 9.1 Emergency Action Levels ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 EMERGENCY PLAN Revision 11 IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Offsite Rad Conditions 2 3 4 5 6 DEF I 1 I 2 I 3 4 5 6 I DEF I Any valid radiation monitor reading >Table A-1 column "GE" for> 15 min. (Note 1) -AG 1.2 1 2 3 4 5 6 DEF Dose assessment using actual meteorology indicates doses > 1000 mRem TEDE or> 5000 mRem thyroid CDE at or beyond the site boundary.
AG1.3 1 2 3 4 5 6 DEF Field survey results indicate closed window dose rates > 1000 mRem/hr. expected to continue for 1 hr at or beyond the site boundary OR Anakyses offield survey samples indicate thyroid CDE of > 5000 mRem for 1 hr of inhalation at or beyond the site boundary Any valid radiation monitor reading > Table A-1 column "SAE" 15 min. (Note 1) AS 1.2 I 1 I 2 I 3 I _4 I 5 I 6 I DEF I Dose assessment using actual meteorology indicates doses :> 100 mRem TEDE or> 500 mRer'n thyroid COE at or beyond the site boundary AS 1.3 I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF I Field survey indicates closed window dose rate > 100 mRem/hr. that is expected to continue 1 hr at or beyond the site boundary OR Field survey sample analysis indicates thyroid COE of > 500 mRem for 1 hr* of inhalation at or beyond.the siteboundaiy . Page of 49 AU 1.1 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF I I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF I Any valid gaseous monitor reading > Table A-1 column "Alert" for> 15 min. (Note 2) -AA1.2 4 5 6 DEF Any valid liquid monitor reading > Table . 1 column "Alert" for 15 min. (Note 2) AA1.3 I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF I Confirmed sample analyses for gaseous or liquid releases indicate concentrations or release rates > 200 x Technical Specification (OOCM) limits 15 min. (NOTE"2) Any valid gaseous monitor reading > Table A-1 column "UE" 60 min. (Note 2) AU 1.2 I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF I Any valid liquid monitor reading> Table A-1 column "UE" for 60 min. (Note2) AU 1.3 I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF I Confirmed sample analyses for gaseous or liquid releases indicate concentrations or release rates > 2 x Technical Specifications (OOCM) limits 60 min. (Note 2)
: 2. Onsite Rad Conditions
& Irradiated Fuel Events ENN IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 REFERENCE USE Page AA2.1 I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF I Damage to irradiated fuel or loss of water level (uncovering irradiated fuel outside the Reactor Vessel) that causes a valid high alarm on any of the following radiation monitors:
-R-2/R7 Vapor Containment Area Monitors -R-5 Monitors Fuel Storage Bldg. Area -R-42 [R-12] VC Gas Activity -R-25/R-26 Vapor Containment High Radiation Area Monitors AA2.2 I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF I of AU 2.1 3 4 5 6 I DEF Unplanned low water level or alarm indicating uncontrolled water level decrease in the refueling cavity, SFP or fuel transfer canal AND Valid area radiation monitor reading rise on any of the following:
-R2/R7 -R-5 Vapor Containment Area Monitors Fuel Storage Bldg. Area Monitors -R25/R-26 Vapor Containment High Radiation Area Monitors AU2.2 A water level drop in the reactor cavity, SFP or fuel transfer canal that will result in I 1 I 2 I 3 4 5 6 I DEF irradiated fuel becoming uncovered
'--* --'-* --'-*
:, . Unplanned valid area radiation monitor reading or survey results increase by a factor of 1,000 over normal levels*
* Normal levels can be considered as the highest reading in the past 24 hours excluding the current peak value 3 CR/CAS Radiation ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 9.1 -Emergency Action Levels CATEGORY "A" Abnormal Rad Release I Rad Effluent AA3.1 I 1 I 2 IP-EP-120 6 I DEF I Dose rates > 15 mRem/hr in areas requiring continuous occupancy to maintain plant safety functions:
Control Room [R-1] OR CAS ''I * / Revision 11 of ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE 9.1 -Emergency Action Levels IP-EP-120 Page TABLE A-1 EFFLUENT MONITOR CLASSIFICATION THRESHOLDS . Gaseous R-27 7 .5 E+07 &#xb5;Ci/sec 7 .5 E+06 &#xb5;Ci/sec * (2.3 E+OO &#xb5;Ci/cc) (2.3 E-01 &#xb5;Ci/cc) R-44 [14] N/A N/A Liquid R-54 [18] N/A N/A R-49 [19] N/A N/A 1.4 E+06 &#xb5;Ci/sec (4.2 E-02 &#xb5;Ci/cc) 4.2 E-02 &#xb5;Ci/cc 4.0E-02 &#xb5;Ci/cc 5.8E-02 &#xb5;Ci/cc Revision 11 11 of 49 2.6 E+05 &#xb5;Ci/sec (8.0 E-03 &#xb5;Ci/cc) 8.0 E-03 &#xb5;Ci/cc 2.5E-03 &#xb5;Ci/cc 5.8E-04 &#xb5;Ci/cc 1 Natural & Destructive Phenomena ENN IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 REFERENCE USE 9.1 -Emergency Action Levels CATEGORY "H" HAZARDS Page of HA 1.1 , HU 1.1 ._I _1-"-I _4--'-_s___.__6___._l
_D_EF___.I I 1 I 2 I 3 4 s 6 I DEF I Two or more annunciators are lit on the Peak Shock Annunciator panel, one of which is red AND Strong Motion Event Indicator is lit AND Earthquake confirmed by any of the following:
-Earthquake felt in plant by a consensus of Control Room Operators
-National Earthquake Information Center (Note 4) -Control Room indication of degraded performance of systems required for the safe shutdown of the plant Seismic event indentified by any two of the following:
-Earthquake felt in plant by consensus of Control Room Operators
-Unit 3 "Seismic Event Occurred" alarm (Panel SDF) or any amber Peak Shock Annunciator light is lit -National Earthquake Information Center (Note 4) HA12 HU12 ._I _1
_DE_F__.I I 1 I 2 I 3 4 s 6 I DEF Tornado striking or sustained high winds > 90 mph (40 m/sec) resulting in EITHER: Visible damage to any Table H-1 plant structures containing safety systems or components OR Tornado striking within Protected Area boundary OR Sustained high winds> 90 mph (40 m/sec) 


Natural & Destructive Phenomena (continued)
ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                                       IP-EP-120                           Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING
ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 REFERENCE USE Page 9.1 -Emergency Action Levels Control Room indication of degraded performance of safety systems HA 1.3. 4 5 6 I DEF Vehicle crash resulting in Either: Visible damage to any Table H-1 plant structures containing safety systems or components OR Control Room indication of degraded performance of safety systems HA1.4 I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF Turbine failure-generated projectiles resulting in Either: Visible damage to or penetration of any Table H-1 area containing safety systems or components OR Control Room indication of degraded performance of safety systems Revision 11 of HU 1.3 I 1 I 2 I 3 4 5 6 I DEF Turbine failure resulting in EITHER: Casing penetration OR Damage to turbine or generator seals HU 1.4 I 1 I 2 I 3 4 5 6 I DEF Flooding in any Table H-1 area that has the potential to affect related equipment needed for the current operating mode Natural & Destructive Phenomena ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 REFERENCE USE . Page 9.1 -Emergency Action Levels I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF Flooding in any Table H-1 area resulting in Either: An electrical shock hazard that precludes necessary access to operate .or monitor safety equipment OR Control room indication of degraded performance of safety systems HA1.6 I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF River Water Level > 15 ft. (0MSL) OR ' Low Service Water Bay (Intake Structure) level resulting in a loss of service water flow Revision 11 of 49 HU 1.5 I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF River Water Level > 14 ft. 6 in. (0MSL) OR Service Water Bay (Intake Structure) water level< -4 ft. 5 in. (0MSL)
~Entergy.            PROCEDURES                              REFERENCE USE                                     Page                     ~        of     49 AU 1.1 Offsite Rad Conditions 2   3   4   5   6   DEF I1 I   2 I3    4   5   6 I DEF I                 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF I I        1   I 2 I I 3     4 I I I 5   6 DEF      I Any valid gaseous monitor reading >        Any valid gaseous monitor reading > Table Table A-1 column "Alert" for> 15 min.       A-1 column "UE" for~ 60 min. (Note 2)
ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES
Any valid radiation monitor reading Any valid radiation monitor reading >
*' NON-QUALITY,RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE 9.1 -Emergency Action Levels Table H-1 Safe Shutdown Areas IP-EP-120 Page -Control Building and associated Electrical Tunnels and Battery Rooms -Service Water Pump Structure and Valve Pits -Fuel Storage Building -Primary Auxiliary Building I Fan House -Vapor Containment Building -EOG Buildings
(Note 2)                      -             AU 1.2
-Auxiliary Feed Pump Building -Condensate Storage Tank -Refueling Water Storage Tank Revision 11 of 49 
            >Table A-1 column "GE" for> 15      Table A-1 column "SAE" for~ 15 min. (Note 1)                -    min. (Note 1)                           AA1.2                                       I 1   I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF I AG 1.2                             AS 1.2                                                       4     5   6   DEF   Any valid liquid monitor reading> Table A-1 column "UE" for ~ 60 min. (Note2) 1     2     3   4   5   6   DEF I1 I   2 I 3 I _4 I 5 I 6 I DEF I    Any valid liquid monitor reading > Table A-
""-'-.Entergy . 2 Fire or* Explosion 3 Hazardous Gas ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES IP-EP-120 NON-QUALITY RELATED PROC.EDURE
                                                                                      . 1 column "Alert" for ~ 15 min. (Note 2)    AU 1.3 Dose assessment using actual        Dose assessment using actual AA1.3                                      I 1   I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6   I DEF   I meteorology indicates doses
,"'., ,, . . . REFERENCE Use Page HA2.1 11 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF Fire or' explosion resulting in EITHER: Visible damage to any Table H-1 area containing safety systems or components OR . Control Room Indication of degraded performance of safety systems HA3.1
            > 1000 mRem TEDE or> 5000 meteorology indicates doses :> 100 mRem TEDE or> 500 mRer'n thyroid I 1   I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF I          Confirmed sample analyses for gaseous or liquid releases indicate concentrations or mRem thyroid CDE at or beyond                                              Confirmed sample analyses for gaseous      release rates > 2 x Technical Specifications COE at or beyond the site boundary the site boundary.                                                          or liquid releases indicate concentrations (OOCM) limits for~ 60 min. (Note 2)
* I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF Access to any Table H-2 area is prohibited due to toxic, corrosive, asphyxiant or flammable gases which jeopardize operation of systems required to maintain safe operations or safety shut down the reactor Revision 11 of I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF I Fire in any Table H-1 area not extinguished within 15 minutes (Note 3) of Control Room notification or verification of a control room fire alarm HU2.2 I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF I Explosion within Protected Area boundar HU 3.1 I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF I Toxic, corrosive, asphyxiant or flammable gases in amounts that have or could adversely affect normal plant operations HU 3.2 I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF I Recommendation by local, county or state officials to evacuate or shelter site personnel based on offsite event ENNIPEC . . .. EMERGENCY PLAN Noril-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 . IMPLEMENTING
AS 1.3                                 or release rates > 200 x Technical AG1.3                                                                       Specification (OOCM) limits for~ 15 min.
". I I -=-Entergy . PROCEDURES . REFERENCE,USE Page 17 of 49
1     2     3   4    5   6    DEF I1 I   2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF I     (NOTE"2)
* I I ,,. : *9.1 -*Emergency Action Levels
Field survey indicates closed window Field survey results indicate      dose rate > 100 mRem/hr. that is closed window dose rates > 1000    expected to continue for~ 1 hr at or mRem/hr. expected to continue for  beyond the site boundary
* Table H-2 Safe Shutdown Access Areas -Control Building and associated Electrical Tunnels and Battery Rooms -Service Water Pump Structure and Valve Pits -Vapor Containment Building * -Primary Auxiliary Building I Fan House -Auxiliary Feed Pump Building 
            ~ 1 hr at or beyond the site OR boundary Field survey sample analysis OR indicates thyroid COE of > 500 Anakyses offield survey samples    mRem for 1 hr* of inhalation at or indicate thyroid CDE of > 5000      beyond.the siteboundaiy        .
--Entergy . ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE ..... *. Security I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF I, I 1 I 2 I 3
mRem for 1 hr of inhalation at or beyond the site boundary
* 1 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF 5 Control Room Evacuation A hostile action has occurred such that plant personnel are unable to operate equipment required to maintain safety functions OR A hostile action has caused failure of Spent Fuel Cooling Systems and imminent damage is likely A hostile action is occurring or has occurred within the Protected Area as reported by the Security Shift Supervisor
* HS 5.1 I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF Control Room evacuation has been initiated AND Control of the plant cannot be established within 15 minutes IP-EP-120 Page I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF A hostile action is occurring or has occurred within the Owner Controlled Area as reported by the Security Shift Supervisor OR A validated notification from NRC of an airliner attach threat within 30 minutes of the site HA5.1 I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF Control Room evacuation initiated Revision 11 of 3 4 5 6 DEF A security condition that does not involve a hostile action as reported by the Security Shift Supervisor OR A credible site-specific security threat notification OR A validated notification from NRC providing information of an aircraft threat 6 Judgment HG6.1 ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES I 1 I 2 I 3 \ 4 I .s I 6 I DEF Other conditions exist that in the judgment of the Emergency Director indicate that events are in progress or have occurred which involve EITHER: Actual or imminent substantial core degradation or melting with potential for loss of containment integri!Y OR Hostile action that results in an actual loss of physical control of the facility Releases can be reasonably expected to exceed EPA Protective Action Guideline exposure levels (1 Rem TEDE and 5 Rem thyroid COE) beyond the site boundary NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 USE Page 9.1 -Emergency Action Levels HS 6.1 I 1 I 2 I 3' ). 4. I 5. I 6 I DEF *1 Other condjtions exist that in the judgment.of.
the Emergency Director indicate .that events are in progress or have occurred which involve EITHER: An actual or likely major failures of plant functions needed for protection of the public OR Hostile action that results in intentional damage or malicious acts; 1) toward site personnel or equipment that could lead to the likely failure of or; 2) that prevent effective access to equipment needed for the protection of the public ANY releases are not expected to result in exposure levels which exceed EPA Protective Action Guidelines exposure levels (1 Rem TEDE and 5 Rem thyroid COE) beyond the site boundary \ 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF Other i;onditions exist that in the judgment of the Emergency Director indicate that events are in progress or have occurred which involve EITHER: An actual or potential substantial degradation of the level of safety of the plant OR A security event that involves probable life threatening risk to site personnel or damage to site equipment because of hostile action Any releases are expected to be limited to small fractions of the EPA Protective Action Guideline exposure levels beyond the site boundary Revision 11 of 3 4 5 6 DEF Other conditions exist that in the judgment of the Emergency Director indicate that events are in progress or have occurred which indicate a potential degradation of the level of safety of the plant or indicate a security threat to facility protection has been initiated.
No releases of radioactive material requiring offsite response or monitoring are expected unless further degradation of safety systems occurs  
--Entergy.
1 ISFSI ENN IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE ' Page IP-EP-120 Revision 11 of I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF Damage to loaded cask confinement boundary 1 Loss of AC Power ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES SG 1.1 I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 Loss of all offsite and all onsite AC power (Table S-1) to 480 V safeguards buses (5A, 2A/3A,6A)
AND EITHER: Restoration of at least one safeguards bus within 4 hours is not likely OR Actual or imminent conditions requiring entry into ORANGE or RED path on F-0.2, "CORE COOLING" NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 REFERENCE USE Page 9.1 -Emergency Action Levels CATEGORY "S" SYSTEM MALFUNCTION 551.1 ... _ .. SA 1.1 1 t 12 13 I 1 l.2* I 3 1 4 Loss of all offsite and all onsite. AC AC power capability to 480 V power (Table S-1 ) tp 480-V !: * .. safeguards buses (5A, 2A/3A, 6A) ' . safeguards (BA, f.A/SA, 6A) 'red:uced to a single power source 15
*(Note :3) ' (Table 15 minutes (Note 3) such that any additional single failure would result in loss of all AC power to safeguard buses Revision 11 of SU 1.1 I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I * * :4<
* I Loss of all offsite AC power (Table S-1) to 480 V safeguards buses (5A, 2A/3A, 6A) 15 minutes (Note 3)
ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES .
:,,,.' ,/'>,,,
:, <>
2 SG 2.1 ATWS Criticality 3 Inability to Reach Shutdown Conditions Failure of automatic and all manual trip signals to reduce power range < 5% AND '-Actual or imminent conditions requiring entry into EITHER: RED path in F-0.2, CORE COOLING OR RED path in F-0.3, HEAT SINK NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 REFERENCE USE Page 9.1 -Emergency Action Levels CATEGORY "S" SYSTEM MALFUNCTION SS 2.1 Failure of an automatic trip signal to reduce
<: 5o;<?.. ' AND . ' 'I ; Manual trip actions taken at the ; . . . : .., reactor *control .console.are
... ** '* successful
* fqilure of an automatic trip signal to reduce power range < 5% . . AND Manual trip actions taken at the control console are successful Revision 11 of SU 2.1 Unplanned sustained positive startup rate observed on nuclear instrumentation SU 3.1 I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I> :* I <-+* .1 Plant is not brought to required operating mode within Technical Specifications LCO action statement time 
---Entergy. 4 Inst. I Comm. ENN IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 REFERENCE USE Page 9.1 -Emergency Action Levels CATEGORY "S" SYSTEM MALFUNCTION SS 4.1 I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I* >1 .*:**.1:,,/*.1 Loss of > approximately 75% *of Control Room Overhead annunciators or. Control Room indicators Table S-3 associated with safety AND *. *l *.* *. SA4.1 Unplanned loss of> approximately 75% of Control Room Overhead annunciators or Control Room indicators Table S-3 associated with systems for.::_ 15 minutes (Note \: 3) **. AND EITHER Revision 11 of SU 4.1 Unplanned loss of> approximately 75% of Control Room annunciators or Control Room indicators Table S-3 associated with safety systems for.::_ 15 minutes (Note 3) SU 4.2 Any significant transient is in progress, (Table-S.-2)
*: : Any significant transient is in progress, Ir* I qft3)Jv**.1 AND . . '. ,* Compensatory indications are unavailable (Table S-2) Loss of all Table S-4 onsite OR
* Compensatory indications are unavailable (internal) communications capability affecting the ability to perform routine operations OR Loss of Table S-4 offsite (external) communications capability affecting the ability. to perform offsite communications 5 Fuel Clad Degradation 6 RCS Leakage ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 9.1 -Emergency Action Levels CATEGORY "S" SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
: ' ... . I . IP-EP-120
* Revision 11 of 49 SU 5.1 [Unit 3]: 1(2) RM063A/B Gross Failed Fuel Detector High alarm
(>50 &#xb5;Ci/ml) SU 5.2 Coolant Sample Activity:
> 60 &#xb5;Ci/gm 1-131 dose equivalent SU 6.1 Unidentified or pressure boundary leakage > 10 gpm OR Identified leakage > 25 gpm 7 Loss of DC Power ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN . IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 9.1 -Emergency Action Levels CATEGORY "S" SYSTEM MALFUNCTION SS 7.1 < 105 voe bus voltage indications on all safety-related DC buses for .:::_ 15 minutes (Note 3) IP-EP-120 Revision 11 of ENN IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 2 3 NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE 9.1 -Emergency Action Levels HOT CONDITIONS Page Table S -1 Safeguards Bus AC Power Sources IP-EP-120
-480 V EOG 21 -Unit Auxiliary transformer*  
-480 V EOG 22 -Station Auxiliary transformer*
Revision 11 Of 49 -480 V EOG 23 -13.8 KV gas turbine auto transformer*
-Appendix "R" Diesel -480 V EOG 31 -Unit Auxiliary transformer
-480 V EOG 32 -Station Auxiliary transformer
-480 V EOG 33 -13W92 feeder -Appendix "R" Diesel -13W93 feeder
* With86P or 86BU tripped all offsite power supplie& must be considered as one power supply. **, 
--Entergy . ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE 9.1 -Emergency Action Levels HOT CONDITIONS Table S -2 Significant Transients Page -Automatic turbine runback > 25% thermal reactor power -Electrical load rejection
> 25% full electrical load -Reactor Trip -Safety injection activation -Thermal power oscillations of> 10% ..... '* ' J IP-EP-120 Revision 11 of


ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES
ENN IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                               IP-EP-120                              Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES            REFERENCE USE                                 Page                                  of
/ NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE 9.1 .. Emergency Action Levels HOT CONDITIONS Page Table S .... 3 Safety System Indicators Reactivity Control RCS Inventory Reactor Trip Decay Heat Removal
: 2.                                                      AA2.1                                         AU 2.1 Onsite Rad Conditions I1 I    2    I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF I                          3    4    5    6 I DEF
* Fission Product Barriers ,.* IP-EP-120 Revision 11 I 28 I of 49 
& Irradiated Fuel Events                                                  Damage to irradiated fuel or loss of water      Unplanned low water level or alarm level (uncovering irradiated fuel outside      indicating uncontrolled water level decrease the Reactor Vessel) that causes a valid        in the refueling cavity, SFP or fuel transfer high alarm on any of the following            canal radiation monitors:
AND
                                                        - R-2/R7      Vapor Containment Area Monitors                                      Valid area radiation monitor reading rise on
                                                        - R-5          Fuel Storage Bldg. Area        any of the following:
Monitors
                                                        -R-42 [R-12] VC Gas Activity                  - R2/R7        Vapor Containment Area
                                                        -R-25/R-26 Vapor Containment High                            Monitors Radiation Area Monitors
                                                                                                      - R-5          Fuel Storage Bldg. Area AA2.2                                                        Monitors I1 I    2    I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF I          - R25/R-26      Vapor Containment High Radiation Area Monitors AU2.2 A water level drop in the reactor cavity, SFP or fuel transfer canal that will result in I    1  I 2  I  3     4    5      I 6 DEF irradiated fuel becoming uncovered            '--*--'-*--'-*---'-----'--~~-~---'
Unplanned valid area radiation monitor reading or survey results increase by a factor of 1,000 over normal levels*
* Normal levels can be considered as the
:, .                                  highest reading in the past 24 hours excluding the current peak value


ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE 9.1 -Emergency Action Levels HOT CONDITIONS Page Table S -4 Communications Systems Plant Telephone System Plant Radio System Page I Party System Emergency Notification System :., x x x IP-EP-120 Revision 11 of x x ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 1 Fission Product Barrier REFERENCE USE 9.1 -Emergency Action Levels HOT CONDITIONS Page of 49 CATEGORY "F" FISSION PRODUCT BARRIERS FG 1.1 Loss of any two barriers AND Loss or potential loss of third barrier (Table F-1) **** * ** :  
ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                               IP-EP-120       Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES           REFERENCE USE                               Page                of 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels CATEGORY "A" Abnormal Rad Release I Rad Effluent 3                                                  AA3.1 CR/CAS Radiation I  1   I  2                      6  I DEF I Dose rates > 15 mRem/hr in areas requiring continuous occupancy to maintain plant safety functions:
;, FS 1.1 FA 1.1 FU 1.1 Loss or potential loss of any two Any loss or any potential loss Any loss or any potential barriers (Table F-1) of either Fuel Clad or RCS loss of Containment (Table F-1) (Table F-1)
Control Room    [R-1]
A.CSFST ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE 9.1 Emergency Action Levels HOT CONDITIONS Page TABLE "F-1" FISSION PRODUCT BARRIER MATRIX DLOSS D POTENTIAL LOSS DLOSS D POTENTIAL LOSS D D D D IP-EP-120 DLOSS D 1. Core -Cooling 1. Core Cooling 1. Integrity
OR CAS
-RED entry RED entry ORANGE entry' conditions met conditions met conditions met OR OR Heat Sink -RED entry Heat Sink -RED entry conditions met and conditions met and heat sink is required heat sink is required Revision 11 of 49 DPOTENTIAL LOSS D 1. Containment
                                                ''I            */
-RED entry conditions met 


it*, *. 'i , .. ,,'; '. (** ; :.-. B. Core Exit TCs ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE 9.1 Emergency Action Levels HOT CONDITIONS , IP-EP-120 Page TABLE "F-1" FISSION PRODUCT BARRIER MATRIX Revision 11 of . * * *.
ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                   IP-EP-120              Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                          REFERENCE USE                     Page          11      of  49 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels TABLE A-1 EFFLUENT MONITOR CLASSIFICATION THRESHOLDS ll"--'-~~~""'"'4--"-"""'----......:...:.===
{F:<:;) . ;;T :* 0 ' ,: :::! ;
                                            ;~;: ~!>"';::~~~~[i:~i ii~~tt~~!~!      .
' .** 1;; . .*
Gaseous                    R-27            7 .5 E+07 &#xb5;Ci/sec      7 .5 E+06 &#xb5;Ci/sec
., * .. ,,, > '.>:; '* *: '. X::< *:: : '.\'<'.* o::*: *' :;'., ' ,7 ',: ::*;,;.: .. ** '>: ,, '' ., . * *,. r.*+.:f:'J
* 1.4 E+06 &#xb5;Ci/sec        2.6 E+05 &#xb5;Ci/sec (2.3 E+OO &#xb5;Ci/cc)        (2.3 E-01 &#xb5;Ci/cc)      (4.2 E-02 &#xb5;Ci/cc)        (8.0 E-03 &#xb5;Ci/cc)
* ".*::,. :*:* *** . * *** .:'&#xa3;.: DLOSS D POTENTIAL LOSS DLOSS D POTENTIAL LOSS DLOSS D POTENTIAL LOSS 0 0 0 0 0 02. Core exit TCs 2. Core exit 2. Core exit TCs >1,2oo*F TCs> [Unit 2] > 700&deg; F AND ' 1,200* F [Unit 3] > 715&deg; F Core exit TCs not lowering within 15 minutes after restoration procedure entry 03. Core exit TCs [Unit 2] > 700&deg; F [Unit 3] > 715&deg; F AND RVLIS [Unit 2] < 41% [Unit 3] < 33% wino RCPs AND Core exit TCs not lowering or RVLIS not rising within 15 min. after restoration procedure entry. ''
R-44 [14]                   N/A                      N/A              4.2 E-02 &#xb5;Ci/cc         8.0 E-03 &#xb5;Ci/cc Liquid                R-54 [18]                   N/A                      N/A             4.0E-02 &#xb5;Ci/cc          2.5E-03 &#xb5;Ci/cc R-49 [19]                  N/A                     N/A             5.8E-02 &#xb5;Ci/cc          5.8E-04 &#xb5;Ci/cc
: c. Radiation ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES
-*.. NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE 9.1 Emergency Action Levels HOT CONDITIONS' IP-EP-120 Page TABLE "F-1" FISSION PRODUCT BARRIER MATRIX . * ' , v ,,, '. ' ,.
DLOSS D 3. Containment radiation monitor R-25 or R-26 > 17 R/hr D POTENTIAL LOSS DLOSS D 1. [Unit 2] R-41 > 1.2E-5 &#xb5;Ci/cc or R-42 > 1.02 E-2 &#xb5;Ci/cc [Unit 3] R-11 > 1.2E-5 &#xb5;Ci/cc or R-12 > 5.0E-2 &#xb5;Ci/cc D POTENTIAL LOSS DLOSS Revision 11 of 49 DPOTENTIAL LOSS D 4. Containment radiation monitor R-25 or R-26 >68 Rhr D. Inventory ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES OLOSS OPOTENTIAL LOSS D 0 3. RVLIS [Unit 2] < 41% [Unit 3] < 33% With no RCPs running P._ROCEDURE. . ... ..... . -I*
USE 9.1 -Emergency Action Levels HOT CONDITIONS IP-EP-120 Page TABLE "F-1" FISSION PRODUCT BARRIER MATRIX OLOSS 0 2. RCS leak rate resulting in a loss of RCS cooling (<Table F-2) 0 3. Ruptured SG results in an ECCS (SI) actuation OPOTENTIAL LOSS 0 2. RCS leak rate indicated greater than 87 gpm OLOSS 0 1. A Containment pressure rise followed by a rapid unexplained drop in Containment pressure 0 2. Containment pressure or sump level response not consistent with LOCA conditions 0 3. Ruptured SG faulted outside of Containment Revision 11 of OPOTENTIAL LOSS 05. Containment pressure>
47 psig and rising 06. Containment hydrogen concentration
.:::_ 4%
D. Inventory (continued)
ENN IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE , ' . . ; . : .. '*.** . *' 9.1 -'Emergency Action Levels HOT CONDITIONS IP-EP-120 Page TABLE "F-1" FISSION PRODUCT BARRIER MATRIX DLOSS D POTENTIAL LOSS DLOSS D POTENTIAL LOSS DLOSS D 4. Primary-to-secondary leak rate > 10 gpm AND Un-isolable steam release from affected SG to the environment Revision 11 of DPOTENTIAL LOSS D 7. Containment pressure > Phase B isolation signal set-point following LOCA AND Less than Table F-3 depressurization equipment operating as designed E. Other F. Judgment ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE .REF/:RENC;E'.*UsE*
:, 9.1 -Emergency Action Levels HOT CONDITIONS IP-EP-120 Revision 11 Page of TABLE 0"'F-1" FISSION"PRODUCT BARRIER MATRIX DLOSS D 4. Primary coolant activity > 300 &#xb5;Ci/gm 1-131 dose equivalent 0 5. ANY condition in the opinion of the Emergency Director that indicates loss of the Fuel Clad barrier DPOTENTIAL LOSS D 4. ANY condition in the opinion of the Emergency Director that indicates potential loss of the Fuel Clad barrier **
system * ... DLOSS DPOTENTIAL LOSS D 4.ANY D 3.ANY condition in condition in the the opinion opinion of the of the Emergency Emergency Director that Director that
* indicates potential indicates loss of the RCS loss of the barrier RCS barrier .Contaillinent Barrier DLOSS D 5. Inability to isolate all valves in any one line AND Direct downstream pathway to the environment exists after Containment isolation signal D 6. ANY condition in the opinion of the Emergency Director that indicates loss of the Containment barrier DPOTENTIAL LOSS D 8.ANY condition in the opinion of the Emergency Director that indicates potential loss of the Containment barrier 2 3 ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE 0-400 401 -800 801 -1200 1201 -2500 < 1000 1000 -1900 > 1900 REFERENCE USE . 9.1 -Emergency Action .Levels :' . HOT CONDITIONS Table "F-2". RCS Sub-cooling
,,* x 52 36 23 19 40 40 40 IP-EP-120 Revision 11 Page of 49 '!<-o"'" {:. v A * /CV ' << , ,.)-* -::: " < * " A A 0 : Adverse Containment.***/* , / , -,*, -..
'83 49 30 26 112 78 63 ENN IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE 9.1 -Emergency Action Levels HOT CONDITIONS IP-EP-120 Page Table "F-3" Minimum Cooling Systems FCUs <3 3 5 '**t '. ' ' Spray Pumps 2 1 0 Revision 11 of 49 ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE 9.1 -Emergency Action Levels NOTES HOT CONDITIONS:
IP-EP-120 Page NOTE 1: The Emergency Director should not wait until the applicable time has elapsed, but should declare the event as soon as it is determined that the condition will likely exceed the applicable time. IF dose assessment results are available, THEN declaration should be based on dose assessment instead of radiation monitor values. (See EAL AS1 .2/AG1 .2) Do not delay declaration awaiting dose assessment results. NOTE 2: The Emergency Director should not wait until the applicable time has elapsed, butshould declare the event as soon as it is determined the release duration has .ex<::eeded, or wjll likely exceed, the applicable time. In the absence of data to the contrary, assume that the release duration*
has exceeded applicable time if an ongoing release is detected and the release start time is unknown . . . NOTE 3: The Emergency Director should not wait until the applicable time has elapsed, butshould decJare the event as soon as it is determined that the condition wiU likely exceed the applicable time. NOTE 4: The.National Earthquake.lhformation Center (NEIC) can be contacted by calling (30;3) 273-8500 toc9nfirm recent seismic activity in the vicinity of IPEC. Provide the analyst with the following IPEC coordinates:
41&deg;0 15' 55" north latitude, 73&deg;0 57' 08" west longitude.
Alternatively go to the USGS NEIC website: http://earthquake.usgs.gov/eqcenter/
NOTE 5: Not applicable to this chart. Revision 11 39 of 49 


1 Loss of AC Power ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 REFERENCE USE Page 9.1 -Emergency Action Levels CATEGORY "C" COLD SHUT DOWN/REFUEL SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
ENN IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                                   IP-EP-120                               Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES            REFERENCE USE                                     Page                                     of 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels CATEGORY "H" HAZARDS 1                                              HA 1.1 ,                                          HU 1.1 Natural &                                      ._I_1-"-I_2~_3_'~I_4--'-_s___.__6___._l_D_EF___.I I 1 I 2 I 3      4    s     6 I DEF I Destructive                                    Two or more annunciators are lit on the          Seismic event indentified by any two of the Phenomena                                      Peak Shock Annunciator panel, one of             following:
*;
which is red
* CA 1.1  
                                                                                                  - Earthquake felt in plant by consensus of AND                                                Control Room Operators Strong Motion Event Indicator is lit
.. : :.'*I s I s I oEF Loss of all offsite and all onsite AC power (Table C:::-4) to 480V safeguards buses * * (.9,.f., 2M3A, 6A) 15 minutes. (Note 3) Revision 11 of 49 cu 1.1 h:
                                                                                                  - Unit 3 "Seismic Event Occurred" alarm AND                                                  (Panel SDF) or any amber Peak Shock Earthquake confirmed by any of the                  Annunciator light is lit following:
s I 6 AC power capability to 480V safeguards buses (5A, 2A/3A, 6A) reduced to a single power source (Table C-4) 15 minutes such that any additional single failure would result in loss of all AC power to safeguard buses (Note 3)
                                                - Earthquake felt in plant by a consensus of      - National Earthquake Information Center Control Room Operators                              (Note 4)
                                                - National Earthquake Information Center (Note 4)
                                                - Control Room indication of degraded performance of systems required for the safe shutdown of the plant HA12                                              HU12
                                              ._I_1~I_2~-3~_4_1._s___.__6--'-I_DE_F__.I          I 1 I 2 I 3       4    s     6 I DEF Tornado striking or sustained high winds          Tornado striking within Protected Area
                                                > 90 mph (40 m/sec) resulting in EITHER:          boundary Visible damage to any Table H-1 plant            OR structures containing safety systems or components                                        Sustained high winds> 90 mph (40 m/sec)
OR


ENN IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 2 RPV Level CG2.1 Reactor vessel level < top of active fuel (57' 9.6" ele.v.-56% on RVLIS) for.:::_ 30 minutes (Note 3) AND Any Containment Challenge indication, (Table C-5) CG2.2 Reactor vessel level cannot be monitored for.:::_ 30 minutes with core uncovery indicated by ANY of the following (Note 3) -Containment High Range Radiation Monitor reading upscale -Unexplained rise in any Table C-1 sump/tank level -Erratic Source Range Monitor indication AND Any Containment Challenge indication, Table C-5 NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE CS2.1 With Containment Closure (Note 5) not established, reactor vessel level < 6" below the bottom of the RCS hot leg (59' 10. 8" elev. * -RVLIS 60.8%) CS2.2 *With Containment Closure (Note 5) established, reactor ..._ vessel level <top G>f active fueJ* (5T 9:6'' elev. 56. % on R:VL1$) CS2.3 ':Ft<! * <!-:/I .5 I 6 kt}'I Reactor vessel level cannot be monitored for .:::,,30 minutes (Note 3) with a loss of inventory as indicated by any of the following:  
ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                                IP-EP-120                            Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING
-Containment High Range Radiation Monitor reading upscale -Unexplained rise in any Table C1 sump/tank level -Erratic Source Range Monitor indication
~Entergy. PROCEDURES           REFERENCE USE                                Page                                of 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels Natural &                                            Control Room indication of degraded Destructive                                          performance of safety systems Phenomena (continued)                                         HA 1.3.
*. IP-EP-120 Page CA2.1 Reactor vessel level < bottom of the RCS hot leg (60' 4.8" elev. -RVLIS 62%) OR Reactor vessel level cannot be
HU 1.3 4    5    6  I DEF Vehicle crash resulting in Either:
* monitored for.:::. 15 minutes . :. (Note 3) with unexplained rise in any Table C-1 sump/tank level Revision 11 of cu 2.1 Inability to restore or maintain pressurizer level > 18% or RCS target level band due to RCS leakage for.:::_ 15 minutes (Note 3) cu 2.2 F {J<t:fJ:;*;.::l*
I 1 I2 I3        4    5    6  I DEF Visible damage to any Table H-1 plant structures containing safety systems or      Turbine failure resulting in EITHER:
'*l>;*.*16 ICJJ Unplanned reactor vessel level drop below vessel flange (69' elev.-RVLIS 83%) (or RCS target level band if the RCS level was procedurally being controlled below the vessel flange) for .:::_ 15 minutes (Note 3) cu 2.3 l'i:/J;o.
components Casing penetration OR OR Control Room indication of degraded Damage to turbine or generator seals performance of safety systems HA1.4 HU 1.4 I  1  I 2   I 3  I  4 I  5   I 6   I DEF Turbine failure-generated projectiles        I 1 I2 I3        4    5     6   I DEF resulting in Either:                         Flooding in any Table H-1 area that has the potential to affect safety-Visible damage to or penetration of any related equipment needed for the Table H-1 area containing safety systems current operating mode or components OR Control Room indication of degraded performance of safety systems
6 Reactor vessel level cannot be monitored with unexplained rise in any Table C-1 sump/tank level 


3 RCS Temperature 4 Communications ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE 9.1 -Emergency Action Levels IP-EP-120 Page CATEGORY "C" COLD SHUT DOWN/ REFUEL SYSEMT MALFUNCTION Revision 11 of 49 CA 3.1 CU 3.1 .. f ANY unplanned event resulting in RCS temperature
ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                              IP-EP-120                      Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES            REFERENCE USE .                            Page                            of    49 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels Natural &
> 200&deg; F for >Table C-3 duration OR RCS pressure increase > 10 psig due to a loss of RCS cooling (not applicable to solid plant operations)
Destructive I 1  I 2 I 3 I4 I      5  I 6 I DEF Phenomena                                            Flooding in any Table H-1 area resulting in Either:
Any unplanned event resulting in RCS temperature>
An electrical shock hazard that precludes necessary access to operate .or monitor safety equipment OR Control room indication of degraded performance of safety systems HA1.6                                      HU 1.5 I 1  I 2  I I I 3 4       5  I 6  I DEF I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF River Water Level > 14 ft. 6 in.
200&deg; F due to loss of decay heat removal capability cu 3.2 s I s h'.L':,j Loss of all RCS temperature and reactor vessel level indication for 15 minutes (Note 3) cu 4.1 ['.".vl 5 I 6 I DEF I Loss of all Table C-2 onsite (internal) communications capability affecting the ability to perform routine operations OR Loss of all Table C-2 offsite (external) communications capability affecting the ability to perform offsite notifications
River Water Level > 15 ft. (0MSL)          (0MSL)
--Entergy.
OR                                        OR
5 Inadvertent Criticality 6 Loss of DC Power ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE 9.1 -Emergency Action Levels IP-EP-120 Revision 11 Page of CATEGORY "C" COLD SHUT DOWN/REFUEL SYSTEM MALFUNCTION  
                                                        '
* > . ...: l .* cu 5.1 I;. '.J,,.:t:l;i/i';l.;;:;L',l s I 6 I *:d Unplanned sustained positive startup rate observed on nuclear instrumentation cu 6.1 < 105 voe bus voltage indications on all Technical Specification required 125 voe buses for.'.': 15 minutes (Note 3)
Low Service Water Bay (Intake              Service Water Bay (Intake Structure) level resulting in a loss of    Structure) water level< -4 ft. 5 in.
ENN IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE 9.1 -Emergency Action Levels COLD CONDITIONS
service water flow                        (0MSL)
 
                                          *'
ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY,RELATED PROCEDURE                    IP-EP-120    Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                     REFERENCE USE                      Page            of 49 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels Table H-1 Safe Shutdown Areas
          - Control Building and associated Electrical Tunnels and Battery Rooms
          - Service Water Pump Structure and Valve Pits
          - Fuel Storage Building
          - Primary Auxiliary Building I Fan House
          - Vapor Containment Building
          - EOG Buildings
          - Auxiliary Feed Pump Building
          - Condensate Storage Tank
          - Refueling Water Storage Tank
 
ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY  RELATED PROC.EDURE
                                                          . . .                                IP-EP-120                    Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN    ,"'.,  ,,
IMPLEMENTING
  ""-'-.Entergy . PROCEDURES              REFERENCE Use                              Page                          of 2                                                                HA2.1 Fire or*                                                        11 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF            I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF I Explosion                                                        Fire or' explosion resulting in EITHER:  Fire in any Table H-1 area Visible damage to any Table H-1 area    not extinguished within 15 containing safety systems or            minutes (Note 3) of Control components                              Room notification or OR .                                    verification of a control room Control Room Indication of degraded      fire alarm performance of safety systems            HU2.2 I I I I I I I 1 2 3 4 5 6 DEF              I Explosion within Protected Area boundar 3                                                                HA3.1
* HU 3.1 Hazardous                                                        I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF            I I I I I I I 1 2 3 4 5 6 DEF              I Gas                                                              Access to any Table H-2 area is          Toxic, corrosive, asphyxiant prohibited due to toxic, corrosive,      or flammable gases in asphyxiant or flammable gases which      amounts that have or could jeopardize operation of systems required adversely affect normal plant to maintain safe operations or safety    operations shut down the reactor                    HU 3.2 I I I I I I I 1 2 3 4 5 6 DEF              I Recommendation by local, county or state officials to evacuate or shelter site personnel based on offsite event
 
ENNIPEC                              .        ...
Noril-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                     IP-EP-120          Revision 11
~ .          EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING                  ".
-=-Entergy . PROCEDURES                      . REFERENCE,USE                       Page I
17 I
of 49
* I    I    ,,.
: *9.1 - *Emergency Action Levels
* Table H-2 Safe Shutdown Access Areas
                        - Control Building and associated Electrical Tunnels and Battery Rooms
                        - Service Water Pump Structure and Valve Pits
                        - Vapor Containment Building                      *
                        - Primary Auxiliary Building I Fan House
                        - Auxiliary Feed Pump Building
 
ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                                    IP-EP-120                           Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING
  -- Entergy .      PROCEDURES                            REFERENCE USE
                                                                      ..... *.                          Page                                 of Security I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF I, I 1 I 2 I 3
* 14 I 5 I 6 I DEF        I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF                          3 4        5 6      DEF A hostile action has occurred    A hostile action is occurring or has  A hostile action is occurring or has        A security condition that does not such that plant personnel are    occurred within the Protected Area as occurred within the Owner Controlled        involve a hostile action as unable to operate equipment      reported by the Security Shift        Area as reported by the Security Shift      reported by the Security Shift required to maintain safety      Supervisor
* Supervisor                                  Supervisor functions                                                                                                          OR OR OR                                                                                                                A credible site-specific security A validated notification from NRC of an    threat notification A hostile action has caused                                            airliner attach threat within 30 minutes of OR failure of Spent Fuel Cooling                                          the site Systems and imminent damage                                                                                        A validated notification from NRC is likely                                                                                                          providing information of an aircraft threat 5                                            HS 5.1                                HA5.1 Control Room Evacuation I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF        I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF Control Room evacuation has been      Control Room evacuation initiated initiated AND Control of the plant cannot be established within 15 minutes
 
ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                                            IP-EP-120                            Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING R~FERENCE USE                                        Page                              of PROCEDURES 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels 6        HG6.1                              HS 6.1 Judgment I 1 I 2 I 3 \ 4 I .s I 6 I DEF    I 1 I 2 I 3' ). 4. I 5. I 6 I DEF          *1                \4 I 5      I I 6 DEF                    3    4      5    6    DEF Other conditions exist that in the Other condjtions exist that in the            Other i;onditions exist that in the        Other conditions exist that in the judgment of the Emergency          judgment.of. the Emergency Director          judgment of the Emergency Director        judgment of the Emergency Director Director indicate that events are  indicate .that events are in progress or      indicate that events are in progress or    indicate that events are in progress in progress or have occurred      have occurred which involve EITHER:          have occurred which involve EITHER:        or have occurred which indicate a which involve EITHER:              An actual or likely major failures of        An actual or potential substantial        potential degradation of the level of Actual or imminent substantial    plant functions needed for protection of      degradation of the level of safety of the  safety of the plant or indicate a core degradation or melting with  the public                                    plant                                      security threat to facility protection potential for loss of containment                                                                                          has been initiated. No releases of OR                                            OR integri!Y                                                                                                                  radioactive material requiring offsite Hostile action that results in intentional    A security event that involves probable    response or monitoring are expected OR                                damage or malicious acts; 1) toward          life threatening risk to site personnel or unless further degradation of safety Hostile action that results in an  site personnel or equipment that could        damage to site equipment because of        systems occurs actual loss of physical control of lead to the likely failure of or; 2) that    hostile action the facility                      prevent effective access to equipment        Any releases are expected to be limited Releases can be reasonably        needed for the protection of the public      to small fractions of the EPA Protective expected to exceed EPA            ANY releases are not expected to              Action Guideline exposure levels Protective Action Guideline        result in exposure levels which exceed        beyond the site boundary exposure levels (1 Rem TEDE        EPA Protective Action Guidelines and 5 Rem thyroid COE) beyond      exposure levels (1 Rem TEDE and 5 the site boundary                  Rem thyroid COE) beyond the site boundary
 
ENN IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE      IP-EP-120                      Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING
    -- Entergy.      PROCEDURES            REFERENCE USE          Page                        of
;,~-~~~~~~~rP::~~~~:
1 ISFSI I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF Damage to loaded cask confinement boundary
                                                      '
 
ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                                                IP-EP-120                            Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                                  REFERENCE USE                                            Page                                  of 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels CATEGORY "S" SYSTEM MALFUNCTION 1          SG 1.1                                  551.1                ... ..
_
SA 1.1                                        SU 1.1 Loss of AC I1 I2 I3 I4        l,>:::.t.~:: JJ:;,;~I 1t 12 13      14*.b.i:"Jr:f;.<~'.1                I 1 l. 2* I 3 14  l**::.,J*;;~::*c.k';.~~"*I I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I\~~:. I**:4< *I Power Loss of all offsite and all onsite      Loss of all offsite and all onsite. AC            AC power capability to 480 V                  Loss of all offsite AC power AC power (Table S-1) to 480 V            power (Table S-1 ) tp 480-V        !:  *    .. safeguards buses (5A, 2A/3A, 6A)              (Table S-1) to 480 V
                                                                      '                  .
safeguards buses (5A,                    safeguards bu~s (BA, f.A/SA, 6A)                'red:uced to a single power source            safeguards buses (5A, 2A/3A,6A)                                for~ 15 minute~ *(Note :3)                ' t;~. (Table S~1) for~ 15 minutes (Note 3)          2A/3A, 6A) for~ 15 minutes AND EITHER:                                                                                such that any additional single failure      (Note 3)
Restoration of at least one                                                                would result in loss of all AC power to safeguards bus within 4 hours                                                              safeguard buses is not likely OR Actual or imminent conditions requiring entry into ORANGE or RED path on F-0.2, "CORE COOLING"
 
ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                                    IP-EP-120                        Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                        REFERENCE USE                                  Page                            of 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels CATEGORY "S" SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
;~:::~: ;.;~~~~~'.~<.;~}: '.~ .
,,.,t/g~~eg9ry.,.;,
:,,,.' ,/'>,,, .<'<{'/~~~"' :, <> ~~;,,~'''
2                                        SG 2.1                        SS 2.1                                    ~A2.1                                  SU 2.1 ATWS Criticality                              Failure of automatic and all  Failure of an automatic trip signal to    fqilure of an automatic trip signal to Unplanned sustained positive manual trip signals to reduce power range < 5%
reduce AND
                                                                                  ~6wer ~ange <: 5o;<?..
                                                                                                  . ' 'I
                                                                                                                  '      .
reduce. power range < 5%
AND startup rate observed on nuclear instrumentation
                                                                                                        ;
AND '-
Manual trip actions
                                                                                            ; .
taken
                                                                                                    . . at the
                                                                                                          ~ : ..,    Manual trip actions taken at the Actual or imminent conditions reactor *control .console.are *~ot ... ** r~actor control console are successful requiring entry into EITHER:                          '*
successful
* RED path in F-0.2, CORE COOLING OR RED path in F-0.3, HEAT SINK 3                                                                                                                                                        SU 3.1 Inability to I1 I 2
I 3
I 4
I> :* I Plant is not brought to
                                                                                                                                                                                        <-+* .1 Reach Shutdown                                                                                                                                                required operating mode within Conditions                                                                                                                                              Technical Specifications LCO action statement time
 
ENN IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                                        IP-EP-120                        Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING
  --- Entergy. PROCEDURES                      REFERENCE USE                                      Page                              of 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels CATEGORY "S" SYSTEM MALFUNCTION 4                              SS 4.1                                        SA4.1                                    SU 4.1 Inst. I Comm.
I I I3 I4 I* >1 .*:**.1:,,/*.1 1    2 Loss of > approximately 75% *of              Unplanned loss of> approximately          Unplanned loss of>
Control Room Overhead                        75% of Control Room Overhead              approximately 75% of Control annunciators or. Control Room                annunciators or Control Room              Room annunciators or Control indicators Table S-3 associated with          indicators Table S-3 associated with      Room indicators Table S-3 safety sy~tems
                                                                    *.* *. s~{bty. systems for.::_ 15 minutes (Note  associated with safety systems
                                                    *. *l                      \:
AND                                          3)  **.                                  for.::_ 15 minutes (Note 3)
Any significant transient is in              AND EITHER                                SU 4.2 progress, (Table-S.-2)        *: :          Any significant transient is in progress, Ir* I~    I~ I~    I qft3)Jv**.1 AND              . .  -~
(Table S-2)                              Loss of all Table S-4 onsite
                                        '. ,*
Compensatory indications are                  OR                                        (internal) communications unavailable
* Compensatory indications are              capability affecting the ability unavailable                              to perform routine operations OR Loss of Table S-4 offsite (external) communications capability affecting the ability.
to perform offsite communications
 
ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                  IP-EP-120
* Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES            REFERENCE USE                    Page                            of    49 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels CATEGORY "S" SYSTEM MALFUNCTION 5                                                                              SU 5.1 Fuel Clad Degradation
[Unit 3]: 1(2) RM063A/B Gross Failed Fuel Detector High alarm (>50 &#xb5;Ci/ml)
SU 5.2 Coolant Sample Activity:
                                                            . I
:  '                        ~ .              > 60 &#xb5;Ci/gm 1-131 dose equivalent 6                                                                              SU 6.1 RCS                                                                            Unidentified or pressure boundary Leakage                                            ...                          leakage > 10 gpm OR Identified leakage > 25 gpm
 
ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN .
NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                      IP-EP-120    Revision 11 IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                REFERENCE USE                      Page          of 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels CATEGORY "S" SYSTEM MALFUNCTION 7                            SS 7.1 Loss of DC Power                        < 105 voe bus voltage indications on all safety-related DC buses for .:::_ 15 minutes (Note 3)
 
ENN IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                            IP-EP-120                  Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                        REFERENCE USE                          Page                          Of  49 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels HOT CONDITIONS Table S - 1 Safeguards Bus AC Power Sources
                              -480 V EOG 21                        - Unit Auxiliary transformer*
                              -480 V EOG 22                        - Station Auxiliary transformer*
2              -480 V EOG 23                        -13.8 KV gas turbine auto transformer*
                              - Appendix "R" Diesel
                              -480 V EOG 31                        - Unit Auxiliary transformer
                              -480 V EOG 32                        - Station Auxiliary transformer 3             - 480 V EOG 33                        - 13W92 feeder
                              -Appendix "R" Diesel                  - 13W93 feeder
* With86P or 86BU tripped all offsite power supplie& must be considered as one power supply.
                          **,
 
J' ENNIPEC NON~QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                            IP-EP-120    Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING
-- Entergy . PROCEDURES                  REFERENCE USE                            Page          of 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels HOT CONDITIONS Table S - 2 Significant Transients
                            - Automatic turbine runback > 25% thermal reactor power
                            - Electrical load rejection > 25% full electrical load
                            - Reactor Trip
                            - Safety injection activation
                            -Thermal power oscillations of> 10%
                                                      .....
                                            '*
 
                                                            /
ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                    IP-EP-120          Revision 11
~ ~
EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING
~Entergy.                                                                                      28      49 PROCEDURES                    REFERENCE USE                        Page I    I of 9.1 .. Emergency Action Levels HOT CONDITIONS Table S .... 3 Safety System Indicators Reactivity Control RCS Inventory Reactor Trip Decay Heat Removal
* Fission Product Barriers
                                                      ,.*
 
ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                  IP-EP-120      Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING
~Entergy. PROCEDURES                      REFERENCE USE                    Page            of 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels HOT CONDITIONS Table S - 4 Communications Systems Plant Telephone System                              x              x Plant Radio System                                  x Page I Party System                                x Emergency Notification System                                      x
:.,
 
ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                              IP-EP-120                        Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                          REFERENCE USE                                Page                            of      49 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels HOT CONDITIONS CATEGORY "F" FISSION PRODUCT BARRIERS
                                                                                                                      * * ** :f~~l!~!J~"~~fi~:,;:t~f;,
1                FG 1.1                          FS 1.1                            FA 1.1                        FU 1.1 Fission Product Barrier          Loss of any two barriers        Loss or potential loss of any two Any loss or any potential loss Any loss or any potential AND                              barriers (Table F-1)              of either Fuel Clad or RCS    loss of Containment Loss or potential loss of third                                    (Table F-1)                    (Table F-1) barrier (Table F-1)
 
ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                        IP-EP-120          Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                      REFERENCE USE                          Page                of    49 9.1 Emergency Action Levels HOT CONDITIONS TABLE "F-1" FISSION PRODUCT BARRIER MATRIX DLOSS              D POTENTIAL LOSS          DLOSS          D POTENTIAL LOSS              DLOSS DPOTENTIAL LOSS A.CSFST D                  D                          D              D                            D    D
: 1. Core -Cooling  1. Core Cooling                            1. Integrity - RED entry            1. Containment RED entry          ORANGE entry'                              conditions met                      - RED entry conditions met    conditions met                              OR                                  conditions met OR                                          Heat Sink - RED entry Heat Sink - RED entry                      conditions met and conditions met and                          heat sink is required heat sink is required
 
ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                                                      IP-EP-120                          Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                                                        REFERENCE USE                                          Page                                    of 9.1 Emergency Action Levels HOT CONDITIONS ,
TABLE "F-1" FISSION PRODUCT BARRIER MATRIX
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        ., *..
  '~*' it*,
                              . * **. Fu~I CladcU~g,B,~rrJ~r {F:<:;) .;;T :* 0 ' ,:                                ; Rea~tof;;C,oq!a!lt:'~Y~t~m'.(RCS) ' .**
                                                                                                                                                                  .:'&#xa3;.: . .* ,h:*s*.l;:q~n~~"n'J}~~fs~t~J~i-~~~~~):'
                      'i                                                                                                                                        1
                          '.>:; '* *: '. X::< *:: : '.\'<'.* o::*: *' :;'., ' ,7 ',: ::*;,;.: .. ** '>: ,, '':::!., . * *,. r.*+.:f:'J * ".*::,. :*:* *** . * ***
              *.
                                                                                                                                                                    ;;                                                        ,,, >
, ..  ,,'; '. (**
                  ; :.-.                                                                                                                                                                                                            ''
DLOSS                      D POTENTIAL LOSS                                      DLOSS                  D POTENTIAL LOSS                      DLOSS              D POTENTIAL LOSS B. Core 0                          0                                                      0                      0                                    0                  02. Core exit TCs Exit TCs
: 2. Core exit                2. Core exit TCs                                                                                                                      >1,2oo*F TCs>                        [Unit 2] > 700&deg; F                                                                                                                      AND
                                                                                                                    '
1,200* F                    [Unit 3] > 715&deg; F                                                                                                                     Core exit TCs not lowering within 15 minutes after restoration procedure entry
: 03. Core exit TCs [Unit 2]
                                                                                                                                                                                              > 700&deg; F [Unit 3] > 715&deg; F AND RVLIS [Unit 2] < 41% [Unit 3] < 33% wino RCPs AND Core exit TCs not lowering or RVLIS not rising within 15 min. after restoration procedure entry.
 
                                                                    *-..
ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                  IP-EP-120          Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                              REFERENCE USE                      Page            of      49 9.1 Emergency Action Levels HOT CONDITIONS' TABLE "F-1" FISSION PRODUCT BARRIER MATRIX
                    ;fa~! 91~~t~~;1;j~t~ .
                        * ' , v ,,, '. ' ,. *~,.
DLOSS                          D POTENTIAL LOSS        DLOSS          D POTENTIAL LOSS      DLOSS DPOTENTIAL LOSS c.
D                                                      D                                            D Radiation
: 3. Containment                                        1. [Unit 2]                                  4. Containment radiation monitor                                      R-41 > 1.2E-5                                radiation monitor R-25 or R-26 >                                        &#xb5;Ci/cc or                                    R-25 or R-26 17 R/hr                                                R-42 > 1.02 E-2                              >68 Rhr
                                                                  &#xb5;Ci/cc
[Unit 3]
R-11 > 1.2E-5
                                                                &#xb5;Ci/cc or R-12 > 5.0E-2
                                                                &#xb5;Ci/cc
 
ENNIPEC
                                    *Noril~QUALl\Y ~ELA.TED P._ROCEDURE.                          IP-EP-120                  Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING              .-      I*
                                                    .
REF~RENCE USE
                                                            ........
Page                      of PROCEDURES 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels HOT CONDITIONS TABLE "F-1" FISSION PRODUCT BARRIER MATRIX OLOSS    OPOTENTIAL            OLOSS                      OPOTENTIAL LOSS          OLOSS                  OPOTENTIAL LOSS                                                                                                LOSS D. D 0                    0                            0                        0  1. A Containment    05. Containment Inventory
: 3. RVLIS              2. RCS leak rate            2. RCS leak rate        pressure rise followed  pressure> 47
[Unit 2] < 41%        resulting in a loss          indicated greater than  by a rapid unexplained  psig and rising
[Unit 3] < 33%        of RCS sub-                  87 gpm                  drop in Containment 06.
With no RCPs          cooling (<Table                                       pressure running              F-2)                                                                          Containment 0  2. Containment hydrogen 0
pressure or sump level  concentration .:::_
: 3. Ruptured SG                                        response not consistent 4%
results in an                                        with LOCA conditions ECCS (SI) 0  3. Ruptured SG actuation faulted outside of Containment
 
ENN IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                      IP-EP-120                    Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                  REFERENCE USE ,                      Page                        of
                                            ' .
                                                .; . :  .. '*.**
                                              . *' ~
9.1 -'Emergency Action Levels HOT CONDITIONS TABLE "F-1" FISSION PRODUCT BARRIER MATRIX DLOSS      D POTENTIAL LOSS        DLOSS            D POTENTIAL LOSS    DLOSS        DPOTENTIAL LOSS D.                                                                                D 4. Primary- D  7. Containment Inventory to-secondary  pressure > Phase B (continued) leak rate > 10 isolation signal set-point gpm            following LOCA AND            AND Un-isolable    Less than Table F-3 steam release  depressurization from affected  equipment operating as SG to the      designed environment
 
ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                                    IP-EP-120                          Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                        .REF/:RENC;E'.*UsE* :,                          Page                                  of 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels HOT CONDITIONS 0
TABLE "'F-1" FISSION"PRODUCT BARRIER MATRIX
                                                              ** R~~~t~~::c9ti1a11t system                            .Contaillinent Barrier
                                                                  .*,};".;'*&#xa5;r;*.(~&#xa3;~f} :*~ *. .
DLOSS              DPOTENTIAL                DLOSS                  DPOTENTIAL          DLOSS                              DPOTENTIAL LOSS                                                LOSS                                                    LOSS E. Other D  4. Primary                                                                            D    5. Inability to isolate coolant activity                                                                            all valves in any one line
          > 300 &#xb5;Ci/gm 1-                                                                            AND 131 dose                                                                                    Direct downstream equivalent                                                                                  pathway to the environment exists after Containment isolation signal F.
0  5. ANY        D  4. ANY condition        D  4.ANY              D  3.ANY            D  6. ANY condition in            D  8.ANY Judgment condition in the  in the opinion of the      condition in            condition in the    the opinion of the                condition in the opinion of the    Emergency Director        the opinion              opinion of the      Emergency Director that            opinion of the Emergency          that indicates              of the                  Emergency            indicates loss of the              Emergency Director that      potential loss of the      Emergency              Director that        Containment barrier                Director that indicates loss    Fuel Clad barrier          Director that
* indicates potential                                    indicates of the Fuel                                    indicates              loss of the RCS                                        potential loss of Clad barrier                                  loss of the            barrier                                                the Containment RCS barrier                                                                    barrier
 
ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                              IP-EP-120                                              Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                  REFERENCE USE .                              Page                                            of            49 9.1 - Emergency Action .Levels
:' .HOT CONDITIONS Table
                                  ,,* x "F-2". RCS Sub-cooling A * /CV    ~  '  <<  ,  ,.)-*  -::: " < * "            A        A 0
: Adverse Containment.***/*
                                                                ~7. '!<-
o"'" {:. v
                                                                                                ,      ~. / *~:~,,>~~-:}L~,."~*, ,*_,~~ ,,~*  ,-,*, -.~ ~;\*:~,:~",,':
0-400                                        52                                                        '83 401 -800                                      36                                                        49 2            801 -1200                                      23                                                          30 1201 - 2500                                    19                                                          26
                < 1000                                      40                                                        112 1000 -1900                                      40                                                        78 3              > 1900                                      40                                                          63
 
ENN IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                IP-EP-120      Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                  REFERENCE USE                    Page              of 49 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels HOT CONDITIONS Table "F-3" Minimum    ~ontainment Cooling Systems FCUs                                                  Spray Pumps
                              '**t
              <3                                                          2
                                          '. ' '
3                                                          1 5                                                          0
 
ENNIPEC              NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE    IP-EP-120      Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING                REFERENCE USE                Page        39    of  49 PROCEDURES 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels NOTES HOT CONDITIONS:
NOTE 1: The Emergency Director should not wait until the applicable time has elapsed, but should declare the event as soon as it is determined that the condition will likely exceed the applicable time. IF dose assessment results are available, THEN declaration should be based on dose assessment instead of radiation monitor values. (See EAL AS1 .2/AG1 .2) Do not delay declaration awaiting dose assessment results.
NOTE 2: The Emergency Director should not wait until the applicable time has elapsed, butshould declare the event as soon as it is determined the release duration has .ex<::eeded, or wjll likely exceed, the applicable time. In the absence of data to the contrary, assume that the release duration* has exceeded t~e applicable time if an ongoing release is detected and the release start time is unknown .
                                . .
NOTE 3: The Emergency Director should not wait until the applicable time has elapsed, butshould decJare the event as soon as it is determined that the condition wiU likely exceed the applicable time.
NOTE 4: The.National Earthquake.lhformation Center (NEIC) can be contacted by calling (30;3) 273- 8500 toc9nfirm recent seismic activity in the vicinity of 0
IPEC. Provide the analyst with the following IPEC coordinates: 41&deg; 15' 0
55" north latitude, 73&deg; 57' 08" west longitude.
Alternatively go to the USGS NEIC website:
http://earthquake.usgs.gov/eqcenter/
NOTE 5: Not applicable to this chart.
 
ENNIPEC        NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                        IP-EP-120                                Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING          REFERENCE USE                                      Page                              of          49 PROCEDURES 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels CATEGORY "C" COLD SHUT DOWN/REFUEL SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
\?;~~~~~~,{~~)"~:~**~
1                                                                CA 1.1                                                  cu 1.1 Loss of AC                                                                                                            h: *:,*:::l:r;:;;tril~:'st:I :::~:ti'I s I 6 J,~\,}:J Power                                                      l'*.~:<*~':lz:;;r::*::h .. ::.'*I ;,:I:~r,,1 s I s I oEF AC power capability to 480V Loss of all offsite and all onsite AC power              safeguards buses (5A, 2A/3A, (Table C:::-4) to 480V safeguards buses                  6A) reduced to a single power
                                                                ** (.9,.f., 2M3A, 6A) for~ 15 minutes. (Note 3)            source (Table C-4) for~ 15
                                                            *;
minutes such that any
* additional single failure would result in loss of all AC power to safeguard buses (Note 3)
 
ENN IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                                        IP-EP-120                              Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING
  ~Entergy. PROCEDURES                              REFERENCE USE                                      Page                                of J~'~j~~!~~\
2          CG2.1                              CS2.1                                        CA2.1                            cu 2.1 RPV Level With Containment Closure                    Reactor vessel level < bottom of  Inability to restore or maintain Reactor vessel level < top of (Note 5) not established, reactor            the RCS hot leg (60' 4.8" elev. pressurizer level > 18% or active fuel (57' 9.6" ele.v.- 56%
vessel level < 6" below the bottom                                            RCS target level band due to on RVLIS) for.:::_ 30 minutes                                                    - RVLIS 62%)
of the RCS hot leg (59' 10. 8" elev.
* RCS leakage for.:::_ 15 minutes (Note 3)                                                                        OR
                                                - RVLIS 60.8%)                                                                (Note 3)
AND                                                                              Reactor vessel level cannot be Any Containment Challenge          CS2.2
* monitored for.:::. 15 minutes cu 2.2 indication, (Table C-5)                                                      .:. (Note 3) with unexplained rise in F {J<t:fJ:;*;.::l* '*l>;*.*16 ICJJ CG2.2                                                                            any Table C-1 sump/tank level    Unplanned reactor vessel level drop below vessel flange (69'
                                              *With Containment Closure                                                      elev.- RVLIS 83%) (or RCS (Note 5) established, reactor ..._                                            target level band if the RCS Reactor vessel level cannot be      vessel level <top G>f active fueJ*                                            level was procedurally being monitored for.:::_ 30 minutes      (5T 9:6'' elev. 56. % on R:VL1$)                                              controlled below the vessel with core uncovery indicated                                            *.                                      flange) for .:::_ 15 minutes by ANY of the following            CS2.3 (Note 3)
(Note 3) cu 2.3
            - Containment High Range          l~J ':Ft<! * <!-:/I    .5 I 6  kt}'I                                          l'i:/J;o. l~.~(;l:r::t;;f!~\*:1 6 k:::.'.~,1 Radiation Monitor reading        Reactor vessel level cannot be upscale                                                                                                        Reactor vessel level cannot be monitored for .:::,,30 minutes monitored with unexplained
            - Unexplained rise in any          (Note 3) with a loss of inventory as rise in any Table C-1 Table C-1 sump/tank level        indicated by any of the following:
sump/tank level
                                                - Containment High Range
            - Erratic Source Range            Radiation Monitor reading upscale Monitor indication                - Unexplained rise in any Table AND                                C1 sump/tank level
                                                - Erratic Source Range Monitor Any Containment Challenge indication indication, Table C-5
 
ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                          IP-EP-120                                  Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES              REFERENCE USE                            Page                                    of        49 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels CATEGORY "C" COLD SHUT DOWN/ REFUEL SYSEMT MALFUNCTION E~i~~~\~it~~~;~~::~~
3                                                                      CA 3.1                          CU 3.1 RCS Temperature ANY unplanned event resulting    Any unplanned event resulting in RCS temperature > 200&deg; F for  in RCS temperature> 200&deg; F
                                                                        >Table C-3 duration              due to loss of decay heat OR                              removal capability RCS pressure increase > 10      cu 3.2 psig due to a loss of RCS cooling (not applicable to solid l*::.:'.l'.?;%;,;~l~.*~;jJ~.,:J  s I s h'.L':,j plant operations)
Loss of all RCS temperature and
                                                                .. f                                    reactor vessel level indication for
                                                                                                        ~ 15 minutes (Note 3) 4                                                                                                      cu 4.1 Communications
['.".vl :::;Jj~E:h?til          5 I 6 I DEF     I Loss of all Table C-2 onsite (internal) communications capability affecting the ability to perform routine operations OR Loss of all Table C-2 offsite (external) communications capability affecting the ability to perform offsite notifications
 
ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                   IP-EP-120                                  Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING
  -- Entergy. PROCEDURES                  REFERENCE USE                   Page                                      of 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels CATEGORY "C" COLD SHUT DOWN/REFUEL SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
:;~sti~~~~J~~~~~:*
5                                                                                          cu 5.1 Inadvertent                                                                                I;. '.J,,.:t:l;i/i';l.;;:;L',l s I 6 I *:d Criticality                                                                                Unplanned sustained positive startup rate observed on nuclear instrumentation 6                                                                                          cu 6.1 Loss of DC Power                                                                                      < 105 voe bus voltage indications on all Technical Specification required 125 voe buses for.'.': 15 minutes (Note 3)
                                            * >
                                                              . ...:
l .*
 
ENN IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                 IP-EP-120    Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES            REFERENCE USE                     Page          of 49 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels COLD CONDITIONS
* Containment sumps
* Containment sumps
* CCW surge tank .
* CCW surge tank .
* PRT
* PRT
* RCDT IP-EP-120 Revision 11 Page of 49 ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Plant Telephone System Plant Radio System Page/Party System System Emergency Notification System NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE 9.1 -Emergency Action Levels COLD CONDITIONS  
* RCDT
.* On site (Internal) x x x Page IP-EP-120 I Off site (External) x Revision 11 45 I of 49 ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES RCS Intact and not Reduced Inventory Not intact OR Reduced Inventory NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE 9.1 -Emergency Action_Levels COLD CONDITIONS Containment Closure N/A Established Not Established IP-EP-120 Revision 11 Page of 49 Duration 60 Minutes* 20 Minutes* 0 Minutes
 
* If an RCS heat removal system is in operation within this time frame and RCS temperature is being reduced, the EAL is not applicable  
ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                IP-EP-120             Revision 11
... . *'
~
UNIT 2 3 ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Onsite
EMERGENCY PLAN
~Entergy.
IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                 REFERENCE USE                     Page I
45 I of 49 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels COLD CONDITIONS System                                On site             Offsite (Internal)         (External)
Plant Telephone System                                          x Plant Radio System                                              x Page/Party System                                                x Emergency Notification System                                                        x
                                                      .*
 
ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                      IP-EP-120                 Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                     REFERENCE USE                       Page                      of    49 9.1 - Emergency Action_Levels COLD CONDITIONS RCS                            Containment Closure                             Duration Intact and not Reduced Inventory                            N/A                                 60 Minutes*
Not intact OR Reduced Inventory                          Established                            20 Minutes*
Not Established                            0 Minutes
* If an RCS heat removal system is in operation within this time frame and RCS temperature is being reduced, the EAL is not applicable
                                                                      ... . *'
 
ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE                       IP-EP-120         Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                      REFERENCE USE                          Page                  of 49 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels COLD CONDITIONS UNIT                        Onsite
* Offsite 2
* 480 V EOG 21
* 480 V EOG 21
* Unit Auxiliary Transformer*
* 480 V EOG 22
* 480 V EOG 22
* Station Auxiliary Transformer*
* 480 V EOG 23
* 480 V EOG 23
* Appendix "R" Diesel
* 13.8 KV Gas Turbine Auto Transformer*
* Appendix "R" Diesel 3
* 480 V EOG 31
* 480 V EOG 31
* Unit Auxiliary Transformer
* 480 V EOG 32
* 480 V EOG 32
* Station Auxiliary Transformer
* 480 V EOG 33
* 480 V EOG 33
* Appendix "R" Diesel REFERENCE USE Page 9.1 -Emergency Action Levels COLD CONDITIONS
* Offsite
* Unit Auxiliary Transformer*
* Station Auxiliary Transformer*
* 13.8 KV Gas Turbine Auto Transformer*
* Unit Auxiliary Transformer
* Station Auxiliary Transformer
* 13W92 Feeder
* 13W92 Feeder
* 13W93 Feeder *With 86P or 86BU tripped, all offsite power supplies must be considered as one power supply . .. . . .. Revision 11 of 49 
* Appendix "R" Diesel
* 13W93 Feeder
*With 86P or 86BU tripped, all offsite power supplies must be considered as one power supply.
                                                                  .. .
                                                      . ..


ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE 9.1 -Emergency Action Levels COLD CONDITIONS
ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE             IP-EP-120    Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING
~Entergy. PROCEDURES                    REFERENCE USE                 Page          of 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels COLD CONDITIONS
* Containment Closure (Note 4) not established
* Containment Closure (Note 4) not established
* Containment hydrogen concentration  
* Containment hydrogen concentration ?, 4%
?, 4%
* Unplanned rise in containment pressure
* Unplanned rise in containment pressure IP-EP-120 Revision 11 Page of ENN IPEC EMERGENCY  
 
........,.....E J. . PLAN --niergy, . IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE 9.1 -Emergency Action Levels NOTES COLD CONDITIONS:
ENN IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE      IP-EP-120   Revision 11 EMERGENCY
IP-EP-120 Revision 11 Page 49 of 49 Note 1: The Emergency Director should not wait until the applicable time has elapsed, but should declare the event as soon as it is determined that the condition will likely exceed the applicable time. IF dose assessment results are available, THEN declaration sho&#xb5;ld be based on dose assessment instead of radiation monitor values. (See EAL AS1 .2/AG1 .2) Do not delay declaration awaiting dose assessment results. Note 2: The Emergency Director should not wait until the applicable time has elapsed, but should declare the event as soon as it is determined that the release duration has exceeded*, or will likely exceed, the applicable time, in the absence of data to the contrary,*
........,.....E J.     . PLAN
assume that the release duration has exceeded the applicable time if an ongoing release is detected and the release start time is unkn.own.
  -- niergy, .             IMPLEMENTING                   REFERENCE USE                 Page    49  of  49 PROCEDURES 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels NOTES COLD CONDITIONS:
Note 3: . The Emergency Director should not wait until the applicable time has elapsed, but should declare the event as soon as it is determined that the condition will likely exceed the applicable time. Note 4: The National Earthquake Information Center"(NEIC) can be contacted by* calling (303) 273-8500 to confirm recent seismic activity in the vicinity of IPEC. Provide the analyst with the following IPEC coordinates:
Note 1:         The Emergency Director should not wait until the applicable time has elapsed, but should declare the event as soon as it is determined that the condition will likely exceed the applicable time. IF dose assessment results are available, THEN declaration sho&#xb5;ld be based on dose assessment instead of radiation monitor values. (See EAL AS1 .2/AG1 .2) Do not delay declaration awaiting dose assessment results.
41&deg; 15' 55" north latitude, 73&deg; 57' 08'.' west longitude.
Note 2:         The Emergency Director should not wait until the applicable time has elapsed, but should declare the event as soon as it is determined that the release duration has exceeded*, or will likely exceed, the applicable time, in the absence of data to the contrary,* assume that the release duration has exceeded the applicable time if an ongoing release is detected and the release start time is unkn.own.
Alternatively go to the USGS NEIC website: http://earthquake.usgs.gov/eqcenter/
Note 3: . The Emergency Director should not wait until the applicable time has elapsed, but should declare the event as soon as it is determined that the condition will likely exceed the applicable time.
Note 5: The site specific procedurally defined actions taken to secure containment and its associated structures, systems, and components as a functional barrier to product release under existing plant conditions.
Note 4:         The National Earthquake Information Center"(NEIC) can be contacted by*
As applied to IPEC, Containment Closure exists when the requirements of Section 3.9.3 of Technical Specifications are met (all un-isolated flow paths are promptly closes and at least one door in each air lock is closed following an evacuation of containment).
calling (303) 273-8500 to confirm recent seismic activity in the vicinity of IPEC. Provide the analyst with the following IPEC coordinates: 41&deg; 15' 55" north latitude, 73&deg; 57' 08'.' west longitude. Alternatively go to the USGS NEIC website: http://earthquake.usgs.gov/eqcenter/
-=-Enlergy. -..:.* *-* Prepared by: Approval: , *. ,. IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-410 Revision 12 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page 1 Of 10 CONTROllED  
Note 5:         The site specific procedurally defined actions taken to secure containment a
*.
and its associated structures, systems, and components as functional barrier to fis~ion product release under existing plant conditions. As applied to IPEC, Containment Closure exists when the requirements of Section 3.9.3 of Technical Specifications are met (all un-isolated flow paths are promptly closes and at least one door in each air lock is closed following an evacuation of containment).
Action Recommendations . ... ....... . *.;,_ Alain Grosjean
 
* Pnnt Name .. __ * ::-Lori A Glander PnnlName Effective Date: June 14, 2016 This procedure excluded from further U-100 review IP-EP-410 (PAR) R12.doc
  ~                    IPEC                           NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-410   Revision 12
/ IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Table of Contents IP-EP-410 Revision 12 Page* 6 of 10 1.0 PURPOSE .......................................................................................................................................*
    -=- Enlergy.        EMERGENCY PLAN                     PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                       REFERENCE Use                   Of  10 Page   1 CONTROllED
3  
                        *. PnJ~ective              Action Recommendations
            -..:.* *-*    . .......... ~
                                  . *.;,_
Prepared by:                              Alain Grosjean
* Pnnt Name Approval:        ,*. ,.      ..__ * ::- Lori A Glander PnnlName Effective Date: June 14, 2016 This procedure excluded from further U-100 review IP-EP-410 (PAR) R12.doc
 
IPEC                                   NON-QUALITY RELATED                       IP-EP-410                     Revision 12 EMERGENCY PLAN                                  PROCEDURE
/
IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                                  REFERENCE USE                            Page*               6         of       10 Table of Contents 1.0 PURPOSE .......................................................................................................................................* 3


==2.0 REFERENCES==
==2.0 REFERENCES==
................................................................................................................................. 3 3.0 DEFINITIONS .................................................................................................................................. 3 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES ........................................................................................,............................... 3 5.0 DETAILS ............................................................. :............................................................................ 3 5.1  NUE, ALERT, SITE AREA EMERGENCY .................................................... :................................. 3 5.2  GENERAL EMERGENCY ..................................................................................................,.......... 3 6.0 INTERFACES .............................................................................................................................*.... 4 7.0 RECORDS ....................................................................................................................................... 4 8.0 REQUIREMENTS.AND COMMITMENT CROSS-REFERENCE .................................................... 4 9.0 ATTACHMENTS ...............................................................................:............................................... 4 9~1  FLOWCHA~f*F_QR
                    .      *..
GENEAAL.EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS ................... 5
                                          ~* .~~*.: .* .                        .
9.2  MIDAS STABILITY CArEGORY - DOWNWIND KEYHOLE SECTOR CORRELATION TABLE ................. 7
                          ~                                                                                                                        .
9.3
* EPA. PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDELINES ................................................: .................................... 8 9.4  OVERLAY SELECTION FLOW CHART (FOR MANUAL PLUME VISUALIZATION) ................................. 9 9.5  WIND FIELp ORl.ENTATION- MIDAS vs. PLUME OVERLAYS ................................... 10
                        *.,
                                        .  -


.................................................................................................................................
IPEC                   NON-QUALITY RELATED   IP*EP-410     Revision 12 Enlergy    EMERGENCY PLAN               PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                                                     of    10 REFERENCE USE         Page     ~
3 3.0 DEFINITIONS
PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS 1.0 PURPOSE To prescribe the responsibilities and methods for determining recommended protective actions for New York State and County authorities.
..................................................................................................................................
3 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES
........................................................................................ , ...............................
3 5.0 DETAILS .............................................................
: ............................................................................
3 5.1 NUE, ALERT, SITE AREA EMERGENCY
....................................................
: .................................
3 5.2 GENERAL EMERGENCY
.................................................................................................. , ..........
3 6.0 INTERFACES
.............................................................................................................................*....
4 7.0 RECORDS .......................................................................................................................................
4 8.0 REQUIREMENTS.AND COMMITMENT CROSS-REFERENCE
....................................................
4 9.0 ATTACHMENTS
...............................................................................
: ...............................................
4 GENEAAL.EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS
...................
5 . *..
.* . . 9.2 MIDAS STABILITY CArEGORY -DOWNWIND KEYHOLE SECTOR CORRELATION TABLE .................
7 . 9.3
* EPA. PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDELINES
................................................
: ....................................
8 9.4 OVERLAY SELECTION FLOW CHART (FOR MANUAL PLUME VISUALIZATION)
.................................
9 9.5 WIND FIELp ORl.ENTATION-MIDAS vs. PLUME OVERLAYS ...................................
10 *., . -
Enlergy IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP*EP-410 Revision 12 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page of 10 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS 1.0 PURPOSE To prescribe the responsibilities and methods for determining recommended protective actions for New York State and County authorities.  


==2.0 REFERENCES==
==2.0 REFERENCES==


EPA Protective Action Guidelines 3.0 DEFINITIONS Protective Action Recommendations (PARs)-Specific recommendations made by the Emergency Director to offsite authorities in accordance with Emergency Plan procedures based on Protection Action Guidelines.
EPA Protective Action Guidelines 3.0 DEFINITIONS Protective Action Recommendations (PARs)- Specific recommendations made by the Emergency Director to offsite authorities in accordance with Emergency Plan procedures based on Protection Action Guidelines.
4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 T,he Shift Manager is responsible for evaluating accident conditions, classifying the accident, and recommending protective actions to offsite authorities during the initial phases of the accident. Emergency Director assumes these control of the* emergency response from the Shift Manager. The Coordinator will assist the Director with recommendations.
4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1   T,he Shift Manager is responsible for evaluating accident conditions, classifying the accident, and recommending protective actions to offsite authorities during the initial phases of the accident. Th~ Emergency Director assumes these responsibiliti~s.J1Yhe11-he ta~s control of the* emergency response from the Shift Manager. The *~~dlological*hssessment Coordinator will assist the Em~rQency Director with prot"Eidive**ac~ion recommendations.
* 4.2 The decision to initiate any protective actions is solely the responsibility of offsite authorities  
* 4.2   The decision to initiate any protective actions is solely the responsibility of offsite authorities ..
.. 5,0 DETAILS ... 5.1 NUE, Alert, Site Area Emergency . 5.2 General Emergency . : * * . , 5.2.1 The initfal pro.tedive action recommendation should be made within 15 minutes ()f the GENERAL EMERGENCY declaration. . . . .. 5.2.2 Protective Action Recommendations (PA.Rs) shall be made in accordance with Attachment  
5,0 DETAILS                   ...
.9.1. Downwind Sectors are identified on Attachment 9.2. The MIDAS dose assessment program uses the logic from Attachment 9.1 and 9.2 to determine PARs and affected downwind sectors. Impacted sectors include both land and water areas out to the distances included in the PAR 5.2.3 The Acetate Isopleth Overlays may be used with the map table to visualize the plume. If the Isopleth Overlays are used, then use Attachment 9.4 to suppo'rt isopleth selection and placement on the map table. 5.2.4 The initial PAR shall be made in the first GENERAL EMERGENCY notification to the State/Counties.
5.1   NUE, Alert, Site Area Emergency .
All subsequent, Part I notifications shall include the latest PAR.
5.2   General Emergency . : * * . ,
Entergy IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-410 Revision 12 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page of 10 5.2.5 Re-evaluate the PARs based on the following:
5.2.1 The initfal pro.tedive action recommendation should be made within 15 minutes ()f the. GENERAL
                                          . .      EMERGENCY declaration.
                                              ..
5.2.2 Protective Action Recommendations (PA.Rs) shall be made in accordance with Attachment .9.1. Downwind Sectors are identified on Attachment 9.2.
The MIDAS dose assessment program uses the logic from Attachment 9.1 and 9.2 to determine PARs and affected downwind sectors. Impacted sectors include both land and water areas out to the distances included in the PAR 5.2.3 The Acetate Isopleth Overlays may be used with the map table to visualize the plume.         If the Isopleth Overlays are used, then use Attachment 9.4 to suppo'rt isopleth selection and placement on the map table.
5.2.4 The initial PAR shall be made in the first GENERAL EMERGENCY notification to the State/Counties. All subsequent, Part I notifications shall include the latest PAR.
 
IPEC                   NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-410       Revision 12 Entergy    EMERGENCY PLAN                   PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                                                     of REFERENCE USE   Page       ~        10 5.2.5 Re-evaluate the PARs based on the following:
* Changes in Wind Direction or Speed
* Changes in Wind Direction or Speed
* Dose Calculations
* Dose Calculations
Line 2,011: Line 3,127:
5.2.7 IF a decision to revise the PAR has been made, THEN offsite notification shall be made within 15 minutes of the revised PAR determination.
5.2.7 IF a decision to revise the PAR has been made, THEN offsite notification shall be made within 15 minutes of the revised PAR determination.
5.2.8 As protective action recommendations change, ensure appropriate steps are taken to protect the onsite population.
5.2.8 As protective action recommendations change, ensure appropriate steps are taken to protect the onsite population.
5.2.9 IF an EPA PAGta.:.exceedectur expected to be exceeded beyond 10 miles THEN consider-.the forPARs: beyond 1 o miles and discuss possible __ _ actions with Field Teams to confirm projections.
5.2.9 IF an EPA PAGta.:.exceedectur expected to be exceeded beyond 10 miles THEN consider-.the n~~d forPARs: beyond 1o miles and discuss possible __ _
* 6.0 INTERFACES 6.1 Evacuation Time Estimates 6.2 IP-EP-310, Dose 6.3 *State of New York Kl Policy Paper 6.4 IP-EP-420, Use of Iodide by Indian Point Personnel during an Emergency  
actions with Stat~f.C0unties:-*Send Field Teams to confirm projections.  ~.
** 7 .0 RECORDS * * * *-_ NONE .*:::-* . ' 8.0 REQUIREMENTS AND COMMITMENT CROSS-REFERENCE NONE 9.0 ATTACHMENTS 9.1 Flowchart for General Emergency Protective Action Recommendations 9.2 MIDAS Stability Category-Downwind Keyhole Sector Correlation Table 9.3 EPA Protec;:tive Action Guidelines 9.4 Overlay Selection Flow Chart (For Manual Plume Visualization) 9.5 Wind Field Orientation  
* 6.0 INTERFACES 6.1   Evacuation Time Estimates 6.2   IP-EP-310, Dose Asse~sment 6.3   *State of New York Kl Policy Paper 6.4   IP-EP-420, Use of Potassi~m Iodide by Indian Point Personnel during an Emergency                                   **
-MIDAS vs. Plume Overlays Entergy IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-410 Revision 12 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page .&sect; of Attachment 9.1 FLOWCHART FOR GENERAL EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS YES Recommend EVACUATION and implement Kl Plan ior 2 Mile Radius an_d 2.-5. mile
7 .0 RECORDS                       ** * *-           _
                                          .*:::-* . '
NONE 8.0   REQUIREMENTS AND COMMITMENT CROSS-REFERENCE NONE 9.0   ATTACHMENTS 9.1   Flowchart for General Emergency Protective Action Recommendations 9.2   MIDAS Stability Category- Downwind Keyhole Sector Correlation Table 9.3   EPA Protec;:tive Action Guidelines 9.4   Overlay Selection Flow Chart (For Manual Plume Visualization) 9.5   Wind Field Orientation - MIDAS vs. Plume Overlays
 
IPEC                                 NON-QUALITY RELATED                       IP-EP-410                   Revision 12 Entergy                  EMERGENCY PLAN                                   PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                                   REFERENCE USE                           Page                 .&sect;   of   10 Attachment 9.1 FLOWCHART FOR GENERAL EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (Sheet 1 of 2)
General Emergency De.dared
* Recommend.SHELTER-IN-PLACE and implement Kl Plan for*2 Mile Radius and 2-5 mile doll.(nwind sec\ors.
* See Attachment 9.2
* Advise remainder of. EPZ to monitor EAS.
YES
                                                                                                          -~ .--*
Recommend EVACUATION and implement Kl Plan ior 2 Mile Radius an_d 2.-5. mile
* downwind s_ectors.
* downwind s_ectors.
* Recommend SHELTER-IN"PLACE and implement Kl Plan for 5,10 mile downwind sectors
* Recommend SHELTER-IN"PLACE and
* See Attachment 9.2
* Re.commend EVACUATIQN a.nd Implement implement Kl Plan for 5,10 mile downwind            Kl Plan for. 2 Mile Radius and i-5. mile sectors                                              downwind Sectors.
* Advise remainder of EPZ to monitor EAS. (Sheet 1 of 2) General Emergency De.dared
* See Attachment 9.2                                  See Attachment 9.2.
* Re.commend EVACUATIQN a.nd Implement Kl Plan for. 2 Mile Radius and i-5. mile downwind Sectors. See Attachment 9.2.
* Advise remainder of EPZ to monitor EAS.
* Advise remainder of EPZ to.moOitor EAS-.. Continue assessme.ht of event, as pe( Notes2 *. 3 and.4 * ;*
* Advise remainder of EPZ to.moOitor EAS-..
Continue assessme.ht of event, as pe(
Notes2*. 3 and.4             * ;*
NO Con~ir:tU~*ass,~ssmer:i.t o~ event, as per Notes 2,. 3 and 4
* No Change to PAR
* Recommend EVACUATION and implement Kl Plan for 2 Mile Radius and 2-10 mile downY-'.ind S:ectors.
* Recommend EVACUATION and implement Kl Plan for 2 Mile Radius and 2-10 mile downY-'.ind S:ectors.
* See Attachment 9.2
* See Attachment 9.2
* Advise remainder of EPZ to monitor EAS.
* Advise remainder of EPZ to monitor EAS.
* SeeNotes*
* SeeNotes*
NO
 
* Recommend.SHELTER-IN-PLACE and implement Kl Plan for*2 Mile Radius and 2-5 mile doll.(nwind sec\ors.
IPEC                 NON*QUALITY RELATED             IP*EP-410             Revision 12 Elliergy    EMERGENCY PLAN               PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                 REFERENCE USE                   Page             &sect;   of   10 Attachment 9.1 FLOWCHART FOR GENERAL EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS Sheet 2 of 2 NOTE 1: Rapidly Progressing     NOTE 3: PAR Expansion                    NOTE 4:1F Recommended Severe Accident IF:              Criteria:                              Sectors Change, THEN:
* See Attachment 9.2
* First PAR after GE declared
* Advise remainder of. EPZ to monitor EAS. .--* event, as per Notes 2,. 3 and 4
* IF meteorological conditions
* No Change to PAR 10 Elliergy IPEC NON*QUALITY RELATED IP*EP-410 Revision 12 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page &sect; of 10 Attachment 9.1 FLOWCHART FOR GENERAL EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS NOTE 1: Rapidly Progressing Severe Accident IF:
* Add new sectors to new AND,                             change and result in other                    PAR.
* First PAR after GE declared AND,
* Containment Loss                 sector( s )/area( s) being
* Containment Loss Conditions (Table F-1) AND EITHER:
* DO NOT subtract any sector Conditions (Table F-1) AND       impacted after initial PAR,                  in which actions have been EITHER:                         expand the initial PAR to                    previously recommended ..
* Containment Rad Monitors R.-25 or R-26 > 68 R/hr OR.
include new sector(s)/area(s)
* Likelihood of a significant radiological release (greater than PAGs at site boundary) in ab-out an hour.
* Containment Rad Monitors         ONLY IF:
* If these conditions cannot be determined, the Emergency Director should assume they are not taking place.
R.-25 or R-26 > 68 R/hr OR.
* Plant conditions are unknown or continue to be unstable--          NOTE 5..:JF PAGs Exceeded
* Likelihood of a significant radiological release (greater   (mitigating acti9ns not staif&d        ., -- . -~>. 10
                                                                                        .... Miles:
                                                                                              ...
than PAGs at site boundary)     or not successful) or * * * '*
in ab-out an hour.               degrading OR,
* IF an EPA PAG is exceeded
                                                                                .or expected to be exceeded .
* EPA PAGs are projected or                    beyond 10 miles THEN
* If these conditions cannot be measured to be exceeded in'                  .consider the n:eed for PARs determined, the Emergency
* b~yond 10 miles and*discuss Director should assume they     the new sector(s)/area(s} *' .
                                                                                ,possible actions with are not taking place.
State/Counties.
11==~~~~~~~~~~~~1 For Wind Shifts:
NOTE 2: Event Assessment Criteria:
NOTE 2: Event Assessment Criteria:
* Wind Direction/Speed
* Only expand the PAR.t9 ,.: . *         , .
* Dose Calculations
include the sector(s)/area{s)**_ * ...
* Field Team Data
impacted by the in-transit * *
* EPA PAGs (Attachment 9.3)
* Wind Direction/Speed wind shift if dose assessment
* Plant Conditions Sheet 2 of 2 NOTE 3: PAR Expansion Criteria:
* Dose Calculations projects the EPA PAGs will
* IF meteorological conditions change and result in other sector( s )/area( s) being impacted after initial PAR, expand the initial PAR to include new sector(s)/area(s)
* Field Team Data be exceeded in the in-transit
ONLY IF:
* EPA PAGs (Attachment 9.3) sector( s )/area( s ).
* Plant conditions are unknown or continue to be (mitigating acti9ns not staif&d or not successful) or * * * '* degrading OR,
* Plant Conditions
* EPA PAGs are projected or measured to be exceeded in' the new sector(s)/area(s}
 
*' . For Wind Shifts: NOTE 4:1F Recommended Sectors Change, THEN:
IPEC                    NON-QUALITY RELATED            IP-EP-410                                      Revision 12 E11tergy  0  EMERGENCY PLAN                PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                                                    Page                                                of 10 REFERENCE USE                                                      I Attachment 9.2 MIDAS STABILITY CATEGORY DOWNWIND KEYHOLE SECTOR CORRELATION TABLE Sheet 1 of 1 TABLE I- MIDAS Up-Valley Plumes Up-Valley Plumes (wind speed _::: 4 m/sec and wind direction from 102&deg;-209&deg;)
* Add new sectors to new PAR.
Pasquill Stability Categories        Sectors affected A,B                                    16, 1,2,3,4 C,D,E,F,G                              16, 1,2,3 TABU~ II - MIDAS Down-Valley Plumes Down-Valley Plumes (wind speed< 4 m/secand wind direction from 349&deg;-101&deg;)
* DO NOT subtract any sector in which actions have been previously recommended
                                    -
.. NOTE 5 . .:JF PAGs Exceeded --10 Miles: ., . . .... ...
Pasquill Stability Categories      Sectors affected A,B                                7,8,9, 10, 11
* IF an EPA PAG is exceeded . or expected to be exceeded . beyond 10 miles THEN .consider the n:eed for PARs
                                                                              ...
* 10 miles and*discuss ,possible actions with State/Counties.
C,D,E,F,G                          7,8,9, 10                          ***....        ...*... -:  ..              *.~
* Only expand the PAR.t9 ,.: . * , . include the sector(s)/area{s)**_
                                                                            -          ..        ~
* ... impacted by the in-transit
                                                                                                                    .. ;
*
TABLE Ill...: MIDAS Cross-Valley Plumes Cross-Valley (wind*speed > 4 m/sec OR wind direction from 210&deg;-348&deg;)
* wind shift if dose assessment projects the EPA PAGs will be exceeded in the in-transit sector( s )/area( s ).
                                                                                                                                .-.,... ....
E11tergy 0 IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-410 Revision 12 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page I Attachment 9.2 MIDAS STABILITY CATEGORY DOWNWIND KEYHOLE SECTOR CORRELATION TABLE Sheet 1 of 1 TABLE I-MIDAS Up-Valley Plumes Up-Valley Plumes (wind speed _::: 4 m/sec and wind direction from 102&deg;-209&deg;)
Wind Direction        Center    Pasquill Stability Categories A & B                  Pasquill Stability Categories C-G From (deg)        Sector No.            Sectors affected                                              Sectors affected 169 - 190            1N        15, 16, 1,2,3                                 .. 16, 1,2                              '
Pasquill Stability Categories Sectors affected A,B 16, 1,2,3,4 C,D,E,F,G 16, 1,2,3 T II -MIDAS Down-Valley Plumes Down-Valley Plumes (wind speed< 4 m/secand wind direction from 349&deg;-101&deg;)
                                                                                                                              *
-Pasquill Stability Categories Sectors affected A,B 7,8,9, 10, 11 of C,D,E,F,G 7,8,9, 10 ... *** .... ...* ... -: .. -.. .. ; TABLE Ill...: MIDAS Cross-Valley Plumes Cross-Valley (wind*speed
                                                                                                                                    '
> 4 m/sec OR wind direction from 210&deg;-348&deg;)
191-213              2NNE      16, 1,2,3,~                                          1, 2, 3 214- 235              3NE        1,2,3,4,5                                        '2, 3,4                     .' . ~
.-.,... .... 10 Wind Direction Center Pasquill Stability Categories A & B Pasquill Stability Categories C-G From (deg) Sector No. Sectors affected Sectors affected
                                                                                                                                  ..
* 169 -190 1 N 15, 16, 1,2,3 .. 16, 1,2 ' ' 191-213 2NNE 16, 1, 2, 3 214-235 3NE 1,2,3,4,5
                                                                  ..
'2, 3,4 . ' .. .. .. . .. 236-258 4ENE 2,3,4,5,6
                                                                                                                            ...
,.". *. .*.3, 4. 5_ ...... .. 259-280 5E 3,4,5,6, 7 4,5,6 . . ... 281 -303 6ESE 4,5,6, 7,8 5, 6,. 7 304-325 ?SE 5,6, 7,8,9 6, 7,8 326-348 8SSE *6, 7,8,9, 10 7,8,9 349-010 9S 7,8,9, 10, 11 8,9, 10 011 -033 10SSW 8,9, 10,11, 12 9, 10, 11 034-055 11 SW 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 10, 11, 12 056-078 12WSW 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 11, 12, 13 079 -100 13W 11, 12,13, 14, 15 12, 13, 14
236- 258              4ENE      2,3,4,5,6                            ,.". *.  ~ .*.3,          4. 5_ ......
* 101 -123 14WNW 12, 13, 14, 15, 16 13, 14, 15 124-145 15NW 13, 14, 15, 16, 1 14, 15, 16 146 -168 16NNW 14, 15, 16, 1,2 15, 16, 1 ' 
                                                                                      ..                       . . ...
-E'ntergycy, IPEC NON*QUALITY RELATED IP*EP-410 Revision 12 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page .&sect; of 10 Attachment 9.3 EPA PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDELINES Sheet:1 of 1 Recommended protective actions to reduce whole body and thyroid dose from exposure to a gaseous plume. PROJECTED DOSE (REM) TO THE POPULATION Whole Body (TEDE) Thyroid (CDE) Whole Body (TEDE) Thyroid (CDE) <1 <5 RECOMMENDED ACTIONS (a) No planned actions. (b) State may issue an advisory to seek shelter and await further instructions.
259- 280              5E        3,4,5,6, 7                                            4,5,6 281 - 303              6ESE      4,5,6, 7,8                                            5, 6,. 7 304- 325              ?SE        5,6, 7,8,9                                            6, 7,8                                                '
Monitor environmental radiation levels Evacuate unless constraints make it impractical; then shelter. Monitor environmental radiation levels. Control access. COMMENTS Previously recommended protective actions may be reconsidered or terminated.
326- 348              8SSE      *6, 7,8,9, 10                                          7,8,9 349- 010              9S        7,8,9, 10, 11                                        8,9, 10 011 - 033            10SSW      8,9, 10,11, 12                                      9, 10, 11 034- 055            11 SW      9, 10, 11, 12, 13                                    10, 11, 12 056- 078            12WSW      10, 11, 12, 13, 14                                    11, 12, 13 079 - 100            13W        11, 12,13, 14, 15                                    12, 13, 14
If constraints exist, special consideration should be given for evacuation of children and GUIDANCE ON DOSE LIMITS FOR WORKERS PERFORMING EMERGENCY SERVICES (REM) Whole Body (TEDE): 10 Protecting valuable property Lower dose not pra'?!icable . TEDE* 25 Lifesaving or protection of large populations
* 101 - 123            14WNW      12, 13, 14, 15, 16                                    13, 14, 15 124- 145            15NW        13, 14, 15, 16, 1                                    14, 15, 16 146 - 168            16NNW      14, 15, 16, 1,2                                      15, 16, 1
> 25 Lifesaving or protection of large population . . .. *.. Lower dose not p'ra*cticable.
 
Only on a volu.ntary.basis to . persons fully-aware of the risks
IPEC                        NON*QUALITY RELATED      IP*EP-410            Revision 12
*' .*. .*-.... .. . .... Total Effective Dose Equivalent:
    - E'ntergycy,       EMERGENCY PLAN                    PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                      REFERENCE USE            Page          .&sect;    of          10 Attachment 9.3 EPA PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDELINES Sheet:1 of 1 Recommended protective actions to reduce whole body and thyroid dose from exposure to a gaseous plume.
Sum of external effective dose equivalent anc:L'committed effective dose equivalent to non-pregnant adults from exposure and intake during an emergency situation.
PROJECTED DOSE (REM)
Wor)<ers performing services during emergencies should limit dose to the lens of the eye to three times the listed value and doses to any organ (including skin and body extremities) to ten times the listed value. CDE-Committed dose equivalent (to the Thyroid). . (a) These actions are recommended for planning purposes.
TO THE POPULATION                        RECOMMENDED ACTIONS (a)                              COMMENTS Whole Body (TEDE)                <1        No planned actions. (b)                  Previously recommended State may issue an advisory to            protective actions may be Thyroid (CDE)                    <5        seek shelter and await further            reconsidered or terminated.
Protective action decisions at the time of the incident must take existing conditions into consideration. (b) At the time of the incident, officials may implement low-impact protective actions in keeping with the principle of maintaining radiation exposures as low as reasonably achievable (ALARA) *
instructions.
\ I , Entergy IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-410 Revision 12 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page of 10 Attachment 9.4 OVERLAY SELECTION FLOW CHART (FOR MANUAL PLUME VISUALIZATION)
Monitor environmental radiation levels Whole Body (TEDE)                          Evacuate unless constraints make it      If constraints exist, special impractical; then shelter. Monitor        consideration should be given environmental radiation levels.           for evacuation of children and Thyroid (CDE)                    ~5        Control access.                           p~~gr:w.nt wom~n. ,~-
Sheet 1 of 1 I OBTAIN METEOROLOGICAL DATA .. l I I RECORD WIND DIRECTION I I 0 I RECO.RD WIND SPEED l I I RECORD PASQUILL STABILITY CLASS l I 1 *:-. . *-
GUIDANCE ON DOSE LIMITS FOR WORKERS PERFORMING EMERGENCY SERVICES (REM)
.. . . *:* " .. * .,... -. J:.'._-*. : *':. -... . WIND SPEED _:::. 4 mis WIND SPEED > 4 mis -' .. -.... **-I I WIND DIRECTION WIND DIRECTION WIND DIRECTION 340&deg; -101 &deg; 102 &deg; -209&deg; 210&deg; -
Whole Body (TEDE):
..... I . *I,_:-*<*_:-*.*
10                Protecting valuable property                        Lower dose not pra'?!icable .
--" *:-**
                                                                                                          . . .. *..
.. .,. .. USE DOWN VALLEY USE UP VALLEY OVERLAY USE CROSS VALLEY OVERLAY GROUND OR OVERLAY GROUND OR --GROUND OR ELEV. ELEV. (Yellow) ELEV. (Blue) (Red) I I . PLACE OVERLAY OVER ALIGN OVERLAY ALONG PLANT ORIENTATION POINT (1 l WIND DIRECTION
                                                                                                                ~*
: 1. Plant Orientation Point: a. Using down valley overlay {Blue) align horizontal axis on go 0 -270&deg; line with plume extending south. b. Using up valley overlay (Yellow) align horizontal a.xis on go 0 -270&deg; line with plume extending north.
25                Lifesaving or protection of large populations      Lower dose not p'ra*cticable.
/ Entergy IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP.-410
            > 25                Lifesaving or protection of large population        Only on a volu.ntary.basis to .
* Revision 12 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 10 Attachment 9.5 WIND FIELD ORIENTATION MIDAS vs. PLUME OVERLAYS Sheet 1 of 1 NOTE: of 10 The wind field orientation differs between MIDAS (Att. 9.2) and the Plume Overlays (Att. 9.4) at certain. wind speeds. Based on the recommendations of consulting meteorologists, the origin of the up and down valley flOVIJ low wind 4 m/s) was changed to the center of the Hudson River (the plume overlays isopleth's origin was the super heater stack.) This is more representative of the true met expectations.
persons fully-aware of the risks involv.ed~
The origin change results in the down-valley plume range going from 340&deg; -101&deg; to 349&deg;*-101&deg; for MIDAS. . As a result, the cross valley plume goes from 210&deg; -339&deg; to 210&deg; -348&deg; for MIDAS. '--:}}
                                                                                          *' .*.    .*- ....  ..        .....
TEDE* Total Effective Dose Equivalent: Sum of external effective dose equivalent anc:L'committed effective dose equivalent to non-pregnant adults from exposure and intake during an emergency situation. Wor)<ers performing services during emergencies should limit dose to the lens of the eye to three times the listed value and doses to any organ (including skin and body extremities) to ten times the listed value.
CDE-    Committed dose equivalent (to the Thyroid). .
(a)    These actions are recommended for planning purposes. Protective action decisions at the time of the incident must take existing conditions into consideration.
(b)    At the time of the incident, officials may implement low-impact protective actions in keeping with the principle of maintaining radiation exposures as low as reasonably achievable (ALARA)
* IPEC                  NON-QUALITY RELATED    IP-EP-410                  Revision 12
,
\
I Entergy        EMERGENCY PLAN              PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                                      Page                            of     10 REFERENCE USE                          ~
Attachment 9.4 OVERLAY SELECTION FLOW CHART (FOR MANUAL PLUME VISUALIZATION)
Sheet 1 of 1 I                      OBTAIN METEOROLOGICAL DATA
                                                                                ..
l I
I                          RECORD WIND DIRECTION                                                  I I                                                                0 I                              RECO.RD WIND SPEED                                                l I
I                    RECORD PASQUILL STABILITY CLASS                                            l I                                1..*:-~---:. .-~*-*        . *-         *;*~*
                                                                                                " .. * .,... -.
                                                                                                                          ..
J:.'._-
                                                                                                                                *:*  ~.*
                                                                                                                                  *.
                                                                  - ...                      :    *':.
                                                                                                                    .          -
WIND SPEED _:::. 4 mis                                                        WIND SPEED > 4                mis
                                                                                                          '  .. -
                                                                                                                              ....
                                                                                                                                            **-
I                                        I WIND DIRECTION                    WIND DIRECTION                            WIND DIRECTION 340&deg; -   101 &deg;                      102 &deg; - 209&deg;                            210&deg; -        3~9&deg;                        .....
I                                    . *I,_:-*<*_:-*.*
                                                                                                      .. .. .,.
                                                                                                                      -"*:-**       ~-::_~,
                                                                                                                                          -
USE DOWN VALLEY OVERLAY GROUND OR ELEV.
USE UP VALLEY OVERLAY GROUND OR ELEV.
(Yellow)
USE CROSS VALLEY OVERLAY GROUND OR ELEV.
                                                                                                                              --
(Blue)                                                                      (Red)
I                                       I
                    .PLACE OVERLAY OVER                                        ALIGN OVERLAY ALONG 1
PLANT ORIENTATION POINT ( l                                        WIND DIRECTION
: 1.      Plant Orientation Point:
: a. Using down valley overlay {Blue) align horizontal axis on  go  0
                                                                                  - 270&deg; line with plume extending south.
: b. Using up valley overlay (Yellow) align horizontal a.xis on  go 0
                                                                                - 270&deg; line with plume extending north.
 
IPEC              NON-QUALITY RELATED  IP-EP.-410
* Revision 12
/
Entergy        EMERGENCY PLAN          PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES            REFERENCE USE        Page      10  of  10 Attachment 9.5 WIND FIELD ORIENTATION MIDAS vs. PLUME OVERLAYS Sheet 1 of 1 NOTE:
The wind field orientation differs between MIDAS (Att. 9.2) and the Plume Overlays (Att. 9.4) at certain. wind speeds.
Based on the recommendations of consulting meteorologists, the origin of the up and down valley flOVIJ f~:>r low wind speeds(~ 4 m/s) was changed to the center of the Hudson River (the plume overlays isopleth's origin was the super heater stack.) This is more representative of the true met expectations.
The origin change results in the down-valley plume range going from 340&deg; -101&deg; to 349&deg;*-        '--:
101&deg; for MIDAS.                                                         .             -~-- -~-
As a result, the cross valley plume goes from 210&deg; - 339&deg; to 210&deg; - 348&deg; for MIDAS.}}

Revision as of 17:52, 30 October 2019

IPEC Emergency Plan Procedures
ML16166A059
Person / Time
Site: Indian Point  
Issue date: 06/06/2016
From:
Entergy Nuclear Operations
To:
Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
References
EP-16-0011
Download: ML16166A059 (210)


Text

{{#Wiki_filter:IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN DISTRIBUTION LIST Page 1 of 2 LOCATION COPY HOLDER ADDRESS NUMBER OF COPIES DELIVERED BY IP3 CONTROL ROOM IP3 53FT. CCR 1 COPY OF ALL EP'S DOCUMENTS DELIVERED BY IP3 SHIFT MANAGER IP3 53FT. ELEVATION 1 COPY OF ALL EP'S DOCUMENTS DELIVERED BY IP2 CONTROL ROOM IP2 53FT. CCR 1 COPY OF ALL EP'S DOCUMENTS DELIVERED BY IPEC TSC IP2 53FT. ELEVATION 1 COPY OF ALL EP'S DOCUMENTS DELIVERED BY IP2 SIMULATOR IP2 SIMULATOR BLDG. 1 COPY OF ALL EP'S DOCUMENTS DELIVERED BY IP2 SIMULATOR - CLASSROOM 4 IP2 SIMULATOR BLDG. 1 COPY OF ALL EP'S DOCUMENTS DELIVERED BY 3 COPIES OF ALL EP'S IP2 SIMULATOR - CLASSROOM 5 IP2 SIMULATOR BLDG . NRC RESIDENT INSPECTOR DOCUMENTS NRC IP2 88FT. ELEVATION 1 COPY

                                                                                         --

EXCEPT E-PLAN OF ALL EP'S

                                                                                       ,

1 COPY OF ALL EP'S AND DOC CONTROL DESK

                     -   -  NRC - ROCKVILLE , MD ADDRESS
                                                 ---. OFFSITE
                                                                      ---         GENERAL RECORDS EXCEPT IP-EP-115 1 COPY On ALL EP'S AND NRC                              STEVE BARR               OFFSITE                 GENERAL RECORDS EXCEPT IP-EP-115 1 COPY OF ALL EP'S AND NRC                          DEPUTY DIRECTOR              OFFSITE                 GENERAL RECORDS EXCEPT IP-EP-115 1 COPY OF THE FOLLOWING:

E-PLAN , IP-EP-115, 120, NEW YORK STATE OEM TED FISCH OFFSITE 210, 250,310, 340,360, 410, 420, 430, 620 & IP-1055 1 COPY OF E-PLAN, WESTCHESTER COUNTY OEM DENNIS DELBORGO OFFSITE IP-EP-310 & 340 ROCKLAND COUNTY FIRE AND 1 COPY OF E-PLAN, NICHOLAS LONGO OFFSITE EMERGENCY SERVICES IP-EP-3 10 & 340 ORANGE COUNTY EMERGENCY 1 COPY OF E-PLAN , SHANNON FISHER OFFSITE SERVICES CENTER IP-EP-310 & 340 PUTNAM COUNTY BUREAU OF ANTHONY SUTION EFFEC Tl1 -6 0PY cI F E-PLAN ,

                                                          < FFSITE EMERGENCY SERVICES                                                                   IP-EP-3 10 & 340
                                                                   "'"'
  • I.
                                                                              ... ...
                                                                                 ~

J H Ii L I ftX45 DATE N~f:-

  ~
  -::-: ;:- Entergy Indian Point Energy Center                                  CONTROLLED DOCUMENT Document Control                                                        TRANSMITTAL 450 Broadway Buchanan, NY 10511 TO:          DISTRIBUTION                                                      DATE: June 6, 2016 FROM: IPEC DOCUMENT CONTROL - 3Ro FLOOR ADMIN BLDG                             PHONE#: 914-254-6835 TRANSMITIAL#:         EP-16-0011 The Document(s) identified below are forwarded for use. Please review to verify receipt, incorporate the document(s) into your controlled document file, properly disposition superseded, voided, or inactive document(s).

Sign and return the receipt acknowledgement below within ten (10) working days. AFFECTED DOCUMENT: IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURES DOC# REV# TITLE INSTRUCTIONS THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE(S), DRAWING (S) HA VE BEEN REVISIED, PLEASE REMOVE YOUR CURRENT COPY AND REPLACE WITH ATTACHED UPDATED PROCEDURE: I 1>:-1ro-:T1-~~~~ EFFECT\VE IP-EP-120 REV.11 JU \ 4 20\6 IP-EP-21-0 --REV.21 DATE IP-EP-220 REV.19 IP-EP-230 REV.15 IP-EP-410 REV.12

                               ***********PLEASE NOTE EFFECTIVE DATE***********

RECEIPT OF THE ABOVE LISTED DOCUMENT(S) IS HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGED. I CERTIFY THAT ALL SUPERSEDED, VOID, OR INACTIVE COPIES OF THE ABOVE LISTED DOCUMENT(S) IN MY POSSESSION HAVE BEEN REMOVED FROM USE AND ALL UPDATES HAVE BEEN PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH EFFECTIVE DAT (IF APPLICABLE) AS SHOWN ON THE DOCUMENT(S). ~~ NAME (PRINT) SIGNATURE DATE COPY LOCATION

ATTACHMEfllT 9.1 10CfR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET1 OF4 Procedure/Document Number: IP-EP~210 Revision: 21 Equipment/facility/Other: Indian Point Energy Center Title: Central Control Room

  • Part I. Descriptlon of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan):
  • Refer to Revision Matrix for Revision 21.

Part ii. Activity Previously Reviewed? YES NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or 50.54(q)(3) Continue to Evaluation ls next part Alert and Notification System Design Report? NOT required. Enter Jf YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and jusllflcatlon ensure the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the below and complete Pl:ll'I proposed change is documented below: VI. Justification: D Bounding document attached (optJonal} Part Ill. Applicablllty of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activity.(Refer .to EN-Ll-100) NOTE: For example, whEm a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to

           .other docu111ents which ha)le a different change control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3) s .

A BIUTY CONCLUSION il!J If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50,54(q)(3) Screening. D On'e-or more i:ontrolling.change processes are selected, however, some portion of the adivity involves the emerge~cy plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening for that portion of the activity. Identify the applicable contromng change processes below. 0 One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity. 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation Is NOT re uired. Ide chan e recesses below and com tete Part VI. CONTROLLING CHANGE PRO .. ,** ,_. 10.. ¢.F-R 50.54q only: P~rtav.:EditOrlal Change YES NO 50.54(q){3) Continue to next

  • ls lliis activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph Evaluation is part numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent? NOT required.
  • Justlflcatlon: Enter justification and Change #1 ls an editorial change. No further evaluation is required for this complete Pan change. VL "No" Is selected because remaining changes are non-editorial and require \

further screening. EN-EP-305 REV 3

ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR5G.54(q) SCREENING SHEET20F4 Procedure/Document Number: IP*EP-210 I Revision: 21 Equipment/Facility/Other: Indian Point Energy Center Title: Central Control Room Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in bracketsl Does this activity affect anv of the folloWina. including proaram elements from NUREG-0654/FEMA REP-1 Section II?

                                                                                            -
1. Responsibility for emergency re~ponse is assigned. [1] D
2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (2417 D staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1]
3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response regponsibilities are staffed and assigned. [2] D
4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained. [2] D
5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3) 0
6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [3] D
7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4] D
8. Procedures for notification of State .and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of the 0 declared emergency within 15 1T1inu1es after declaration of an emergency and providing f~llow*up notifications. {5]
9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt instructions to 0 the public within the plume exposure pathway. [5]
10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-10, Gulde for Evaluation of Alert and LI Notification System!i:for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report !i!nd supporting FEMA~approval letter. [5]
                                                                                              '
11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response organizations. [6] LI
12. Systems are ~stablished for prompt communication to emergency response personnel. [6)' -* LI
13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the publfc on a periodic basis within the plume u
  .. exposure pathway ~mergency planning zone (EPZ). [7J                                                    *
14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established. [7J LJ
15. A~equate facilities are maintained to support emergency response. [8] LI
16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response. [BJ LI
17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactive releases are in use. [9] u
18. Arange of publicPA'Rs is available for implementation during emergencies. [10] LJ
19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are available to LI support the fonnulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities. [1 O]
20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including those LJ for hostile action events.[1 OJ EN-EP-305 REV 3

ATIACHMENT9.1 1OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET30F4 Procedure/Document Number: IP*EP-210 I Revision: 21 Equipment/facility/Other: Indian Point Energy Center Title: Central Control Room

21. The resources for; controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established. (11] LI
22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals. [12] LI
23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed. [13] LI
24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program areas) is LI established. [14]
25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, maintain, and u demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses. [14]
26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. [14] LI
27. Training is provided to emergency responders. [15] u
28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. (16] u
29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. [16J LI APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION 181 If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Part VI.

D If any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation. BASIS FOR CONCLUSION:

             . .  ..                                                                                              ...

Clumges 2, 3, 4: 9, 11, .12;*'t°3i 14and1~ - Revi~d to reflect new fleet standardized form numbers and include.the new fleet standardized form numbers corresponding to the equivalent IPEC form numbers. These changes do not change the meaning or-intent of a description, do not change facilities or equipment, and do not change a process related to a planning stand_;;ird el~ment: These cha.nges do not require a change to thi: IPEC Emergency Plan .. No further evaluation is required for. ~~e_se changes.. ..

                                                                                                                          ~

Changes 5, 5 and 8 - Corrected procedure errors regarding position title: OSC p.osition is Operations Support position versus Operations *coordinator. These changes do not change the meaning or intent of a description, do not change facilities or equipment, and do not change a process related to a planning standard element. These chan'"ges do* not require a _change to the W~C Emergency Plan. No further evaluation Is required for these changes. Change 7 -Addition of cla.rifyiog guidance to Shift Manager/ED regarding requesting NPO te~msJrq111 O.SC. Jhis change does* riot change thrifmeaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process related*tO' a plann,ing standard element. This change does not require a change to the IPEC Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change. . Change 10 - Addition of clarifying guidance to On-Shift RP Technician regarding conducting applicable briefings and form completion for issuance of KL This guidance ensures alignment with Shift Manager/ED guidance. This change does not change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment. and does not change a process related to a planning standard element. This change does not require a change to the JPEC Emergency Plan. No further evaluation is required for this change. Proposed changes to IP-EP-210, Central Control Room, Revision 21, have been reviewed to establish affect to planning standards or program elements in Part V of this form. it has been conch.u.ied that there ls no affect and no further evaluation is required and the changes do not require a change to the JPEC Emergency Plan. EN.:.EP-305 REV 3

ATTACHMENT9,1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET40F4 Revision: 21 Equipmentlfacllity/Other. Indian Point Energy Center Tltie: Central Control Room Part VI. Signatures: Preparer Name (Print) Anthony .E. Ambrose Sr. Emergency Planner (Optional) Reviewer Name (Print) Reviewer Name (P,rint) John P. Standridge Nuclear EP Project Manager Approver Name (Print) Lori A. Glander EP Manager or designee

                                                 *.*-.'
                                          ---- --* - ..    .-
  \
  • r I
                                                        ...
                              .... .. *..
                                                                                                    !
  • EN-EP-305 REV 3

IPEC IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE -AD-i 02 Rev: i 0 PREPARATION, REVIEW, AND APPROVAL Page 34of40 ATTACHMENT 10.2 iPEC PROCEDURE REVIEW AND APPROVAL (Page i of 1) Procedure Title: Central Control Room Procedure No: *iP-EP*210 Existing Rev: 20 NewAev: 21 0 Converted To IPEC, Replaces: CJ NEW PROCEDURE Unit i Procedure No: D EDITORIAL Temporary Procedure Change (enter Step Number In Revision Summary} D GENERAL REVISION Unit 2 Procedure No: 0 ADVANCE Temporary Procedure Change OPARTIAL REVISION D CONDITIONAL Temporary Procedure Change !ID EDITORIAL REVISION Terminating Condition:-------- D VOID PROCEDURE Unit 3 Procedure No: D SUPERSEDED 0 RAPID REVISION Document in Microsoft Word:

                                                       !!! Yes           D No                 0 VOID DRN/fPC No(s): ---~--

Revision Summary 0 Refer to revision matrix.

                                . ' .

Implementation Requirements Implementation Plan? D Yes 0. Ni? Formal Tr~ining? 0 Yes 01\!o APO Dept: Emergency Planning Writer (Print Name/ Ext/ Sign}: Anthon E. Ambrose I Review and Approval (Per Attactiment 10.1, IP Review And Approval R ii'ements)

*1. lil    Technical Reviewer:            Rebecca Martin I
2. 0 Cross-Disciplinary Reviewers:

Dept: * * * ~~vjewer: _ _..........._ __.,.,,,..,.....,..,.,..-_,,,.,,.,..._..,.......,.,,,...,....,..__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

                                                                      . . -*         (Print Name/ Signature/ Date)

Dept:------ Reviewer:-----.,....,,,,...,....,...,.,-__,..,..,......,........,.,,,....,-,------'-------

                                                                                   . (Print Name/ Signature/ Data)
3. APO Responsibilities: ::Lo,,.,r"'"i=G""!a""'n""de..,,r..,,/_ _ _ _ _ _-=,..,....,..,,.,..___,..,,,.,......,........,~,...,...----------
                                                                                     <Prlnt Name/ Signature/ Date)

D PAD required and is complete (PAD Approver and Reviewer qualifications have been verified) 0 Previous exclusion from further ll-100 Review is still valid D PAD not required due to type of change

4. 0 Non-Intent Determination Complete: -----=-~:-:----:-:=-:--.....,....._,.,,,.....,....,...-----------

(Pr!nt Name/ Signature/ Date) NO change of purpose or scope ~change to less reslrlctive acceptance cliterla NO reduction In the level of nuclear safely ~change to steps previously Identified as commitment steps

        ~voiding or canceling of a procedure, unless requirements                   ~ dev!a!!on from the Quality Assurance Program Manual are !ncorpomled Into another procedum or the need for the                   ~change !hat may result in devialions from Technical Speciflcalions, procedure was ellmlnated via an altemate process                            FSAR, plant design requirements, or previously made commitments
5. CJ On-Shift Shift Manager/CRS:. ________-==-:-:---,.,,,.,.-~-=:-:--:--------

{Prlnt Name/ Signature/ Date)

6. 0 UserValidation: User:____________ Validator:_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
7. D Special Handling Requirements Understood:_ _.,,,...,...,..,,.,...__,.,,,.,...._..,.......,,.,,,...,,-,--------

(Pr!nt Name/ Signature/ Data)

Emergency Planning Document Change Checklist Form (All sections must be completed, N/A or place a check on the line where applicable) . Section 1 Doc/Procedure Type: (circle one) Administrative/ Implementing I EPLAN Doc/Procedure No: IP-EP-210 C/A: Yes =X_._No ~_CIA No. IP3-2016*233 CA-4 Due

 ' Date:_S/15/16_
  • Doc/Procedure Title: Central Control Room Rev No: Rev Distribution Date: ..._...6/14/16_ __

Reason for EPDCC: ~--- Revision _..._X,,___ Cancel __ Date of EPDCC: _4/4/16_. Section2 Change Description

1. Originator: ,..A""'nt....,h""'on~v.....,A'""m"""""bro=se....________________________
2. Class of Change: Technical Correction_ New Commitment__ Other _X _ _
3. Page numbers affected and reason for change: Refer to revision matrix.
4. Emergency Planning Documents Affected: ""'N"""on""'e,.__________.....__ _ __
5. Emergency Planning Procedures f,\ffected..:..;:N ......o.,,..n""e'---------------
6.

References:

Othe'. Proce\:hJre(s} #~ Regulatory Document .. _ _ _ __ Other: _ _ _ _.....,;.._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _,___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

7. Reviewed training requirements with depiartment training coordinator NIA_*_date _ __
8. The following are complete, *. .

or are not app1ica.1e . and are so marked. Tech Review* NIA 50.54q-2L, ENN-Ll-100 NIA PL-155 _.oLa_ SMM*AD-102 _lL Manager approv~I ~SAC n/a

9. Both table of contents and transmittals are complete_ _ _ _ _ date - - - - - - -
10. Approved doc/procedure delivered to Document Control for distribution date._ __
11. Position Binders updated if applicable date _ _ _ __

i 2. Copy of EPDCC and document/procedure placed in EP file_ _ _ _ _ _ _........____ Sheet 1of1

Revision Matrix for IP-EP...21 O "Central Control Room" Revision 21 Number Existing Condition Proposed Editorial Change? Affect on 50.47 Planning Std.? Ccmdition

  1. 1 Rev20 Rev 21 YES NO - This is an editorial change to the revision number and effective date.
  2. 2 Page 13 of 44 Page 13 of 44 NO NO Attachment 9. i Attachment 9.1 Form revision to Fleet Standard Form. Thif? change does not Step 2.2, C., 3.: Step 2.2, C., 3.: change the meaning or intent of a (Form EP-B) (Form EP-4-AU/EP-6) description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process related to a plannina standard element.
  3. 3 Page 13 of 44 NO NO Attachment 9.1 ' ..' Form revision to fleet Standard Step.2.2, c., 5.,1~: Form. This change does not Added (1. Utilize Form EP change the meaning or intent of a All!EP-65 to document date, description, does not change time and name of personnel facilities or equipment, and does
                                                                                "

m.gesting Kl.)

                                               ;            . :~  ... . *-<?,

not change a process related to a plannirm standard element

  1. 4 Page 15 of 44 *Page 15 of 44' * " NO NO Attachment 9.1 Attachment 9. i Form revision to Fleet Standard Step2.5, A (Form EP-9)
                                           . Step 2.5, A.    ':'

(Form EP-2-ALLJEP*9) Form. This change does not change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process related to a olannirm standard element.

  1. 5 Page 17 of 44 Page 17 of 44 NO NO - corrected procedure error Attachment 9.1 Attachment 9. 'l regarding position title. This Step 3.6 Step3.6 change does not change the Coordinate in-Plant team activities Coordinate In-Plant team meaning or intent of a with Operations Coordinator/OSC activi~ies with Operations Support description, does not change Manager positioi1/0SC Manager facilities or equipment, and does not change a process related to a p!armina standard element.

Page 1of4

Revision Matrix ., for IP..EP-21 O Central Control Room" Revision 21 .

 #6       Page 18 of 44                       Page 18 of 44                                NO NO - corrected procedure error Attachment 9.1                      Attachment 9.1                                  regarding position title. This Step 3.6.A/B/C                      Step 3.6.AIB/C                                  change does not change the
          *......Operations Coordinator...*   **..*..Operations Support                       meaning or intent of a position ..*.                                   description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process related to a olannin!'.l standard element.
 #7                                           Page 18 of 44                                NO NO Attachment 9. i                                 Added clarifying guidance for Added:* sub-step 1. to 3.6, A.:                 Shift Manager/ED when (1. CCR should request       two         requesting NPO teams from NPO teams, one for                  osc. This change does not nuclear side tasking and            change the meaning or intent of a one for conventional side           description,* does not change tasking. Ensure that                facilities or equipment, and does
                                                        , OSC OPS Support                     not change a process related to a position is updated as to           planning standard element.

their tasking and status.}

 #8       Page 32 of 44                       Page 32 of 44                                NO NO - corrected procedure error Attachment 9.4                      Attachment 9.4                                  regarding.position title. This Slep 2.1, B/C.:                     Step 2.1, B/C.:                                 change does not change the
          *......Operations Coordinator***.    ., .....Operati~ris Support                    meaning or intent of a
                                              ~osition ....
                                                                            ..                description, does not change I
                                                                                -  * .

facilities or equipment, and does

                                                                                      , .. not change a process related to a
                                                                         ..                   planning standard element.
                                              ~:*.'.
                                                                         ..         *:
                                                                         .,,        I
                                                                   .. ,.

IJ,'

                                                                             .,
 #9       Page32 of 44                         Page 32 of 44                               NO NO Attachment 9.4                      Attachment 9.4                                  Form revision to Fleet Standard Step 2.1, D.:                       Step 2.1, 0.:                                   Form. This change does not
    '

(Form EP-10) '(Form EP-3-ALLJEP-10) change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process related to a olannino standard element. Page2of4

Revision Matrix for IP-EP...21 O "Central Control Room" Revision 21

  1. 10 Page35 of 44 NO NO Attachment 9.5. Added clarifying guidance for On-Added: Step 2. i, D.: Shift RP Technician to align with
                                      !f radiological conditions warrant    Shift Manager/ED guidance in AND requested by Shift                Attachment 9.1. This change Manager/ED. issue Kl to control       does not change the meaning or room personnel.                       intent of a description, does not
                                          .1. Conduct applicable            change facilities or equipment.

radiological and/or Kl and does not change a process briefings to CCR . related to a planning standard personnel.. element..

2. Utilize Form EP-8*

ALUEP-65 to document date, time and name of personnel_ ingesting Kl. Page35 of 44 Page 35 of. 44 NO NO Attachment 9.5 Attachment 9.5 Fann revision to Fleet Standard Step 2.2 Step 2.2 Form. This change does not (Form EP-10) (Form EP-3-ALIJEP-iO} change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process related to a planning standard element.

  1. 12 Page37 of 44 Page 37 of 44 NO NO Attachment 9.6 :Attachment 9.6 Form revision to Fleet Standard Step 2.1 * *step 2.1 .. .. . * ~ .~ Form. This change does not (Form EP-10) .(Form .

EP-3~ALUEP~:IO):

                                                     ...   .        .       change the meaning or intent of a
                                                             ....           description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process related to a planninri standard element.
  1. 13 Page 40 of 44 , , :: *Page 40 ol 44 ** NO NO Attachment 9. 7 Attachment 9.1 Form revision to Fleet Standard Step 1.3, A.: . Step 1.3, A.:*  :. Form. This change does not

{Form EP-47) {Form EP-7-ALUEP-47) change th~ meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process related to a planning standard element. Page 3of4

Revision Matrix for IP EP-21 O "Central Control Room" Revision 21 00

                             ,.
  1. 14 Page40 of 44 Page 40 of 44 . NO NO Attachment 9. 7 . Attachment 9.7 Form revision to Fleet Standard Step 1.3, B.: Step 1.3, B.: Form. This change does not (Form EP-47) (Fonn EP-7-ALL/EP-47) change the meaning or intent at a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process related to a olanninCJ standard element.
  2. 15 Page40 of 44 Page 40 of 44 NO NO Attachment 9.7 Attachment 9.7 Fonn revision to Fleet Standard Step 2.1, A.: *Step 2.1, A.: Form. This change does not (Form EP-47) (Fann EP-7-ALLIEP-47) " change the meaning or intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change a process related to a olannino standard element.
                                      ~ .. .   ..   .
                                        ".      ',.*. **' .
                                *   *.~*    '             .-~- .

Page4of4

ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET 1 OF 3 Procechare/Oocument Number: IP-EP-230 I Revision: 15 EquipmentJFacillty/Other: Indian Point Energy Center Title: Operations Support Center Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan):

1. Page 15.*Att. 9.5 section 1.2 D changed sheet number 9 to sheet number 6 Part II. Activity Previously Reviewed? DYES 12$1 NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or 50.54(q){3) Continue to Evaluation is next part Alert and Notification System Design Report? NOT required.

Enter If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and justllicallon ensure the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the below and complete Part proposed change is documented below: VI. Justification: O Bounding dowmentattached (optional) Part Ill. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check If any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activity.(Refer to EN-U-100) NOTE: For example, when a design change !s the proposed actMty, consequential actions may include changes to. other documents which have a different change control process and are NOT to be induded in this 50.54{q)(3) Screeninci. APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION 12?.l lf there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening. D One or more controlling change processes are selected, however, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening for that portion of the activity. Identify the applicable controlling change processes below. D One or-more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity. 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation Is NOT ed. ldentifv controllinq chancie processes below and complete Part VI. CONTROLUN ANGE PROCESSES 10 CFR 50.54q only. Part IV. editorial Change IZJYES UNO SO.S4{q){J) Continue to nc~t : Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph Evnluntion is pan* numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent? NOT r~-quircd, Justification: Enter jtt~tiliClltion and Change 1 Is editorial. The Sheet number discussed In this section was incorrect complete Part number and typographical change was made. This change updated the correct VL sheet number that was discussed In this step. EN-EP-305 REV 3

ATIACHMENT 9.1 10CfR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET20F3 Procedure/Document Number: IP-EP-230 I Revision: 15 Equipmentlfacmty/Other: Indian Point Energy Center Title: 9perations Support. Center Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in brackets) Does this activity affect anv of the followino. indudino orooram elements from NUREG-0654/FEMA REP-1 Section 117

1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned. [1] D
2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (2417 0 staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1]
3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned. (2) 0
4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained. (2] 0
5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3] 0
6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [3] 0
7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4] D
8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of the 0 declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications. [5]
9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt instructions to the public within the plume exposure pathway. (5)
                                                                                                                    .o
10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-10, Guide for Evaluation of Alert and .. LJ Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA approval letter. (5]
11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response organizations. [6] u
12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel. [6] u
13. Emergency preparedness infonnation is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the plume D exposure pathway emergency planning zone (EPZ). [1J
14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established. [7] u
15. Adequate facilities are maintained to support emergency response. [8] u
16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response. [8] .,LJ
17. Methods, systems. and equipment for assessment of radioactive releases are in use. [9] *u
18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies. [1 OJ :u*
19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are available to u support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities. [1 OJ
20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including those u for hostile action events.(1 OJ EN-EP-305 REV 3

ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q} SCREENING SHEET30F3 Procedure/Document Number: IP-EP-230 I Revision: 15 EqulpmentJFaclllty/Other: Indian Point Energy Center Title: Operations Support Center

21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established. [11] u
22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured Individuals. [12] u
23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed. (13] u
24. A drill and exercise program {including radiological. medical, health physics and other program areas) is u established. (141
25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, maintain, and u demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process In order to identify weaknesses. {141
26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. (14] u
27. Trainirig Is provided to emergency responders. [15] u
28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. {16] u
29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. (16) u APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION 0 If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3} Evaluation is NOT required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Part VI.

D If any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perfofTTl a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation. NIA - Editorial revisions. .. ..

                                                                                                                                       ....
                                                                                          ..

Part VI. Signatures:

                                                 -.
                                                    ~:;~

Preparer Name (Print) Data:  : Rebecca A. Martin ..... Sr. eP Project Manager .. 0(61//fo .. (Optional) Reviewer Name (Print) Revi~er Signature Date: Reviewer Name {Print) Reviewer Signature /1 Date: John P. Standridge Nuclear EP Project Manager ... &~J~ ~' s'/31/1~ Approver Name (Print) ~Appro*e. Slgnarure , . / '-' Date: Lori A. Glander EP Manager ;f) 7,.?(-(b v EN-EP-305 REV 3

IPEC IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE IP-SMM-AD-102 Rev: 10 PREPARATION, REVIEW, AND APPROVAL Page 34of40 ATTACHMENT 10.2 IPEC PROCEDURE REVIEW AND APPROVAL Procedure Title: Operations Support Center Procedure No: IP-EP*230 Existing Rev: 14 New Rev: 15 Procedme Activity {MARK Applicable} D Converted To IPEC, Replaces: D NEW PROCEDURE Unit 1 Procedure No: D EDITORIAL Temporary Procedure Change (Enter Step Number in Revision Summary) D GENERAL REVISION Unit 2 Procedure No: D ADVANCE Temporary Procedure Change D PARTIAL REVISION D CONDITIONAL Temporary Procedure Change li!l EDITORIAL REVISION Terminating Condition: / D VOID PROCEDURE Unit 3 Procedure No: D SUPERSEDED D RAPID REVISION Document in Microsoft Word: D Yes D No D VOID DRNfTPC No(s): - - - - - - Revision Summary D NIA- See Revision Summary page. Editorial revision updated sheet number in attachment 9.5 step 1.20. lmplememtatit::m Requirements Implementation Plan? D Yes IE No Formal Training? 0 Yes IENo Special Handling? D Yes rn:JNo RPO Dept: Emergency Planning Writer (Print Name/ Ext/ Sign): Rebecca A. Martin I I Jl~ ~~ Q,1/l~ Review and Approval (Per Attachment 10. i, IPEC Review And Approval Requirements)

1. D Technical Reviewer-----------=~..,.,....__,..,,,.,...__,_.,.,,....,...,._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

(Print Name/ Slgnaturel Date)

2. 0 Cross-Disciplinary Reviewers:

Dept: Reviewer: ------..,.,=-=-'""""".....,...~-,,,_..,.,,,,...,...,,......----------

                                                                       !Pr~nt Name/ Signature/ Date)

Dept:------ R e v i e w e r : - - - - - - - - - - - - - = - - - - - - - - - - - - (Print Name/ Signature/ Date) aRPORe~on~bW~E~L=o~M-G~~~n_d_e_rl_ _~~~-~~~~~-~~~'~3_,_,_r~~-----~ {Print Name/ Signature/ Date) D PAD required and is complete {P Approver and Reviewer qualifications have been verified) IEPrevious exclusion from further U-100 Review is still valid D PAD not required due to type of change

4. D Non-Intent Determination Complete: ----..,,.....,,.......,.-_,...,,..,..--_..,,,..._.,._..----------

(Print Name/ Signature/ Date) NO change of purpose or scope fiQ change to less restrictive acceptance criteria NO reduction in the level of nuclear safety NO change lo steps previously identified as commitment steps NO voiding or canceling of a procedure, unless requirements NO deviation from the Quality Assurance Program Manual are incorporated into another procedure or the need for the NQ* change that may result in deviations from Technical Specifications. procedure was eliminated via an alternate process FSAR, plant design requirements, or previousiy made commilments

5. D On-Shift Shiff Manager/CRS: _ _ _ _ _ _-=.,....,....,........,..,,,,_...........-~_,.....,.----------

{Prlnt Name/ Signature/ Date)

6. D UserValidation: User: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Validator. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
7. CJ Special Handling Requirements Understood:_--=,_,__,...__,,..,,..,..-__,_,,__,__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

(Print Name/ Signature/ Date)

Emergency Planning Document Change Checklist Form {All sections must be completed, NIA or place a check on the-line where applicable) Section 1 Doc/Procedure Type: (circle one) Administrative I Implementing I EPLAN-Doc/Procedure No: IP EP 230 CIA: Yes _x_ No CIA No. 3L0-16-26 CA 12 Due Date: 05/27116 Doc/Procedure Title: Operations Sur.u2ort Center Rev No: 15 Rev Distribution Date: 06/14/16 Reason for EPDCC: New X Revision Cance! Date of EPDCC: 05125/16 Section 2 Change Description

1. Originator: :...;R"""eb""'e""c""'ca""""'"A.....M
                                                               ........

art n_....__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

                                                                       ....i....
2. Class of Change: Technical Correction *New Commitment_*_Other _,..;;..X,____
3. Page m;1mbers affected and.reason for change: Editorial Change; Update attachment 9.5 step
  • 1.2.D to reference sheet 6. Sheet number was incorrect.
4. Emergency Planning Documents Affected:....N .....o.....n....e.....__ _~---------
5. Emergency Planning Procedures Affected:_!;.:.,P...:-E"""P__-"""23"""0....__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _.,.,...__
8.

References:

Other Procedure(s) #NIA Regulatory Document# NIA Other: ___________________________________

7. Reviewed training requirements witl:H:lepartment training coordinator *_date: _____
      .8.      The following are complete, or <?fe not applicable and ;;m:r so marked.

Tech Review 50.54q_X__ !:NN-Ll-100: NIA PL-155 NIA SMM-AD-102.JL Manager approval .....lL SRC NIA

9. Both table of contents and transmittals are complete______ d a t e - - - - - - -
10. Approved doc/procedure delivered to Document Control for distribution . date_ __
11. Position Binders updated if applicable: . date i2. Copy of EPDCC and document/procedure placed in EP file date_ __

Sheet 1 of 1 Form EP-AD2-1 Rev, 0

ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET1 OF3 Procedure/Document Number: IP-EP-220 I Revision: 19 Equlpmentlf'acillty/Other: Indian Point Energy Center Title: Technical Support Center Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation oflhe emergency plan);

1. Page 19, Alt 9.9 section 2 1 A changed sheet number 9 to sheet number 3 2, Page 20, Alt 9.,9 section 2.4 A.1 changed sheet number 11 to sheet number 5 Part It Activity Previously Reviewed? LJYES f2:g NO is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or 50.54(q)(3) Continue to Evaluation is next part Alert and Notification System Design Report? NOT required.

Enter If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and justification ensure the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the below and proposed change is documented below: complete Part VI. Justification: D Bounding document attached (optional) Part Ill. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activily,(Refer to EN-Ll-100) NOTE; For example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have a different change.control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3) Screenina, APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION I 1.81 If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(J) Screening. * . D One or more controlling change processes are selected, hoW?ver, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan; continue the 50.54(q){3) Screening for that portion of the activity. Identify the applicable controlling change processes below. D One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds.all aspects of the activity. 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation Is NOT reCJuired. ideniifv controllina chanae processes below and comolete Part VI. CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES 10 CFR 50.54q only.

                                                           ..                              1.81YES          ONO Part IV. editorial Change 50.54(q)(3)      Continue to next Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, 'Paragraph        Evaluation is    part numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent?                            NOT required.

Justlflcatlcm: Emcr justification and 13oth change 1 and 2 are editorial. The Sheet numbers discussed in these two ~'Ompkh: Part sections were Incorrect and typographical change was made. These changes VJ. updated the correct sheet number that was discussed In each step. EN-EP-305 REV 3

ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET2 OF3 Procedure/Document Number: iP-EP-220 I Revision: 19 Equipment/Facility/Other: Indian Point Energy Center Title: Technical Support Center Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in brackets) Does this activity affect anv of the rollowinQ, includinci oroaram elements from NUREG-0854/FEMA REP-1 Section II?

1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned. [1) D
2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (2417 D staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1]
3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned. (2] D
4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained. [2] D
5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3] D
6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF In accordance with the emergency plan. [3) D
7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4] D
8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of the D declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications. (5)
9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt instructions to D the public within the plume exposure pathway. [5] . ** *
10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-:10, quids for Evaluation .of Alert and u*

Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA~approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA approval letter. {5]

11. Systems are established for prompt communication among princip~ emergency response organizations. [6J u
12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel..fPJ u
13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the plume u exposure pathway emergency planning zone {EPZ). [7]
14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established. (7] u
15. Adequate facilities are maintained to support emergency response. [8] u
16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency* response. [8] u
17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactive rel~ases are in use. [9] u
18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies: (1 OJ ** - - u
19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are available to u support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities. {10J r
20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including those u for hostile action events.[1 O]

EN-EP-305 REV 3

ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET30F3 Procedure/Document Number: IP*EP-220 I Revision: 19 Equipment/Faclllty/Other: Indian Point Energy Center ittia: Technical Support Center .21. Th.e . resource.s for contromng radiological exposures for emergency workers are established. [11 l ... ,, u

22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals. [12] u
23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed. [131 u
24. A drill and exercise program (inctuding radiological, medical, health physics and other program areas) is u established. [14]
25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, maintain, and u demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses. (14)
26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. [14) /

u

27. Training is provided to emergency responders. [15] u
26. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. (16] LI
29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. (16] LI APPUCASILJTY CONCLUSION D If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is NOT required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Part VI.

D If any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation. N/A .. Editorial revisions. -. , ........

                                                                                                --
                                      ,*,                                                                                 -.
                                                                                          -
                                                                                                                  .
                                                                                                                                       *,
                                                                                                                                    ~*-   ~.
                                                                                          -                      ,.     . ..
                                                                                                                    -
                                                                                            ,    .            ,.
                                                                                                 .,.,               .**
                                                                                                                    , ,*

Part VI. Signatures: Preparer Name (Print) Rebecca A. Martin Sr. EP Project Manager (Optional) Reviewer Name (Prinl)

                                                      .~=:~M ~~-.*

Reviewer Signature

                                                                               ..                     ..
                                                                                                        .. 

Date:. Date:

                                                                                                                                    ..
                                                                                                                           --~L,-{{4' Reviewer Name (Print)                                       Reviewer Signature/

John P. Standridge Nuclear EP Project Manager

                                                          ~/1/_
P-~,

J..*

                                                                                            . -                           5fa1f0
                                                                                     ~*
                                                                                            'I
                                 /Iv-}~~'"'""""

Approver Name (Print) Data; Lori A. Glander EP Manager 7'3t>f(o (/ EN-EP-305 REV 3

IPEC HMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE IP-SMM-AD-102 Rev: 10 PREPARATION, REVIEW, AND APPROVAL Page 34of40 ATTACHMENT 10.2 IPEC PRoceomu: REVIEW AND APPROVAL (Page 1of1) Procedure Title: Technical Support Center Procedure No* IP-EP-220 Existing Rev* 18 New Rev* 19 ORN/EC No* DRN-16-00789 Procedure Activi~ Tem~orary Procedure Change {MARK Applicable) D Converted To lPEC, Replaces: (MARK Applicable) 0 NEW PROCEDURE Unit 1 Procedure No: D EDITORIAL Temporary Procedure Change (Enter Step Number in Revision Summary) 0 GENERAL REVISION Unit 2 Procedure No: 0 ADVANCE Temporary Procedure Change 0 PARTIAL REVISION 0 CONDITIONAL Temporary Procedure Change

 !ID EDITORIAL REVISION                                                                   Terminating Condition:

Unit 3 Procedure No: 0 VOID PROCEDURE 0 SUPERSEDED lfD RAPID REVISION Document in Microsoft Word: 0 Yes 0 No

  • D VOID DRN!TPC No(s):

Revision Summarv O N/A - See Revision Summary page. Editorial revision. updated Sheet number in attachment 9.9 step 2.1and2.4A1 .. Umplementijfti@n Requirements implementation Plan? D Yes .IE No Formal Training? 0 Yes !El No Special Handling? D* Yes t:ElNo . RPO Dept: Emergency Planning w_riter (Print Name/ Ext! Sign):_R=.=eb=.:e~c~c::::,a.;:.A.::.*.1.iM~a:o:;rt!!!in.!.._:...I_.....!.l..;:;:;.Jl::..J.....-..1...lU~~ Review and Apprwal (Per Attachment 10.1, IPEC Review And Approval Requirements). j.

1. O Technical Reviewer
                                     -----~-~-~---(=P~rin-t~N~am-e~/~S~ig-na-t-ur-~~D~a-~~)~~-~--__,...,......~~---
2. D Cross-Disciplinary Reviewers:

Dept Reviewer:-----......,.,,......,..-,..,..-.,.,..,.--------~------- (Print Name/ Signature# Date) Dept ______ Reviewer:------..,,,,...,....,..,.,..-~-.,..-~....,....,-~**"i-*-_,..--~----- (Prlnt Name/ Signature/ Date)

  • 3.RPORes~n~biliUe~~L~o~ri~G~~~n~d=er~/-~~~--~~~~~-~~~/~-~/~~~~~~~~~~ (Print Name/ Signature/ Data)

D PAD required and is complete (PAD Approver and Reviewer qualifications have been verified) fEIPrevious exclusion from further U-100 Review is still valid 0 PAD not required due to type of change

4. 0 Non-Intent Determination Complete: -----=..,......,...,,.,_--=-=--__,,.,,,....,....,..-----------

IPrlnt Name/ Signature/ Date) NO change of purpose or scope NO cllange lo less restrictive acceptance criteria NO reduction in the level of nuclear safety NO change to steps previously identified as commitment steps NO voiding or canceling of a procedure, unless requirements NO deviation from the Quality Assurance Program Manual are incorporated into another procedure or !he need for the NO change that may result in deviations from Technical Specifications. procedure was eliminated via an alternate process FSAR, plant design requirements, or previously made commitments

5. 0 On*Shift Shift Manager/CRS: _ _ _ _ _ _--:::--:-'.=-__,.,,,.,,...._,__...,."""'"'"...,-----------

(Print Name( Signature/ Date)

6. 0 User Validation: User:_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Validator: _______________
7. O Special Handling Requirements Understood:_ __,,,,...,.......,....__,...........,._..,,,_,...,..----------

(Print Name/ Signature/ Date)

Emergency Planning Document Change Checklist Form (All sections must be completed, NIA or place a check on the line where applicable) Section 1 Doc/Procedure Type: (circle one) Administrative/ lmptementing I EPlAN Doc/Procedure No: IP EP 220 CIA: Yes _x_ No C/A No. 3l0-16-26 CA 11 Due Date: 05/27116 Doc/Procedure Title: Technical SupgortCenter Rev No: 19 Rev Distribution Date: 06/14/16 Reason for EPDCC: New X Revision Cancel Date of EPDCC: 05/25/16 Section 2 Change Description

1. Originator: _,R...

eb....e..,.c.... c..,.a.... A.....M==art

                                                            .....i....

n_.__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

2. Class of Change: Technical Correction New Commitment_ _ Other _ ... x..____
3. Page numbers affected and reason for change: Editorial Change. Update attachment 9.9 step 2.1 to reference sheet 3 and step 2.4.A.1 to reference sheet 5. Sheet numbers were incorrect.
4. Emergency Planning Documents Affected:..N..,,o...,n...e_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
5. Emergency Planning Procedures Affected:_l.....P.....-E=P-*... 22...0..___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
6.

References:

Other Procedure(s) #NIA Regulatory Document#. NIA Other: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

7. Reviewed trqining requirements with department training coordinator _ .._date:_-__
8. The following are complete, or are not applicable and are so marked. ., *.

TechRevlew_n/a_50.54q_X_ ENN.:LJ.100:N/A PL-155 .N/A SMM*AD-102.JL Manager approval _L SRC NIA -.

9. Both table of contents and transmittals are complete_________ date--------------
10. Approved doc/procedure delivered to Document Control for distribution date_ __
11. Position Binders updated if applicable: . date
12. Copy of EPDCC and document/procedure placed in EP file date_ __

Sheet 1of1 Form EP-AD2-1 Rev. 0

Sheet 1of3 ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING Procedure/Document Number: IP*EP 120 0 I Revision: 11 EquipmentlFacility/Other: Indian Poim Energy Center (IPEC) Title: Emergency Classification Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed Updated both Hot Conditions and Cold Conditions Note Section with the correct directions to contact the National Earthquake Information Center (NEIC). Part II. Activity Previously Reviewed? DYES ~NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or 50.54(q)(3) Continue to Alert and Notification System Design Report? Evaluation Is - next part NOT required. Enter If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and justification ensure the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the below and complete Part proposed change is documented below: VI. Justification: O Bounding document attached (optional) Part Ill. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes Check if any other regulatory tjlange processes control the proposed actlvity.(Refer to EN*Ll-100) NOTE: for example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have ~ l:fifferent chai:ige c9ntrol process and are NOT to be induded in this 50.54(q)(S) Screening. -

                                                     *- :*.

APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION 181 If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening. D One or more controlling change processes are selected, however. some portion of the activity Involves the emergency plan or affects lhe.implen:ientatlon of the.emergency plan: continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening for thal portion of the activity. Identify the applicable controlling change processes below. O One or more controlling change processe~are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity. 50.54(q}{3} E11a!uat!on ls NOT required. Identify controlling cfia~ge*processes below ancl complete Part VI. CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES 10 CFR 50.54(q) Part IV. Editorial Change LJYES 1a1 NO 50.54(q)(3) Continue to next Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph F.va!uation is ir.irt numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent? NOT m1uired. Enter Justification: justi fi1.<1tion uml complete Purt VI.

     "NO" !s checked as there are non-editorial changes.

EN-EP-305 REV 3

Sheet 2 of 3 ATTACHMENT9.1 1 OCFR50.54(q) SCREENING Procedure/Document Number: IP--EP-120 I Revision: 11 Equipment/facility/Other: Indian Point Energy Center (IPEC) Title: Emergency Classification Part V. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47{b) planning standard function identified in brackets) Does this activity affect any of the following, induding program elements from NUREG-0854/FEMAREP-1 Section fl?

1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned. (1] D
2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (2417 . D staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1]
3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned. [2) D
4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained. [2} D
5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3] D
6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [3J D
7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4] D
8. Procedures for notification of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of D the declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications. [5]
9. Administrative and phys!cal means have been established for alerting and providing prompt D instructions to the public within the plume exposure pathway. [5]
10. The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-10, Guide for Evaluation of Alert and u Notification Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA,approval letter. (5l
11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response u organizations. [6)
12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel. {61 LJ
13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within the u plume exposure pathway enie~ge.ncyJ>lanning zone.(EPZ)_. (7]
14. Coordinated dissemination of pi.tbliq information during emergencies is established. [7] u
15. Adequate facilities are maintained to *support emergency response. [8) u
16. Adequate equipment is maintained to support emergency response. [8] u
17. Methods, systems, and equipment for assessment of radioactilie releases are in use. [9] u
18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies. [10] u
19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are u available to support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and local governmental authorities. [10}
20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including u those for hostile action events.[1 OJ
21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established. [1 i] LJ
22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals. [12) u
23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed. [13] '

u

24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program u areas) is established. [14}

EN-EP-305 REV 3

Sheet 3 of 3 AiTACHMENT9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING Procedure/Document Number: IP$EP*120 I Revision: 11 Equipment/Facility/Other: Indian Point Energy Center {IPEC) - Title: Emergency Classiflcation

25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, maintain, and demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process In order to Identify weaknesses. [14]
26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. [14}
27. Training is provided to emergency responders. [15]
28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. [16]
29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. [161 APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION 1£1 If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation is !iQ.I required; document the basis for condusion below and complete Part VI. .

Q If any Part V criteria are checked, complete Part VI and perform a 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation. BASIS FOR CONCLUSION Updated Note 4 for both Hot and Cold conditions to provide correct directions for contactlpg the NEIC. This update does* not change the mea~lf'!g or Intent of a description, does not change facilities or equipment, and does not change ai' process. This changlif does not require a change to the IPEC Emergency Plan. No further evaluation Is required for this change*

                                                                                  ...

Part VI. Signatl.mes: Preparer Name (Print) Rebecca A. Martin Sr. EP Project Manager (Optional) Reviewer Name (Print) Anthony E. Ambrose Reviewer Name (Print) John P. Standridge Nuclear EP Project Manager Approver Name (Print) Lori A. Glander EP Manager or designee EN-EP-305 REV 3

IPEC IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE IP-SMM-AD-102 Rev: 1 PREPARAT~ON, REVIEW, AND APPROVAL Page 34of40 ATTACHMENT PROCEDURE REVIEW AND APPROVAL Procedure Title: Emergency Classification Procedure No* IP-EP-120 Existing Rev* 1O New Rev* 11 DRN/EC No* DRN-16-00779 Procedure Activi!'l Temeora!jl Procedure Change (MARK Applicable) D Converted To IPEC, Replaces: !MARK Applicable) 0 NEW PROCEDURE Unit 1 Procedure No: D EDITORIAL Temporary Procedure Change (Enter Step Number In Revision Summary} 0 GENERAL REVISION D ADVANCE Temporary Procedure Change IE PARTIAL REVISION Unit 2 Procedure No: D CONDITIONAL Temporary Procedure Change 0 EDITORIAL REVISION Terminating Condition: Unit 3 Procedure No: 0 VOID PROCEDURE 0 SUPERSEDED

                                                                                                          '

0 RAPID REVISION Document in Microsoft Word: 0 Yes 0 No D VOID DRN/TPC No(s): Revisiorn Summaav D NIA - See Revision SUmfTlant page. Updated both hot and cold condition note #4 to include update contact information for NElC.

                                                        ,-,                                   . - * * -.:                   **       *v     '*                '
                                                                                                  ......,,,._*,  **.**

lmplemer11tatior11 Reguirements Implementation Plan? D Yes tEJ No Formal Training? D Yes lfilNo Special Handling? D Yes lfilNo RPO Dept Emergency Planning Writer {Print Name/ Ext/ Sign):....;R:...:.:::.eb:.::e::.::c::.::c;:::a..:.A.::... ..:.:M:.:.:a:::.rt~in""'-/_._,~..,.._+-""3..lll.~;.:o__.;;;;..::,_.,;:,;:. Review and Approval (PerAttachment 10.1, !PEC Re

  • w And A *val Requ
1. IE Technical Reviewer Anthon Ambrose/
2. D Cross-Disciplinary Reviewers:

Dept Reviewer:------.....,...,.-~-.,..;,-,..;.._.,..-...,.,.,...,...,,.,....-'---------- {Prlnt Namersig~ature/ Date) *

  • Dept: ------Reviewer:-------:::..-.-~-***..,.'~.,..,,**,,,,.'. ., ,* ,. . *'.,......-:-::::.....,....,,.,-----------

(Prlnt Namersignaturet Date)'-*- . *

                                                                                                                 .
                                                                                                                                                .....
                                                                                                                                                     -        ,,-
3. RPO Responsibilities: J,L.EO[!ri.:,G2.1!£:!!an[!!d!!;e!!:!r/;__..4."""""..Dl.-1t.'!::=::::::,..,..,...,,.,...___,..,,,.,,..._...:.:..,..,,.__,..,.O::::...-"-:::.!.....J..~-----

(Prlnt Name! Signature! Date)* 0 PAD required and is complete AD Approver and Reviewer qualifications have been verified) lfilPrevious exclusion from further Ll-100 Review is still valid 0 PAD not required due to type of change

4. D Non-Intent Determination Complete: _ _ _ _..,,,_,,......,..,......-.,,.,---.....,-:,,....,-..,..-----------

(Print Name/ Signature/ Datel NO change of purpose or scope !iQ change to less restrictive aecep!ance criteria NO reduction in the level or nuclear safety NO change to steps previously identified as commitment steps NO voiding or canceling of a prqcedure, unless requirements NO deviation from the Quality Assurance Program Manual are incorporated into another procedure or the need for the tlQ change that may result In deviations from Technical Specifications, procedure was eliminated via an alternate process FSAR, plant design requirements, or previously made commitments

5. D On-Shift: Shift Manager/CRS: _ _ _ _ _ ___,.,,,..,.-,...,.,...,.._.,~-..,.___,-::-:-,------------

(Prlnt Name/ Signature/ Date)

6. D User Validation: User: ___________ Validator:.~--------------
7. 0 Special Handling Requirements Understood:_ _..,.,...,.....,...,.,...__,..,,..,___,.___...,,,...,....,..._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

(Print Name/ Signature/ Date)

Emergency Planning Document Change Checklist Form (All sections must be completed, NIA or place a check on the line where applicable) Section 'I Doc/Procedure Type: (circle one) Administrative/ Implementing I EPLAN Doc/Procedure No: IP EP 120 CIA: Yes _X_ No C/A No. 2-16-1125 CA 4 Due Date: 06101/16 Doc/Procedure Title: Emergencv Classification Rev No: 11 Rev Distribution Date: 06/14/16 Reason for EPDCC: New X Revision Cancel Date of EPDCC: 05131/16 Section 2 Change Description

1. Originator: :...:R:.:::eb::..:e:.::c<=c=-a..:..A::.....""M""a"""rti"""n_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _....,..._ _ _ _ __
2. Class of Change: Technical Correction New Commitment__ Other ____ x___
3. Page numbers affected and reason for change: Updated both Hot and Cold condition Note section #4 with the correct directions to contact directions to contact NEIC.
4. Emergency Planning Documents Affected: EAL Reference Manual AD13
5. Emergency Planning Procedures Affected: __l""P"'"'-E:=.;P_-,...12=0..__ _ _ _ _ __,...._ _ __
6.

References:

Other Procedure(s) # NIA -Regulatory Document# NIA Other: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

7. Reviewed training requirements with department training coordinator --*_date: _ _ __
                                                                                                             .. *.
a. The following are complete, or are not applicable and are so marked.

Tech Review _nla_ 50.54q _X_ ENN-Ll-100: NIA PL.~155 NIA *SMM-AD-102 .JL Manager approval _lL SRC N/A

9. Both table of contents and transmittals are complete._ _ _ _ _ da"tt~*---------
10. Approved doc/procedure delivered to Document Control for distribution date_ __
11. Position Binders updated if applicable:_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _. date _ _
12. Copy of EPDCC and document/procedure placed in EP file_ _ _ _ _ _ _date_ __

Sheet 1of1 Form EP*AD2-1 Rev. 0

ATTACHMENT 9.1 1OCF R50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET1 OF4

                                                                                                                         --

Procedure/Document Number: IP-EP-410 I Revision: 12 EquipmentlFacmty/Other: Indian Point Energy Center (IPEC) Title: Protective Action Recommendations Part I. Description of Activity Being Reviewed (event or action, or series of actions that may result in a change to the emergency plan or affect the implementation of the emergency plan): The activity being reviewed is a procedure revision to IP-EP-410, "Protective Action Recommendations" to incorporate:

  • Refer to attached Revision Matrix fart II. Activity Previously Reviewed? DYES 181 NO Is this activity fully bounded by an NRC approved 10 CFR 50.90 submittal or 50.54(q)(3) Continue lo Evaluation Is next part Alert and Notification System Design Report? NOT required.

Enter If YES, identify bounding source document number/approval reference and justification ensure the basis for concluding the source document fully bounds the below and complete Part proposed change is documented below: VI. Justification: 0 Bounding document attached (optional) Part m. Applicability of Other Regulatory Change Control Processes .Check if any other regulatory change processes control the proposed activity.(Refer to EN-Ll-100) NOTE: For example, when a design change is the proposed activity, consequential actions may include changes to other documents which have a different change control process and are NOT to be included in this 50.54(q)(3) Screenina. APPUCABILITY CONCLUSION l8l If there are no controlling change processes, continue the 50.54(q)(3) Screening. 0 One or more controlling change processes are selected, however, some portion of the activity involves the emergency plan or affects the implementation of the emergency plan: continue the 50.54(q)(3} Screening for that portion of the activity. Identify lhe applicable controlling change processes below.

  • D One or more controlling change processes are selected and fully bounds all aspects of the activity. 50.54(q)(3)

Evaluation is NOT reC1uired. Identify controllinQ chani:1e processes below and t:omolete Part VI. CONTROLLING CHANGE PROCESSES 10.CFR 50.54(q) ONlY Part IV. Editorial Change DYES !8lNO

m.54(q)(3) Continue le> next Is this activity an editorial or typographical change such as formatting, paragraph Evnluntion is pan numbering, spelling, or punctuation that does not change intent? NOT required.

Enter justification nnd complete Pnrl VI. EN-EP-305 REV 3

ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50.54(q) SCREENING SHEET20F4 Procedure/Document Number: IP-EP-410 I Revision: 12 Equipment/facility/Other: Indian Point Energy Center (IPEC) Title: Protective Action Recommendations PartV. Emergency Planning Element/Function Screen (Associated 10 CFR 50.47(b) planning standard function identified in brackets} Does this activity affect any of the following, including program erements from NUREG* 0654/FEMA REP-1 Section II?

1. Responsibility for emergency response is assigned. [1] D
2. The response organization has the staff to respond and to augment staff on a continuing basis (24/7 D staffing) in accordance with the emergency plan. [1]
3. The process ensures that on shift emergency response responsibilities are staffed and assigned. [2] D
4. The process for timely augmentation of onshift staff is established and maintained. [2] D
5. Arrangements for requesting and using off site assistance have been made. [3] 0
6. State and local staff can be accommodated at the EOF in accordance with the emergency plan. [3] D
7. A standard scheme of emergency classification and action levels is in use. [4] D
a. Procedures for notlflcatlon of State and local governmental agencies are capable of alerting them of D the declared emergency within 15 minutes after declaration of an emergency and providing follow-up notifications. [5]
9. Administrative and physical means have been established for alerting and providing prompt D lnstructls.ms to the public within the plum~ exposure pathway. (5) ..
                                                                                        ..

1o. *The public ANS meets the design requirements of FEMA-REP-1 o, Guide for Evaluation of Alert arid D Notification-Systems for Nuclear Power Plants, or complies with the licensee's FEMA-approved ANS design report and supporting FEMA approval letter. [5]

11. Systems are established for prompt communication among principal emergency response .u organizations. [6]
12. Systems are established for prompt communication to emergency response personnel. [6] D
13. Emergency preparedness information is made available to the public on a periodic basis within..the u plume exposure pathway emergency planning zone (EPZ). (71
  • 14. Coordinated dissemination of public information during emergencies is established. [7] D
15. Adequate facilities are maintained to support emergency response. [8] D
16. Adequate equipment Is maintained to support emergency response. [8] u
17. Methods, systems, and equipmentfor as;sessment of radioactive releases are in use. (9] u
18. A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies. [10] IZI
19. Evacuation time estimates for the population located in the plume exposure pathway EPZ are D available to support the formulation of PARs and have been provided to State and !ocal governmental authorities. [10]
20. A range of protective actions is available for plant emergency workers during emergencies, including u those for hostile action events.(1 O]

EN-EP-305 REV 3

ATTACHMENT9.1 10CfR50.54{q) SCREENING SHEET30F4 Procedure/Document Number: IP-El'-410 I Revision: 12 Equipment/facility/Other: Indian Point Energy Center (IPEC) Title: Protective Action Recommendations

21. The resources for controlling radiological exposures for emergency workers are established. [11] u
22. Arrangements are made for medical services for contaminated, injured individuals. [12] LJ
23. Plans for recovery and reentry are developed. (13] D
24. A drill and exercise program (including radiological, medical, health physics and other program D areas) is established. [14]
25. Drills, exercises, and training evolutions that provide performance opportunities to develop, D maintain. and demonstrate key skills are assessed via a formal critique process in order to identify weaknesses. [14]
26. Identified weaknesses are corrected. [14] D
27. Training is provided to emergency responders. [15] D
28. Responsibility for emergency plan development and review is established. [16] 0
29. Planners responsible for emergency plan development and maintenance are properly trained. [16] LJ

.APPLICABILITY CONCLUSION 0 If no Part V criteria are checked, a 50.54(g)(3) _Evaluation is NOT required; document the basis for conclusion below and complete Pali VI. : -

           >      .      *:.. ~. * * .* " .

If .any lZI . Part V cri!eria-are checked, complete Part VI and perfonnil 50.54(q)(3) Evaluation;

  • BASIS FOR CONCUJSION
                                   ~                                 ..
                                                                                                   ..

Changes 1 and 2 - Changing the procedure revision and adding Attachment 9.5 to the TOC are considered editorial without a change of intent. No further evaluation is required for these changes.

                                '

Emergency Plarming Element 1a, in Part V of this form, is affected by change 3 identified on the revision matr.ix. A 10 CFR 50.M(q) evaluat!o~ will be performed to determine if the effectiveness of the IPEC.Ememency Plan is reduced and prior NRC aooroval is required.

ATTACHMENT 9.1 10CFR50,54(q) SCREENING SHEET4QF4 Procedura/Dccument Number. 11?-EP-410 Revision: 12 Equ!pment/Faclllty/Other: Indian Point Energy Center (IPEC) Title: Protective Action Recommendations Part VI. Signatures: Preparer Name (Print) Preparer Signature Date:

                                                            ~

Alain Grosjean (Optional) Reviewer Name (Print)

  • Reviewer Signature Reviewer Name (Print)

John P. Standridge Nuclear EP Project Manager Approver Name (Print) Lori A. Glander EP Manager or designee

                           *_...' ~~.* .
                                           ....... . ....
                      *,                   -              ~
                                       . :           *-~
                                                                                    .:;..-:**.

EN-EP-305 REV 3

ATTACHMENT 9.2 10CFR50.54(q) EVALUATION SHEET1 OF3 ProcedureJDocument Number: IP-EP-410 I Revision: 12 equipment/Facility/Other: Indian Point Energy Center (IPEC) Title: Protective Action Recommendations Part I. Description of Proposed Change: The activity being reviewed is a procedure revision to IP-EP-410, "Protective Action Recommendations" to incorporate:

         - Refer to attached Revision Matrix Part ii. Description and Review of licensing Basis Affected by the Proposed Change:

Implementing Procedure IP-EP-410, Protective Action Recommendations, was previously screened out and excluded from future Process Applicability Determination (PAD) reviews in accordance with the criteria described in NEI 96-07 and EN-Ll-100. This procedure revision does not (1) change the facility or procedures as described in the UFSAR or (2) create a test or equipment not described in the UFSAR and is governed under the Emergency Plan 10 CFR 50.54(q) review process in accordance with EN-EP-305. IP-EP-410 is an Implementing procedure that provides guidance for determining recommended protective actions for offsite authorities. This procedure does not involve structures, systems or components controlled by 10 CFR 50.59 or 72.48 and does not have the potential to impact any of the LBDs on the PAD form, except for the Emergency Plan. All responses to the questions contained in sections Ill and IV of the PAD fonn were determined to be "no impact". Since this procedure does not contain any requirements that could affect any LBDs other tha.n the Emer.ssincy Plan and it is governed under 10 CFR 50.54(q). this procedure may be excluded fron:i tfl~ PAD process. All Se.ctions of the Indian Point Emergency Plan, including specifically Section J, Protective Response, and Section E, Notification Methods and Procedures, were thorouQhlv reviewed and-found that these J:;hanges do not affect the Emeraencv Plan. Part Ill. Describe How the Proposed Ctuinge CompBies with Relevant Emergency Preparedness Regulatlon(s) and Prevl~us Commrtment(s) Made to the NRC: Previous Commitments to the NRC - The licensing Commitment Management System and NRC commitment section of IP-EP-410 were reviewed for potential NRC*commitment changes as a result of this procedure revision. There were no Identified conflicts with this procedure revision and the current listing of NRC commitments associated with this lmplen:u=!nting Procedure or the IPEC Emergency Plan. All current NRC commitments that relate to emergency response notifications and Protective Action Recommendations continue to be maintained and fulfilled under this procedure revision.

                       . : . .., :.        . ...
                                             ~         '

10 CFR 50.47 (b) (10)...: Emergency Protective Actions: o A range of public PARs is available for implementation during emergencies. Site Compliance: A range of protective actions has been developed. Part IV. Description of Emergency Plan Planning Standards, Functions and Program Elements Affected by the Proposed Change: Emergency Plan Planning Standard: 10 CFR 50.47 {b)(10), Emergency Protective Actions Function: A range of public PARs are available for implementation during emergencies. Program Elements -Appendix E to 10 CFR Part 50 does not contain any supporting requirements. Informing criteria appears in NUREG-0654 in Section 11.J. 7, and the IPEC Emergency Plan. EN-EP-305 REV 3

ATTACHMENT 9.2 10CFR50.54(q) EVALUATION SHEET20F3 Procedure/Document Number: IP-EP-410 I Revision: 12 Equipment/Facility/Other: Indian Point energy Center (IPEC) Title: Protective Action Recommendations Part V. Description of Impact of the Proposed Change on the Effectiveness of Emergency Plan Functions: Change 3 - Added Attachment 5.2, Wind Field Orientation - MIDAS vs. Plume Overlays The wind field orientation differs between MIDAS (Att. 9.2) and the Manual Method (Alt. 9.4) at certain wind speeds. Based on the recommendations of consulting meteorologists, the origin of the up and down valley flow for low wind speeds ~4 mis) was changed to the center of the Hudson River (the plume overlays isopleth's origin was the super heater stack.) This is more representative of the true met expectations. The origin change results in the down-valley plume range going from 340° -101° to 349° -101° for MIDAS. As a result. the cross valley plume goes from 210° - 339° !Q 210° - 348° for MIDAS. Change 3 -Analysis of Changes This text was deleted from the previou$ *reVisim.1-ro:* It has .been reintroduced: info this revision to,explain why there is a difference. in compass cfegrees in tlie dov\tri valley and cross valley plumes between MIDAS and the Plume Overlay Selection Cliar.t. This explanation is needed to preserve the historical. reason for this wind field orientation difference. The cidditlon of this attachment is administrative in nature. The proposed changes to IP-EP-410, Protective Action Recommendations, Revision 11, continue to meet the planning standards outlined in 10 CFR 50.47(b)(10), NUREG-0654 Section 11.J.7 and the IPEC Emergency Plan because the revision continues tQ facilitate the rapid and accurate determination of protective action recommendations for affected downwind areas, and does not diminish the ability and available resources for determining protective action recommendations. This revision does not require a change to the IPEC Emergency Plan or represent a reductiol') in ~ffectlveness to the IPEC Emergency Plan and can be incorporated without prior NRC approval. *

  • EN-EP-305 REV 3

ATIACHMENT 9.2 10CFR50.54(q) EVALUATION SHeeT30F3 Procedure/Document Number: IP*EP-410 Revision: 12 Equipment/Facility/Other: Indian Point Energy Center (IPEC) Title: Protective Action Recommendations Part VI. Evaluation Conclusion Answer the foflowlng questions about the proposed change.

1. Does the proposed change comply with 10 CFR 50.47(b) and 10 CFR 50 Appendix E? [21YES0 NO
2. Does the proposed change maintain the effectiveness of the emergency plan (i.e., no !21YES 0 NO reduction in effectiveness)?
3. Does the proposed change constitute an emergency action level scheme change? DYES 181 NO

!f questions 1 or 2 are answered NO, or question 3 answered YES, reject the proposed change, modify the proposed change and perform a new evaluation or obtain prior NRC approval under provisions of 10 CFR 50.90. If questions 1 and 2 are answered YES, and question 3 answered NO, implement applicable change process(es). Refer to step 5.6[8]. Part Vil. Signatures Preparer Name (Print) . . . Prep/ilf~r-~ignature -Date:

                                                              *~

Alain Grosjean Senior Project Manager :_.;-.~ *:.'~ .. , (Optional) Reviewer Name (Print) Review13r Signature Reviewer Name (Print) Date: John P. Standridge Senior Project Manager tf/!o/1& Approver Name (Print) Date: Lori A. Glander EP Manager or designee t/ ~z1--/

~ Revision Matrix IP-EP. .410, "Protective Action Recommendations", Rev. 12 I r location Existing Condition Proposed Condition Editorial Chanae? Impact on 50.41 pBanning standard?

1. Cover Paoe Rev. 11 Rev. 12 Yes No
2. TOC None NEW Attachment 9.5 - Wind Field Yes No Orientation - MIDAS vs. Plume Overlavs
3. NEW Page 10 None NEW Attachment 9.5 No Yes Wind Field Orientation - MIDAS vs. Plume Overlays The wind field orientation differs between MIDAS {Att. 9.2) and the Plume Overlays (Alt 9.4} at certain wind speeds.

Based on the recommendations of consulting meteorologists, the . origin of the up and down VC!lley flow for low wind speeds (.::4 mis) was changed to the center !)f ,the Hudson River (the plume overlays*

                               . isopleth's origin was the super . ;, .

heater $tack.) This is more ' . '.

  • rep.resentative Qf the true met expectations. * * **
}. ..  :. '. l, in The:ongin chang~ results the *., '.

dowri-~alley plurne range going

  • from 340° -101° to 349" -101" for MIDAS. -:-. .

As a result, the cross valley plume goes from 210° - 339" to 210° - 348° for MIDAS. 1

iPEC IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE IP-SMM*AD* 102 Rev: 10 PREPARATION, REVIEW, AND APPROVAL Page 34 of 40 ATTACHMENT 10.2 IPEC PROCEDURE REVIEW AND APPROVAL Pro~!,!1.1re ActMt~ Temgora!:J! Procedure Change (MARK Applicable) 0 Converted To IPEC, Replaces: (MARK Appllcable) 0 NEW PROCEDURE Unit 1 Procedure No: 0 EDITORIAL Temporary Procedure Change (Enter Step Number In Revision Summary) 0 GENERAL REVISION Unit 2 Procedure No: 0 ADVANCE Temporary Procedure Change c:;viS'ARTIAL REVISION 0 CONDITIONAL Temporary Procedure Change

                                                 '

0 EDITORIAL REVISION Ter"'!inating Condition: Unit 3 Procedure No: 0 VOID PROCEDURE D SUPERSEDED - " 0 RAPID REVISION Document in Microsoft Word: D Yes D No 0 VOID DAN/TPC No(s): Revision Summary D NIA* See Revision Summary page.__

        ~'--          \\i\~\{\~                 t\M\,.\i,.                                 . *'

Implementation Regui~ments Implementation Plan? D Yes ~ APO Dept \:..- ~ \...~ Writer (Print Name/ Ext/ Sl9n):......11:..:.'!...:_.:i.;i=..;:.;:~~::+..!!i.:i~:&. Review and Approval (Per Attachment 10.1, IPEC Review And ApP, oval Requirement < *

  • 1. [i/"rechnical Reviewer: * * * .  ?-::J /-/If gnature/ Date)
2. D Cross-Disciplinary Reviewers:

Dept: Reviewer: _ _ _ _ __,,,,...,...,.=-...,_,..,,,,...__,.__,-=-....,...----'--...:__---- (Print Nam~ ~.k111ature/ Date) : el lgnature/ Oste} D PAO required and is complete (PAO Approver and Reviewer qualifications have been verified)

        ~evious exclusion lrom further Ll-100 Review is still valid O PAD not required due to type of change
4. D Non-intent Determination Complete: -----==-~,.,.........,,.,,.,.-..,....,_..,..,,,_..,.____________

(Print Name/ Signature/ Date) f::!Q change of purpose or scope NQ change to less restrlct!ve acceptance criteria f::!Q reduction In Iha level of nuclear safety NO change to steps previously Identified as commitment steps f::!Q voiding or canceling of a procedure, unless requirements tlQ deviation from the Quality Assurance Program Manual are Incorporated Into another procedure or !he need for the NO change !hat may result in devlnttons from Technical Specifications. procedure was eliminated via an allemate process FSAR, plant design requirements, or previously made commitmenls

5. 0 On-Shift Shift Manager/CRS:_ _ _ _ _ _...,.,,...,_,...,..,_""="__,.__,,..,,,....,....,,.__ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

(Print Name/ Signature/ Date}

6. O User Validation: User._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Validator:. _ _...,.._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
7. 0 Special Handling Requirements Understood:._......_.,,,,,_,_...,...,.,_ _ _ _...,...._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

(Print Name/ Signature/ Date)

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-AD2 Revision 1 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE -=-Entergy ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 23 Attachment 9.1 Emergency Planning Document Change Checklist (Form EP-AD2-1) Sheet 1of1 Emergency Planning Document Change Checklist Form (All sections must be completed, NIA or place a check on the line where applicable) Section 1 Doc/Procedure Type: (circle one) Administrative l~I EPLAN DoclProcedureNo:\]-4d-\:\\\ CJA:Yes_No~No. ~"'" DueDa~e:~ Doc/Procedure Tille: l ~\ Rev No:~Rev Distribution Date:~ Reason for EPDCC: _ _ New ~sion _ _ Cancel Date of EPDCC:. _ _ _ _ _ __ Section 2 - Change Description

1. Originator: i\
  • b\\.~ \ ~
2. Class of Change: Technical Correction ~w Commitment__ Other _ _.......,
3. Page numbers affected and reason for change: _ _\..........:~wi.-----'----'--
                      *\\.\_ ~l,~ ~\ i..
4. Emergency Planning Documents Affected:.__ \_,.\_,,_-_~=---~...n...;\'""t)...______
5. Emergency Planning Procedures Affected: \\ - \I --~\ ~~
6.

References:

Other Procedure(s) I#_~:..;...:\~"~- i i \ Regulatory Document# \ ~ ~ Other:. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

7. Reviewed training requirements with department training coordinatct date
a. The following are complete, or are not applicable and are so marked.

Tech Revle~~ 50.54q ~N*Ll*10tf4\"' PL-15~\6\ SMM*AD-102 ~ Manager approval ~RC~

9. Both table of contents and transmitlals are complete t,L date------
10. Approved dodprocedure delivered to Document Control for distribution _ _date_ __
11. Position Binders updated if a p p l i c a b l e - - - - - - - - - d a t e - - - - -
12. Copy of EPDCC and tlocumenVprocedure placed in EP file._ _ _ _ _ _ _date_ __

Sheet 1of1 Form EP-AD2-1 Rev. 0

                                                                                                                     \
  "-=-Entergy. IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE IP-EP-210 Page       1 Revision 21 of   44 Central Control Room Prepared by:                                                                                            5~ft?

Approval: _ _L_or_,,iA=*....,,G=la,,,,_nd..;._e'-'-r_ Pnnt Name r-,.i.<-;<--=,.-i:;=*=---- *.,.J. 5-? /-( k Dale 1 Effective Date: June 14, 2016 This procedure e:u::!m:Jr::ci from further U-1 !JO reviews. IP-EP*210 (CCR) R21.doc

                                                                                                                                              \.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-210 Revision 21 Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page ~ of 44 Table of Contents 1.0 PURPOSE ................................................................................................................... 3

2.0 REFERENCES

............................................................................................................. 3 3.0 DEFINITIONS ............................................................................................................... 3 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES ................................. , ................................................................... 3 5.0 DETAILS ....................................................................................................................... 5 6.0 INTERFACES ............................................................................................................... 5 7.0 RECORDS .......................................................................'............ : ................ :-**************** 6
                       -                                                                                                    .

8.0 REQUIREMENTS AND COMMITMENT ................. : ..................................................... 6 I I 9.0 ATTACHMENTS ..... : .......................................... .-...............'................................ .-.......... 6 I 9.1 SHIFT MANAGER/PCM (EMERGENCY Dl~ECTOR)_C~E_CKLIST ...................................... 7 9.2 SHIFT MANAGER'S RESPONSE TO AN EMERGENCY AT THE OTHER. UNIT CHECKLIST ...... 20 9.3 CONTROL ROOM COMMUNICATOR CHECKLIST ............ ;; ..........................................':*'.. 25 9.4 FACILITY COMMUNICATOR CHECKLIST ........................... , .......................................... 31 9.5 ON-SHIFT RADIATION PROTECTION TECHNICIAN CH!=GKLiST .....*................................. 33 9.6 ON-SHIFT CHEMISTRY TECHNICIAN CHECKLIST ........... , .............................................. 37 9.7 SUPPORT STAFF CHECKLIST ................................................................................... 39 9.8 CCR DOSE ASSESSOR ................................................ : .............. : ........................... 43

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-210 Revision 21 ) Enlergy0 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 44 REFERENCE USE Page ~ of Central Control Room 1.0 PURPOSE 1.1 To describe emergency response activities and operations of the Central Control Room (CCR) 1.2 To provide guidance for the response to emergencies declared at Unit 2 and Unit 3

2.0 REFERENCES

2.1 Indian Point Energy Center Emergency Plan 2.2 IP-EP-430, Site Assembly, Accountability and Relocation of Personnel Offsite 2.3 IP-EP-610; Emergency Termination and Recovery 2.4 IP-EP-340, Meteorological Information and Dose Assessment System (MIDAS) 3.0 DEFINITIONS None 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 . The Emergency Director has the sole author1ty and. re~ponsibility for the classification and declaration of any emergency,. approving offsite notifications and the making of protective action* recomme'ndati0ns for the general public. These responsibilities may not be delegated. The Shift Manager in the role of Emergency Director makes the initial emerge'ricy classification; however the SM shall verify an independent review of th~ EAL selected.*

  • 4.2 Following initial declaration of an emergency, the Shift Manager (SM) shall designate a Control Room Communicator. An on-shift Nuclea.r Plant Opera.tor (NPO) normally performs this function for both Units. Any other Operations staff member may be assigned to perform this function as a backup.
  • 4.3 The Shift Manager SHALL, upon assuming the role of Emergency Director, continue to perform the duties of Emergency Director until properly relieved by either the on-call Emergency Director in the (A)EOF or by another qualified.

Emergency Director such as the Plant Operations Manager (POM). 4.4 The Shift Managers SHALL confer with each other for any event or condition which may affect both Units such as security, or natural events. IF it is agreed that both Units are affected, THEN the Unit 2 Shift Manager SHALL classify and declare the emergency and assume the role of site Emergency Director in accordance with this procedure, IP-EP-210, Central Control Room. 4.5 The Shift Manager SHALL ensure that notifications of offsite authorities are initiated within 15 minutes of declaration of any emergency classification, classification upgrade or protective action recommendation being formulated. 4.6 The Shift Manager SHALL ensure independent verification of the information on the Part I and Part II forms prior to being issued to the Offsite Agencies. J

                                                                                                    *;.,

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-210 Revision 21 ~ F.:ntergy EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Page ~ of 44

4. 7 The Shift Manager SHALL request the opposite unit to activate mobilization of the IPEC Emergency Response Organization (ERO) and activation of the emergency response facilities (TSC, OSC, EOF and JIC) upon declaration of an Alert or higher classification.

4.8 For events classified as Unusual Events, the Shift Manager, acting as Emergency Director has the ability to activate, or request the opposite unit to active, ERO callout for support as needed. 4.9 The Shift Manager is responsible for the performance of Dose Assessment calculations until such time as the (A) EOF is activated. 4.1 O The Shift Manager/Plant Operations Manager (POM) SHALL establish and maintain accountability of all Operating Shift staff under the Shift Manager's control upon declaration of a Site ~rea Emergency or higher classification. 4.11 Until such time as the (A) EOF is activated, the Shift Manager/Plant Operations Manager SHALL assess the offsite consequences of any radiological release and, if appropriate, formulate offsite protective action recommendations. In all cases should a General Emergency be declared, protective action recommendations SHALL be formulated, approved and communicated to offsite authorities in accordance with implementing procedures. 4.12 For events classified as Unusual Events, the Shift Manager, acting as Emergency Director SHALL terminate the emergency_and ~m~er into recov~ry .in accordance with implementing procedures. For all emergencies. classified at* the Alert level or higher, emergency termination and entry into tne recovery phase SHALL be at the discretion of the On-Call* Emergency Director in the (A)EOF. . . . *- .... 4.13 The On-shift Radiation Protection Technic.ian is re~porisibfe for mqnitoring Control Room habitability and establishment of Control Room contamination controls., * **... * " .: 4.14 The Control Room Communicator SHALL perform* duties in the. Control Room (or alternate CCR if uninhabitable) under the Shift Manager's direction.- These duties SHALL entail notifying the off-site authorities of an event at IPEC by utilizing the notification checklists (Forms EP-3N; 3A, 3S or 3G). Duties will also include use of RECS, radio, telephones and other communication equipment to provide directions and recommendations as appropriate from the Shift Manager. The CCR Communicator shall also remain ready to supply updates to the off-site authorities and support the Shift Manager (Emergency Director) with any other notifications or communications, as needed. 4.15 The Control Room Communicator is responsible for providing clear and concise communications between the CCR and other emergency response facilities.

  • 4.16 The Control Room Support Staff person is responsible for assisting in the performance of CCR setup, second shift scheduling and faxing/record keeping.

4.17 The Facility Communicator is responsible to maintain communication with other facilities for the transfer of accurate and timely data and information.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-210 Revision 21 Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page § of 44 5.0 DETAILS 5.1 The Shift Manager (SM)/Plant Operations Manager (POM) SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.1, Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director) Checklist. 5.2 For an emergency at the other Unit, the Shift Manager (SM) SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.2, Shift Manager's Response to an Emergency at the Other Unit Checklist. 5.3 The Control Room Communicator SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.3, Control Room Communicator Checklist. 5.4 The Facility Communicator SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.4, Facility Communicator Checklist. 5.5 The On-Shift Radiation Protection Technician SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.5, On-Shift Radiation Pro~ection Technician Checklist. 5.6 The On-Shift Chemistry Technician SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.6, On-Shift Chemistry Technician Checklist. * * * * . * . . .. .. 5.7 The Support Staff person SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.7, Support Staff Checklist.

  • 6.0 INTERFACES
                                                                            .... ..:.

6.1 IP-EP-115, Emergency Plan "'.**Forms 6.2" IP-EP-120*; Em*ergency Classification 6.3 IP-EP-310, Dose Assessment 6.4 IP-EP-410, Protective Action Recommendations .. .

                                                                                ..... ¥  *.

6.5 IP-EP-430, Site Assembly, Accountability and Relocation ofPersonnel *offsite 6.6. IP-EP-610, Emergency T ermin13tion and Recovery 6.7 IP-EP-340, Meteorological Information and Dose Assessment System (MIDAS) 6.8 O-FSG-100, BDBEE/ELAP Emergency Response

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21 Entergy@ EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page §. of 44 7.0 RECORDS All Logs, Completed Forms and other records generated during an actual emergency SHALL be considered Quality Records and maintained for the life of the plant. 8.0 REQUIREMENTS AND COMMITMENT CROSS-REFERENCE None 9.0 ATTACHMENTS 9.1 Shift Manager/POM (Emergency Director) Checklist 9.2 Shift Manager's Response to an Emergency at the Other Unit Checklist 9.3 Control Room Communicator Checklist 9.4 Facility Communicator Checklist

                                 .              .

9.5 On-Shift Radiation Protection Technician Checklist 9.6 On-Shi.ft Chemistry Technician Checklist ,* 9.7 Support Staff Checklist 9.8 CCR Dose Assessor

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page I of Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director) Checklist Sheet 1 of 13 NOTE: This Attachment should not be entered by the Shift Manager if a natural or man-made catastrophic event has occurred and there is a loss of one of the Central Control Rooms. Procedure, O-AOP-SEC-4 should be entered to support decision making by the SM. NOTE: The expectation for all ERO positions is to use WebEOC for log-keeping purposes. Reference to traditional paper forms remains in this checklist for the situation in which WebEOC is unavailable such as a ower or com uter failure. 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity NOTES A IF at any time during the.implement?tion of this procedure the SM is relieved by the POM or the ED in the (A)EOF, turnover SHALL be completed in accordance with section 2.5. NOTE: Authority to classify and declare an emergency is reserved solely for the Emergency Director and may not be delegated; however, the SM shall . : . and verify an independent review of the EAL selected. The SM in the role of Emergency Director makes the initial emergency classification. NOTE: The Unit 2 & Unit 3 Shift Managers SHALL confer with each other for any event or condition which may affect both Units such as security or natural events. IF it is agreed that both units are affected, THEN the Unit 2 Shift Manager SHALL classify and declare the emergency and assume the role of Site Emergency Director in accordance with this procedure IP-EP-210, Central Control Room.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21 hntergy@ EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page §. of Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director) Checklist Sheet2of13 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES 1.1 Classification of the Emergency NOTE: The assessment, classification, and declaration of an emergency condition is expected to be completed within 15 min after the availability of indications (i.e. plant instrumentation, plant alarms, computer displays, or incoming verbal reports) to plant operators that an EAL has been exceeded.

  • The 15 min criterion .is not to be construed *as .a grace period to restore plant conditions to avoid declaring the event. '/
  • The emergency declaration SHOULD be made promptly without .

waiting for the 15 min period to elapse once the EAL is recognized as being exceeded. - *

  • For EALs that specify duration of the off normal condition, such as fire lasting 15 min, loss of power for 15 min etc.:

The ED SHALL make the declaration at the first available opportunity when the time has elapsed (NOT after an additional 15 minutes).

            -   The ED SHOULD not wait until the applicable time has elapsed, but should declare the event as soon as it is determined that the condition will likely exceed the applicable time.
                                -NOTE:

VERIFY events that affect both units are classified as dual unit events ("BOTH UNITS" selected on NYS Part I form in MIDAS). The category that is automatically a dual unit event is Security. For events such as weather or loss of power, both units are affected as long as they are at the same level of clas.sification (i.e. NUE). If one unit enters a higher classification at the initiating event (i.e. LOOP with one unit's EDGs all running and the other unit without EDGs running) or has to escalate then it becomes the only unit affected.

                                                                               ,'

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page ~ of Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director) Checklist Sheet 3of13 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES A. Classify the emergency condition in accordance with IP-EP-120-"Emergency Classification" AND ensure independent verification of the EAL selected. . B. Declare the emergency, announce classification of the _ event to the Control Room AND document time of emergency declaration. Attachment 9.1 NOTE: THE 15 - MINUTE CLOCK FOR INITIATION OF NOTIFICATION TO STATE AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES STARTS AT THIS POINT. THE MINUTE'NOTIFICATION IS MET UPON FIRST ROLL CALL RESPONSE ON RECS CALL. C. IF a Beyond Desig11 Basis External Everit (BDBEE) occurs that , results in an* Extended Loss of AC Power (ELAP) t6 either unit, THEN entry into O-FSG-100, BDBEE/ELAP Emergency Response, is required. NOTE: Security and Operations will take steps as directed by Safeguard Instructions to protect the safety of site employees and the integrity of plant equipment. Site access and egress will be controlled per Security procedures. r . ' . . D. Obtain AND complete steps in the applicable Emergency Notification Checkli$ts:

1. IF Notice of Unusual Event is declared, use NUE checklist, Form EP-3N.
2. IF ALERT is declared, use ALERT checklist, Form EP:..3A.
3. IF Site Area Emergency is declared, use SAE checklist, Form EP-3S. *
4. IF Gene.ral Emergency is declared, use GE checklist, Form EP-3G.

Attachment 9.1

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21 Enterg~., EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE. REFERENCE USE Page 10 of Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director) Checklist Sheet 4of13 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES E. IF a General Emergency is declared, THEN protective action recommendations must be made in accordance with IP-EP-410, Protective Action Recommendations. NOTE: IP-EP-430 Site Assembly, Accountability and Relocation of Personnel Offsite provides guidance for the suspension of personnel assembly and accountability under certain conditions. NOTE:.

1. Notification of State and local authorities SHALL be initiated within 15 minutes of emergency declaration. The 15- minute notification is met upon FIRST ROLL CALL RESPONSE on RECS call.

j 2. Notification of initial and upgrade SHALL be made to the NRG within 1 hour of e emer enc declara ion.

  • 1.2 Assess Any Radiological Release A. IF any indications exist of abnormal radiological release as a result of the emergency, THEN assess offsite consequences in accordance with IP-EP-310, Dose Assessment.
  • B. IF dose assessment results indicate offsite consequences in excess of the EPA Protective Action Guidelines THEN evaluate the need to modify the General Emergency PARs per IP-EP-410, Protective Action Recommendations.

1.3 Emergency Response Data System (EROS) A. VERIFY that EROS is activated. EROS must be activated within 1 hour of ALERT declaration OR higher. B. Click Start - Programs - Nuclear Corporate Applications (ESM) - EROS Activation - Site Activation Display C. A "Warning" display screen will appear. Click on Continue. D. A Pass Code entry screen will appear. Click on "Enter View Only Mode". E. A "Select Reactor" message box will appear. Select the affected unit to verify and click "OK". F. VERIFY EROS Status is "Transmitting Data".

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED

  • IP-EP-210 Revision 21 Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 11 of Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director) Checklist Sheet 5of13 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES G. IF EROS Status is "disconnected", THEN exit EROS Activation Display. ACTIVATE OR request unaffected unit to activate EROS within 1 hour.

H. IF TSC has been activated, TSC IT Specialist OR TSC Manager may be requested to activate EROS as a backup to the CCR. I. Click Start - Programs - Nuclear Corporate Applications (ESM) - EROS Activation - Site Activation Display J. A "WARNING" display screen will appear. Click on Continue K. A Pass Code entry screen will appear.* Obtain Pass Code from EROS envelope in SM/POM position binder.

  • ( ) Enter the appropriate pass code and press the "Submit" button. Pass Code is NOT case sensitive.

L. A "Select Reactor" message box will appeaL Select the affected unit to activate. M. IF emergency affects. BOTH uh its, icon can be selected again to activate EROS for other unit.

  • N. "Site EROS Activation Display" will appear. Click "Connect" t6 activate EROS.
0. IF EROS is not functional, obtain additional resources from the unaffected Unit to complete Forms 31 A,8,C or 42 A,B,C.

NOTE: These forms are EP-57, 58, 59 and EP-53, 54 and 55 respectively. Once completed, this information is to be given to the TSC to be faxed to the NRC within 60 minutes.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 12 of 44 Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency.Director) Checklist Sheet 6of13

  • 2.0 Interim Responsibility/Activity NOTES NOTE:
       ,IF while performing the Interim Responsibility/Activity steps as Emergency Director, you are relieved of Emergency Director Duties by the On-Call ED; THEN exit this section and enter the Continuous Responsibility/Activity (Shift Manager/POM) section at step 3.0.

2.1 Re-Classify the Emergency if Necessary A IF plant conditions change OR other events occur which may-warrant upgrade of the emergency classification, THEN re-classify the emergency condition in accordance with IP-EP-120 "Emergency Classification". *

   /

f i B. Declare the emergency and announce the upgrade classification to Control Room personnel. C. IF ALERT is declared, use ALERT checklist, Form EP-3A. D. IF Site Area Emergency is declared, use SAE checklist, Form EP-3S. E. IF General Emergency is declared, use GE checklist, Form EP-3G. F. IF a General Emergency is declared, THEN protective action recommendations must be made in accordance with IP-EP-410, Protective Action Recommendations.

         *~Entergy IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-210
                                                                                        *'

Revision 21 IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 13 of 44 Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director) Checklist Sheet 7of13 Interim Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES 2.2 Establish Radiological Controls and Maintain Onsite Personnel Safety A. Keep Security informed of emergency classification, plant

  • status and any radioactive release which may affect Security Personnel.

B. Once established, maintain personnel accountability. C. IF the potential for abnormal radiological conditions in-plant or onsite exists, THEN:

1. Direct the On-Shift Radiation Protection Technician to establish radiological controls for the Control Room and initiate habitability monitoring for the Control Room; *
2. *Evaluate the need to relocate personnel offsite per IP-"

EP-430, Site Assembly, Accountability and Relocation of Personnel Offsite.

3. Authorize emergency exposure, if necessary, using Emergency Exposures Authorization Form (Form EP ALL/EP-6).

.. *... 4. IF Emergency Response Facilities are not operational, authorize issuance of Potassium Iodide (Kl) to onsite

  • personnel for any projected or actual Thyroid Exposure
                      > 5 Rem COE OR following declaration of a General Emergency IAW IP-EP-420, Use of Potassium Iodide by Indian Point Personnel During an Emergency.
5. IF authorization of issuance of Potassium Iodide (Kl) is required AND On-Shift Radiological Protection
  • Technician is not available (such as during a Hostile Action Based Event), THEN Shift Manager/PCM SHALL conduct applicable radiological and/or Kl briefings AND request the opposite unit Shift Manager/POM to conduct applicable radiological and/or Kl briefings.
1. Utilize Form EP-8-All/EP-65 to document date, time and name of personnel ingesting Kl.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 14 of . 44 Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director) Checklist Sheet 8 of 13 Interim Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES 2.3

  • Perform Periodic Update Notifications A. Periodic update notifications to offsite authorities should be made approximately every 30 minutes or more frequently when plant conditions change. Time interval may be lengthened with concurrence of offsite agencies. For each update notification, complete (or have completed) and sign a "NYS Radiological Emergency Data Form, Part I" (Form EP-1 ).

B. FAX, then Email completed Part I Form to Offsite Authorities. C. IF there has been a radiological release to the environment, THEN complete (or have completed) and sign a "NYS Radiological Data Form Part II (Form EP-2). Ensure independent verification of information prior to sending to Offsite Agencies D. -For periodic update notifications during Unusual Event,

          *dfrect the CCR Communicator to confirm receipt of update notifications using "Control Room NUE Notification
         . Checklist" (Form EP-3N).

E.

  • For periodic update *notifications during an Alert or higher classification, direct the CCR Communicator to confirm receipt of update notifications using "Control Room Alert/SAE/GE Notification Checklist (Form EP-3A, 3S or 3G as applicable).

2.4 Terminate the Emergency (Unu~ual Event Only) A. When conditions warrant termination of the Unusual Event, enter IP-EP-610 Emergency Termination & Recovery and terminate the emergency per section 5.1 "Transition and Recovery Following an Unusual Event." B. Exit this section after termination of the emergency and enter the Closeout Responsibility/Activity section at step. 4.0.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE I IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 15 of 44 Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director) Checklist Sheet *9 of 13 Interim Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES 2.5 Turnover Emergency Director Responsibilities NOTE: For Unusual Events, the Shift Manager will normally maintain the Emergency Director responsibilities until the classification is termiriated per IP-EP-610, Emergency Termination & Recovery. For Alert and higher classifications, the Plant Operations Manager (POM) will relieve ,the Shift Manager of Emergency Director Duties in the Control Room. The On-Call Emergency Director in the (A)EOF at his discretion may assume Emergency Director Duties directly from the Shift Manager via telephone turnover. A. Provide a status .briefing to the POM upon his arrival in the Control Rooni. The POM will request status on all**

   *~      "*of the information specified on an Essential Information Checklist. (Form EP-2-ALL/EP-9).

B. Provide copies of all' completed NYS Radiological Emergency Data forms to the POM. C., Resume duties as Shift Manager and proceed. to step 3:0.i_ri the. Continuous Responsibility/Activity (Shift Mariager/~OM) section. 2.6

  • Turnover Emergency. Director Responsibility's cont.

A IF the POM is relieving the SM of ED responsibilities, THEN the POM SHALL continue those responsibilities

            . where the SM left off, AND the SM shall resume Shift Manager Responsibilities.

B. IF the ED in (A)EOF is relieving the POM of ED responsibilities, THEN after turnover, the POM SHALL proceed to or continue in Section 3.0 of this procedure. C. IF the ED in (A)EOF is relieving the SM of ED responsibilities, THEN after turnover, the SM SHALL proceed to or continue in Section 3.0 of this procedure.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 16 of 44 Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director) Checklist Sheet 10of13 Interim Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES D. After turnover to the EOF, the SM SHALL resume Shift Manager Responsibilities and the POM SHALL proceed to or continue in Section 3.0 of this procedure. E. Due to unforeseen circumstances (illness, etc.) it may become necessary to transfer ED responsibilities back to the POM or SM. 3.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity 3.1 Emergency Classification Upgrade or Radiological Release A. IF at any time an Upgrade from the previously announced '*I Emergency Classification is declared or if a Radiological ) release has occurred, THEN:

            *;  . *.
1. Announce the information to the* Control Room.

NOTE: No plant pages are to be made during a security' condition when s~curity procedures are in effect until determined safe"* tO do so. ** 2.* Direct Cc;~frol Room personnel to sound the site assembly alarm and make appropriate Plant Pages per Form EP-3A, 3S or 3G if required, for the new Emergency Classification OR if a radiological release has occurred, without an Emergency Classification upgrade, then make appropriate Plant Pages without sounding the site assembly alarm.

3. Contact or direct Control Room personnel to contact, the unaffected Unit's Control Room to inform them of the upgrade in Emergency Classification or Radiological Release and the need to refer to IP-EP-210, Attachment
  • 9.2, "Shift Manager Response to an Emergency at the Other Unit Checklist".

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 17 of 44 Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director) Checklist Sheet 11 of 13 3.2 Provide Backup Plant Data to the TSC A. IF the MRP-DAS is out-of-service THEN request the TSC to send an individual to the CCR to record plant data on Forms EP-57, 58 and 59 for Unit 3 and Forms EP-53, 54, and 55 for Unit 2 as needed, and to 'f<;ix the forms to the TSC on a periodic basis or as plant status and conditions ~hange. 3.3 Direct Entry Into Severe Accident Management A. IF plant conditions warrant the transition to Severe Accident Management.Guidelines (SAMG), THEN inform Emergency

    .. Plant Manager to have the SAMG-Evaluator ready to take over Severe Accident Management.
  • 3.4 Evaluate Emergency Action Levels A. Continue to evaluate current plant condition and events relative to the emergency action levels as specified in IP-EP-120, Emergency Classification.

B. Make recommendation's to the Emergency Director for upgrading of the em~rgency dassificatiqn as appropriate. 3.5 Maintain Co~munica~ions with the Emergency Director. A. Keep the Emergency bi rector informed of current plant status and planned* operations. B. Discuss tasks and procedures the Control Room is currently pe~orming and review priorities on a regular basis. C. IMMEDIATELY inform the Emergency Director of any plant

      . condition or event that has the potential to change the emergency_ classification or affect radiological release status.

3.6 Coordinate In-Plant team activities with Operations Support

   *Position/OSC Manager

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 18 of 44 Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director) Checklist Sheet 12of13 Interim Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES NOTE: Once the OSC is activated, the dispatch of personnel with the exception of NPOs into the field for emergency operations is controlled from the OSC. At an NUE OR an Alert, NPOs will report to and be dispatched from the Control Room. At an SAE OR GE, NPOs shall be dispatched out of the OSC. Communications and directions can be provided to the teams from the Control Room; however, the OSC must retain team control for personnel safety and continuous accountability. Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES

                                          ..
                                        *    'of..*

A. Once the OSC is activated, coordinate the dispatch and control of NPOs assigned to perform in plant operations with the Operations Support PosWoh located in the OSC. The* - telephone number is located in*Emergem~y Telephone Directory {ETD). Utilize the;Facility Communicator to coordinate this activity (Use Form EP-56) .

                                       . . .
1. CCR should reqwest two,NPO teams, one for nuclear side tasking and one for con\,/entional side tasking.

Ensure that OSC OPS Support is updated as to their tasking and status. - B. For operations t~ams already dispat~hed and in the field prior to the osc being activated, coordinate the transfer of team control to the OSC with the Operations Support Position. C. Direct requests for in-plant operational support IMMEDIATELY to the Operations Support Position in the OSC to facilitate prompt response to Control Room needs. D. Re-enforce Control Room priorities and needs with the OSC Manager if in-plant team support is not being provided in a timely and effective manner. 3.7 Request Technical Support as Needed to Mitigate the Emergency. A. Request the TSC Manager to provide 'forward-looking technical support as needed to assist the Control Room staff in responding to the emergency.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 19 of Attachment 9.1 Shift Manager/PCM (Emergency Director) Checklist Sheet 13of13 Closeout Responsibility/Activity NOTES B. Provide the TSC Manager with periodic briefs on current mitigation strategies and emergency procedures currently being implemented. C. IF EOF is operational AND turnover with the Emergency Director at the EOF is completed, release unaffected unit's on shift Chemistry Technician/CCR Dose Assessor to return to the unaffected unit CCR. 3.8 Exit to Recovery Phase Upon notification from the Emergency Direetor that the emergency has been terminated, exit this section and enter the Closeout Responsibility/Activity section at step 4.0 Attachment 9.1 ~ . ~ .... 4.0 Direct the Control Room staff to return ~II equipm-ent utilized in the responseto*proper storage locations.

                                                           .  .        .

4.1 Review all documentation the <;:ontrol Room staff generated during the emergency: A. Ensure all logs, forms and other documentation is complete.

                                  ..  .             '*

B. Ensure all temporary procedures used and/or developed are properly documented for use by the RecOVE?rY Organization so that necessary actions can be taken fpr tong-term restoration. C. Collect all computer printouts and strip charts. 4.2 Provide all logs and records to the Recovery Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 20 of 44 Attachment 9.2 Shift Manager Response to an Emergency at Other Unit Checklist Sheet 1 of 5 NOTES

  • NOTE:

This Attachment should not be entered by the Shift Manager if a natural or man-made catastrophic event has occurred. and there is a loss of one of the Central Control Rooms. Procedure, O-AOP-SEC-4 should be entered to support decision making by the SM. NOTE: The expectation for all ER*o positions is to use WebEOC for log

*keeping purposes. Reference to*traditional paper forms remains in this checklist for the situation in which W~oEOC i~ qnavailable, such as a power or computer failure.                                          *
                                                          ... -. -

1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity* 1.1 Notification of the Emergency NOTE: *.. . . Shift Managers SHALL confer with each ot1:1er for any ,event or condition which may affecfboth Units such as security ~r nc;ituraJ:events. IF it is L agreed that both units are affected, THEN the Unit 2 Shift Manager SHALL classify and declare the emergency and assume the role of site Emergency Director in accordance with this procedure, IP-EP-210, Central Control Room.

  • A. Upon notification from other Unit's Control Room that an event has been declared, ann*ounce the information fo Control Room personnel.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 21 of 44 Attachment 9.2 Shift Manager Response to an Emergency at Other Unit Checklist Sheet 2 of 5 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES NOT.E: No plant pages are to be made during a security condition when security procedures are in effect until determined safe to do so. 1.2 A. UNUSUAL EVENT

1. Upon request from the affected unit, Notify OR Mobilize ERO using ERO Notification Envelope.
  • 2~ Make a PA announcement providing information -'* .*

( regarding the event and any additional informatidri as required restricting access to areas af:fec;:t~ by the.* emergency... B. ALERT

1. IF not already completed, upon request from the aff~cted unit,. Mobilize ERO using ERO Notific~tion Enveiope.
                     .                                ' .. *~: ... :*; .: '* . .: . .
                                                                              ~         . ..
2. Sound the Site Assembly Alarm for (10) seconds-..: ..

(coordinate sounding of the assembly alarm with affected Unit CCR) and make the following announcement, (3) times, over the public address $ystem.

             "Attention all personnel, Attention all personnel, an ALERT has been declared at                     All Emergency Response Organization personnel report to your assigned Emergency Response Facility.       All other non-essential personnel are released from the site."

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 22 of Attachment 9.2 Shift Manager Response to an Emergency at Other Unit Checklist Sheet 3 of 5 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES

3. Upon request from the Emergency Director, provide an On-Shift RP Technician OR On-Shift Chemistry Technician to support response.
4. IF requested by other Unit's SM/ED, verify ERDS is transmitting OR activate ERDS per Section 1.4 of Attachment 9.1 within 1 hour of declaration.

C.. SITE AREA EMERGENCY I GENERAL EMERGENCY

1. IF not already completed, upon request from the:affected unit, Mobilize ERO using ERO Notification Envelope.
2. Sound the Site Assembly Alarm for (10) seconds (coordinate sounding of the assembly alarm with other Unit CCR} and make the following announcement (3) *.
  • times over the public address system: * * '* *
            "Attention all personnel, Attention all personnel, a (Site Area Emergency I General Emergency) has p~~ri:: declare_d_ at~

___ . All Emergency Response Organization. personn~l report to your assigned Emergency Response Facility.- ..Al/: other non-essential personnel report to either the Energy Education Center or the Generation Support Building."

3. IF a Radiological Release has occurred then direct the On-Shift Radiation Protection Technician to take proper Radiological Controls and perform Habitability surveys as required or if necessary.

IPEC NON-QUALllY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21 Enlergy 0 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 23 of 44 Attachment 9.2 Shift Manager Response to an Emergency at Other Unit Checklist Sheet 4 of 5 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES

4. IF the affected plant Control Room has been evacuated AND dose assessment results indicate offsite consequences in excess of the EPA Protective Action Guidelines THEN evaluate the need to modify the General
  • Emergency PARs per IP-EP-410, "Protective Action Recommendations".
5. Upon request from th.e Emergency Director, provide a Shift RP Technician OR On-Shift Chemistry Technician to support response. *
6. IF requested by other Unit's SM/ED, verify EROS is transmitting OR activate EROS per Section 1.8 of Attachment 9.1 within 1 hour of declaration.
  • D. Radiological Release _ I
1. Announce the information to the Control Room.

I

2. Direct Control Room personnel to make appropriate Plant Pages.

I

3. IF opposite Unit has a Radiological Release, THEN place CCR ventilation in Recirculation Mode. 1 *
4. Contact the On-Shift Radiation Protection Technician-to .*, .. *...: -*..~*..*.._.. .

take proper Radiological Controls and perform ** ** ' * .. . -~; *. ~ '* .. ' Habitability surveys as required or if necessary

5. Direct On-Shift Chemistry Technician to provide dose assessment support, as required.

1 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity 2.1 Provide Support to Opposing Unit as Requested A. Upon request from the Emergency Director, provide personnel,

            . equipment and resources available to you.

2.2 Provide updates to personnel with information provided by the Emergency Director / A. When information is provided to you, use the public address system to disseminate that information to the personnel on Site.

     ~                                                                               Revision 21 IPEC               NON-QUALITY RELATED     IP*EP-210
     ¥Entergy,,,          EMERGENCY PLAN         PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE            REFERENCE USE       Page       24     of     44 Attachment 9.2 Shift Manager Response to an Emergency at Other Unit Checklist Sheet 5 of 5 2.3   Evaluate Emergency Action Levels                                             NOTES A. Continue to evaluate current plant condition and events*
  • relative to the Emergency Action Levels as specified in IP-EP-120, Emergency Classification and make recommendations for upgrade, if appropriate, to the Emergency Director.

3.0 Closeout Responsibility/Activity 3.1 Direct the Control Room staff to return all equipment utilized in the response to proper storage locations. "I 3.2 I Review all documentation the Control Room staff generated . during the emergency: I A. Ensure all logs, forms and other documentation is complete. B. Ensure all temporary procedures used and/or developed are properly documented for use by the Recove_ry Organization so that necessary actions can be taken for long-term restoration. -*~- .

                                                                                              *',:!.

C. Collect all computer printouts and strip charts. I 3.3 Provide all logs and records to the Recovery Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 25 of Attachment 9.3 Control Room Communicator Checklist Sheet 1 of 6 NOTE: The expectation for all ERO positions is to use WebEOC for log-keeping purposes. Reference to traditional paper forms remains in this checklist for the situation in which. WebEOC is unavailable, such as a power or computer failure. 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity NOTES 1.1 A$sume the Duties of Control Room Communicator NOTE:

1. Notification of State and local authorities SHALL be initiated withiil 15 'minutes of emergency declaration. The 15 - minute notification is met upon the first -

ROLL CALL RESPONSE on RECS- calL

2. Notification to NRC SHALL be initiated within 1 hour of the emergency declaration.

A. Upon being notifi~d to fulfill the Control Room Communicator role, IMMEDIATELY report to the affected Unit's Control Room.

       'B. Inform the Shift Manager (Emergency Director} and the Control Room staff that you have assumed _the duties of Control Room Communicator.

C. IF making the initial notification for a Notification of Unusual Event classification, THEN, proceed to step 1.2. D. IF making the initial notification for an Alert or higher

          - classification, THEN, proceed to step 1.4.

E. IF making a periodic update of the NUE, THEN proceed to step 2.1 F. IF making a periodic update of the Alert/SAE/GE, THEN proceed to step 2.2 G. IF making an upgrade classification, THEN proceed to step 2.3  ;

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 26 of Attachment 9.3 Control Room Communicator Checklist Sheet 2 of 6 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES 1.2 Perform Confirmation of Receipt of Initial UNUSUAL EVENT Notifications {Use Form EP-3N) A. Obtain the completed and signed NYS Radiological Emergency Data Form Part I (Form EP-1) from the Shift Manager. Review form to ensure all required information is completed, including Shift Manager (Emergency Director) signature. B. Verify SM has sent electronic Fax and email of the NYS Radiological Data Form Part I to State/Counties/EOF. C. Using, "Control Room NUE Notification Checklist" (Form EP-3N) start the initial roll call to State and counties within 1.5 minutes of the declaration of the Unusual Event. The 15 - minute notification is met upon the first ROLL CALL RESPONSE on RECS call. Confirm notification to each .. location. D. IF time challenged to meet the 15 minute requirement, immediately initiate the RECS call. Following roll call, inform

                                                         ~

State and counties that FAX and email of Part 1 Form will follow. E. IF plant condition/emergency classification changes prior to initiating notification:

a. Disregard previous classification and continue notification with highest current classification.
b. Follow-up notification SHALL include details of all conditions/emergency classifications.

F. IF plant condition/emergency classification changes while performing notification, THEN continue notification and state at the end the following "Changes in plant conditions indicate a potential for escalating the Emergency Classification. State and local authorities SHALL be notified within 15 minutes." 1.3 Support Shift Manager {Emergency Director) with other notifications. A. Complete the remaining notifications as specified on the Control Room NUE Notification Checklist (Form EP-3N).

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCE;DURE REFERENCE USE Page 27 of Attachment 9.3 Control Room Communicator Checklist Sheet 3 of 6 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES 1.4 Perform confirmation of reqeipt of Initial ALERT/SAE/GE NotificatiQns (Use Form EP-3A, 3S or 3G as applicable)

                                                                                              )

A. Obtain the completed and signed NYS Radiological Emergency Data Form Part I (Form EP-1) from the Shift Manager. Review form to ensure all required information is completed, including Shift Manager (Emergency Director)

          . signature.

B. Verify that SM has sent Fax and E-mail of the NYS Radiological D~ta Form Part I to State/Counties/EOF.* C. IF time challenged to meet the 15 minute requirement, im,mediately initiate theRECS call.. Following roll call, inform State and counties that FAX and email of Part 1 Form will follow. D. Using "Control Room Notification Checklist Alert/SAE/GE (Form EP-3A, EP-3S or EP-3G as applicable), start the initial roll call to State and Counties within, 15 minutes of the declaration of the Alert, SAE or GE. The 15 - minute notification is met upon the first ROLL CALL RESPONSE on RECS call.. Confirm notification to each location. E. Complete the remaining notifications as specified on the (Forms EP-3A, EP-3S or EP-3G as applicable). F. IF plant condition/emergency classification changes prior to initiating notification:

a. Dis~egard previous Classification and continue notification with highest current classification.
c. Follow-up notification SHALL include details of all conditions/emergency classifications .
       .G. IF -plant condition/emergency classification changes while performing notification, THEN continue notification and state at t.he end the following "Changes in *plant conditions
  • indicate a potential for escalating the Emergency Classification~ A completed Part I will be transmitted within 15 minutes.

sa IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21

  ~hnterP~   0       EMERGENCY PLAN             PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE               REFERENCE USE.       Page    28 of     44 Attachment 9.3 Control Room Communicator Checklist Sheet 4 of 6 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                        NOTES 1.5     Support Shift Manager (Emergency Director) with other notifications A Determine if personnel assembly is being suspended from the Emergency Director.

B. Request direction from Shift Manager (Emergency Director) AND initiate notification of personnel located in the Protected Area if requested. C. Complete the remaining notifications as specified on the (Form EP-3A, EP-3S or EP-3G Checklist as applicable). 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity 2.1

  • Perform Periodic Update Notifications - UNUSUAL EVENT (Use Form *EP-3)
  • NOTE:

Periodic Update Notifications to offsite authorities shall be made approximately every 30 minutes or whenever conditions change. Time interval may be lengthened with concurrence of offsite agencies. A Obtain the Gompleted NYS Radiological Emergency Data Form Part I (Form EP-1) from the Shift Manager. Review the form to ensure all required information is completed, including Emergency Director's signature. B. Verify Fax and email of the NYS Radiological Data Form Part I to State/Counties/EDF. C. Using Control Room NUE.Notification Checklist (Form EP-3N) perform notifications as needed, to make the periodic update notifications. Confirm notification to each location. D. Fax, or have Support Staff Fax, copies of the NYS Radiological Data Form Part 1 to State/Counties/EOF.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21 Entergyw, EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 29 of 44 Attachment 9.3 Control Room Communicator Checklist Sheet 5 of 6 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES 2.2 Perform Periodic Update Notifications - Alert/SAE/GE (Use Form EP-3A, 3S or 3G as applicable) NOTE: Perigdic Update Notifications to offsite authorities SHALL be made approximately every 30 minutes or whenever conditions change. Time interval may be lengthened with concurrence of offsite agencies. A. Obtain the completed NYS Radiological Emergency Data Form Part I (Form EP-1) (Part II if a radiological release has occurred or is in progress) from the Emergency Director. Review form to ensure all required information is completed, including Emergency Director's signature. B. Verify that SM has sent Fax and email of the NYS Radiological Data Form Part I to State/Counties/EDF. C. Using an 'Alert/SAE/GE Checklist (Form EP-3A, 3S or 3G as : applicable) start the roll call to State and Counties. Confirm notification to each location. D. Complete the remaining notifications as specified on the (form EP-3A, 3S or 3G as applicable) Checklist. 2.3 IF the Emergency Classification is Upgraded, THEN Perform Upgrade Notifications (Use Form EP-3A, 3S or 3G as applicable) A. Obtain the completed NYS Radiological Emergency Data Form Part I (Form EP-1) from the Emergency Di,rector. Review form to ensure all required information is completed, including Emergency Director's signature. B. Verify that SM has sent Fax and email of the NYS Radiological Data Form Part I to State/Counties/EDF.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 30 of Attachment 9.3 Control Room Communicator Checklist Sheet 6 of 6 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES C. Using an Alert/SAE/GE Checklist (Form EP-3A, 3S or 3G as applicable) start the roll call to State and Counties within 15 minutes of upgrade of the emergency classification. D. Fax, or have Support Staff fax, copies of the NYS *

       *Radiological Data Form Part 1 to the State/Counties/EOF, IF required. Confirm notification to each location.

E. Support Shift Manager, as needed, with the remaining notifications as specified on the Checklist. 3.0 Closeout Responsibility/Activity 3.1 When directed by the Shift Manager, returlJ all equipment utiiized in the response to proper storage locations 3.2 Review all documentation the Control Room Communicators generated during the emergen!=y: A. Ensure all logs, forms and other documentation .is. complete. B. Collect all forms, logs and other documentation. 3.3 Provide all logs and records to the Shift Manager upon termination of the em~rgency and entry into the Recovery Phase.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 31 of 44 Attachment 9.4 Facility CommuniCator Checklist Sheet 1 of 2 NOTE: The expectation for all ERO positions .is to use WebEOC for log keeping purposes. Reference to traditional paper forms remains in this checklist for the situation in which WebEOC is unavailable, such as a power or computer failure. 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity NOTES 1.1 Assume the Duties of Facility Communicator

        **      A. Upon being notified to fulfill the Facility Communicator role, IMMEDIATELY report to the Control Room. *

(

\               B. Inform the Shift Manager and the Control Room staff that you are assuming the-duties of Facility Communicator.
                                         . .              .

C. IF not already established THEN establish an open line of communications over the Direct Line:

  . : ;
1. TSC
2. EOF
3. AEOF (if activated)

D. Inform the Shift Manager that you have established communications with the TSC/OSC and (A)EOF.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-21.0 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 32 of Attachment 9.4 Facility Communicator Checklist Sheet 2 of 2 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity NOTES 2.1 Maintain Communications with the TSC, OSC and (A)EOF NOTE: The primary responsibility of the Facility Communicator is to provide an open line of communication between the CCR and 1SC; however, the Technical Advisor to the Emergency Director in the EOF will periodically monitor the communications line or will request information from the CCR and TSC. A. Transmit information as requested by the TSC, OSC and . EOF. .

  • B -- Notify the .os9 Operations Supporj,Positign _qf te~ms. ,
                  . '~N PO's~ Chemists. etc*: yufaY havef been"li i~1S'atcileITTrorti: the CCR and log this information into WebEOC.                 *
  • C. Support Shift Manager (ED) or POM if in place, with coordination of dispatching and controlling of NPOs assigned to perform in--plant operations with the Operations Support position located in th~ OSC.

D. Use an ERO Log Sheet (Form EP-3-ALL/EP-10) to maintain

             * * - . a log.
                        *1. Log the time when you assumed the duties of Facility
  • Communicator.

' ,;' ~ .

  • 2. Log significant communications pertaining to plant operations and emergency events.

3.0 .Closeout Responsibility/Activity 3.1 When directed by the Shift Manager, return all equipment utilized in the response to proper storage locations 3.2 Review all documentation that was generated during the emergency: A. Ensure all logs, forms and other documentation is complete. B. Collect all forms, logs and ~ther documentation. 3.3 Provide all logs and records to the Shift Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page . 33 of Attachment 9.5 On-Shift Radiation Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 1 of 4 NOTE: The expectation for all ERO positions is to use WebEOC for log keeping purposes. Reference to traditional paper forms remains in this checklist for the situation in which WebEOC is unavailable, such as a power or computer failure: 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity NOTES. 1.1

  • Assume the Duties of CR Ra~iation Protection Technician
                         ~*---
                 .-  .  '"-t-~~.':j*"i-~;     - -      --            .        ~   ..

A. IF the deClarea emergency is an Alert or higher, THEN first contaet the Control Point and obtain a list of personnel still in ( RCA B. IMMEDIATELY provide list of individuals still in the RCA to* the Shift Manager. C. Inform .the Shift Manager and the Control Room staff that

           .. you :are assuming the duties of the On-Shift Radiation Protection Technician.

1.2

  • Establish Initial CCR Radiological Protection A. Evaluate the need and make a recommendation to establish radiological access control for the Control Room.
1. Ask the Shift Manager if there is potential for abnormal radiological conditions outside of the RCA.
2. Evaluate PRM-ARM instrumentation.

B. Place a DLR and dosimeter on the computer terminal by the RO's desk. C. Issue DLR and dosimeters to persons who are dispatched from the CCR, if necessary.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21 Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 34 of Attachment 9.5 On-Shift Radiation Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 2 of 4 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES D. IF conditions .warrant, or the Shift Manager directs that Control Room radiological controls be established, THEN:

1. Set up step off pad (SOP) requiring shoe check and frisker at the CR entrance.
2. Post rear door with "NO ENTRY/EXIT" signs.
3. Place SOPs in a position that does not preclude opening the door while.standing on the SOP.
4. *Set u*p' Frisker and perform periodic contamination surv~y~ on.,t}oth sides of the SOP.
5. Perform periodic (hourly or as directed) airborne contamina1fun checks with HD-288 or equivalent.

6 .. Record results on applicable forms and survey maps. 2.0 Continuous* Responsibility/Activity 2~ 1 Provide Radio~~gfoal Protection. I NOTE: The.actions and responsibilities listed in this procedure are intended to assist the CCR Radiation Protection Technician in the performance of his/her duties. While some items are performed once, others are repeated over the duration of the event.

  • A. Provide radiological support, such as issuance of dosimetry, determination of respiratory and protective clothing requirements, and performance of radiological surveys for
         . the following activities, as directed by the Shift Manager:
1. Search and rescue
2. Repair and corrective actions

la IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21

  ~Entergy          EMERGENCY PLAN                    PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE                       REFERENCE USE     Page    35 of     44 Attachment 9.5 On-Shift Radiation Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 3 of4 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                         NOTES
3. Response to fires by Fire Brigade (includes survey
            /decontamination of Fire Department personnel and equipment)
4. Personnel and equipment decontamination
5. As requested by the Shift Manager
                                                                   ~

B. Conduct outside surveys as requested by the Shift Manager C. Provide Radiological Support for Personnel Medical Emergencies

                               ... ~ ... -;*
1. Upon notification that a personnel medical emergency ha~ occurred ansite, report to the scene with survey instrument(s). * -~ **
2. Support ~edical response* as necessary.

D. IF radiological conditions warrant AND requested by the Shift Manager/ED, issue kl to control room personnel.

1. Conduct applicable radiological and/or Kl briefings to CCR personnel.
2. Utilize Form EP-8-ALL/EP-65 to document date, time and name of per~onnel ingesting Kl.

2.2 Use ERO Log Sheet(s) (Form EP-3-ALL/EP-10) to maintain a log. A. Log the time when you assumed the duties of CCR Radiation Protection Technician. B. Log significant communications pertaining to personnel radiological conditions and actions. C. Log any other significant information pertaining to actions taken as duty of Radiation Protection Technician. (i.e., surveys completed dosimetry issuance, A/S results, etc.)

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21 Bi1lergy,,, EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE

  • IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 36 of 44 Attachment 9.5 On-Shift Radiation Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 4 of 4 3.0 Closeout Responsibility/Activity NOTES 3.1 When directed by the Shift Manager, return all equipment utilized in the response to proper storage locations.

3.2 Review all documentation that was generated during the emergency: I A Ensure all logs, forms and other documentation is complete. B. Collect all forms, logs and other documentation. 3.3

  • Provide all logs and records fo the Shift Manager upon termination of the emergency ~nd entry into the Recovery Phase.
                                          .  ...
                                             *   *\
                                  ,......
                                            ,.    :- ": *.'
                                               ....

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21 Jlntergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 37 of 44 Attachment 9.6 On-Shift Chemistry Technician Checklist Sheet 1 of 2 NOTE: The expectation for all ERO positions is to use WebEOC for log-keeping purposes. Reference to traditional paper forms remains in this checklist for the situation in which WebEOC is unavailable, such as a power or computer failure. 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity NOTES 1.1 Assume the Duties of On-Shift Chemistry . Technician.

                                                                      *i A Upon being notified to.fulfill the Ori-Shift-Che.mistry Technician role, IMMEDIATELY report to the Control Room.

(, B. Inform the Shift Manager and the Control Room staff that. you are assuming the duties of OR-$11jft Chemistry Technician. 1.2 Assist the Shift Manager/Plant Operations Manager with Emergency Planning duties as requested*; 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity I 2.1 Use ERO Log Sheet(s) (Form EP-3-ALL/EP-10) to maintain a log. I A Log the time when you assumed the duties of On-Shift Chemistry Technician. B. Log significant communications pertaining to radiological releases and emergency events. !~\ I I

 "---* .*

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 38 of Attachment 9.6 On-Shift Chemistry Technician Checklist Sheet 2 of 2 3.0 Closeout Responsibility/Activity 3.1 When directed by the Shift Manager, return all equipment utilized in the response to proper storage locations. 3.2 Review all documentation generated during the emergency: A Ensure all logs, forms and other documentation is complete B. Collect all forms, logs and other documentation. 3.3 Provide all logs and records to the Shift Manager 'upon .* termination of the emergency a*nd entry into 'the Recover.y;, :; Phase. * * * -*

                                                      ._]
                                                          . ,_. *, .. *
                                        ,**.. .
                                        <f*"'

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP*EP-210 Revision 21 Entergy@ EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE

 ' /

IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 39 of 44 Attachment 9.7 Support Staff Checklist Sheet 1 of 4 NOTE: The expectation for all ERO positions is to use WebEOC for log-keeping purposes. Reference to traditional paper forms remains in this checklist for the situation in which WebEOC is unavailable, such as a power or computer failure. 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity NOTES 1.1 Assume the Duties of Support Staff.

                                                                    .  '*.

A. UponJ;u~iog.r:mtifiedJp.fulfill, the ..$1,ipp,Qr;t.Staff:: role;~c.. .*.,.:_-~. -*: IMMEDIATELY report to the Contrc:il Ro~m. *.* .. . . / \ B. Inform the Shift Manager and the Control Room staff *that

  • you are assuming the duties of Support Staff.

1.2 Assist the Plant Operations Manager (POM) with CCR *set-

                                                                                                      .I.

up. A. Distribute Position Specific Binders to the_*following: I

1. SM/POM
2. CCR Communicator
3. Facility Communicator
4. On-Shift Radiation Protection Technician
5. On-Shift Chemistry Technician
6. Support Staff B. Plug in phones and headsets, if needed.

C. Verify the IPEC 10-mile Wind Sector Map in-place.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21 Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 40 of 44 Attachment 9.7 Support Staff Checklist Sheet 2 of 4 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES D. Verify appropriate emergency classification signs in place (NUE, Alert, SAE, and GE). E. Set up and test fax machines. I* F. Notify SM/POM (ED) that CCR setup .is complete. I 1.3 Assist with accountability I A. Using (Form EP-7-ALL/EP-47), Accountability Roster, generate a list of individuals that are in your faCility; record badge numbers._ .- -* B. Using (Form EP-7-ALL/EP-4 7), -Accoun'tability" Roster, record . the names, badge numbers and locations of any watch . . personnel located in the field aAd forward. roster*to th.e lead** . Accountability Officer (LAO).* * ** * - ** 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity I 2.1 Assist with maintaining accountability **l A. Using (Form EP-7-ALL/EP-47), Accountability Roster, generate a list and record the names, badge numbers and

  • locations of any individuals as they enter/exit the control room.

2.2

  • Assist POM in scheduling second shift I A. Rosters of trained personnel are located in the Emergency Telephone Directory.

B. Call office extensions, beepers and home numbers as necessary to identify and schedule second shift relief. Complete CCR staffing using Form EP-43 AND forward to Adrhin & Logistics Coordinator in EOF.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP*EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 41 of Attachment 9. 7 Support Staff Checklist Sheet 3 of 4 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES 2.3 Fax forms, when completed, to off-site agencies and emergency facilities NOTE:

1. When NYS and County EOCs are activated, discontinue faxing Part I forms to Warning Points
2. When the EOF assumes responsibility for*offsite notifications, discontinue faxing Part I and Part II forms to offsite agencies.

A. "NYS Radiological Emergency Data Form" Part I "General Information Instructions" (Form EP-1) ** **

  • I* .. ....
                                                                                       .:-,.
1. NYS/County Warning Points I
2. NYS/County EOCs I
3. EOF/AEOF I
4. JIC I B. "NYS Radiological Emergency Data Form" Part II I -
         "Radiological Assessment Data" (Form EP-2)
1. NYS/County EOCs
2. EOF/AEOF '\._
3. JIC C. When the (A)EOF assumes responsibility for offsite notifications, discontinue faxing Part I and Part II forms to offsite agencies. IF MRP-DAS is not operational THEN fax the following completed forms to the TSC and (A)EOF:
                                                  .    '
1. For Unit 2 - Form EP-53, Form EP-54, and Form EP-55.
2. For Unit 3 - Form EP-57, Form EP-58, and Form EP-59.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21 Entergy,_,, EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 42 of Attachment 9.7 Support Staff Checklist Sheet 4 of 4 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES 2.4 Receive faxes from the EOF/AEOF, when activated A. Form EP-1 "NYS Radiological Emergency Data Form" Part I "General Information Instructions" (Form EP-1) B. Form EP-2 "NYS Radiological Emergency Data Form" Part II "Radiological Assessment Data" (Form EP-2) 3.0 Closeout Responsibility/Activity 3.1 When directed by the Shift Manager, return all equipment utilized in the response to proper storage locations. 3.2 Review all documentation generated during the emergency: A. Ensure all logs, forms and other documentation is complete. B. Collect all_ forms, logs and other documentation. 3.3 Provide all logs and records to the Shift Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase.

e- JJillergy.,,

                      /'

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 43 of 44 Attachment 9.8 CCR Dose Assessor Checklist Sheet 1 of 2 NOTE: The expectation for all ERO positions is to use WebEOC for log-keeping purposes. Reference to traditional paper forms remains in this checklist for the situation in which WebEOC is unavailable, such as a power or computer failure. I NOTE: I This position is normally staffed by the unaffected unit's on-shift Chemistry Technician I 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity

                                                                                                   ..  '

1.1 Assume the Duties of a CCR Dose Assessor A. Upon being notified of a Declared Emergency .. IMMEDIATELY report to the normally assigned Control Room.

                                                                                           ",* ~*:    ,

B.

  • Inform the Shift Manager that you are available to perform the duties of.the CCR Dose Assessor.

2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity 2.1 Assist the Shift Manager/Plant Operations Manager with Emergency Planning duties as requested. NOTE: IP-EP-340 Attachment 9.4 may be used for CCR Plant Vent or SIG Tube Rupture Quick Dose Calculations, and Multiple Accident* Calculations.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-210 Revision 21 Elllergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE REFERENCE USE Page 44 of

  • 44 Attachment 9.8 CCR Dose Assessor Checklist Sheet 2 of 2 Continuous Responsibility/Activity NOTE:

A NYS Part 2 Form SHALL be completed as soon as possible after it has been determined that a release above Federal Limits exists, a .significant change in the radiation release, and updated approximately 30 minutes. A. Perform Dose Assessment using IP-EP-340

8. Produce a NYS Part 2 Form C. *Get NYS Part 2 Form approved by the Shift Manager D. Transmit NYS Part 2 Form 2.2 Determine need for a subsequent dose assessment and Part 2.

Perform if necessary. 2.3 When directed by the Shift Manager, turn over Dose Assessment responsibilities to the Dose Assessor in the EOF. 3.0 Closeout Responsibility/Activity 3.1 When.directed by the Shift Manager, return all equipment utilized in the response to proper storage locations. 3.2 Review all documentation generated during the emergency: A. En~ure all logs, forms and other documentation is complete

8. Collect all forms, logs and other documentation.

3.3 Provide all logs and records to the Shift Manager upon termination of the emergency and entry into the Recovery Phase.

,.. I IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN I NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE BP-EP-230 Revision 15 IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES I REFERENCE USE Page 1 . of 41 (f*~ 1*20 r.\ ryl(J~ A* P. IT P fli?ZV. ( fI lJ 1!i) h i /I IH N

                                                                                           ~ ~i li \J -u 'U ~J/ fb lb t-:m th:1 k                 *:;.:::J i Operations Support Center
                                          ,_ ....

C'~~~-

                           .. .  .......-~*-
                                                     . *: :-.-

Prepared by:

  • Rebecca A. Martin fu Print Name
  • Approval: Lori A. Glander ~ rJ(-/ {t; ..

Print Name {!' / *~""" Date

                                                ** _.Effe*ctive Date: June 14, 2016 rli'"f*Ntue:i. excluded from further LM()() reviews.

IP-EP-230 (OSC) Rev 15.doc

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-230 Revision 15 PROCEDURE

      -- Entergy         IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                            REFERENCE USE                     Page         *2         of       41 Table of Contents Section                                                                                                                 Page 1.0 PURPOSE ........................................*.................................................................... 3

2.0 REFERENCES

................................................................. :.......... :.......................... 3 3.0 DEFINITIONS ....................................................................................................... 3 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................................................ 3 5.0 DETAILS .............................................................*................................................:.4
                         .                ~            .

6.0 INTERFACES ................................ ,...................................................................... 4 7.0 RECORDS ....................................: ................................................. :... :................ 5 8.0 REQUIREMl;NTS AND.COMMITfV1ENTS ........................................ :.................... 5 9.0. ATTACHMENTS \

 '      .9.1    OSC Manager C_hecklist ............... ~ ............. ,.......... ;....................... :.......... .'6 9.2 .. l&C/Electrical Coordinator Checklist. .................. :...................... :, ............... 12 9.3    Mechanical Coordinator Checklist .......................... ~ ..* :...............................13 9.4    Operations.Support Checklist.. ............ :........................... ,......................... 14 9.5    OSC Rad/Chem-Coordinator Cl=lecklist ...................................................... 15 9.6    Work Control Coordinator:Ch~cklist ....................*..................................... 21 9.7    OSC Log    Keeper.Checkli~(.::: ............~ ...................................................... 23 9.8    OSC Radiation Protection Technician Checklist ........................... :........... 24 9.9    Assembly Area Coordinator Instructions.'.......................*.......................... 38 9.10   TSC/OSC Layout. ....................... :..... ,......................................................... 39
                                                                  .                                                              .

9.11 OSC Guidelines ............................................................................................ 40 9.12 IPEC OSC ERO Staffing ........ .'., ........ ,, ..........................'............................ 41

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-230 Revision 15 PROCEDURE

     ""~Entergy            IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES               REFERENCE USE      Page      3     of     41
  • Operations Support Center 1.0 PURPOSE To describe the site specific actions for the activation and operation of the Operations Support Center (OSC). This procedure will be used in conjunction with the fleet procedures EN~EP-611, Operations Support Center (OSC) Operations".

2.0 REFERENCES

2.1 Indian Point Energy Center Emergency Plan 2.2 New York State Implementation of the use of Potassium Iodide (Kl) as a Protective Action for the Public 2.3 IP-EP-350, Emergency Conta~ination Con.t~ol

                                                    .  -;.:..... ,

3.0 DEFINITIONS r 3.1 Activated ""."" an order has been made to* actiyate. an emergency response facility, and

the facility is in the process of being staffed: . 3.2 Operational - Status of an emergency facility declared by the appropriate manager

  • upon determining that the facility is *adequately staffed and equipment is setup and
  • available to*perform the emergency functions assigned to that facility.

4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES* . *......... . 4.1 See EN-EP-611 section 4.0 *for RespOrisi.bilities~*

                                                  .      .         ;

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-230' Revision 15 PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 4 of 41 5.0 DETAILS 5.1 The OSC Manager SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.1, OSC Manager Checklist. - 5.2 The l&C/Electrical Coordinator SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.2, l&C/Electrical Coordinator Checklist. 5.3 The Mechanical Coordinator SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.3, Mechanical Coordinator Checklist. 5.4 The Operations Support person SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.4, Operations Support Checklist.

                                                                ---

5.5 The Rad/Chem Coordinator SHALL follow the instructions outlined in A~tachment 9.5, Rad/Chem Coordinator Checklist.-  :< 5.6 The Work Control Coordinator SHAb.L follow the instructions outlined-in Attachment 9.6, Work Control Coordinator Checklist. *- * - 5.7 T_he OSC Log-Keeper SHALL follow the instru9tions outlined in Attachment 9.7, OSC Log-Keeper Checklist. 5.8 The Radiation Protection Technician SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.8 Radiation Protection Technician Checklist. 5.9 The Assembly Area Coordinator SHALL follow the instructions outlined in Attachment 9.9, Assembly Area Coordinator Instructions. 6.0 INTERFACES 6.1 IP-EP-115, Emergency Plan Forms 6.2 IP-EP-210, Central Control Room 6.3 IP-EP-220, Technical Support Center 6.4 IP-EP-240, Security 6.5 IP-EP-430, Site Assembly, Accountability and Relocation of Personnel Offsite 6.6 IP-EP-420, Use of Potassium Iodide by Indian Point Personnel During an Emergency 6.7 O-FSG-100, BDBEE/ELAP Emergency Response

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-230 Revision 15 PROCEDURE

       -~Entergy         IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES             REFERENCE USE        Page          5  of      41 7.0     RECORDS 7 .1    All logs, completed forms and other records generated during an actual emergency SHALL be considered Quality Records and maintained for the life of the plant.

8.0 REQUIREMENTS AND COMMITMENTS None 9.0 ATTACHMENTS 9.1 OSC Manager Checklist 9.2 l&C/Electrical Coordinator Checklist 9.3 Mechanical Coordinator Checklist

                                                                              ,***

9.4 Operations Support Checklist 9.5 OSC Rad/Chem

                 .

Coordinator Checklist

                                          . '

'. 9.6 Work Control Coordinator Checklist **

  • 9.7 OSC Log-Keeper Checklist 9.8 OSC Radiation Protection Technician Checklist
                                                       ~ *.

9.9 Assembly Area Coordinator Instructions ' 9.1 O OSC/TSC Layout 9.11 OSC Guidelines 9.12 IPEC ERO OSC Staffing

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-230 Revision 15 PROCEDURE

   *-~-Entergy          IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES              REFERENCE USE         Page      6  of     41
        \_

Attachment 9.1 OSC Manager Checklist Sheet 1 of 6 This is a core staffing position. 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity NOTES NOTE: Procedure refers to an event at Unit 2, Unit 3 or both (i.e., Security, Natural event). If determined to be a Site event, then Unit 2 will be the lead plant for all communications. 1.1 Follow Responsibilities/Activities in EN-EP-611 Attachment 9.1 and the following 1.2 IF a Beyond Design Basis External Event (BDBEE) occurs that res Its in an Extended Loss of AC Power (ELAP) to either unit, THEN ent into O-FSG-100, BDBEE/ELAP Emergency Response, is ,required. 1.3 Initial Accountability CAUTION: IF an emergency classification is entered due to a security condition, THEN evacuation and accountability may put personnel at risk: Therefore, in these situations, evacuation and accountability will be , suspended until directed by Security and cleared through the Incident .

      -commander.

A. IF the event has been classified as a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency AND initial accountability has-not been -- performed THEN direct accountability to be performed in accordance with Section 2.3 of this checklist. B. Verify that the following core staffing is available before deelarin OSC staffed: (a) OSC Manager (b) Work Control Coordinator (c) 3 Radiation Protection Technicians (d) 1 Mechanical Maintenance (e) 1 Electrical Maintenance (f) 1 l&C Technician

1. Staff the OSC using Form EP-10-ALL, "Filling an ERO Vacancy During Facility Activation/Operation"

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-230 Revision 15 PROCEDURE ~Entergy IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 7 of 41 Attachment 9.1 OSC Manager Checklist Sheet 2 of 6 lniti~I Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES C. IF additional personnel are required THEN: .

1. IF it is during normal working hours THEN call or assign someone to call the Assembly Area for needed personnel.
2. IF needed individuals are not available onsite THEN assign someone to call individuals at home using the Emergency Telephone Directory (ETD).

NOTE: The relationship between the minimum personnel. required to STAFF the OSC, and the entire OSC ERO is explained in Attachment 9.12 of this procedure.

  • D.. Designate two individuals to act as Assembly Area Coordinators (AAC). Assign one to report to the Energy*

Education Center (EEC) the other one to the Generation Support Building (GSB) and have them follow guidance * .

  • provided on the Assembly Area Coordinator Instructions,,* ....

(Attachment 9.9), if necessary.. E. IF event occurs during an outage, THEN assess the need.to , staff the back-up assembly area at the Indian Point Traiilhg Center (IPTC). Designate an individual to report to the IPTC and have theni follow guidance provided on Assembly Area Coordinator Instructions (Attachment 9.9).

1. Inform other AACs that the IPTC is being utilized and to direct overflow of non-essentials to the IPTC.
2. IF additional personnel are required to meet staffing needs (Normal staffing per Form EP-43, or special requirements as needed) THEN call or assign someone to call the Assembly Areas or individuals at home (using the Emergency Telephone Directory) for additional personnel.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP*EP-230 Revision 15 PROCEDURE

 ~-Entergy             IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES               REFERENCE USE       Page       8             of    41 Attachment 9.1 OSC Manager Checklist Sheet 3 of 6 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                                    NOTES F. Determine when the OSC staff is prepared to assume primary functions of OSC (dispatching and accounting of Operations, RP, Maintenance Teams to the plant).

G. When ready, -formally relieve the Control Room of the responsibilities to track in-plant teams as follows:

1. Call the POM (Shift Manager if POM not available) and request a complete listing of personnel currently performing tasks outside the OSC, and the CR. As a
                                                                                                   *.,=***

minimum, NPO's will be controlled at an SAE or higher classification. . *: *- .*.~. '

                                                                                                 *.- .
2. Notify the EPM and make*an announcement to the OSC, TSC, and _inform the EOF that the OSC is operational.

NOTE: OSC Guidelines (Attachment 9.11) information should be provided to each OSC technician, mechanic and operator. H. Conduct, or have the OSC Coordinators conduct a briefing for the OSC technicians, mechanics and operators: 1 . Provide a brief explanation of the event that caused the emergency.

2. Inform OSC personnel not to leave the OSC/TSC Complex without checking out with the OSC Work Control Coordinator.
3. Inform personnel that they will be briefed by one of the OSC Coordinators prior to being sent intq the field to perform a task.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-230. Revision 15 PROCEDURE

  ~-Entergy             IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES             REFERENCE USE      Page       9  of              41 Attachment 9.1 OSC Manager Checklist Sheet 4 of 6
                 -

Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES

4. When briefed and dispatched by a Coordinator they*

MUST check out with OSC Work Control Coordinator before they leave the OSCfrSC. Complex.

5. When returning from an assignment they MUST check in witti the OSC Work Control Coordinator, report if they were successful and report any radiation exposure received while dispatched.
                                                                                             -:**.

I. IF relieving another OSC Manager AND there has been a shift change of OSC Technicians and/or Mechanics THEN brief on plant:conditions*usingOSC Gdidelines (Attachment 9.11) 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity

                                .        .       .

2.1 Ensure adequate materials and supplies are available to conduct emergency operations. A. IF any necessary materials or supplies are not available

                                                                                           "**'  ....

on site, THEN request assistance in obtaining items * . *!. from the Administrative & Logistics Coordinator at the EOF .. 2.2 Direct OSC Operation~ A Keep OSC Coordinators updated on pending a$signments. B. IF multiple pre-assignment briefs are to occur simultaneously, THEN instruct the Coordinators to use other areas of the oscrrsc to conduct briefings. C. Ensure OSC staff members are following.appropriate procedures. 2.3 IF the emergency classification is changed to a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency OR if directed by the Emergency Plant Manager, THEN establish or re-establish initial accountability as follows:

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-230 Revision 15 PROCEDURE

 -- Entergy             IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                REFERENCE USE         Page      10  of     41 Attachment 9.1 OSC Manager Checklist Sheet 5 of 6 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                       NOTES NOTE:

Initial Accouritability SHALL be accomplished within 30 minutes from the declaration of a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency. Accountability may,be directed at the

  • Alert classification (or any other time deemed necessary) at the direction of the Shift Manager or Emergency Plant Manager.

Accountability is accomplished by assembly of all non-essential personnel outsjde the Protected Area and physically accounting for all individuals who remain within the IPEC Protected Area (Unit 2 and Unit 3) ~ *.

     *A. The Lead Accountability Officer (LAO)       wil .generate the list of missing persons._.Jhis.list will be provided to the TSC Security Coordinator, Emergency Plant Manager and POM.

NOTE: During plant shutdowns, when there may be large numbers of workers onsite and within the radiological control areas, a Radiation Protection computer printout may be used to assist in locating missing personnel within the radiological control area .*.* after accountability is ~ompleted.

  • B. IF there are individuals who are missing, THEN verify that the following is performed:
1. Direct the OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator to obtain a Computer Printout of individuals within the Radiological Control Area.
2. Review Computer Printout for any missing individuals within the Radiological Control Area.
3. Inform the EPM, POM and TSC Security Coordinator immediately of any personnel discovered missing during accountability process.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-230 Revision 15 PROCEDURE

  -~* Entergy
       -      a IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES              REFERENCE USE     Page      11  of     41 Attachment 9.1 OSC Manager Checklist Sheet 6 of 6 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                 NOTES
4. Coordinate the search and rescue activities in accordance with procedure IP-EP-430, Site Assembly, Accountability and Relocation of Personnel Offsite.

NOTE: Ongoing Accountability is required at the Site Area Emergency or General Emergency level. Accountability is at the direction of the EPM at an Alert and required at a SAE level. C. Direct osc Staff to maintain acco~ntability of all osc personnel through the use of status boards, team assignments;- Individual Exposure Tracking Log (Form EP-29) and ERO Tracking Log (Form EP-42)

1. Instruct search and rescue teams not to move an incapacitated victim _without a Medical Representative or qualified First Responder UNLESS the potential harm from radiation or other hazards outweighs the potential harm 9f moving the victim.
                                                                                          - (
      -0. Coordinate release of personnel at the EEC, GSB and IPTC with the EPM, LAO and Assembly Area Coordinator(s).

2.4 Inform the EPM of changing situations in the plant based on information received from teams out in the field.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-230 Revision 15 PROCEDURE

        ~-Entergy      IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES               REFERENCE USE     Page      12  of     41 Attachment 9.2 l&C/Electrical Coordinator Checklist Sheet 1 of 1 1.0   Follow Responsibilities/Activities in EN-EP-611 Attachment 9.4

/ '

   \

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-230 Revision 15 PROCEDURE

          -- Entergy     IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES               REFERENCE USE    Page       13 ,  of     41 Attachment 9.3 Mechanical Coordinator Checklist Sheet 1 of 1 1.0   Follow Responsibilities/Activities in EN-EP-611 Attachment 9.4 I

'

 ' /

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCYPLAN PROCEDURE IP-EP-230 Revision 15 IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 14 of 41 Attachment 9.4 *

                                        -

Operations Support Checklist Sheet 1 of 1 1.0 Follow Responsibilities/Activities in EN-EP-611 Attachment 9.2 . *,*

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-230 Revision 15 PROCEDURE

                       --- Entergy           IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES               REFERENCE USE        *Page      15  of     41 Attachment 9.5 OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator Checklist Sheet 1 of 6 1.0      Initial Responsibility/Activity                                                NOTES 1.1      Follow Responsibilities/Activities in EN-EP-611 Attachment 9.5 and the following:

1.2 Assume the position of OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator. A. Determine if any personnel are currently in the field as follows:

  • Entergy-IPEC web site
                                       *
  • Applications drop down menu
  • _Sentinel
  • . *.:  :* *:**
  • Fleet Prod.uction Reports
                                       *~   Indian Point
  • RCA Currently Logged In _
  • If not in Crystal Report printable PDF format, then convert to such and PRINT B. Obtain a copy of current employee exposure for use in ALARA considerations when assigni~g OSG team members as follows:** *
                    ,*
  • Use Item 2 instructions above for Sentinel access
                                      **    Select Daily Margin List by Department
:'.:.:.
  • Select the key departments needed (e.g.,

Operations, RP, Rad-waste, Chem., FIN, MNTS, Mech-1, Security)

  • Drop Down Menu
  • Select Last Name, OK
  • If not in Crystal Report printable PDF format, convert to such and PRINT C. Request the Control Room to align the OSC/TSC ventilation system for incident operation per procedure, if required.

D. IF necessary THEN direct a Rad Protection Technician to perform a habitability survey of the OSC/TSC and Control Rooms and verify that radiological controls are set up as shown on Sheet 6 of this Checklist for the TSC/OSC.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-230 Revision 15 PROCEDURE

    ~Entergy                       IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES             REFERENCE USE        Page      16  of     41 Attachment 9.5 OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator Checklist Sheet 2 of 6 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                                 NOTES E. Establish the capability for monitoring of Iodine, should it become necessary. Have a Rad Protection Tech set up the AMS-4.

F. Establish Habitability and Contamination controls for the CR if necessary. At a minimum verify habitability in the Control Rooms and TSC/OSC and re-verify approximately every 60 minutes or when conditions have likely worsened. NOTE: Ensure Habitability and Contamination Controls are implemented when a Radiological Release occurs

     '* ; . -.'   '
           . *-. G. IF dosimetry is necessary and individuals have not been previously issued dosimetry THEN assign a person(s) to go to

( HP-1 or HP-3 as appropriate to obtain dosimetry * '\ (PRD's/DLR's) to be issued to them, H. Assign Personnel to the following positions:

1. OSC/TSC Rad Protection Monitor
2. Protected Area Monitoring Team, IF requested by the EOF,
3. EOF RP Monitor, as soon as RP tech minimum staffing has been satisfied.
4. Rad Waste Personnel to report to the EOF to support any decontamination efforts, IF requested by the EOF.
5. RP Monitor to Assembly Areas to verify habitability if a radiological release has occurred. Monitor will need to bring frisker and survey meter.
6. Chemistry Technicians to take samples and report results
                         *as requested.

I. Obtain keys from Unit 2 control point for the lock box on the

                    .side of the OSC radiological equipment supply lockers. Check all instruments for operability and inventory any locker which has a broken seal.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-230 Revision 15 PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 17 of 41 Attachment 9.5 OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator Checklisf Sheet 3 of 6 Initial Responsibility/Activity NOTES J. Obtain requested Chemistry sample, and report the results to the OSC Manager. 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity 2.1 Direct Radiation Protection and Chemistry Technicians in the following activities: A. Assign qualified RP/Chemistry Technicians to conduct emergency response support activities. B. Use Emergency Team Briefing Form (EP-38) to prepare and.

       * *document team *assignments. Ensure each team dispatched :
       * *has ;i copy of the Emergency Team Briefi.ng Form.         *
  • C. Assign personnel to conducfin:-plant radiological surveys and take chemistry samples as. required supporting ERO activities. -

D. Assign RP Technicians to accompany Teams requiring radiologi~al support. I;. Prepare or have prepared the ERWP (EP-40). Review and approve

               -     -

the prepared

                                  . form and then use or have it used.

F. Participate in T earn briefings to ensure team members ,

  • p'l'bperly'imderstand the assigned task. Briefings SHOULD

_ be Clear, concise, accurate, and prompt based upon the hazard(s) to be encountered. G. Use the ERWP (Form EP-40) to discuss dose limits, surveys to be performed, expected and maximum dose rates and stay times. Advise team members to immediately contact or return to the OSC when dose rates or stay times approach the established limits. H. Discuss dosimetry requirements. Coordinate with Radiological Coordinator any radiation exposure limit extensions necessary.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED ). EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-230 Revision 15 PROCEDURE

    ~Entergy                  IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES               REFERENCE USE         Page      18  of     41 Attachment 9.5 OSC.Rad/Chem Coordinator Checklist Sheet 4 of 6 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                          NOTES I.       Discuss protective clothing and respiratory protection requirements.

J. Discuss travel route requirements and if there are any releases in progress. K. Advise team members on monitoring and decontamination procedures following mission completion. L. Advise team how they will be notified of changing conditions or classifications. Direct radiological control personnel to read dosimetryfor personnel whose exposure limits are

             . approachei.~
  • M. Participate in OSCteam post job debriefings, if needed.
                                         .   .     .          .

N. Maintain communication capability (i.e. phone, radio) and

  • work with the Work Control Coordinator while the team is in
           .. the field to answer any questions that may arise concerning the task. *'
0. Assist the OSC Manager in planning and preparing for any
              . Radiological or Chem is.try work activities needed to return the plant to a safe condition.

P: Verify the Work C9ritrol Coordinator is tracking individual

            . '. exposure:data in WebEOC or Individual Exposure Tracking Log (Form ER-29).

Q. RP Tech escorts are required for any team being sent into an area where any of the following conditions exist:

1. Radiological conditions are unknown. Surveys or ARMs may be used to predict radiological conditions.
2. Radiation field in excess of 1 R/hr are expected.
3. In the event of any release of radioactivity to the environment.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-230 Revision 15 PROCEDURE

      ***~-Entergy        IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                 REFERENCE USE      Page      19  of     41 Attachment 9.5 OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator Checklist Sheet 5 of 6
  • Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES R. Coordinate with the OSC Manager for tasks involving injured personnel or search and rescue activities.

1.' IF potentially contaminated br highly exposed personnel require offsite medical facility attention, THEN support transport with Operations and Security. S. Frequently brief the OSC Manager on assigned task status and the results reported by RP and Chemistry Technicians T. Maintain an adequate reserve of personnel in the OSC RP/Chem pool by requesting additional resources from the Radiological Coordinator as necessary.

  • U.. Requ~::;.ttheHa_dibto*gical Coordinator to coordinate with the EOF Administration._and.Logistics Coordinator to obtain equipment and mated~ls not avail9b_le onsite or through previously arranged ;3greemerits.
  • V. Direct decontaminatiorf' of personnel, equipment and ,

areas inside the Protected Area. W. If respirators are needed they.can be obtained at'the normal issue p9int location.

                                . . ; ~ .
  • 2.5 !ft.here are contamir-ate~ ifijured personnel THEN perform the following: . .

A. Provideradiologi~~l.support for the assessment, treatment, and transportation of contaminated injured personnel. B. Monitor patients on-site for contamination and decontaminate as appropriate. (IP-EP-350, Emergency Contamination Control)

 \

I

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-230 Revision 15 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE Entergy IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 20 of 41 Attachment 9.5 OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator Checklist Sheet 6 of 6

                           - "l A.

A

                                 '""--.

D

                                                    /

B c i

                                              "'*          "'

E

                                                         ~  .ir-;

osc R

. . .....
                                                         ** ** *.To.. :.::_-.:.,.::.
                                                       *:~         ~

E

                                                                   *rsc                      p.

M A TSC/OSC Access Points to be posted: If Hallway Contamination < 1000 dpm/ 100 sq. cm If Hallway Contamination > 1000 dpm/ 100 sq. cm A. Entry/Exit A. No Entry. Exit Only B. No Entry/No Exit B. Entry to TSC/OSC. No Exit. White Step Off Pad and Frisk Shoes before stepping here C. No Entry/No Exit C. No Entry/No Exit D. Equipment cabinets. Place sign at top of stairway D. Equipment cabinets. Place sign at top of stairway. No Entry/No Exit without permission from RAD Coordinator. No Entry/No Exit without permission from RAD E. Air Monitoring Equipment Coordinator E. Air Monitoring Equipment

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-230 Revision 15 PROCEDURE' ,/

     ~-Entergy                IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES              REFERENCE USE      Page      21  of     41" Attachment 9.6 Work Control Coordinator Checklist Sheet 1 of 2 NOTE:

The expectation for all ERO positions is to use WebEOC for log-keeping purposes. Reference to traditional paper forms remains in this checklist for the situation in which WebEOC is unavailable,

      . such as a power or computer failure.

This is a core staffing position 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity NOTES 1.1 Follow Responsibilities/Activities in i;N'.'J:P-611

  • Attachment 9.3, EN-EP-610 Attachmer¢.9~11 and the
         . following:                                 .. * *
  • 1.2 Issue radios (and lapel or. throat microphones as.

needed) ~o OSC Coordinafors *and teams being*

  • dispatched ..

1.3 Use of Throat Mies. And Ear Bud on portable radio: NOTE:

                   .                                      '.

Throat Mies. with Ear Bud or Lapel Mies-. woLitd be used when workers are dressed in Protective Clothing and/or respirators. *** .. * * * * . . A. Attach microphone to portable radio using the adapter unit. The adapter unit has a three

  • position switch
  • OFF
  • PTT (Push to Talk) \
                          ** VOX (Voice
                      . ,_   Activated)

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-230 Revision 15 l EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE

     -~Entergy j

IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 22 of 41 Attachment 9.6 Work Control Coordinator'Checklist Sheet 2 of 2 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES B. Ensure radio is turned on C. Attach radio and adapter to

            . workers clothing D. Place Throat Mic. On worker and ear bud in ear E. To transmit, touch the center front of the adapter unit (PTT) and speak. Release center of adapter unit when finished speaking.

F. Ensure proper radio col"T1muni~ationi?..Protocol is utilized at all-times. Refer tb EN.;.HLJ-to2*; * * *

  • Attachment 9.2 "Effective Communications 1' for
  • additional guidance.

G. Remind personnel using radios to check operability of their radio before entering any area (for example pump cells) for which * * .. , _ .. communications might be suspect. .- *

                                               *-           '  ..

1.4 Maintain the Repair/Corrective Action Admin status board promptly. Update as tasks are assigned, old. tasks are completed, and as priorities are changed. IF needed ask the OSC Log Keeper to assist in maintaining the status board.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-230 Revision 15 PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 23 of 41 Attachment 9.7 OSC Log Keeper Checklist Sheet 1 of 1 1.0 Follow Responsibilities/Activities in EN-EP-611 Attachment 9.6. *

                                                              *. ,
                                                           ..
                                                         ....    . *..

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-230 Revision 15 PROCEDURE

  -=-Entergy            IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                 REFERENCE USE   Page    24 of      41 Attachment 9.8 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 1 of 14 This is a core staffing position 1.0     Initial Responsibility/Activity                                  NOTES 1.1    .Assume the position of OSC Rad Protection Technician A. Enter the OSC using one of the proximity Accountability Card Readers.

B. Sign in at the facility organization chart. C. Report to and receive direction from the OSC

           .Rad/Chem Coordinator or if not available the TSC Radiological Coordinator.

_D. Verify.Equipment is in calibration. E. As directed by the OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator or the TSC Radiological Coordinator: 1.. Perform a habitability survey of the TSC/OSC and CCR's and set up radiological controls for the TSC/OSC as shown on sheet 14 of this Checklist. NOTE: AMS SHALL _be started during TSC/OSC activation

1. Initial AMS-4 Start Up:

ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-230 Revision 15 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 25 of 41 Attachment 9.8 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 2of14 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES

  • OPEN filter-housing cover, remove any existing filter media AND install a new charcoal filter paper (#508 Carbon lmpreg). The "lined" side should face down.
  • CLOSE and latch the filter housing cover.
  • PLUG the AMS-4 in and turn on SW1 (power) and SW2 (pump) switches located in the back of the monitor.

NOTE: IF beeping continues; THEN readjust.filter paper and restart.

  • AFTER the AMS-4 has gone through the initial self-test cycle (approximately 5 minutes), THEN VERIFY the "READY" light is on AND activity 'is displayed.
  • PRESS "2" on the keypad AND VERIFY that indicated flow rate is near the posted reference flow rate for charcoal filter. A low flow rate may indicate a flow blockage OR loaded filter paper.
  • PRESS "1" on keypad to display airborne concentration. Negative numbers indicate the current activity is less than the historical data.
2. Normal AMS-4 Operation:

NOTE: This instrument is calibrated to monitor gas and p,articles.

  • CHECK periodically the AMS-4 flow rate by
                  *pressing "2" on the keypad. IF desired, return to activity monitoring by pressing "1" on the keypad.

ENN IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-230 Revision 15 PROCEDURE / IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 26 of 41 Attachment 9.8 OSC' Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 3of14 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES

  • IF the flow rate approaches 28320 cm3/min OR the "MIN FLOW FAIL" alarm activities, THEN CHANGE the filter paper as per Section 3.
  • IF the AMS-4 "DAC HOUR ALARM DETECTED" alarm activates, THEN NOTIFY the Radiation Protection Coordinator. The alarm set point is 60 DAC hrs. Which is equivalent to 150 mRem.
                                                    -
  • IF the "FILTER DOOR, OPEN OUT OF
                'SERVICE" alarm activates, THEN VERIFY that
                                                                                           ...

the filter housing is closed and latched., - * * *

  • IF the gamma background in the area ~.hanges substantially, THEN GO to Section 4to set the Gamma Factor.
  • WHEN finished monitoring with the AMS-4, THEN turn off SW1 (power), SW2 (pump).
3. Changing AMS-4 Filter Paper
  • TURN SW2 (pump) OFF
  • WHEN the audible alarm activates, THEN PRESS "ALARM ACK".
  • OPEN the filter housing cover AND WHEN the audible alarm activate, PRESS "ALARM ACK".
  • REMOVE any existing filter media AND install a new charcoal filter paper (#508 Carbon lmpreg).

The "lihed" side should face down.

ENN IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-230 Revision 15 PROCEDURE

 .~Entergy.        IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                 REFERENCE lJSE    Page     27    of    41 Attachment 9.8 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 4of14 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                      NOTES
  • CLOSE and latch the filter housing cover.
  • TURN on SW2 (pump) switch.
  • WHEN the audible alarm activates, THEN PRESS "ALARM ACK"
  • PRESS "2" on the keypad AND verify that indicated flow rate is near the posted reference flow rate for charcoal filter. The low flow rate *-.*-,*

alarm set point is 28320 cm/3min. A low flow rate .. may indicate a fl~w blocka~e OR loaded filter paper.

  • RETURN to Section 2 for normal operations.
4. Gamma Factor Set
  • VERIFY "READY" light is on. The AMS-4 front panel will NOT respond as expected if an alarm condition exists.
  • PRESS "MENU"
  • AT the prompt "password" TYPE in "0000" THEN press "ENTER".
  • PRESS "_" button until "Calibrate" appears in display.
  • PRESS "ENTER".
  • WHEN "Calibration Mode Halts Normal Operation" displays, THEN press "ENTER".
  • WAIT until both Beta AND BKG counts are greate than 400 counts THEN observe "Factor=

XX.XXX" (where XX.XXX is .a number) on display AND PRESS "ENTER".

ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-230 Revision 15 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 28 of 41 Attachment 9.8 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 5of14 Initial Responsibility/Activity_(cont.) NOTES

  • PRESS "ENTER" to accept and update Gamma Factor value.
  • PRESS "MENU" key twice.
                                     "NOTE:

WHEN "READY" light appears AND airborne concentrations appears on top line of display THEN go to Section F.2 for normal operation. (IF the.flow rate appears, THEN press "1" to display activity). G. Periodically check readings of AMS-:4 and ensure proper instrument operation.

1. IF there is a release, THEN monifor the AMS-4 to identify any increase in the radiological levels in t_he TSC/OSC.
2. Follow directions in Section F of this checklist to maintain AMS-4 operations.

H. Sample Count Using the MS-2/SPA-3: NOTE: 11

                  'Perform Source Check prior to use
      ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
                                                                        . 1
1. Enclose the cartridge (e.g. in plastic wrap).
2. Place the enclosed sample in the detector shield on the shelf closest to the detector.
3. Set the controls on the MS-2 as follows:
  • POWER switch "Or>J"
  • CPM RANGE switch - appropriate multiplier setting to register expected sample count rate.
  • COUNTING TIME IN MINUTES control - set to desired counting time (normally one minute)
  • Window IN/OUT switch- "IN"
  • TEST switch - "OFF"** * *
  • TIMED/STOP/MAN switch - "TIMED"

ENN IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-230 Revision 15 PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 29 of 41 Attachment 9.8 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 6of14 Initial Respon~ibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES

  • WINDOW THRESHOLD AND HV ADJUST dials
                  - set to values posted on the instrument.
4. Momentarily depress the RESET-START button.
5. WHEN the sample has finished counting, THEN record the digital display value on appropriate RP survey form.
6. Calculate the sample activity using the appropriate correction factor using the following formula:

I

  • EFF - Efficiency (as given on the instrument or as directed by Radiological Assessment **

Coordinator or Radiation Protection Supervisor)

  • CFF - Charcoal Correction Factor (.95 or as directed by Radiological Assessment Coordinator or Radiation Protection Supervisor)
                    ,1 (SampleCPM -BkgdCPM)x(JE-9).

U Cl1CC = ------------ 2.2xEFFx Volume(L)xCCF Volume (L) = 28.32 .L...Volume (ft3) ft3

ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY IP-EP-230 Revision 15 PROCEDURE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 30 of 41 Attachment 9.8 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 7 of 14 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES

7. Remove the cartridge from the detector chamber and store or dispose of it properly, as appropriate.
8. Do a one minute background verification count to verify it has not changed and the counter is not contaminated. IF contaminated THEN take appropriate measures to decontaminate.
9. Insert new filter.

I. Sample Count Using the E-140N OR RM-14/HP-210:

1. Connect.the HP-210 detector, using the coaxial

// cable. to the terminal on the instrument mark.~d "detector" or "probe".

2. IF using the RM-14 on AC, THEN do the following:
  • Connect it to a 120 VAC supply using the power cord which connects at the back of the instrument chassis_,
  • Place the rotary switch in the X10 position.
  • Operate the toggle "Test On" switch at the chassis rear AND check that the indication on the meter is APPROXIMATELY 3600 CPM (:t 10%). .
  • Turn the toggle switch off
  • Record data on appropriate HP survey form.
  • 3. IF using the instrument on battery THEN check battery condition by placing the rotary switch in "Batt" position AND record data on appropriate HP survey form.

ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY IP-EP-230 Revision 15

  • PROCEDURE PLAN IMPLEMENTING
  • PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 31 of 41 Attachment 9.8 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 8 of 14 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) .NOTES
  • Energize the instrument by turning the five position rotary ~witch from "OFF" to one of the
  • three counting ranges X1, X10, or X100.
  • Check the operability of the counter.
  • Place the detector in contact with the Ba-133 check source (located in the kit next to the meter). *
                       * *Read source CPM above background AND record results on appropriate HP survey form.
                                         .         .
      \
  • Compare to count rate labeled on the source.
        )
4. Place the detector on the sample holder (SH-4, -4a or equivalent) and check the background. *
  • Record the background CPM on DETERMINATION OF RADIOACTIVE

',* .. AIRBORNE CONCENTRATION (Form EP-16).

  • Use lead bricks as shielding to r~duce the background CPM to read on the X1 scale (if possible).
5. Place particulate filters to be counted, one at a time, face up in the counting chamber.
6. Read sample CPM and record results on DETERMINATION OF RADIOACTIVE AIRBORNE CONCENTRATION (Form EP-16)

ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY IP-EP-230 Revision 15 PROCEDURE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 32 of 41 Attachment 9.8 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 9of14 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES

7. Calculate the filter activity as follows:
                                          ,1    (SampleCPM -BkgdCPM)x(JE - 9) uC1    1cc=------------

2.2xEFFx Volume(L) EFF-Efficiency =0.1

                                                                                                        *t G
  • NOTE:
  • .*'

Should sample holders be unavailable, the filters may be counted by placing the detectors within half inch of the filter.

8. To count the iodine filter cartridges .in the sample
                   . holders, modify the holders as follows:
    .                (a) IF using the SH-4, THEN do the following:
                         *. Remove the sample holder slide.
  • Place the charcoal cartridge (lip up) or the silver zeolite cartridge (face up) in the cavity cr~ated by removing the sample holder slide.
  • Place the detector on the cartridge.
  • Determine the count rate.

(b) IF using the SH-4a, THEN pull out the slide:

  • Remove the insert.
                         *
  • Push the slide back in.
  • Place the charcoal cartridge (lip up) or the silver zeolite cartridge (face up) !n the cavity created by removing the sample holder slide.

ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY IP-EP-230 Revision 15 PROCEDURE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES . REFERENCE USE Page 33 of 41 Attachment 9.8 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 10of14 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES

  • Place the detector on the cartridge.
  • Determine the count rate.
9. Calculate the cartridge activity as follows:
                                                                  ,1 (SampleCPM -BkgdCPM)x(JE -9)

U CltCC = ------------ 2.2:xEFFx Volume(L)xCCF EFF- Efficiency = 0.0015 ..'* *:,,;..,.:. CCF- Charcoal Correction Factor= 0.95

                \ '

J. Perform background and source checks approximately every hour OR as specified by the Rad/Chem Coordinator or TSC Radiological Coordinator

                  ~ .. ..                  (frequency may be adjusted, either more or less often, in consideration of current radiological conditions).
                     ...
    • .* \.* .. ., K. Using the readings from the AMS-4 Monitor and the
,-,

noble gas-to-iodine ratio from Chemistry, determine the iodine activity.

1. IF iodine activity is determined to be greater than 1x10-7 micro curies/cubic centimeter by any of the above methods, THEN notify the OSC Rad/Chem or the TSC Radiological Coordinator.

L. Establish contamination controls for the TSC/OSC if necessary.

ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY IP-EP-230 Revision 15 PROCEDURE PLAN /

           *--* Entergy .          IMPLEMENTING REFERENCE USE          Page        34  of   41 PROCEDURES Attachment 9.8 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 11 of 14 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                         NOTES 2.0         Continuous Responsibility/Activity 2.1         Establish and Maintain radiological controlls A As directed by the OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator or the TSC Radiological Coordinator, perform periodic radiological monitoring particularly when a release of radioactive material into plant environments is in progress or suspected.

B. Periodically verify habitability in the TSC or OSC and

                        *Control Rooms. This should be done approximately onc-e every 60 minutes or when conditions have likely worsened or when directed to by the OSC Rad/Chem
                      . *Coordinator or the TSC Radiological Coordina.tor.

2.2 Inform the OSC Rad/Chem Coordinator or another coordinator when temporarily leaving the work area. A IF you are leaving the TSC/OSC Complex .(the

             * '* * ** restroom is within complex) T.HEN:
    -
 **.... "
1. Inform the Work Control Coordinator and/or OSC,
  ~
        "
    '

Log-Keeper (for accountability purposes)

                        .2. Inform the Work Control Coordinator and/or OSC Log-Keeper when you return.

B. Upon return, obtain a briefing from the OSC Rad/Chem or the TSC Radiological Coordinator on any events, which have occurred while away. 2.3 Escort as* directed, any team being sent into an area where any of the following conditions exist: A Radiological conditions are unknown. Surveys ot ARMs may be used to predict radiological conditions. B. Radiation fields in excess of 1 R/hr are expected. C. In the event of any release of radioactivity to the environment.

ENN IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY IP-EP-230 Revision 15 PROCEDURE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 35 of 41 Attachment 9.8 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 12of14 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES 2.4 Assist with the decontamination efforts of personnel, I equipment, and onsite areas as appropriate. 3.0 Closeout Responsibility/Activity

 '3.1   IF radiological conditions allow, THEN as directed by the Radiological Coordinator:

A. Return emergency equipment to proper storage areas

           *arid 'restock supplies as needed.
                    '.

ENN IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY IP-EP-230 Revision 15 PROCEDURE PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE *page 36 of 41 Attachment 9.8 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 13 of 14 Information on use of Potassium Iodide IOSA T' Tablets Potassium Iodide Tablets

  • TAKE POTASSIUM IODIDE ONLY WHEN WARNING PUBLIC HEALTH OFFICIALS TELL YOU. POTASSIUM IODIDE SHOULD NOT BE USED BY IN A RADIATION EMERGENCY PEOPLE ALLERGIC TO IODIDE. Keep out of the RADIOACTIVE IODINE COULD BE reach of children. In case of overdose or allergic RELEASED INTO THE AIR. POTASSIUM reaction, contact a physician or public health IODIDE (A FORM OF IODINE) CAN HELP authority.

PROTECT YOU.

  • IF YOU ARE TOLD TO TAKE THIS HOW POTASSIUM IODIDE WORKS MEDICINE, TAKE IT ONE TIME EVERY 24 Certain forms of iodine help your thyroid gland work HOURS. DO NOT TAKE IT MORE OFTEN. right. Most people get the iodine they need from MORE WILL NOT HELP YOU AND MAY foods like iodized salt or fish. The thyroid can "store" INCREASE THE RISK OF SIDE EFFECTS. or hold only a certain amount of iodine.

NOT TAKE THIS DRUG IF YOU KNOW In a radiation emergency radioactive iodine may be YOU ARE ALLERGIC TO IODIDE (SEE released in the air. If this air is breathed or 1---,--'-,-S_JD_E-'-_E_F_F_E_.c_T_&_B_E_L_O_W_)- - - - - - - - i swallowed it may enter the thyroid and damage it. DIR.ECTIONS FOR USE The damage may not show itself for years. Children use only when directed by Emergency Management, are the most likely to have thyroid damage. State, Local or Public Health Officials If you take potassium iodide, it will fill up you thyroid 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - i gland. This reduced the chances that radioactive DOSE iodine will enter your thyroid. ADULTS AND CHILDREN ONE YEAR OF AGE OR OLDER: WHO SHOULD NOT TAKE POTASSIUM IODIDE One ( 1) tablet once a day. Crush for small The only people who should not take tablets when children. directed to do so are people who know they are BABIES UNDE~ ONE YEAR OF AGE: allergic to iodine. Pregnant women, nursing women, children and babies may take this drug. 6ne-tialf (1(2) tablet'once a day. Crush first.

  ' '

HOW AND WHEN

                            *
  • DOSAGE .. Potassium Iodide should be taken as soon as Take for 10 days unle.ss.directed otherwise. possible after authorities tell you to take it.

Store your supply at room temperature between 59° You should take one dose every 24 hours. F and 86° F. Keep package dry and foil packets MORE WILL NOT HELP YOU, AND WILL intact. * - INCREASE THE CHANCES OF SIDE EFFECTS. KEEP YOUR SUPPLY OUT OF REACH OF Continue to take the drug for 10 days. CHILDREN. WHAT TO DO IF SIDE EFFECT OCCUR SIDE EFFECTS STOP taking the drugs and contact a doctor or public Usually, side effects of potassium iodide happen health officials for instructions. when people take higher doses for a long time. You should be careful not to take more than the recommended dose or take it for longer than you are told. Side effects are unlikely because of the low DESCRIPTION AND USE dose and the short time you will be taking the drug. Each IOSATTM Tablet contains 130 mg. of Possible side effects include skin rashes, swelling of potassium iodide. the salivary glands, and "iodism" (metallic taste, Thyroid blocking in radiation emergency only. burning mouth and throat, sore teeth and gums, symptoms of a head cold, and sometimes stomach upset and diarrhea).

ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY IP-EP-230 Revision 15 PROCEDURE PLAN

     --Entergy.                  IMPLEMENTING Page             37 PROCEDURES                    REFERENCE USE                                              of  41 Attachment 9.8 OSC Rad Protection Technician Checklist Sheet 14 of 14

_,,,,.. A c

                                         ~

_,.,... B D A E N osc R. c TSC A / Computer Room

                                 '"-,

A

                                             ..             ..

TSC/OSC Access Points to be posted: If Hallway Contamination < 1000 dpm/ 100 sq. cm If Hallway Contamination > 1000 dpm/ 100 sq. cm A. Entry/Exit A. No Entry. Exit Only B. No Entry/No Exit B. Entry to TSC/OSC. No Exit. White Step Off Pad and Frisk Shoes before stepping here C. No Entry/No Exit C. No Entry/No Exit D. Equipment cabinets. Place sigri at "top .of stairway D. Equipment cabinets. Place sign at top of stairway. No Entry/No Exit without permission from RAD Coordinator. No Entry/No Exit without permission from RAD E. Air Monitoring Equipment Coordinator E. Air Monitoring Equipment \

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED ~ IP-EP-230 Revision 15 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE

 *~Entergy               IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                    REFERENCE USE             Page      38      of     41 Attachment 9.9 Assembly Area Coordinator (AAC) Instructions Sheet 1 of 1
1. Review any special instructions with OSC Manager and ensure you have a full understanding of priorities
2. Take a key for the AAC Room. The key for AAC Room is the same as for the TSC/OSC/EOF.

Record OSC Manager Contact Number:

3. Assume the duties of the Energy Education Center (EEC) or Generation Support Building (GSB) Assembly .

Area Coordinator. (or Indian Point Training Center (IPTC) Assembly Area Coordinator if needed). A. Report to the GSB or EEC (or IPTC if needed) B. Establish telephone communications with the OSC Manager,

i. Call the OSC Manager to inform them you are in place, provide them with phone number at your location.
c. Draft an individual to remain ~t phone and communicate messages to you as necessary.

D. In the GSB/EEC, .~et up, or c!irect al)sistance to set up, the ~A System, stored in the AAC Room. In the IPTC, ensure that the i.ns~~ll!3d PA System is working .

                                  ...
4. Draft at least3 Management per~onnel to assist in controlling personnel located at the Assembly Area.

Have them direct-assembled personnel to form groups by disciplines e.g. Mechanical, Electrical, l&C, Engineering and stand by for further infmmation and instructions.

5. Do not allow personnel to leave the Assembly Area until you have verified with the OSC Manager that there has been no release of Radioactive Materials and additional personnel are not needed for event response.
6. Periodically (-every 30 min) contact the OSC . Manager for brief overvtew of events and plant
                                                    ~                                            -

conditions.

7. 'Periodically (-every 30 min') brief pe.rsorinel in th~ Assembly Area on events and plant conditions.
8. Locate and dispatch additional personnel fo respond inside the Protected Area or to the EOF as needed.
                                                              -*
9. When directed by the OSC Manager either:

A. *Dismiss Individuals from the Site B. Release individuals back to work

c. Direct individuals to a designated location (on or offsite)
10. IF directed by Radiological Assessment Coordinator, distribute Kl to personnel in the assembly areas.

Brief personnel on Kl usage sheet 13 of Attachment 9.8 of IP-EP-230.

11. When all personnel have departed from the Assembly Area A. Return Portable PA System to its storage location.

B. Document any problems with equipment, personnel or procedures observed during event.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-230 Revision 15 PROCEDl"RE

 .-====-Entergy  IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                        REFERENCE USE                 Page            39     of             41 Attachment 9.10 TSC/OSC Floor Plan Sheet 1of1 TYPICAL SEATING LAYOUT (May be rearranged without a procedure revision.}

OSC RP/Chem Work Control TSC Security Coordinator Coordinator Coordinator R c A osc

  • Operations . i&C/Elec. Mechanical s

T Log Keeper Support  : Coordinator Coordinator A ~~ N G A R E A Cabinet Communicator Engineer Engineer Elec/l&C Mechanical B Engineer Manager 0 0 D SAMG Rx Engineer EPM OPS Coordinator k s Engineer's tables IT PIGS PIGS U3 PIGS Spec Print U2 U2 RAD Coordinator

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-230 Revision 15 PROCEDURE ) IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 40 of 41 Attachment 9.11 IPEC OSC Guidelines Sheet 1 of 1 General Guidelines BE CAREFUL

1. Always ensure you use one of the proximity Accountability Card. Reader or sign in on an Accountability Roster when you arrive at the Operations Support Center.
2. Maintain a quiet professional manner throughout the event.
3. Pay attention to the facility briefings and maintain awareness of conditions and events.
4. DO NOT leave the TSC/OSC Complex without checking out with the Work Control Coordinator or Security Coordinator.

NOTE: The restrooms at the top of the stairs are still within the TSC/OSC Complex, but you should inform a Co-Worker when going there.

  • Team Dispatch WORK SAFE
1. When selected to perform a task in the field, receive job briefing from .an. OSC Coordiflator (Operations Support, Maintenance, l&C/Electric or Rad/Chem) for your assigned t!:!sk. IF the.job involves possible radiological*

exposures THEN the Rad/Chem Coordinatqr or an RP,Superviso*r Will 'Provide you with a radiological briefing. These briefs should be conducted in one .of the briefing rooms. The Lead Coordinator will give you the Team Briefing Form when ypu ~re being dispatched after: completion of briefing.

2. ALWAYS check out with the Work Control Coordinator p'riGr to leaving TSC/OSC Complex to *perform a task -

Always take a radio and test it before going out into the fi-eld unles~*dir.ected otherwise by the Work Control Coordin~tor.

                                                              -_.                 , .

Gi~e the Work Control Coordinator a copy of the Teani Br!efing Form w~~.~- yo~- are checking out.

3. Maintain communications with the Work Control Coordinator while i'r:i the field. Report any unexpected conditions
                                                                                ..-

or events immediately. . . *

4. ALWAYS check in with the Work Control Coordinator aild report any exposure you received IMMEDIATELY upon a

your return to the TSC/OSC Complex after performing task. . REPORT any safety concerns which may be important for future work or to teams currently in the field The Work Control Coordinator will return the Team Briefing Form to you after you have checked in with him/her.

5. Report to the Lead Briefer (Operations Support, Mechanical, l&C/Electrical or Rad/Chem Coordinators) for a de-briefing after you have completed checking in with the Work Control Coordinator. Report:

Status of the assigned task Any deviations taken from normal work practices or quality control processes Any follow-up task(s) you feel are needed to ensure assignment goal is completed

6. After the team de-briefing return to the pool area and await further assignment. Brief other Technicians in the pool on tasks you performed and conditions in the field.

ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY IP-EP-230 Revision 15 PROCEDURE PLAN ) IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 41 of 41 Attachment 9.12 IPEC OSC ERO STAFFING Sheet 1 of 1 At IPEC, the expectation is that ALL individuals assign~d to the Operations Support Center (OSC) report to the facility within 60 minutes of the declaration of an Event.

  • The OSG is able to be considered STAFFED when the following Core Individuals are present: OSC Manager, Work Control Coordinator, three Radiation Protection Technicians, a mechanical maintenance, *~n electrical maintenance, and an l&C technician. Regardless of whoever elseJs available, these positions MUST b~ filled pef9re the;O.SG;can be considered to be STAFFED. .. .
                                                          -               .

The IPEC Emergency Plan in Section B_ (Table _B-1) req~ires the following to respond within 60 minutes: 8 Rad Protedion techniciarts; :2* Mechanical Maintenance, 2.Electrical Maintenance, an'1&c technidan, *and a Che~istry technician.

                                                          *.:-!'*.  :

The OSC may be declared OPERATIONAL whenever C~re Individuals are achieved and the OSC Manager determines *that' the faellity_ is_ adequately staffed for the event and equipment is set up and available to perform the emergency functions assigned to the OSC. * *

             ....Entergy.,

W".!;:_'C IPEC EMERGENCY PLAN NON*QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-220 Revision 19 IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Page 29 REFERENCE Use 1 of Technical Support Center

'

Prepared by; *- .

                               '~ : .

Re~ecca A IVla.rtin PrintName * *S!griature Approval:

                      . , *....
  • __Lo_riP~-.~t~-::-~d_er_µ~J~ f 2H k
    .....     .._.     .

...... Effective Date: June 14; 2016 IP-EP-220 (Technical Support Center) R19.dac

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 Revision 19 ) Er1lergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page ~ Of 29 Table of Contents 1.0 PURPOSE ..................................................................* :......................................'"********* 3

2.0 REFERENCES

............................................................................................................. 3 3 . 0 DEFINITIONS ........................'" ....... :.............................................................................. 3 4.0 RESPONSIBILITl_ES ................................................................... "'., ......................*...... 3
                                                .                        .

4.1 Emergency Plant Manager................: .....................................*........... 3. 4.2 TSC Manager ..................................... *****.* ...................................... 3 5.0 DETAILS .................................. : .*.....................................'.....*................................. 4 6.0. INTERFACES********:********************************: .. :......................~:~~-:::*:: .:******,.. **:***::**.:*.*.'.********* 5

     . *.**                                                                                                  *     .  -* ..... _           **- ....... J*,: ~-

7 .0 .RE CO ROS*: .. :: ...................... :...... *............. :::'.*:-: ........... ***.***** ........... ::::.*::-..*... :.~-., ..'.'....... : .....s-** . 8.0 REQUIREMENTS AND COMMITMENT ................................................................. ,... 5 9.0. ATTACHMENTS .*. *.. :.,.~ .... :................. :*. ,.; .............................:.... *.::........ *...~: .. :............ ,.... 5

  • 9.1 EmergencyPlant Manager ChecklisL. ... '. ................................ ~ ......................... 5
                           ** 9.2 *TSC Manager Checklist ................................................................................... 11
       .     . *:~* .: *..          . *. .  .
         ... :* *: : .**9.3 operations Coordinator Checklist ........................ :..........._............ ~ ................. : 13
 . ...  .: . . *.-:*
            - '.              9~4 .*Re~~to.r f:ngineer Checklist ....................... :.. ;... ~ ..............*.... ,.......... ~ .. :............ 14 9.5 Engineering Coordinator Checklist ............................. :...... ,..... :...................... 15 .

9.6 Mechanical an*d El.ectrical/l&C Engineer Checklist ............................ ,............ 16 9.7 IT Specialist Checklist.. ............................... :**************************:******************** ... 17 9.8 TSC Communicator Checklist ............................................................. 18 9.9 Radiological Coordinator Checklist .................. ,.................... : ............... 19 9.1.0 TSC Security Coordinator Checklist ........................................... : ........ 24 9.11 TSC/OSC Layout .. . ... ... .. . .. ... .. . .. . ... ... .. . .......................................... 27 9.12 TSC/OSC Public Address System Description and Operation ................. 28

                                  .           .                                                                                                                .

9.13 IPEC TSC ERO Staffing ....................................................................29

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP*EP-220 Revision 19 Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page ~ Of 29 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER (TSC) 1.0 PURPOSE To describe site specific actions for the activation and operation of the Technical Support Center (TSC). This procedure will be used in conjunction with the fleet procedure, EN-EP-610, Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations.

2.0 REFERENCES

2.1 Indian Point Energy Center Emergency Plan 3.0 DEFINITIONS 3.1 See EN-EP-610 Section 3.0 for definitions. 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 See EN-EP-61 O for.Re~p<;:msibilities. 5.0 DETAILS 5.10 . See EN-EP-610 for Details. 6.0 INTERFACES 6.1 IP-EP-:-115 *. E.m~rgency_Plan Forms 6.2 IP-EP-210, Central_ Control Room 6.3 IP--!=F>-230,_op~rations Support Center

                          .. **_ ..

6.4 IP~EP-430,

              ' . ~

Site A~*sembly,

                                    .    ;

Acco*untat5ility and Relocation . of Personnel Offsite 6.5

  • IP-EP-51 O,,Meteorological, Radiological & Plant Data Acquisition System 6.6 IP-EP-610, Emergency Termination and Recovery 6.7 IP-EP..:420, Use of Potassium Iodide by Indian Point Personnel during an Emergency
 .6.8     O-FSG-100, BDBEE/ELAP Emergency Response

) 6.9 EN-EP.,.610, Technical Support Center (TSC) Operations 7.0 RECORDS. All forms and logs completed by the Emergency Response Organization during a declared emergency are Quality Records and shall be maintained for the life of the plant plus twenty (20) years.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 Revision 19 Enlergyrri EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page ~ Of 29 8.0 REQUIREMENTS AND COMMITMENT CROSS-REFERENCE None 9.0 ATTACHMENTS 9.1 Emergency Plant Manager Checklist. 9.2 TSC Manager Checklist 9.3 Operations Coordinator Checklist 9.4 Reactor ;ngineer Checklist 9.5 Engineering Coordinator Checklist 9.6 Mechanical and Electrical I l&C Engineer Checklist 9.7 IT Specialist Checklist 9.8 TSC Communicator Checklist 9.9 Radiological Coordinator Checklist 9.10 TSC Security Coordinator Checklist 9.11 TSC/OSC Lay~ut . , . .*: . ;

  • 9.12 TSC/OSC Pu~lic Address ,!:;ystem Description and Operation 9.13 IPEC TSC ERO' Staffing.. * . . . .
                                 . ~-'
  • *.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 Revision 19 Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page .§ of 29 Attachment 9.1 Emergency Plant Manager Checklist Sheet 1 of 6 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity NOTES NOTE: Procedure refers to an event at Unit 2, Unit 3 or both (i.e., Security, Natural event). If determined to be a Site event, then Unit 2 will be the lead plant for all communications, This is a Core Staffing position.

                                             .        '

1.1 Follow responsibilities/activities in_ EN-EP-61 O Attachment 9.1 and the follovving:

  • 1.2 IF a Beyond Des.ign Bas-is External Event (BDBEE) occurs that results in an Extended Loss of AC Power (ELAP) to either unit, THEN entry into, O-FSG-100, BDBEE/ELAP Emergency Response, is required.

1.3 Assume the position'"of Emergen<;y Plant Manager (EPM). A. Announce yourself as the EPM and provide initial briefing to the TSC/OSC staff: Ensure briefing covers the following item$:. * * * **

                                         ._ ....
1. Introduction of Self and FaciHty"Managers.
          *2. Establish clear expectations.for-.
a. Use of Three-Part Communications by ERO members.
b. Use of phones during facility briefs,
c. Limit excess chatter during emergency,
d. Review and follow your procedures,
3. Remind personnel to validate information,
4. When ready, announce to tlie TSC/OSC that the TSC/OSC is operational.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 Revision 19

     -!3nlergy      0 EMERGENCY PLAN               PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING
                       .PROCEDURES
                                    .,             REFERENCE USE              Page   §    Of     29 Attachment 9.1 Emergency Plant Manager Checklist Sheet 2 of 6 2.0         Continuous Responsibility/Activity                                                 NOTES CAUTION IF an emergency classification is entered due to a security condition, THEN evacuation and accountability may put personnel at risk. Therefore, in these situations, evacuation and accountability will be suspended until directed by Security and cleared through the Incident Commander.

NOTE: After initial accountability has been completed, facility managers are responsible for accountability of individuals assigned to_ their respective organizations. -- - 2.1 At a Site Area Emergency or highe.r cl~ssificati~n, or if . the decision has been made to do so, INITIATE accountability. _ * -*, A. Direct the TSC Security Coordinator/Lead

  • Accountability Officer (LAO) to perform accountability ..

Initial accountability shall be cqmpleted. within approximately 30 minutes from the declaration ofthe event. . .. . . * * --_~-.... B. IF anyone is unaccount~d for THEN q!rect the TSG ., Security Coordinator a_nd the OSC Mar)ager to commence search and rescue operations.

  • C. Direct TSC Manager, OSC Manager, POM and TSC Security Coordinator to maintain onsite accountability throughout the event.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 Revision 19 Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page z Of 29 Attachment 9.1 Emergency Plant Manager Checklist Sheet 3 of 6 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES 2.2 When applicable, direct implementation of Severe Accident Management Guidelines. A When the Control Room transitions from the EOPs to SACRG-1, or only declares an EAL for SFP conditions, ENSURE the TSC Reactor Engineer is ready to take over Severe Accident Management control, as SAMG evaluator. B. Once the SAMG Evaluat6r(s) is ready to take over Severe Accident Management control ANNOUNCE yourself as the Severe Accident Management Decision Maker:* . *.

  • C. CONFER with the SAMG* Evaluato"rs *which SAM '

guidance should be implemented.* ... D. NOTIFY the Emergency-Director (ED) which guidanpe will be implemented. IF the_ guidance involves . ' a;-.

                                                            -1'
..-,. *.

release t6the environment, ENSURE the ED disc1.:.isses.. this with the Radiologicaf.Asse$smerit Coordinafor*and

  • the State/Counties prior to implemeotation .. * -:, .

2.3 Authorize Emergency Exposures I ki: issuanc~ *

  • A -Inform the TSC/OSC Manager*ari.d Radiologiqal *:. .

Coordinator that you authorize erriergerrcfex~os1;.rres up to 1 Rem TEDE for all TSC/OSC and Operations personnel dispatched into the plant. Doc1.1ment this authorization in WebEOC, OR on your ERO Log Sheet (Form EP-10) if WebEOC is unavailable. B. IF emergency measures require additional exposure THEN raise the emergency exposure limit 1 Rem at a time up to 5 Rem.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 Revision 19 Enlergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page .§ of 29 Attachment 9.1 Emergency Plant Manager Checklist Sheet 4 of 6 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES C. Review and authorize, when requested by OSC Staff, emergency exposures beyond 5 Rem on an individual

  • 1 basis using Emergency Exposure Authorization (Form EP-6) guidelines.

D. When requested by Radiological Coordinator, authorize issuance of Potassium Iodine (Kl). (Kl is normally issued at 5 Rem COE projected child thyroid dose or declaration of a General Emergency.) 2.4 Circumstances inciuding,..but;notli.mif~d/to.a p9wer. ->

  • outage, toxic *935- coridltion, or'in-creas'e'd 'radiation.. .. ..

levels may necessitate the need to evacuate the TSC/OSC ~<;>mplex. IF it becomes necessary to. evacuate the. tsc1osc complex for any reason, the following guidance shall be fqllowed. . . _ . ... __ ,,_ . A Work with the Radiological Coordinator, TSC/OSC . .. > Managers and TSC Security Coordinator to determine a suitable alternate location(s) for TSC an.d OSC*st~ffs': In selecting an alternate location, keep 'theJollowjngjn *.

  • mind: -.* * -- * --:*7.~o'ic ...
1. In the event of increased radiation levels or a: foxic * **

gas condition, consider relocating individuals to thEL CR or Outage Control Center. Another possible alternative location for consideration is the EOF. Although desirable to keep the entire staff together; it may be necessary to utilize more than one facility.

2. In the event of a power outage, there may be additional locations that could be used for
  • relocation. Such possible locations include an IPEC Conference Hoom within the Protected Area, the Outage Control Center, the Indian Point Training Center or even the Generation Support Building.
3. In selecting the facility to which you are relocating to, ensure that you consider the ability for the TSC/OSC staffs to function in the new facility.
                  . IPEC                   NON-QUALITY RELATED        IP-EP-220                             Revision 19 Entergyf!;      EMERGENCY PLAN              PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE                   Page                     ~        Of    29 Attachment 9.1 Emergency Plant Manager Checklist Sheet 5 of 6 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                                               NOTES Some items for consideration include:

Is the required Plant information able to be readily obtained? Are the necessary computer resources available?

            - Will adequate communications be obtainable with all of the necessary parties?

B. PRIOR to evacuating the TSC/OSC complex, address ( the following:

1. Ensure. that evacuating personnel take their position
                                                                                          ~*     *~ ... --

books* with-them* to the' new location. *. - * *~ '.:;

                                                                                     '
                                                                *-: ...... ,._
2. Ensure that all needed data is.gathered and transported during the relocation of personnel.

Examples include information on the electronic ' displ~ys, other ~harted information, cpmpleted;iogs

           .*and the like.                                   *
                                                                                         .  ~
3. Inform the ED and the POM of your reloca.tion* *'

plans. Advise them that you will notify them of . .,; when you have relocated and are a fuilctioniAg

                                                                                   .*:_ . ~.:.~.;-_:     *-

facility. If relocation will be at two or more sites,-*, -...:..*.~.

                                                                                              *--****

direct an individual at each of those sites to advise** you when their relocation is complete.

4. Determine the speed at which the relocation of personnel should occur giving consideration to the following items:
a. Consider the impact of immediate relocation vs.

mitigation activities in progress.

b. Current radiological or hazardous conditions within the TSC/OSC.
c. Radiological or hazardous conditions at the proposed TSC/OSC.
d. Radiological or hazardous conditio_ns en route.
e. The adequacy of response from the alternate location.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 Revision 19 Entergy@ EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 10 Of 29

                                                                                          -

Attachment 9.1 Emergency Plant Manager Checklist Sheet 6 of 6 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES

f. Determine proper path to take to new locations.
g. Direct personnel to relocate.
h. Notify Security to instruct incoming personnel to report to the designated alternate TSC/OSC location( s ).
5. After arriving at the new TSC/OSC location(s), re-establish this new location as the TSC/OSC.
6. Set up the appropriate equipment such as*electronic displays, plant-datadisplays*and telephones. . , ***

I

7. Notify the Eb and POM when established and ready .

to commence functioning as the TSC/OSC. I.

8. Obtain arl"updated briefing on the.current status of the .emergency,. plant conditions and any actions
  • that are in progress or that may have been completed. ** -
9. Continue functioning as the EPM.

C. Direct personnel to relocate TSC/OSC personnel.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 Revision 19 Entergy 0 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 11 of 29 Attachment 9.2 TSC Manager Checklist Sheet 1 of 2 This is a core staffing position 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity NOTES 1.1 Follow responsibilities/activities in EN-EP-610 Attachment 9.2

  • and the following:

1.2 Activation of the TSC and assume the position of TSC Manager. A. Synchronize your time with the TSC/OSC clock. Verify with the. EOF and/or CR that the time displayed in the TSC/OSC is the same as it is there. B. Verify you have the following core staffing prior to declaring the TSC staffed:**

a. EPM
b. TSC Manager
                    .C. TSC Communicator
   \

\ j d. Mechanical Engineer

 '                   e. Electrical/l&C Engineer
f. Reactor Engineer
g. Rad Coordinator C. Staff the TSC using Form EP-10-ALL, "Filling an ERO Vacancy During Facility Activation/Operation" D. IF additional personnel are required *THEN:
a. IF it is during normal working hours THEN call or assign * ***"'

someone to call the Assembly Areas for needed personnel. .

b. IF needed individuals are not available onsite THEN assign someone to call individuals at home using the Emergency Telephone Directory (ETD).

E. Emergency Response Data System (EROS)

a. If requested to verify EROS is active. Refer to procedure EN-EP-311, Emergency Response Data System (EROS)

Activation via the Virtual Private Network (VPN).

b. IF EROS is not functional, designate a person with Operations experience to go to the Control Room to complete Forms 31 A, B, C OR 42 A, B, C. (Forms EP-53, 54, 55 and EP-57, 58, 59).

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 Revision 19 Enlergy0 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 12 Of 29 Attachment 9.2 TSC Manager Checklist Sheet 2 of 2 Initial Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES

c. Once the A, B, C Forms are completed, they are to be faxed to the NRC within 60 minutes.
d. PIGS should be started to display plant data for the affected unit IF both Units are affected utilize multiple computers to display both plants' data.

2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity 2, 1 Manage the activities of the TSC Staff: A. Provide a central organization and facility for the accumulation and transmittal of plant information to the EOF and NRG.

8. When applicable, direct the appropriate individuals to implement and perform monitoring and evaluations as directed in the Indian_

Point Severe Accident Management (SAMG) Guidelines. C. IF requested by the NRG to provide an open communications line for plant data, THEN direct an individual having sufficient technical knowledg13 to staff the ENS phone. This person may locate in any facility with E~S phone access. If necessary, request the Security Coordinator to obtain additional personal to support this* activity. D. Verify th.at the .Engineering Action Tracking (,A.dmin) Display is  :* .. updated promptly as new tasks are assigned and old tasks completed and as priorities are changed. E. Anticipate TSC support requirements from ERO. F. Direct TSC staff to obtain drawings and information as needed to solve plant problems. 2.2 Monitor containment integrity status throughout the event: A. Initiate a review to determine if any non-automatic containment isolation valves should be closed. (Reference 2-ES-1.4; 3-ES-1.3; 3-SOP-C8-011)

8. Repeat the above review approximately every 2 hours for first 24 hours of event and thereafter at the discretion of the EPM.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 Revision 19 Eizlergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 13 of 29 Attachment 9.3 Operations Coordinator Checklist Sheet 1 of 1 1.0 Follow Responsibilities/Activities in EN-EP-610, Attachment 9.3

                                                                                ~* .. *- '* .. . .

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 Revision 19 Entergy@ EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 14 Of 29 Attachment 9.4 Reactor Engineer Checklist Sheet 1 of 1 This is a core staffing position. 1.0 Responsibility/Activity NOTES 1.1 Follow responsibilities/activities in EN-EP-610 Attachment 9.4 and the following: 1.2 Monitor plant conditions for any indications of core damage. A. Perform and update core damage assessment based on current information using guidance provided in procedure IP-EP-360, Core Damage Assessment. B. Notify TSC* Manager and/or Engineering Coordinator immediately of any changes in core status. C. Keep the Radiological Coordinator informed on core status to

         . assist in maintaining radiological controls for plant personnel.

D. Through the TSC Manager and/or the Radiological Coordinator, ensure that the EOF Radiological Assessment Coordinator is kept informed of the latest estimate of the amount of core damage.

  • E. Maintain the Fission Product Barrier Status Board as needed.

1.3 Assist the EPM in implementation of Severe Accident Management Guidelines. A. When the Control Room transitions from the EOPs to SACRG-1, or only declares an EAL for SFP conditions inform the EPM when you are ready to take over Severe Accident Management (SAM) control. B. INFORM EPM which SAM guidance should be implemented.

       ~-  IF guidance involves a release to the environment ENSURE the EPM and Emergency Director discuss it with the Radiological Assessment Coordinator who discusses it with the State/Counties prior to implementation.

1.4 Receive status updates from the TSC Manager and/or EPM and if directed post updates on the appropria.te electronic displays.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 Revision 19 E'nlergy0 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 15 Of 29 Attachment 9.5 Engineering Coordinator Checklist Sheet 1 of 1 1.0 Follow Responsibilities/Activities in EN-EP-610, Attachment 9.5. 2.0 If requested to provide information to the NRC Operations Center follow responsibilities in EN-EP-610, Attachment 9.12.

IPEC NON-QUALllY RELATED IP-EP-220 Revision 19 Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN

  • PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 16 Of 29 Attachment 9.6 Mechanical and Electrical / l&C Engineer Checklist Sheet 1 of 1 1.0 Follow Responsibilities/Activities in EN-EP-61 O Attachment 9.6.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 Revision 19 E'nlergy0 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 17 of 29 I Attachment 9. 7 IT *specialist Checklist Sheet 1 of 1 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity NOTES 1.1 FQllow responsibilities/activities in EN-.EP-610 Attachment 9.7 and the following: 1.2 Assume the position of IT Specialist NOTE EROS is not functional in the Simulator for a Drill 1 . A.* Emergency Response Data System (EROS)

1. If requested to verify EROS is activated, refer to procedure EN-EP-311, Emergency Response Data System (EROS) Activation via the Virtual Private Network (VPN). * *
2. IF EROS is not functional, notify the TSC Manager
                             .to designate an operations experienced person to
  • go to the Control Room to complete Forms 31 A, 8, C OR 42 A, 'B, C. (Forms EP-53, 54, 55 and EP-57,
     * .. _t 58, 59). Once the A, 8, C Forms are completed, they are to be faxed to the NRC within 60 minutes.
   ..

.... *. . 3. Inform TSC Communicator of the time EROS was verified of activation OR activated and to log in WebEOC.

8. Ensure computer displays in the TSC and OSC continue to operate properly.
1. IF the PICS displays are NOT functioning THEN perform the following:

(a) IF Unit 2 obtain 42A, 428 and 42C data from the CCR (IP-EP-115 EP Forms 53, 54, and 55) (b) IF Unit 3 obtain 31A, 318 and 31C data from the CCR (IP-EP-115 EP Forms 57, 58 and 59).

                                      )

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 Revision 19 EnletgY<¥; EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 18 Of 29 Attachment 9.8 TSC Communicator Checklist Sheet 1 of 1 1.0 Follow Responsibilities/Activities in EN-EP-610, Attachment 9.8. 2.0 Verify that at least one of the Public Ad.dress Systems (Red or Green) in the TSC/OSC is turned on and ready for use. Refer to Attachment 9.12 of this procedure for a description and operation.

                                                            "c,
                                                  ***"'""

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 Revision 19 E'nlergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE I IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 19 of 29 Attachment 9.9 Radiological Coordinator Checklist Sheet 1 of 5 This is a Core Staffing Position. 1.0 Initial Responsibility/Activity NOTES 1.1 Follow responsibilities/activities in EN-EP-610 Attachment 9.9 and the following: 1.2 Assume the position of Radiological Coordinator. A.

  • Request the Control Room to align the OSC/TSC ventilation system for incident operation per procedure, if required.

B. Establish th.e capability for monitoring of Iodine, should it become necessary. Have a Rad Protection Tech set up the AMS-4 as per Attachment 9.13 of procedure IP-EP-230. 2.(> .:.continuous Responsibility/Activity J. 2.1 Establish Radiological Control oversight. A. Verify that the radiological controls for the TSC/OSC have been set up per sheet 3 of this checklist. I

  • 2.2 IF ~here are contaminated injured personnel THEN perform
 **:**                     the following:
. ;.*.                 - : A. Prpvide radiological support for the assessment, treatment,
                    . * .* *and transportation of contaminated injured personnel. Act as
       ..:. -*                  the point of contact with the hospital where treatment is executed.
  • B. M.ake arrangements to pick up Rad Protection personnel at the hospital.

C. Follow proper procedures to retrieve radioactive waste from offsite treatment locations. D. Obtain concurrence from the EPM prior to releasing the hospital's Radiological Emergency Room or the ambulance for uncontrolled use.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 Revision 19 E'nlergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 20 Of 29 Attachment 9.9 Radiological Coordinator Checklist Sheet 2 of 5 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.) NOTES 2.3 Provide oversight to ensure emergency teams - receive proper briefs on radiological conditions and requirements. 2.4 IF individuals receive or are expected to receive radioiodine uptakes > 5 REM COE child thyroid dose or a General Emergency has been declared THEN: A. lss_ue Kl to onsite emergency workers applying the

                           *following controls:
                   .....-.. 1. Brief personnel in the protected area on the
                            ;
                                  . use of Kl and its potential side effects using sheet 5 of this Attachment 9.9.
2. Assure that persons in the TSC/OSC, both CC R's and Security personnel within the protected area are briefed ..

3_. For R&CA team personnel record Kl issuance information on Individual Exposure Tracking

  • Log (Form EP-29).
4. Have all TSC/OSC personnel and security
~* .,;;.:._ ' * ** personnel within the protected area report to the TSC/OSC for distribution of Kl.
  • 2.5 Verify that the decontamination efforts of personnel, equipment, and onsite areas are appropriate.

2.6 Participate in Facility Briefings to announce radiological conditions at the TSC/OSC and also affected locations with an emphasis on status of a radiological release.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 Revision 19 hllleriJy@ EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 21 Of 29 Attachment 9.9 Radiological Coordinator Checklist Sheet 3 of 5 A

                             ~----                                           ,,

_. "'--------***----*. -------! E N 1* osc R 1-c j I

                                .... *.... ~~* ..                       ----***-1 E I TSC
                                                                        . p. I*' I.

Mi

              *~*-

A* Com'puter Room L,...* ..,....;....;.__~-----------*----------------------- A TSC/OSC Access Points to be posted: If Hallway Contamination < 1000 dpm/ 100 sq. cm If Hallway Contamination > 1000 dpm/ 100 sq. cm A. Entry/Exit A. No Entry. Exit Only B. No Entry/No Exit B. Entry to TSC/OSC. No Exit. White Step Off Pad C. No Entry/No Exit and Frisk Shoes before stepping here C. No Entry/No Exit D. Equipment cabinets. Place sign at top of stairway D. Equipment cabinets. Place sign at top of stairway. No Entry/No Exit without permission from RAD Coordinator. No Entry/No Exit without permission from RAD E. Air Monitoring Equipment Coordinator E. Air Monitoring Equipment

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 Revision 19 Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE .. IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 22 Of 29 Attachment 9.9 Radiological Coordinator Checklist Sheet 4 of 5 Information on use of Potassium Iodide IOSA T' Tablets Potassium Iodide Tablets

  • TAKE POTASSIUM IODIDE ONLY WHEN WARNING PUBLIC HEALTH OFFICIALS TELL YOU. POTASSIUM IODIDE SHOULD NOT BE USED BY IN A RADIATION EMERGENCY PEOPLE ALLERGIC TO IODIDE. Keep out of the RADIOACTIVE IODINE COULD BE reach of children. In case of overdose or allergic RELEASED INTO THE AIR. POTASSIUM reaction, contact a physician or public health IODIDE (A FORM OF IODINE) CAN HELP authority.

PROTECT YOU.

  • IF YOU ARE TOLD TO TAKE THIS HOW POTASSIUM IODIDE WORKS MEDICINE, TAKE IT ONE TIME EVERY 24 Certain forms of iodine help your thyroid gland work HOURS. DO NOT TAKE IT MORE OFTEN. right. Most people get the iodine they need from MORE WILL NOT HELP YOU AND MAY foods like iodized salt or fish. The thyroid can "store" INCREASE THE RISK OF SIDE EFFECTS. or hold only a certain amount of iodine.

NOT TAKE THIS DRUG IF YOU KNOW YOU ARE A. LLERGIC TO.JO. DIDE .(SEE In a radiation emergency radioactive iodine may be released in the air. If this air is breathed or l---'--'--s_1D_E_E_F_F_6C~T_S_B_E_L_O_W~)_"_*_*- - - - - - - - 1 swallowed it may enter the thyroid and damage it. DIRECTIONS Fa°R USE The damage may not show itself for years. Children Use only when directed by Emergency Management, are the most likely to have thyroid damage. State, Local or Public f-jealth Officials . If you take potassium iodide, it will fill up you thyroid l - - - ' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 gland. This reduced the chances that radioactive DOSE iodine will enter your thyroid. ADULTS AND CHILDREN ONE YEAR OF AGE OR

.OLDER:                                                           WHO SHOULD NOT TAKE POTASSIUM IODIDE One (1) tablet once a day. Crush for small             The only people who should not take tablets when children.                                              directed to do so are people who know they are BABIES UNDER      . ONE
                       *. YEAR OF   . AGE:
                                         .                      allergic to iodine. Pregnant women, nursing women, children and babies may take this drug .
        .One-half (1/2) tablet once a day. Grush first.

HOW AND WHEN

                      ,** DOSA~E . - <_       -:*               Potassium Iodide should be taken as soon as Take for 1O days unless directed otherwise.                    possible after authorities tell you to take it.

Store your supply at room temperature be~een 59° You should take one dose every 24 hours. F and 86° F. Keep package dry and foil packets MORE WILL NOT HELP YOU, AND WILL intact. INCREASE THE CHANCES OF SIDE EFFECTS. KEEP YOUR SUPPLY OUT OF REACH OF Continue to take the drug for 1Odays. CHILDREN. WHAT TO DO IF SIDE EFFECT OCCUR SIDE EFFECTS STOP taking the drugs and contact a doctor or public Usually, side effects of potassium iodide happen health officials for instructions. when people take higher doses for a long time. You should be careful not to take more than the recommended dose or take it for longer than you are told. Side effects are unlikely because of the low DESCRIPTION AND USE dose and the short !ime you will be taking the drug. Each IOSATTM Tablet contains 130 mg. of Possible side effects include skin rashes, swelling of potassium iodide. the salivary glands, and "iodism" (metallic taste, Thyroid blocking in radiation emergency only. burning mouth and throat, sore teeth and gums, symptoms of a head cold, and sometimes stomach upset and diarrhea).

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 Revision 19 E'nlergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 23 of 29 Attachment 9.9 Radiological Coordinator Checklist Sheet 5 of 5 BRIEFING INFORMATION ON USE OF POTASSIUM IODIDE (Kl) Why is Potassium Iodide being issued? In accordance with the New York State Policy on Potassium Iodide, potassium iodide is recommended on a projected thyroid dose of 5 Rem. Potassium Iodide is issued at a declared General Emergency or during an emergency related radioactive airborne release. Taking Potassium Iodide is voluntary. What is Potassium Iodide? Potassium iodide is a thyroid blocking protective action for exposure to,_radioactive iodine. If you take potassium iodide it will saturate your thyroid.gland which*-will* reduce the chances th9t radioactive iodine_ will enter your thyroid. Additional information. is available on the informatiori handout with each . - ... .

                                                            ~

tablet. . . What dosage to take? A 130 rnilligrarn tablet. You should take as soon as possible after being told . One* (1) tablet every 24 hours. Take for 10

*days. Unless otherwise direc~~d:~ * *
- ..
                                    *..*- -.
  • Side Effects? Skin rash, sweliing *of salivary glands, a metallic taste, burning mouth and throat, sore teeth and gums, symptoms of a head cold and sometimes upset stomach or diarrhea. This would usually happen when higher doses are taken over long period of time.

WARNING! Potassium Iodide should not be taken by people allergic to iodine or shell fish.

  • IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 Revision 19 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE
       *~Entergy          IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE    Page       24  of     29 Attachment 9.10 TSC Security Coordinator Checklist Sheet 1of3 1.0   Initial Responsibility/Activity                                             NOTES 1.1   Follow responsibilities/activities in EN-EP-610 Attachment 9.10 and the following:

1.2 Assume the duties of the Security Coordinator. A. Refer to EN-EP-610 Attachment 9.10. B. Secure Site Access at the SITE AREA or GENERAL EMERGENCY level as ~~I~~~~; _., _-:- *;* .* .,_ (a) . Notify CAS and SAS to seouri;dhe site, except for ERO

 /'

Members, perprocedure IP..-EP-240, S.ecurity.. I (b). Notify the EPM when this has been done: 1.3 Assign OSC Log Keeper to the position of Accountability Coordinator.

  • A. Report readiness to corrdud Accpl,intabiiity. to the EPM.
  • Utilize the OSC Log Keepe~ to-. assist in AC'couhtability. * .
                                       . .     ..      .     :

B. Direct the OSC Log KeeRer to support the monitoring of the Accountability Card Readers while ERO members are carding into the TSC/OSC, direct them to verify badges are properly read by the Accountability Card Reaaer and to log the name and badge number on an Accountability Roster (Form EP-47) of anyone having difficulty using the. proximity card readers.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 Revision 19 Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 25 of 29 Attachment 9.1 O TSC Security Coordinator Checklist Sheet 2 of 3 2.0 Continuous Responsibility/Activity NOTES 2.1 IF relocation of personnel offsite is called for THEN: A. Follow guidance .in IP-EP-430, Site Assembly, Accountability and Relocation of Personnel Offsite. B. Coordinate with TSC Radiological Coordinator to monitor evacuation routes.

  • 2.2 IF relocating to the Security Administration Offices THEN inform the following individuals.

A. Emergency Plant Manag~r B. TSC Radiological Coordinator .. . -~. *

  • C. Emergency Director * ~* ,., ..

{ D. Lead Accountability Officer (LAO) \ ' . 2.3 The Lead Accountability Officer (LAO) will generate the list of missing persons. This.list will be provided to th~*Emergency Plant Manager, POM, and/qr TSC Security Coordinat.or."

              .
                        .                  NOTE
                                              ..           '
                                                                .
                                                             .. .
                                                                      .
                                                                      *!;.     .
                                                                                  .

During plant shutdowns, when there may* be la~ge :numbers of workers onsite and within the radioiogical contrqi}1reaS';' Radiation a* Protection computer printout may be:u~ed to assist in locating missing personnel within the radibloglcaf.control area after . accountability is completed.

1. IF there are individuals who are missing THEN:

(a) Review Accountability Rosters (Form EP-47) used to identify ERO members experiencing difficulty using the proximity card readers and remove them from the Missing Persons List. (b) Obtain the Radiation Protection Computer Printout of individuals within the Radiological Control Area. (c)

  • Check off names of possible missing individuals who have left the Protected Area to narrow the list of actual missing

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-220 Revision 19 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE

 -=-Entergy          IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE             Page       26  of     29 Attachment 9.10 TSC Security Coordinator Checklist Sheet 3 of 3 Continuous Responsibility/Activity (cont.)                                         NOTES persons and review RP computer printout for any missing individuals within the Radiological Control Area.

(d). Inform the EPM immediately of any personnel discovered missing during accountability process.

4. Assist OSC Staff in maintaining accountability of all OSC personnel through the use of status boards, team assignments, Individual Exposure Tracking Log (Form EP-29) and ERO Tracking Log (Form EP-42).

2.4 Use the OSC Log Keeper to maintain Continuing Ac.countability A. Use Onsite ERO Shift Rosters (Form ~P-43) to list i~dividuals

  • currently on the first sbift .in the TSC.anc;I OSC.

B. Request EOF Support Staff to identify the current EOF personnel. . C. Work with TSC and OSC Managers to identify personnel to fill second shift and ensure all needed po~jtions are identified and establish time second shift is to be cailed in. D. Use ETD to identify and contact individuals to fill po.sitions on" *

  • second shift. OSC Log-Keeper and EOP Staff' may.be used to assist in notifications. - *** * - ~'.
                                        .        .    ~ ... .    ~      .

E. Inform the TSC and OSC Managers when notifications.are completed and if there are any problems filling required* positions.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP*EP-220 Revision 19 - hr1lergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE ' IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 27 of 29 Attachment 9.11 TSC I OSC Layout and NRC Room Sheet

                                                                       '     :

1 of 1 TYPICAL Arrangement (Personnel locations may be changed as needed to fadlitate communication and movement without a procedure revision)

           ~                ~

Work Control Coordinator *

                                                   ~

TSC Security Coordinator. OSC Rad/Chem ConrrHn~*~r I I

                                                                                                                                 ~
                                    -         psc            -        Operations
                                                                                    -       l&C/Elec      Mechanical
                                                                                                                      -

c:J Log Keeper Support Coordinator Coordinator

e

  ~                                                                                                     I I  Copier 1.

osc Ma.,ager Cabinet I ".

                                                 ,.
                                                        *.
                                                                   '                  ICommun;ca<m I                  II                           I I ""       I I
                                                                                                                                           -

D l&C/Elec. Engineers IT Specialist SAMG

  • Mech. Eng_i~ec;*ff

Rx Engineer Engineering TSC Coordinator Man*ager,

                                                                                      ..
                                                                                                          ~               ,___
                                                                                                                          ,___

EPM Rad Coor.

                                                                                                                                           -

B 0 0 k Ops Coordinator Engineer'slTables PIGS PIGS I *1 Print II I I I I -

IPEC NON-QUALITY IP*EP-220 Revision 19 Ent~ 0 '1!' EMERGENCY PLAN RELATED PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 28 Of 29 Attachment 9.12 TSC/OSC Public Address System Description and Operation Sheet 1 of 1 1.0 General There are three Public Address Systems (PAs) in the TSC/OSC and they have been color. coded for easy identification of microphones and speakers. 2.0 Systems/Operatiqn 2.1 Blue System comprises the plant page system. This page system is only from U2. The Speakers are located in the Halls, the OSC Bull Pen , the R&CA Briefing room, the NRC Conference Room, and the old U2 Records room. Volume controls are typically walls near speakers. Activation is via.the normal plant page access. . ."* .r 2.2 Red System is the permanently installed TSC/OSC page system. Tli*e speakers are located

  • in the ceilings similar to the Plant Page system. Speakers are in the Halls *. the OSC Bull
  • Pen, the R&CA Briefing room, the TSC/OSC Command room, the NRC Conference room and the old U2 Records room. The speakers are marked with red tape. Eacfi speaker has its own on/off switch and-volume control knob. The amplifier andJwo'microphones qre on/in the counter separating the TSC and OSC each marked with RED .tape: The
  • microphones are wireless and battery powered and simply require th_at they be turned on to activate the system. Volume control is via the local speaker or the }1mplifier on the ,counter separating the TSC and OSC. * * * .,
  • 2.3 Green System consists of Wireless portable speakers distributed ar9und the facilify. Each speaker must be turned on by a switch on the back and the volume (3djusted locally by a switch on the front. The volume should be turned up to full volume and adjusted down as needed. Speakers are located in the OSC Bull Pen, the TSC/OSC Command room, the NRC Conference room, the Whole Body Count room and the old U2 Records room. There are two microphones on/in the TSC/OSC Counter each marked with GREEN tape. The microphones are wireless and battery powered and simply require that they be turned on to activate the system. Additional batteries are available in the supply boxes. Note that this system does not cover the Hallways.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-220 Revision 19 PROCEDURE _,__ Entergy IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 29 of 29 Attachment 9.13 IPEC TSC STAFFING Sheet 1 of 1 At IPEC, the expectation is that ALL individuals assigned to the Technical Support Center (TSC) report to the facility within 60 minutes of the declaration of an Event. The TSC is able to be considered STAFFED when the following Core Individuals are present: Emergency Plant Manager (EPM), TSC Manager, TSC Communicator, Rad Coordinator, Mechanical Engineer, E;lectrical/l&C Engineer.and Reactor Engineer. Regardless of whoever else is available these positions MUST .be filled before the' TSC can be considered to be STAFFED.

                                                                              ~- ..
                    ~  '-** - -**-*
  • The IPEC Ernergency Plan in S.ection B (Table 8-1) requires the following to respond within 60 minutes: TSC Communicator. a Reactor Engineer;: a.n Electrical Engineer and a Mechanical Engineer..
                                                   .                             **

The TSC may be declared OPERATIONAL whenever Core lhdividuals"are achieved and the TSC Manager determines that the facility is adequately *

                                                                                              .. ,,_

staffed for the event and equipment is set up and available to perform the .; emerg-ency functions assigned to the TSC. **

ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-IEP-120 Revision 11 PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 1 of 49 Emergency Classification Prepared by: *Rebecca A. Martin

;- i:rint Name
                                                                   ~" Q McNMSignature
                                                                                                    '5\g,J\lt.

ate Approval: " . f..ori

                                     .     . A. Glander
                                                      .

Print Name 5~3t-Jk Date

             .~** .... *,
                              ..
                                    ...
                                    ......

Effective Date: June 14,.2016 IP-EP-120 (Class) R11.doo

ENNIPEC

  • NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-120 Revision 11 PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page * ~ of 49 Table of Contents Section 1.0 PURPOSE ......................................................................................................... 3

2.0 REFERENCES

.................................................................................................. 3 3.0    DEFINITIONS .................................................................................................... 3 4.0    RESPONSIBILITIES ..........................................*................................................ 3 5.0    DETAILS***'******************************************************************************************************** 5 5.1    Recognizing an Emergency **************~***************************************************** 5 5.2    Initial Emergency Declaration from the Control Room ................... ~ ......... 6 5.3    While In a Classified Emergency ............................................................. 6 6.0 5.4 5.5                                    .

Transitory Events,* Spikes and Spurious Indications ............................... 6 Compensatory Measur~s of Out-of..Service_ . EAL Instruments .

                                                                                                              ................. 7 1*NTERFACES ..................': ............................... :............... : ................................. 7 7.0    RECORDS ......................... :.............*............*...... ;............................................... 7

\; 8.0 REQUIREMENTS AND COMMITMENTS .............................. ;........................... 7

                        .,

9.0 ATTACHMENTS._ ............ .,......._. .... *......................................................................... 7 9.1 :Emergen~y Action Levels.'.:{::, ........ :............................................................. 8

ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-120 Revision 11 PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page ~ of* 49 Emergency Classification 1.0 PURPOSE To describe the method for classification of emergencies at IPEC as a Notification of Unusual Event (NUE), Alert, Site Area Emergency (SAE) or General Emergency (GE). It also described actions to take regarding Out-of-Service instruments that are used to evaluate EAL's.

2.0 REFERENCES

2.1 Indian Point Energy Center Emergency Plan 2.2 NEI 99-01 Rev 5, Methodology for Development of Emergency Action Levels

  • 2.3 IP-EP-AD13 IPEC Emergency Action Level Technical Bases 2.4 IP-EP-AD40 Equipmen.t lmportan~ fo*Ernergency Response
                                                   ..

2.5 Hot Conditions. EAL Chart

 .,

I I 2.6 Cold Conditions EAL Chq.rt

                                 '.

3.0 DEFINITIONS ' *.'. *-* .. Refer to Reference 2.3*, 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 The Shift Manager (Control Room Supervisor if the Shift Manager is unavailable or incapacitated) of the affected unit shall implement this procedure for the initial emergency Classification. For classifiable events that potentially impact both units (security, natural or man-made events), the Shift Managers for each unit shall confer about the need to classify the event. If it is determined that emergency classification is warranted, the Unit 2 Shift Manager shall declare the event in accordance with this procedure. Once an initial emergency classification has been made, the unit Shift Manager making the initial declaration shall be responsible for any subsequent emergency classifications, regardless of which unit is affected, until such time as relieved by the on-call Emergency Director. 4.2 The Shift Manager, upon initial emergency classification, shall assume the role of Emergency Director and shall act as the Emergency Director until relieved by the On-Call Emergency Director or other qualified Emergency Director (Plant Operations Manager). 4.3 The Emergency Director is responsible for overall command and control of the emergency response, including classifications; notifications, PARs and ensuring all resources are available to mitigate emergency conditions. The Emergency Director is the final authority for determining the emergency classification level (initial classification, upgrading, or terminating to recovery). This authority may not be delegated.

                                       '

ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-120 Revision 11 PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page ~ of 49 4.4 Initial and subsequent emergency classification shall be made within 15 minutes following the identification of a classifiable event to ensure that prompt notification, mobilization, protective and corrective actions are taken. 4.5 Upon becoming aware of any condition or event that they believe may warrant an upgrade in emergency classification, Emergency Response Organization memb.ers shall promptly inform the Emergency Director via their chain of command. 4.6 A broc;id spectrum of discretion in classifying events is provided under "Hazards" Sub-category 6.0 "Judgement". In using the Sub-Category "Judgement" and in classifying emergencies under circumstances which are not a straight-forward use of the EALs, ERO members should be mindful than an approach is needed which is conservative with respect to public, plant, and personnel safety and with respect to ensuring the adequacy of personnel and technical support. Conservative decisions must be made if the Emergency Director has any doubt regarding the health and safety of the public.

                                '.

ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-120 Revision 11 PROCEDURE

     ~Entergy.          IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                   REFERENCE USE           Page      §   of  49 5.0   DETAILS 5.1   Recognizing an Emergency NOTE All classifications are to be based upon VALID indications, reports or conditions.

Indications; reports or conditions are considered VALID when they are verified by (1) an instrument channel check, or (2) indications on related or redundant indicators, or (3) by direct observation by plant personnel, such that doubt related to the indicator's operability, the condition's existence, or the report's accuracy is. removed. Implicit in this definition is the need for timely assessment. 5, 1.1 When indications of abnormal conditions or events are received, personnel will verify the symptoms/indications and then compare with the Emergency Action Levels (Attachment 9.. 1). * ** \

  • 5.1.2 Identify the highest applicable emerg*ency classification level (if multiple EALs are I

exceeded) for which an EAL has been met or e)(ceeded considering the following: (a)

                                                                   .    . .

The plant condition existing at the time the .at>normal condition exists:

                                                                       ..
  • All Operating Mod~i:; 1, .2. 3, 4, 5,6, DEF
  • Hot Condition Modes ~, 2, 3; 4. . *
                                                           \
                                                         .   '
  • Cold Condition Modes 5, 6, DEF: *

(b) IF conditions warrant the issuance of offsite Protective Action Recommendations (PARs), THEN the classification of General Emergency is required. (c) IF plant conditions indicate a possible radiological release or a release is in progress or suspected, THEN evaluate the applicability of offsite dose-based EALs (IP-EP-310, Dose Assessment). (d) IF a classification level was met or exceeded but the classifiable condition no longer exists (a lesser classification level may or may not still be appropriate), THEN refer to Section 5.4, Transitory Events, Spikes and Spurious Indications.

ENN IPEC

  • NON-QUALITY RELATED EMERGENCY PLAN IP-EP-120 Revision 11 PROCEDURE
   ~Entergy.           IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                   REFERENCE USE             Page     §   of   49 5.2 . Initial Emergency Declaration from the Control Room NOTE IF the condition or event requiring initial classification potentially affects both units (security, natural or man-made events), THEN th*e Unit Shift Managers shall contact each other and confer on the need to declare. Upon concqrrence, the Unit 2 Shift Manager shall make the appropriate emergency classification and assume the role of Emergency Director.

5.2.1

  • The Shift Manager (Control Room Supervisor if the Shift Manager is unavailable or incapacitated) shall announce to the Control Room operating staff:

(a) That an emergency has been declared. (b) The emergency classification level. (c) That the (Unit 2 or Unit 3) Shift Manager (Control Room Supervisor if the Shift Manager is unavailable or incapacitated) h:;:is assumed the role of Emergency Director. * * ** 5.2.2 Implement procedure IP..:EP-210 "Central Control Room"

  • 5.3 While in a Classified Emergency 5.3.1 Emergency response personnel shall continuously review the Emergency Action Levels (Attachment 1).

5.3.2 If an Emergency Action Level threshold is exceeded for an ~mergency classification higher than currently declared, the Emergency Director shall re-classify the event to the appropriate level and initiate all required notifications. 5.4 Transitory Events, Spikes and Spurious Indications 5.4.1 Transitory events that result in exceeding the Emergency Action Level criteria for event declaration, but which are terminated before they are declared, should still be identified,. documented and reported (10CFR50.72), but not declared to implement the Emergency Plan. 5.4.2 In the case of a "spike" in a plant indication or event which rapidly exceeds and then decreases below an Emergency Action Level threshold, entry into the Emergency Plan or escalation to a higher classification "in retrospect" is not appropriate unless the "spike" is indicative of continuing degrading conditions which will lead to an escalated emergency classification level. Examples include momentary steam generator level shrink following reactor trip or brief wind gusts in excess of classifiable levels.

  • ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-120 Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page I of 49 5.4.3 Spurious alarms or parameters, which are known to be invalid indicators of actual plant conditions or of the emergency classification, should not be used to declare emergency classifications.

5.5 Compensatory Measures for Out-of-Service EAL Instruments. 5.5.1 IP-EP-AD40 provides guidance when planning to take an instrument OOS (Out of Service) that is used to determine an EAL condition or following an unplanned loss of the instrument. 6.0 INTERFACES 6.1 IP-EP-210, Central Control Room 6.2 IP-EP-220, Technical Support Center 6.3 IP-EP-310, Dose Assessment 6.4 IP-EP-410, Protective Action Recommendations 6.5 IP-EP-510, Meteorological, Radiological & Plant Data Acquisition System 6.6 IP-EP-340, Meteorological -Information & Data Acquisition System{MIDAS) 6.7 IP-EP-AD40, Equipment Important to Emergency Response 7.0 RECORDS Any logs or forms completed by members of the ERO during *an actual declared emergency are permanent quality records. * * ... 8.0 REQUIREMENTS AND COMMITMENTS NONE 9.0 ATTACHMENTS 9.1 Emergency Action Levels

ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING

~Entergy.             PROCEDURES                              REFERENCE USE                                     Page                     ~         of      49 AU 1.1 Offsite Rad Conditions 2    3    4    5   6    DEF I1 I    2  I3     4   5    6  I DEF I                  3  I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF I I        1   I  2  I I 3     4  I I I 5   6 DEF       I Any valid gaseous monitor reading >         Any valid gaseous monitor reading > Table Table A-1 column "Alert" for> 15 min.       A-1 column "UE" for~ 60 min. (Note 2)

Any valid radiation monitor reading Any valid radiation monitor reading > (Note 2) - AU 1.2

           >Table A-1 column "GE" for> 15      Table A-1 column "SAE" for~ 15 min. (Note 1)                 -     min. (Note 1)                           AA1.2                                       I  1   I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF I AG 1.2                              AS 1.2                                                       4     5    6    DEF    Any valid liquid monitor reading> Table A-1 column "UE" for ~ 60 min. (Note2) 1     2     3   4    5   6    DEF I1 I    2  I 3 I _4 I 5 I 6 I DEF I     Any valid liquid monitor reading > Table A-
                                                                                     . 1 column "Alert" for ~ 15 min. (Note 2)     AU 1.3 Dose assessment using actual        Dose assessment using actual AA1.3                                       I  1   I 2  I  3  I  4  I  5 I  6   I DEF   I meteorology indicates doses
           > 1000 mRem TEDE or> 5000 meteorology indicates doses :> 100 mRem TEDE or> 500 mRer'n thyroid I  1   I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF I          Confirmed sample analyses for gaseous or liquid releases indicate concentrations or mRem thyroid CDE at or beyond                                               Confirmed sample analyses for gaseous       release rates > 2 x Technical Specifications COE at or beyond the site boundary the site boundary.                                                          or liquid releases indicate concentrations  (OOCM) limits for~ 60 min. (Note 2)

AS 1.3 or release rates > 200 x Technical AG1.3 Specification (OOCM) limits for~ 15 min. 1 2 3 4 5 6 DEF I1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF I (NOTE"2) Field survey indicates closed window Field survey results indicate dose rate > 100 mRem/hr. that is closed window dose rates > 1000 expected to continue for~ 1 hr at or mRem/hr. expected to continue for beyond the site boundary

           ~ 1 hr at or beyond the site OR boundary Field survey sample analysis OR indicates thyroid COE of > 500 Anakyses offield survey samples     mRem for 1 hr* of inhalation at or indicate thyroid CDE of > 5000      beyond.the siteboundaiy         .

mRem for 1 hr of inhalation at or beyond the site boundary

ENN IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page of

2. AA2.1 AU 2.1 Onsite Rad Conditions I1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF I 3 4 5 6 I DEF

& Irradiated Fuel Events Damage to irradiated fuel or loss of water Unplanned low water level or alarm level (uncovering irradiated fuel outside indicating uncontrolled water level decrease the Reactor Vessel) that causes a valid in the refueling cavity, SFP or fuel transfer high alarm on any of the following canal radiation monitors: AND

                                                       - R-2/R7       Vapor Containment Area Monitors                                       Valid area radiation monitor reading rise on
                                                       - R-5           Fuel Storage Bldg. Area         any of the following:

Monitors

                                                       -R-42 [R-12] VC Gas Activity                   - R2/R7         Vapor Containment Area
                                                       -R-25/R-26 Vapor Containment High                             Monitors Radiation Area Monitors
                                                                                                      - R-5           Fuel Storage Bldg. Area AA2.2                                                         Monitors I1 I    2    I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF I           - R25/R-26      Vapor Containment High Radiation Area Monitors AU2.2 A water level drop in the reactor cavity, SFP or fuel transfer canal that will result in I    1  I 2  I  3     4     5      I 6 DEF irradiated fuel becoming uncovered             '--*--'-*--'-*---'-----'--~~-~---'

Unplanned valid area radiation monitor reading or survey results increase by a factor of 1,000 over normal levels*

  • Normal levels can be considered as the
, . highest reading in the past 24 hours excluding the current peak value

ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page of 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels CATEGORY "A" Abnormal Rad Release I Rad Effluent 3 AA3.1 CR/CAS Radiation I 1 I 2 6 I DEF I Dose rates > 15 mRem/hr in areas requiring continuous occupancy to maintain plant safety functions: Control Room [R-1] OR CAS

                                               I             */

ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 11 of 49 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels TABLE A-1 EFFLUENT MONITOR CLASSIFICATION THRESHOLDS ll"--'-~~~""'"'4--"-"""'----......:...:.===

                                           ;~;: ~!>"';::~~~~[i:~i ii~~tt~~!~!      .

Gaseous R-27 7 .5 E+07 µCi/sec 7 .5 E+06 µCi/sec

  • 1.4 E+06 µCi/sec 2.6 E+05 µCi/sec (2.3 E+OO µCi/cc) (2.3 E-01 µCi/cc) (4.2 E-02 µCi/cc) (8.0 E-03 µCi/cc)

R-44 [14] N/A N/A 4.2 E-02 µCi/cc 8.0 E-03 µCi/cc Liquid R-54 [18] N/A N/A 4.0E-02 µCi/cc 2.5E-03 µCi/cc R-49 [19] N/A N/A 5.8E-02 µCi/cc 5.8E-04 µCi/cc

ENN IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page of 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels CATEGORY "H" HAZARDS 1 HA 1.1 , HU 1.1 Natural & ._I_1-"-I_2~_3_'~I_4--'-_s___.__6___._l_D_EF___.I I 1 I 2 I 3 4 s 6 I DEF I Destructive Two or more annunciators are lit on the Seismic event indentified by any two of the Phenomena Peak Shock Annunciator panel, one of following: which is red

                                                                                                 - Earthquake felt in plant by consensus of AND                                                Control Room Operators Strong Motion Event Indicator is lit
                                                                                                 - Unit 3 "Seismic Event Occurred" alarm AND                                                  (Panel SDF) or any amber Peak Shock Earthquake confirmed by any of the                  Annunciator light is lit following:
                                               - Earthquake felt in plant by a consensus of      - National Earthquake Information Center Control Room Operators                              (Note 4)
                                               - National Earthquake Information Center (Note 4)
                                               - Control Room indication of degraded performance of systems required for the safe shutdown of the plant HA12                                              HU12
                                              ._I_1~I_2~-3~_4_1._s___.__6--'-I_DE_F__.I          I 1 I 2 I 3       4     s     6 I DEF Tornado striking or sustained high winds           Tornado striking within Protected Area
                                               > 90 mph (40 m/sec) resulting in EITHER:          boundary Visible damage to any Table H-1 plant             OR structures containing safety systems or components                                        Sustained high winds> 90 mph (40 m/sec)

OR

ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING

~Entergy. PROCEDURES            REFERENCE USE                                 Page                                of 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels Natural &                                            Control Room indication of degraded Destructive                                          performance of safety systems Phenomena (continued)                                          HA 1.3.

HU 1.3 4 5 6 I DEF Vehicle crash resulting in Either: I 1 I2 I3 4 5 6 I DEF Visible damage to any Table H-1 plant structures containing safety systems or Turbine failure resulting in EITHER: components Casing penetration OR OR Control Room indication of degraded Damage to turbine or generator seals performance of safety systems HA1.4 HU 1.4 I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF Turbine failure-generated projectiles I 1 I2 I3 4 5 6 I DEF resulting in Either: Flooding in any Table H-1 area that has the potential to affect safety-Visible damage to or penetration of any related equipment needed for the Table H-1 area containing safety systems current operating mode or components OR Control Room indication of degraded performance of safety systems

ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE . Page of 49 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels Natural & Destructive I 1 I 2 I 3 I4 I 5 I 6 I DEF Phenomena Flooding in any Table H-1 area resulting in Either: An electrical shock hazard that precludes necessary access to operate .or monitor safety equipment OR Control room indication of degraded performance of safety systems HA1.6 HU 1.5 I 1 I 2 I I I 3 4 5 I 6 I DEF I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF River Water Level > 14 ft. 6 in. River Water Level > 15 ft. (0MSL) (0MSL) OR OR

                                                       '

Low Service Water Bay (Intake Service Water Bay (Intake Structure) level resulting in a loss of Structure) water level< -4 ft. 5 in. service water flow (0MSL)

                                          *'

ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY,RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page of 49 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels Table H-1 Safe Shutdown Areas

          - Control Building and associated Electrical Tunnels and Battery Rooms
          - Service Water Pump Structure and Valve Pits
          - Fuel Storage Building
          - Primary Auxiliary Building I Fan House
          - Vapor Containment Building
          - EOG Buildings
          - Auxiliary Feed Pump Building
          - Condensate Storage Tank
          - Refueling Water Storage Tank

ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROC.EDURE

                                                         . . .                                IP-EP-120                     Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN     ,"'.,  ,,

IMPLEMENTING

  ""-'-.Entergy . PROCEDURES               REFERENCE Use                              Page                           of 2                                                                HA2.1 Fire or*                                                         11 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF             I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF I Explosion                                                        Fire or' explosion resulting in EITHER:  Fire in any Table H-1 area Visible damage to any Table H-1 area     not extinguished within 15 containing safety systems or             minutes (Note 3) of Control components                               Room notification or OR .                                     verification of a control room Control Room Indication of degraded      fire alarm performance of safety systems            HU2.2 I I I I I I I 1 2 3 4 5 6 DEF              I Explosion within Protected Area boundar 3                                                                HA3.1
  • HU 3.1 Hazardous I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF I I I I I I I 1 2 3 4 5 6 DEF I Gas Access to any Table H-2 area is Toxic, corrosive, asphyxiant prohibited due to toxic, corrosive, or flammable gases in asphyxiant or flammable gases which amounts that have or could jeopardize operation of systems required adversely affect normal plant to maintain safe operations or safety operations shut down the reactor HU 3.2 I I I I I I I 1 2 3 4 5 6 DEF I Recommendation by local, county or state officials to evacuate or shelter site personnel based on offsite event

ENNIPEC . ... Noril-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 ~ . EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING ". -=-Entergy . PROCEDURES . REFERENCE,USE Page I 17 I of 49

  • I I ,,.
*9.1 - *Emergency Action Levels
  • Table H-2 Safe Shutdown Access Areas
                       - Control Building and associated Electrical Tunnels and Battery Rooms
                       - Service Water Pump Structure and Valve Pits
                       - Vapor Containment Building                      *
                       - Primary Auxiliary Building I Fan House
                       - Auxiliary Feed Pump Building

ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING

 -- Entergy .      PROCEDURES                             REFERENCE USE
                                                                     ..... *.                           Page                                 of Security I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF I, I 1 I 2 I 3
  • 14 I 5 I 6 I DEF I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF 3 4 5 6 DEF A hostile action has occurred A hostile action is occurring or has A hostile action is occurring or has A security condition that does not such that plant personnel are occurred within the Protected Area as occurred within the Owner Controlled involve a hostile action as unable to operate equipment reported by the Security Shift Area as reported by the Security Shift reported by the Security Shift required to maintain safety Supervisor
  • Supervisor Supervisor functions OR OR OR A credible site-specific security A validated notification from NRC of an threat notification A hostile action has caused airliner attach threat within 30 minutes of OR failure of Spent Fuel Cooling the site Systems and imminent damage A validated notification from NRC is likely providing information of an aircraft threat 5 HS 5.1 HA5.1 Control Room Evacuation I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF Control Room evacuation has been Control Room evacuation initiated initiated AND Control of the plant cannot be established within 15 minutes

ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING R~FERENCE USE Page of PROCEDURES 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels 6 HG6.1 HS 6.1 Judgment I 1 I 2 I 3 \ 4 I .s I 6 I DEF I 1 I 2 I 3' ). 4. I 5. I 6 I DEF *1 \4 I 5 I I 6 DEF 3 4 5 6 DEF Other conditions exist that in the Other condjtions exist that in the Other i;onditions exist that in the Other conditions exist that in the judgment of the Emergency judgment.of. the Emergency Director judgment of the Emergency Director judgment of the Emergency Director Director indicate that events are indicate .that events are in progress or indicate that events are in progress or indicate that events are in progress in progress or have occurred have occurred which involve EITHER: have occurred which involve EITHER: or have occurred which indicate a which involve EITHER: An actual or likely major failures of An actual or potential substantial potential degradation of the level of Actual or imminent substantial plant functions needed for protection of degradation of the level of safety of the safety of the plant or indicate a core degradation or melting with the public plant security threat to facility protection potential for loss of containment has been initiated. No releases of OR OR integri!Y radioactive material requiring offsite Hostile action that results in intentional A security event that involves probable response or monitoring are expected OR damage or malicious acts; 1) toward life threatening risk to site personnel or unless further degradation of safety Hostile action that results in an site personnel or equipment that could damage to site equipment because of systems occurs actual loss of physical control of lead to the likely failure of or; 2) that hostile action the facility prevent effective access to equipment Any releases are expected to be limited Releases can be reasonably needed for the protection of the public to small fractions of the EPA Protective expected to exceed EPA ANY releases are not expected to Action Guideline exposure levels Protective Action Guideline result in exposure levels which exceed beyond the site boundary exposure levels (1 Rem TEDE EPA Protective Action Guidelines and 5 Rem thyroid COE) beyond exposure levels (1 Rem TEDE and 5 the site boundary Rem thyroid COE) beyond the site boundary

ENN IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING

   -- Entergy.      PROCEDURES            REFERENCE USE          Page                         of
,~-~~~~~~~rP
:~~~~:

1 ISFSI I 4 I 5 I 6 I DEF Damage to loaded cask confinement boundary

                                                     '

ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page of 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels CATEGORY "S" SYSTEM MALFUNCTION 1 SG 1.1 551.1 ... .. _ SA 1.1 SU 1.1 Loss of AC I1 I2 I3 I4 l,>:::.t.~:: JJ:;,;~I 1t 12 13 14*.b.i:"Jr:f;.<~'.1 I 1 l. 2* I 3 14 l**::.,J*;;~::*c.k';.~~"*I I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I\~~:. I**:4< *I Power Loss of all offsite and all onsite Loss of all offsite and all onsite. AC AC power capability to 480 V Loss of all offsite AC power AC power (Table S-1) to 480 V power (Table S-1 ) tp 480-V  !: * .. safeguards buses (5A, 2A/3A, 6A) (Table S-1) to 480 V

                                                                     '                   .

safeguards buses (5A, safeguards bu~s (BA, f.A/SA, 6A) 'red:uced to a single power source safeguards buses (5A, 2A/3A,6A) for~ 15 minute~ *(Note :3) ' t;~. (Table S~1) for~ 15 minutes (Note 3) 2A/3A, 6A) for~ 15 minutes AND EITHER: such that any additional single failure (Note 3) Restoration of at least one would result in loss of all AC power to safeguards bus within 4 hours safeguard buses is not likely OR Actual or imminent conditions requiring entry into ORANGE or RED path on F-0.2, "CORE COOLING"

ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page of 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels CATEGORY "S" SYSTEM MALFUNCTION

~
::~: ;.;~~~~~'.~<.;~}: '.~ .

,,.,t/g~~eg9ry.,.;,

,,,.' ,/'>,,, .<'<{'/~~~"' :, <> ~~;,,~

2 SG 2.1 SS 2.1 ~A2.1 SU 2.1 ATWS Criticality Failure of automatic and all Failure of an automatic trip signal to fqilure of an automatic trip signal to Unplanned sustained positive manual trip signals to reduce power range < 5% reduce AND

                                                                                  ~6wer ~ange <: 5o;<?..
                                                                                                  . ' 'I
                                                                                                                 '      .

reduce. power range < 5% AND startup rate observed on nuclear instrumentation

                                                                                                       ;

AND '- Manual trip actions

                                                                                           ; .

taken

                                                                                                   . . at the
                                                                                                         ~ : ..,    Manual trip actions taken at the Actual or imminent conditions reactor *control .console.are *~ot ... ** r~actor control console are successful requiring entry into EITHER:                           '*

successful

  • RED path in F-0.2, CORE COOLING OR RED path in F-0.3, HEAT SINK 3 SU 3.1 Inability to I1 I 2

I 3 I 4 I> :* I Plant is not brought to

                                                                                                                                                                                       <-+* .1 Reach Shutdown                                                                                                                                                 required operating mode within Conditions                                                                                                                                              Technical Specifications LCO action statement time

ENN IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING

  --- Entergy. PROCEDURES                      REFERENCE USE                                      Page                              of 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels CATEGORY "S" SYSTEM MALFUNCTION 4                              SS 4.1                                        SA4.1                                     SU 4.1 Inst. I Comm.

I I I3 I4 I* >1 .*:**.1:,,/*.1 1 2 Loss of > approximately 75% *of Unplanned loss of> approximately Unplanned loss of> Control Room Overhead 75% of Control Room Overhead approximately 75% of Control annunciators or. Control Room annunciators or Control Room Room annunciators or Control indicators Table S-3 associated with indicators Table S-3 associated with Room indicators Table S-3 safety sy~tems

                                                                   *.* *. s~{bty. systems for.::_ 15 minutes (Note  associated with safety systems
                                                    *. *l                      \:

AND 3) **. for.::_ 15 minutes (Note 3) Any significant transient is in AND EITHER SU 4.2 progress, (Table-S.-2) *: : Any significant transient is in progress, Ir* I~ I~ I~ I qft3)Jv**.1 AND . . -~ (Table S-2) Loss of all Table S-4 onsite

                                        '. ,*

Compensatory indications are OR (internal) communications unavailable

  • Compensatory indications are capability affecting the ability unavailable to perform routine operations OR Loss of Table S-4 offsite (external) communications capability affecting the ability.

to perform offsite communications

ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120

  • Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page of 49 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels CATEGORY "S" SYSTEM MALFUNCTION 5 SU 5.1 Fuel Clad Degradation

[Unit 3]: 1(2) RM063A/B Gross Failed Fuel Detector High alarm (>50 µCi/ml) SU 5.2 Coolant Sample Activity:

                                                           . I
' ~ . > 60 µCi/gm 1-131 dose equivalent 6 SU 6.1 RCS Unidentified or pressure boundary Leakage ... leakage > 10 gpm OR Identified leakage > 25 gpm

ENNIPEC EMERGENCY PLAN . NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page of 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels CATEGORY "S" SYSTEM MALFUNCTION 7 SS 7.1 Loss of DC Power < 105 voe bus voltage indications on all safety-related DC buses for .:::_ 15 minutes (Note 3)

ENN IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page Of 49 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels HOT CONDITIONS Table S - 1 Safeguards Bus AC Power Sources

                              -480 V EOG 21                         - Unit Auxiliary transformer*
                              -480 V EOG 22                         - Station Auxiliary transformer*

2 -480 V EOG 23 -13.8 KV gas turbine auto transformer*

                              - Appendix "R" Diesel
                              -480 V EOG 31                         - Unit Auxiliary transformer
                              -480 V EOG 32                         - Station Auxiliary transformer 3              - 480 V EOG 33                        - 13W92 feeder
                              -Appendix "R" Diesel                  - 13W93 feeder
  • With86P or 86BU tripped all offsite power supplie& must be considered as one power supply.
                          **,

J' ENNIPEC NON~QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING -- Entergy . PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page of 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels HOT CONDITIONS Table S - 2 Significant Transients

                           - Automatic turbine runback > 25% thermal reactor power
                           - Electrical load rejection > 25% full electrical load
                           - Reactor Trip
                           - Safety injection activation
                           -Thermal power oscillations of> 10%
                                                      .....
                                           '*
                                                           /

ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 ~ ~ EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING ~Entergy. 28 49 PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page I I of 9.1 .. Emergency Action Levels HOT CONDITIONS Table S .... 3 Safety System Indicators Reactivity Control RCS Inventory Reactor Trip Decay Heat Removal

  • Fission Product Barriers
                                                      ,.*

ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING ~Entergy. PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page of 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels HOT CONDITIONS Table S - 4 Communications Systems Plant Telephone System x x Plant Radio System x Page I Party System x Emergency Notification System x

.,

ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page of 49 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels HOT CONDITIONS CATEGORY "F" FISSION PRODUCT BARRIERS

                                                                                                                      * * ** :f~~l!~!J~"~~fi~:,;:t~f;,

1 FG 1.1 FS 1.1 FA 1.1 FU 1.1 Fission Product Barrier Loss of any two barriers Loss or potential loss of any two Any loss or any potential loss Any loss or any potential AND barriers (Table F-1) of either Fuel Clad or RCS loss of Containment Loss or potential loss of third (Table F-1) (Table F-1) barrier (Table F-1)

ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page of 49 9.1 Emergency Action Levels HOT CONDITIONS TABLE "F-1" FISSION PRODUCT BARRIER MATRIX DLOSS D POTENTIAL LOSS DLOSS D POTENTIAL LOSS DLOSS DPOTENTIAL LOSS A.CSFST D D D D D D

1. Core -Cooling 1. Core Cooling 1. Integrity - RED entry 1. Containment RED entry ORANGE entry' conditions met - RED entry conditions met conditions met OR conditions met OR Heat Sink - RED entry Heat Sink - RED entry conditions met and conditions met and heat sink is required heat sink is required

ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page of 9.1 Emergency Action Levels HOT CONDITIONS , TABLE "F-1" FISSION PRODUCT BARRIER MATRIX

                                                                                                                                                                                                                       ., *..
  '~*' it*,
                              . * **. Fu~I CladcU~g,B,~rrJ~r {F:<:;) .;;T :* 0 ' ,:                                ; Rea~tof;;C,oq!a!lt:'~Y~t~m'.(RCS) ' .**
                                                                                                                                                                 .:'£.: . .* ,h:*s*.l;:q~n~~"n'J}~~fs~t~J~i-~~~~~):'
                      'i                                                                                                                                         1
                         '.>:; '* *: '. X::< *:: : '.\'<'.* o::*: *' :;'., ' ,7 ',: ::*;,;.: .. ** '>: ,, :::!., . * *,. r.*+.:f:'J * ".*::,. :*:* *** . * ***
              *.
                                                                                                                                                                   ;;                                                         ,,, >

, .. ,,'; '. (**

                 ; :.-.                                                                                                                                                                                                             

DLOSS D POTENTIAL LOSS DLOSS D POTENTIAL LOSS DLOSS D POTENTIAL LOSS B. Core 0 0 0 0 0 02. Core exit TCs Exit TCs

2. Core exit 2. Core exit TCs >1,2oo*F TCs> [Unit 2] > 700° F AND
                                                                                                                   '

1,200* F [Unit 3] > 715° F Core exit TCs not lowering within 15 minutes after restoration procedure entry

03. Core exit TCs [Unit 2]
                                                                                                                                                                                              > 700° F [Unit 3] > 715° F AND RVLIS [Unit 2] < 41% [Unit 3] < 33% wino RCPs AND Core exit TCs not lowering or RVLIS not rising within 15 min. after restoration procedure entry.
                                                                    *-..

ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page of 49 9.1 Emergency Action Levels HOT CONDITIONS' TABLE "F-1" FISSION PRODUCT BARRIER MATRIX

                    ;fa~! 91~~t~~;1;j~t~ .
                        * ' , v ,,, '. ' ,. *~,.

DLOSS D POTENTIAL LOSS DLOSS D POTENTIAL LOSS DLOSS DPOTENTIAL LOSS c. D D D Radiation

3. Containment 1. [Unit 2] 4. Containment radiation monitor R-41 > 1.2E-5 radiation monitor R-25 or R-26 > µCi/cc or R-25 or R-26 17 R/hr R-42 > 1.02 E-2 >68 Rhr
                                                                 µCi/cc

[Unit 3] R-11 > 1.2E-5

                                                                µCi/cc or R-12 > 5.0E-2
                                                                µCi/cc

ENNIPEC

                                   *Noril~QUALl\Y ~ELA.TED P._ROCEDURE.                           IP-EP-120                   Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING               .-       I*
                                                    .

REF~RENCE USE

                                                            ........

Page of PROCEDURES 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels HOT CONDITIONS TABLE "F-1" FISSION PRODUCT BARRIER MATRIX OLOSS OPOTENTIAL OLOSS OPOTENTIAL LOSS OLOSS OPOTENTIAL LOSS LOSS D. D 0 0 0 0 1. A Containment 05. Containment Inventory

3. RVLIS 2. RCS leak rate 2. RCS leak rate pressure rise followed pressure> 47

[Unit 2] < 41% resulting in a loss indicated greater than by a rapid unexplained psig and rising [Unit 3] < 33% of RCS sub- 87 gpm drop in Containment 06.

With no RCPs cooling (

Phase B (continued) leak rate > 10 isolation signal set-point gpm following LOCA AND AND Un-isolable Less than Table F-3 steam release depressurization from affected equipment operating as SG to the designed environment ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES .REF/:RENC;E'.*UsE* :, Page of 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels HOT CONDITIONS 0 TABLE "'F-1" FISSION"PRODUCT BARRIER MATRIX ** R~~~t~~::c9ti1a11t system .Contaillinent Barrier .*,};".;'*¥r;*.(~£~f} :*~ *. . DLOSS DPOTENTIAL DLOSS DPOTENTIAL DLOSS DPOTENTIAL LOSS LOSS LOSS E. Other D 4. Primary D 5. Inability to isolate coolant activity all valves in any one line > 300 µCi/gm 1- AND 131 dose Direct downstream equivalent pathway to the environment exists after Containment isolation signal F. 0 5. ANY D 4. ANY condition D 4.ANY D 3.ANY D 6. ANY condition in D 8.ANY Judgment condition in the in the opinion of the condition in condition in the the opinion of the condition in the opinion of the Emergency Director the opinion opinion of the Emergency Director that opinion of the Emergency that indicates of the Emergency indicates loss of the Emergency Director that potential loss of the Emergency Director that Containment barrier Director that indicates loss Fuel Clad barrier Director that
  • indicates potential indicates of the Fuel indicates loss of the RCS potential loss of Clad barrier loss of the barrier the Containment RCS barrier barrier
ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE . Page of 49 9.1 - Emergency Action .Levels
' .HOT CONDITIONS Table
,,* x "F-2". RCS Sub-cooling A * /CV ~ ' << , ,.)-* -::: " < * " A A 0
Adverse Containment.***/*
~7. '!<- o"'" {:. v , ~. / *~:~,,>~~-:}L~,."~*, ,*_,~~ ,,~* ,-,*, -.~ ~;\*:~,:~",,': 0-400 52 '83 401 -800 36 49 2 801 -1200 23 30 1201 - 2500 19 26 < 1000 40 112 1000 -1900 40 78 3 > 1900 40 63 ENN IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page of 49 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels HOT CONDITIONS Table "F-3" Minimum ~ontainment Cooling Systems FCUs Spray Pumps '**t <3 2 '. ' ' 3 1 5 0 ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING REFERENCE USE Page 39 of 49 PROCEDURES 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels NOTES HOT CONDITIONS: NOTE 1: The Emergency Director should not wait until the applicable time has elapsed, but should declare the event as soon as it is determined that the condition will likely exceed the applicable time. IF dose assessment results are available, THEN declaration should be based on dose assessment instead of radiation monitor values. (See EAL AS1 .2/AG1 .2) Do not delay declaration awaiting dose assessment results. NOTE 2: The Emergency Director should not wait until the applicable time has elapsed, butshould declare the event as soon as it is determined the release duration has .ex<::eeded, or wjll likely exceed, the applicable time. In the absence of data to the contrary, assume that the release duration* has exceeded t~e applicable time if an ongoing release is detected and the release start time is unknown . . . NOTE 3: The Emergency Director should not wait until the applicable time has elapsed, butshould decJare the event as soon as it is determined that the condition wiU likely exceed the applicable time. NOTE 4: The.National Earthquake.lhformation Center (NEIC) can be contacted by calling (30;3) 273- 8500 toc9nfirm recent seismic activity in the vicinity of 0 IPEC. Provide the analyst with the following IPEC coordinates: 41° 15' 0 55" north latitude, 73° 57' 08" west longitude. Alternatively go to the USGS NEIC website: http://earthquake.usgs.gov/eqcenter/ NOTE 5: Not applicable to this chart. ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING REFERENCE USE Page of 49 PROCEDURES 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels CATEGORY "C" COLD SHUT DOWN/REFUEL SYSTEM MALFUNCTION \?;~~~~~~,{~~)"~:~**~ 1 CA 1.1 cu 1.1 Loss of AC h: *:,*:::l:r;:;;tril~:'st:I :::~:ti'I s I 6 J,~\,}:J Power l'*.~:<*~':lz:;;r::*::h .. ::.'*I ;,:I:~r,,1 s I s I oEF AC power capability to 480V Loss of all offsite and all onsite AC power safeguards buses (5A, 2A/3A, (Table C:::-4) to 480V safeguards buses 6A) reduced to a single power ** (.9,.f., 2M3A, 6A) for~ 15 minutes. (Note 3) source (Table C-4) for~ 15 *; minutes such that any
  • additional single failure would result in loss of all AC power to safeguard buses (Note 3)
ENN IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING ~Entergy. PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page of J~'~j~~!~~\ 2 CG2.1 CS2.1 CA2.1 cu 2.1 RPV Level With Containment Closure Reactor vessel level < bottom of Inability to restore or maintain Reactor vessel level < top of (Note 5) not established, reactor the RCS hot leg (60' 4.8" elev. pressurizer level > 18% or active fuel (57' 9.6" ele.v.- 56% vessel level < 6" below the bottom RCS target level band due to on RVLIS) for.:::_ 30 minutes - RVLIS 62%) of the RCS hot leg (59' 10. 8" elev.
  • RCS leakage for.:::_ 15 minutes (Note 3) OR
- RVLIS 60.8%) (Note 3) AND Reactor vessel level cannot be Any Containment Challenge CS2.2
  • monitored for.:::. 15 minutes cu 2.2 indication, (Table C-5) .:. (Note 3) with unexplained rise in F {J<t:fJ:;*;.::l* '*l>;*.*16 ICJJ CG2.2 any Table C-1 sump/tank level Unplanned reactor vessel level drop below vessel flange (69'
*With Containment Closure elev.- RVLIS 83%) (or RCS (Note 5) established, reactor ..._ target level band if the RCS Reactor vessel level cannot be vessel level <top G>f active fueJ* level was procedurally being monitored for.:::_ 30 minutes (5T 9:6 elev. 56. % on R:VL1$) controlled below the vessel with core uncovery indicated *. flange) for .:::_ 15 minutes by ANY of the following CS2.3 (Note 3) (Note 3) cu 2.3 - Containment High Range l~J ':Ft<! * <!-:/I .5 I 6 kt}'I l'i:/J;o. l~.~(;l:r::t;;f!~\*:1 6 k:::.'.~,1 Radiation Monitor reading Reactor vessel level cannot be upscale Reactor vessel level cannot be monitored for .:::,,30 minutes monitored with unexplained - Unexplained rise in any (Note 3) with a loss of inventory as rise in any Table C-1 Table C-1 sump/tank level indicated by any of the following: sump/tank level - Containment High Range - Erratic Source Range Radiation Monitor reading upscale Monitor indication - Unexplained rise in any Table AND C1 sump/tank level - Erratic Source Range Monitor Any Containment Challenge indication indication, Table C-5 ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page of 49 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels CATEGORY "C" COLD SHUT DOWN/ REFUEL SYSEMT MALFUNCTION E~i~~~\~it~~~;~~::~~ 3 CA 3.1 CU 3.1 RCS Temperature ANY unplanned event resulting Any unplanned event resulting in RCS temperature > 200° F for in RCS temperature> 200° F >Table C-3 duration due to loss of decay heat OR removal capability RCS pressure increase > 10 cu 3.2 psig due to a loss of RCS cooling (not applicable to solid l*::.:'.l'.?;%;,;~l~.*~;jJ~.,:J s I s h'.L':,j plant operations) Loss of all RCS temperature and .. f reactor vessel level indication for ~ 15 minutes (Note 3) 4 cu 4.1 Communications ['.".vl :::;Jj~E:h?til 5 I 6 I DEF I Loss of all Table C-2 onsite (internal) communications capability affecting the ability to perform routine operations OR Loss of all Table C-2 offsite (external) communications capability affecting the ability to perform offsite notifications ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING -- Entergy. PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page of 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels CATEGORY "C" COLD SHUT DOWN/REFUEL SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
~sti~~~~J~~~~~
*
5 cu 5.1 Inadvertent I;. '.J,,.:t:l;i/i';l.;;:;L',l s I 6 I *:d Criticality Unplanned sustained positive startup rate observed on nuclear instrumentation 6 cu 6.1 Loss of DC Power < 105 voe bus voltage indications on all Technical Specification required 125 voe buses for.'.': 15 minutes (Note 3) * > . ...: l .* ENN IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page of 49 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels COLD CONDITIONS
  • Containment sumps
  • CCW surge tank .
  • PRT
  • RCDT
ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 ~ EMERGENCY PLAN ~Entergy. IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page I 45 I of 49 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels COLD CONDITIONS System On site Offsite (Internal) (External) Plant Telephone System x Plant Radio System x Page/Party System x Emergency Notification System x .* ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page of 49 9.1 - Emergency Action_Levels COLD CONDITIONS RCS Containment Closure Duration Intact and not Reduced Inventory N/A 60 Minutes* Not intact OR Reduced Inventory Established 20 Minutes* Not Established 0 Minutes
  • If an RCS heat removal system is in operation within this time frame and RCS temperature is being reduced, the EAL is not applicable
... . *' ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page of 49 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels COLD CONDITIONS UNIT Onsite
  • Offsite 2
  • 480 V EOG 21
  • Unit Auxiliary Transformer*
  • 480 V EOG 22
  • Station Auxiliary Transformer*
  • 480 V EOG 23
  • 13.8 KV Gas Turbine Auto Transformer*
  • Appendix "R" Diesel 3
  • 480 V EOG 31
  • Unit Auxiliary Transformer
  • 480 V EOG 32
  • Station Auxiliary Transformer
  • 480 V EOG 33
  • 13W92 Feeder
  • Appendix "R" Diesel
  • 13W93 Feeder
  • With 86P or 86BU tripped, all offsite power supplies must be considered as one power supply.
.. . . .. ENNIPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING ~Entergy. PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page of 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels COLD CONDITIONS
  • Containment Closure (Note 4) not established
  • Containment hydrogen concentration ?, 4%
  • Unplanned rise in containment pressure
ENN IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED PROCEDURE IP-EP-120 Revision 11 EMERGENCY ........,.....E J. . PLAN -- niergy, . IMPLEMENTING REFERENCE USE Page 49 of 49 PROCEDURES 9.1 - Emergency Action Levels NOTES COLD CONDITIONS: Note 1: The Emergency Director should not wait until the applicable time has elapsed, but should declare the event as soon as it is determined that the condition will likely exceed the applicable time. IF dose assessment results are available, THEN declaration shoµld be based on dose assessment instead of radiation monitor values. (See EAL AS1 .2/AG1 .2) Do not delay declaration awaiting dose assessment results. Note 2: The Emergency Director should not wait until the applicable time has elapsed, but should declare the event as soon as it is determined that the release duration has exceeded*, or will likely exceed, the applicable time, in the absence of data to the contrary,* assume that the release duration has exceeded the applicable time if an ongoing release is detected and the release start time is unkn.own. Note 3: . The Emergency Director should not wait until the applicable time has elapsed, but should declare the event as soon as it is determined that the condition will likely exceed the applicable time. Note 4: The National Earthquake Information Center"(NEIC) can be contacted by* calling (303) 273-8500 to confirm recent seismic activity in the vicinity of IPEC. Provide the analyst with the following IPEC coordinates: 41° 15' 55" north latitude, 73° 57' 08'.' west longitude. Alternatively go to the USGS NEIC website: http://earthquake.usgs.gov/eqcenter/ Note 5: The site specific procedurally defined actions taken to secure containment a and its associated structures, systems, and components as functional barrier to fis~ion product release under existing plant conditions. As applied to IPEC, Containment Closure exists when the requirements of Section 3.9.3 of Technical Specifications are met (all un-isolated flow paths are promptly closes and at least one door in each air lock is closed following an evacuation of containment). ~ IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-410 Revision 12 -=- Enlergy. EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE Use Of 10 Page 1 CONTROllED *. PnJ~ective Action Recommendations -..:.* *-* . .......... ~ . *.;,_ Prepared by: Alain Grosjean
  • Pnnt Name Approval: ,*. ,. ..__ * ::- Lori A Glander PnnlName Effective Date: June 14, 2016 This procedure excluded from further U-100 review IP-EP-410 (PAR) R12.doc
IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-410 Revision 12 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE / IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page* 6 of 10 Table of Contents 1.0 PURPOSE .......................................................................................................................................* 3

2.0 REFERENCES

................................................................................................................................. 3 3.0 DEFINITIONS .................................................................................................................................. 3 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES ........................................................................................,............................... 3 5.0 DETAILS ............................................................. :............................................................................ 3 5.1   NUE, ALERT, SITE AREA EMERGENCY .................................................... :................................. 3 5.2   GENERAL EMERGENCY ..................................................................................................,.......... 3 6.0 INTERFACES .............................................................................................................................*.... 4 7.0 RECORDS ....................................................................................................................................... 4 8.0 REQUIREMENTS.AND COMMITMENT CROSS-REFERENCE .................................................... 4 9.0 ATTACHMENTS ...............................................................................:............................................... 4 9~1   FLOWCHA~f*F_QR
                    .       *..

GENEAAL.EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS ................... 5

                                          ~* .~~*.: .* .                         .

9.2 MIDAS STABILITY CArEGORY - DOWNWIND KEYHOLE SECTOR CORRELATION TABLE ................. 7

                         ~                                                                                                                         .

9.3

  • EPA. PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDELINES ................................................: .................................... 8 9.4 OVERLAY SELECTION FLOW CHART (FOR MANUAL PLUME VISUALIZATION) ................................. 9 9.5 WIND FIELp ORl.ENTATION- MIDAS vs. PLUME OVERLAYS ................................... 10
                        *.,
                                       .  -

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP*EP-410 Revision 12 Enlergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES of 10 REFERENCE USE Page ~ PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS 1.0 PURPOSE To prescribe the responsibilities and methods for determining recommended protective actions for New York State and County authorities.

2.0 REFERENCES

EPA Protective Action Guidelines 3.0 DEFINITIONS Protective Action Recommendations (PARs)- Specific recommendations made by the Emergency Director to offsite authorities in accordance with Emergency Plan procedures based on Protection Action Guidelines. 4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 T,he Shift Manager is responsible for evaluating accident conditions, classifying the accident, and recommending protective actions to offsite authorities during the initial phases of the accident. Th~ Emergency Director assumes these responsibiliti~s.J1Yhe11-he ta~s control of the* emergency response from the Shift Manager. The *~~dlological*hssessment Coordinator will assist the Em~rQency Director with prot"Eidive**ac~ion recommendations.

  • 4.2 The decision to initiate any protective actions is solely the responsibility of offsite authorities ..

5,0 DETAILS ... 5.1 NUE, Alert, Site Area Emergency . 5.2 General Emergency . : * * . , 5.2.1 The initfal pro.tedive action recommendation should be made within 15 minutes ()f the. GENERAL

                                         . .      EMERGENCY declaration.
                                             ..

5.2.2 Protective Action Recommendations (PA.Rs) shall be made in accordance with Attachment .9.1. Downwind Sectors are identified on Attachment 9.2. The MIDAS dose assessment program uses the logic from Attachment 9.1 and 9.2 to determine PARs and affected downwind sectors. Impacted sectors include both land and water areas out to the distances included in the PAR 5.2.3 The Acetate Isopleth Overlays may be used with the map table to visualize the plume. If the Isopleth Overlays are used, then use Attachment 9.4 to suppo'rt isopleth selection and placement on the map table. 5.2.4 The initial PAR shall be made in the first GENERAL EMERGENCY notification to the State/Counties. All subsequent, Part I notifications shall include the latest PAR.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-410 Revision 12 Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES of REFERENCE USE Page ~ 10 5.2.5 Re-evaluate the PARs based on the following:

  • Changes in Wind Direction or Speed
  • Dose Calculations
  • Field Team Data
  • EPA PAGs -Attachment 9.3
  • Plant Conditions
  • 5.2.6 IF conditions are present that require a revision to the current PAR, THEN the revised PAR must be determined within 15 minutes of those conditions being apparent.

5.2.7 IF a decision to revise the PAR has been made, THEN offsite notification shall be made within 15 minutes of the revised PAR determination. 5.2.8 As protective action recommendations change, ensure appropriate steps are taken to protect the onsite population. 5.2.9 IF an EPA PAGta.:.exceedectur expected to be exceeded beyond 10 miles THEN consider-.the n~~d forPARs: beyond 1o miles and discuss possible __ _ actions with Stat~f.C0unties:-*Send Field Teams to confirm projections. ~.

  • 6.0 INTERFACES 6.1 Evacuation Time Estimates 6.2 IP-EP-310, Dose Asse~sment 6.3 *State of New York Kl Policy Paper 6.4 IP-EP-420, Use of Potassi~m Iodide by Indian Point Personnel during an Emergency **

7 .0 RECORDS ** * *- _

                                          .*:::-* . '

NONE 8.0 REQUIREMENTS AND COMMITMENT CROSS-REFERENCE NONE 9.0 ATTACHMENTS 9.1 Flowchart for General Emergency Protective Action Recommendations 9.2 MIDAS Stability Category- Downwind Keyhole Sector Correlation Table 9.3 EPA Protec;:tive Action Guidelines 9.4 Overlay Selection Flow Chart (For Manual Plume Visualization) 9.5 Wind Field Orientation - MIDAS vs. Plume Overlays

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-410 Revision 12 Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page .§ of 10 Attachment 9.1 FLOWCHART FOR GENERAL EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (Sheet 1 of 2) General Emergency De.dared

  • Recommend.SHELTER-IN-PLACE and implement Kl Plan for*2 Mile Radius and 2-5 mile doll.(nwind sec\ors.
  • See Attachment 9.2
  • Advise remainder of. EPZ to monitor EAS.

YES

                                                                                                          -~ .--*

Recommend EVACUATION and implement Kl Plan ior 2 Mile Radius an_d 2.-5. mile

  • downwind s_ectors.
  • Recommend SHELTER-IN"PLACE and
  • Re.commend EVACUATIQN a.nd Implement implement Kl Plan for 5,10 mile downwind Kl Plan for. 2 Mile Radius and i-5. mile sectors downwind Sectors.
  • See Attachment 9.2 See Attachment 9.2.
  • Advise remainder of EPZ to monitor EAS.
  • Advise remainder of EPZ to.moOitor EAS-..

Continue assessme.ht of event, as pe( Notes2*. 3 and.4 * ;* NO Con~ir:tU~*ass,~ssmer:i.t o~ event, as per Notes 2,. 3 and 4

  • No Change to PAR
  • Recommend EVACUATION and implement Kl Plan for 2 Mile Radius and 2-10 mile downY-'.ind S:ectors.
  • See Attachment 9.2
  • Advise remainder of EPZ to monitor EAS.
  • SeeNotes*

IPEC NON*QUALITY RELATED IP*EP-410 Revision 12 Elliergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page § of 10 Attachment 9.1 FLOWCHART FOR GENERAL EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS Sheet 2 of 2 NOTE 1: Rapidly Progressing NOTE 3: PAR Expansion NOTE 4:1F Recommended Severe Accident IF: Criteria: Sectors Change, THEN:

  • First PAR after GE declared
  • IF meteorological conditions
  • Add new sectors to new AND, change and result in other PAR.
  • Containment Loss sector( s )/area( s) being
  • DO NOT subtract any sector Conditions (Table F-1) AND impacted after initial PAR, in which actions have been EITHER: expand the initial PAR to previously recommended ..

include new sector(s)/area(s)

  • Containment Rad Monitors ONLY IF:

R.-25 or R-26 > 68 R/hr OR.

  • Plant conditions are unknown or continue to be unstable-- NOTE 5..:JF PAGs Exceeded
  • Likelihood of a significant radiological release (greater (mitigating acti9ns not staif&d ., -- . -~>. 10
                                                                                        .... Miles:
                                                                                              ...

than PAGs at site boundary) or not successful) or * * * '* in ab-out an hour. degrading OR,

  • IF an EPA PAG is exceeded
                                                                                .or expected to be exceeded .
  • EPA PAGs are projected or beyond 10 miles THEN
  • If these conditions cannot be measured to be exceeded in' .consider the n:eed for PARs determined, the Emergency
  • b~yond 10 miles and*discuss Director should assume they the new sector(s)/area(s} *' .
                                                                                ,possible actions with are not taking place.

State/Counties. 11==~~~~~~~~~~~~1 For Wind Shifts: NOTE 2: Event Assessment Criteria:

  • Only expand the PAR.t9 ,.: . * , .

include the sector(s)/area{s)**_ * ... impacted by the in-transit * *

  • Wind Direction/Speed wind shift if dose assessment
  • Dose Calculations projects the EPA PAGs will
  • Field Team Data be exceeded in the in-transit
  • EPA PAGs (Attachment 9.3) sector( s )/area( s ).
  • Plant Conditions

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-410 Revision 12 E11tergy 0 EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Page of 10 REFERENCE USE I Attachment 9.2 MIDAS STABILITY CATEGORY DOWNWIND KEYHOLE SECTOR CORRELATION TABLE Sheet 1 of 1 TABLE I- MIDAS Up-Valley Plumes Up-Valley Plumes (wind speed _::: 4 m/sec and wind direction from 102°-209°) Pasquill Stability Categories Sectors affected A,B 16, 1,2,3,4 C,D,E,F,G 16, 1,2,3 TABU~ II - MIDAS Down-Valley Plumes Down-Valley Plumes (wind speed< 4 m/secand wind direction from 349°-101°)

                                    -

Pasquill Stability Categories Sectors affected A,B 7,8,9, 10, 11

                                                                              ...

C,D,E,F,G 7,8,9, 10 ***.... ...*... -: .. *.~

                                                                           -           ..        ~
                                                                                                                   ..  ;

TABLE Ill...: MIDAS Cross-Valley Plumes Cross-Valley (wind*speed > 4 m/sec OR wind direction from 210°-348°)

                                                                                                                               .-.,... ....

Wind Direction Center Pasquill Stability Categories A & B Pasquill Stability Categories C-G From (deg) Sector No. Sectors affected Sectors affected 169 - 190 1N 15, 16, 1,2,3 .. 16, 1,2 '

                                                                                                                             *
                                                                                                                                   '

191-213 2NNE 16, 1,2,3,~ 1, 2, 3 214- 235 3NE 1,2,3,4,5 '2, 3,4 .' . ~

                                                                                                                                 ..
                                                                  ..
                                                                                                                           ...

236- 258 4ENE 2,3,4,5,6 ,.". *. ~ .*.3, 4. 5_ ......

                                                                                      ..                       . . ...

259- 280 5E 3,4,5,6, 7 4,5,6 281 - 303 6ESE 4,5,6, 7,8 5, 6,. 7 304- 325 ?SE 5,6, 7,8,9 6, 7,8 ' 326- 348 8SSE *6, 7,8,9, 10 7,8,9 349- 010 9S 7,8,9, 10, 11 8,9, 10 011 - 033 10SSW 8,9, 10,11, 12 9, 10, 11 034- 055 11 SW 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 10, 11, 12 056- 078 12WSW 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 11, 12, 13 079 - 100 13W 11, 12,13, 14, 15 12, 13, 14

  • 101 - 123 14WNW 12, 13, 14, 15, 16 13, 14, 15 124- 145 15NW 13, 14, 15, 16, 1 14, 15, 16 146 - 168 16NNW 14, 15, 16, 1,2 15, 16, 1

IPEC NON*QUALITY RELATED IP*EP-410 Revision 12

    - E'ntergycy,       EMERGENCY PLAN                    PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES                      REFERENCE USE            Page           .§     of          10 Attachment 9.3 EPA PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDELINES Sheet:1 of 1 Recommended protective actions to reduce whole body and thyroid dose from exposure to a gaseous plume.

PROJECTED DOSE (REM) TO THE POPULATION RECOMMENDED ACTIONS (a) COMMENTS Whole Body (TEDE) <1 No planned actions. (b) Previously recommended State may issue an advisory to protective actions may be Thyroid (CDE) <5 seek shelter and await further reconsidered or terminated. instructions. Monitor environmental radiation levels Whole Body (TEDE) Evacuate unless constraints make it If constraints exist, special impractical; then shelter. Monitor consideration should be given environmental radiation levels. for evacuation of children and Thyroid (CDE) ~5 Control access. p~~gr:w.nt wom~n. ,~- GUIDANCE ON DOSE LIMITS FOR WORKERS PERFORMING EMERGENCY SERVICES (REM) Whole Body (TEDE): 10 Protecting valuable property Lower dose not pra'?!icable .

                                                                                                          . . .. *..
                                                                                                                ~*

25 Lifesaving or protection of large populations Lower dose not p'ra*cticable.

           > 25                 Lifesaving or protection of large population        Only on a volu.ntary.basis to .

persons fully-aware of the risks involv.ed~

                                                                                         *' .*.    .*- ....   ..        .....

TEDE* Total Effective Dose Equivalent: Sum of external effective dose equivalent anc:L'committed effective dose equivalent to non-pregnant adults from exposure and intake during an emergency situation. Wor)<ers performing services during emergencies should limit dose to the lens of the eye to three times the listed value and doses to any organ (including skin and body extremities) to ten times the listed value. CDE- Committed dose equivalent (to the Thyroid). . (a) These actions are recommended for planning purposes. Protective action decisions at the time of the incident must take existing conditions into consideration. (b) At the time of the incident, officials may implement low-impact protective actions in keeping with the principle of maintaining radiation exposures as low as reasonably achievable (ALARA)

  • IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP-410 Revision 12

,

\

I Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Page of 10 REFERENCE USE ~ Attachment 9.4 OVERLAY SELECTION FLOW CHART (FOR MANUAL PLUME VISUALIZATION) Sheet 1 of 1 I OBTAIN METEOROLOGICAL DATA

                                                                               ..

l I I RECORD WIND DIRECTION I I 0 I RECO.RD WIND SPEED l I I RECORD PASQUILL STABILITY CLASS l I 1..*:-~---:. .-~*-* . *- *;*~*

                                                                                               " .. * .,... -.
                                                                                                                         ..

J:.'._-

                                                                                                                                *:*   ~.*
                                                                                                                                  *.
                                                                  - ...                       :     *':.
                                                                                                                   .           -

WIND SPEED _:::. 4 mis WIND SPEED > 4 mis

                                                                                                         '  .. -
                                                                                                                              ....
                                                                                                                                           **-

I I WIND DIRECTION WIND DIRECTION WIND DIRECTION 340° - 101 ° 102 ° - 209° 210° - 3~9° ..... I . *I,_:-*<*_:-*.*

                                                                                                     .. .. .,.
                                                                                                                     -"*:-**       ~-::_~,
                                                                                                                                          -

USE DOWN VALLEY OVERLAY GROUND OR ELEV. USE UP VALLEY OVERLAY GROUND OR ELEV. (Yellow) USE CROSS VALLEY OVERLAY GROUND OR ELEV.

                                                                                                                              --

(Blue) (Red) I I

                   .PLACE OVERLAY OVER                                         ALIGN OVERLAY ALONG 1

PLANT ORIENTATION POINT ( l WIND DIRECTION

1. Plant Orientation Point:
a. Using down valley overlay {Blue) align horizontal axis on go 0
                                                                                  - 270° line with plume extending south.
b. Using up valley overlay (Yellow) align horizontal a.xis on go 0
                                                                                - 270° line with plume extending north.

IPEC NON-QUALITY RELATED IP-EP.-410

  • Revision 12

/ Entergy EMERGENCY PLAN PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES REFERENCE USE Page 10 of 10 Attachment 9.5 WIND FIELD ORIENTATION MIDAS vs. PLUME OVERLAYS Sheet 1 of 1 NOTE: The wind field orientation differs between MIDAS (Att. 9.2) and the Plume Overlays (Att. 9.4) at certain. wind speeds. Based on the recommendations of consulting meteorologists, the origin of the up and down valley flOVIJ f~:>r low wind speeds(~ 4 m/s) was changed to the center of the Hudson River (the plume overlays isopleth's origin was the super heater stack.) This is more representative of the true met expectations. The origin change results in the down-valley plume range going from 340° -101° to 349°*- '--: 101° for MIDAS. . -~-- -~- As a result, the cross valley plume goes from 210° - 339° to 210° - 348° for MIDAS.}}